ref: 5cf7c95dd74b0aa45e83e870db514f87e03dd330
parent: 3d3d6a2179f8c84fd01c8ae02e3e7161e2b39953
author: Clownacy <[email protected]>
date: Sat Apr 20 00:41:37 EDT 2019
Added DoConfig (clone, not a decompilation) Right now only the CMake file builds it
--- a/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -359,4 +359,65 @@
add_custom_command(TARGET CSE2 POST_BUILD
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msvc/SDL2/lib/${SDL2_DLL_ARCH}/SDL2.dll" "${BUILD_DIRECTORY}/")
-endif()
\ No newline at end of file
+endif()
+
+# Now for DoConfig
+
+add_executable(DoConfig "DoConfig/DoConfig.cpp" "DoConfig/icon.rc")
+
+set_target_properties(DoConfig PROPERTIES WIN32_EXECUTABLE YES) # Disable the console window
+
+# Find FLTK
+if (MSVC)
+ # Use local copy
+ target_include_directories(DoConfig PRIVATE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msvc/fltk/include")+
+ if (CMAKE_CL_64)
+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msvc/fltk/lib/x64/fltk.lib")+ else()
+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/msvc/fltk/lib/x86/fltk.lib")+
+ # Since the x86 version was built with MSVC2003, we need to enable backwards compatibility on newer compilers
+ if ((MSVC_VERSION EQUAL 1900) OR (MSVC_VERSION GREATER 1900))
+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig "legacy_stdio_definitions.lib")
+ endif()
+ endif()
+
+ # Shut up those stupid warnings
+ target_compile_definitions(DoConfig PRIVATE _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+elseif (MSYS)
+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig -static)
+
+ # Do crazy nonsense to link the static version
+ find_package(FLTK REQUIRED)
+ target_include_directories(DoConfig PRIVATE ${FLTK_INCLUDE_DIRS})+
+ if (NOT FLTK_CONFIG_SCRIPT)
+ find_program(FLTK_CONFIG_SCRIPT fltk-config)
+ endif()
+
+ exec_program(bash ARGS ${FLTK_CONFIG_SCRIPT} --ldstaticflags OUTPUT_VARIABLE FLTK_LDSTATICFLAGS)+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig ${FLTK_LDSTATICFLAGS})+else()
+ find_package(FLTK REQUIRED)
+ target_include_directories(DoConfig PRIVATE ${FLTK_INCLUDE_DIRS})+ target_link_libraries(DoConfig ${FLTK_LIBRARIES})+endif()
+
+set_target_properties(DoConfig PROPERTIES
+ RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_RELEASE ${BUILD_DIRECTORY}+ RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_MINSIZEREL ${BUILD_DIRECTORY}+ RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_RELWITHDEBINFO ${BUILD_DIRECTORY}+ RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY_DEBUG ${BUILD_DIRECTORY}+)
+
+if (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Debug")
+ if ((${CMAKE_VERSION} VERSION_EQUAL 3.9) OR (${CMAKE_VERSION} VERSION_GREATER 3.9))+ # Enable link-time optimisation if available
+ include(CheckIPOSupported)
+ check_ipo_supported(RESULT result)
+ if (result)
+ set_target_properties(DoConfig PROPERTIES INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)
+ endif()
+ endif()
+endif()
binary files /dev/null b/DoConfig/1.ico differ
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DoConfig/DoConfig.cpp
@@ -1,0 +1,230 @@
+/* This program is free software. It comes without any warranty, to
+ * the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
+ * and/or modify it under the terms of the Do What The F*** You Want
+ * To Public License, Version 2, as published by Sam Hocevar. See
+ * http://sam.zoy.org/wtfpl/COPYING for more details. */
+
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <iostream>
+#include <fstream>
+#include <cstring>
+#include "FL/Fl.H"
+#include "FL/Fl_Window.H"
+#include "FL/Fl_Radio_Round_Button.H"
+#include "FL/Fl_Choice.H"
+#include "FL/Fl_Check_Button.H"
+
+#define HEADER "DOUKUTSU20041206"
+#define TEXT "Courier New"
+
+struct data{+ char header[32];
+ char text[64];
+ int move;
+ int attack;
+ int okay;
+ int display;
+ int useJoy;
+ int buttons[8];
+};
+
+class RadioRow{+ public:
+ RadioRow(char offset);
+ int value();
+ void value(int input);
+ private:
+ Fl_Group *group;
+ Fl_Radio_Round_Button *buttons[6];
+ Fl_Group *label;
+};
+
+RadioRow::RadioRow(char offset){+ char *temp = new char[2];
+ *(temp) = (char)(49+offset); //Muhahahahahahah!
+ *(temp+1) = '\0';
+ this->group = new Fl_Group(140+offset*30, 150, 30, 180);
+ this->group->label(temp);
+ this->group->align(FL_ALIGN_TOP_LEFT);
+ for(char i=0;i<6;i++){+ this->buttons[i] = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(140+offset*30, 150+30*i, 30, 30);
+ }
+ this->group->end();
+}
+
+int RadioRow::value(){+ char i;
+ for(i=0;i<6;i++){+ if(this->buttons[i]->value()){+ return (int)i;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void RadioRow::value(int input){+ this->buttons[input]->setonly();
+}
+
+Fl_Round_Button *movear;
+Fl_Round_Button *movegt;
+
+Fl_Round_Button *buttonxz;
+Fl_Round_Button *buttonzx;
+
+Fl_Round_Button *okayjump;
+Fl_Round_Button *okayattack;
+
+Fl_Choice *displaychoice;
+Fl_Check_Button *joychoice;
+
+Fl_Group *joystuffcontainer;
+RadioRow *joyRows[8];
+
+void quit(Fl_Widget*, void*){+ std::exit(0);
+}
+
+void activatejoy(Fl_Widget*, void*){+ if(joystuffcontainer->active()){+ joystuffcontainer->deactivate();
+ } else {+ joystuffcontainer->activate();
+ }
+}
+void read_Config(){+ std::fstream fd;
+ data config;
+ fd.open("Config.dat", std::ios::in | std::ios::binary);+ fd.read((char*)&config, 148);
+ if (config.move == 0){+ movear->setonly();
+ } else {+ movegt->setonly();
+ }
+ if (config.attack == 0){+ buttonxz->setonly();
+ } else { + buttonzx->setonly();
+ }
+ if (config.okay == 0){+ okayjump->setonly();
+ }else{+ okayattack->setonly();
+ }
+ displaychoice->value(config.display);
+ joychoice->value(config.useJoy);
+ if( !config.useJoy ){+ joystuffcontainer->deactivate();
+ }
+ for(char i=0;i<8;i++){+ if(config.buttons[i]<9 && config.buttons[i]>0){+ joyRows[i]->value(config.buttons[i] -1);
+ }
+ }
+ fd.close();
+}
+
+void write_Config(Fl_Widget*, void*){+ std::fstream fd;
+ data config;
+ std::memset(config.header, '\0', 32);
+ std::memset(config.text, '\0', 64);
+ std::strcpy(config.header, HEADER);
+ std::strcpy(config.text, TEXT);
+ fd.open("Config.dat", std::ios::out | std::ios::binary);+
+ config.move = movegt->value();
+ config.attack = buttonzx->value();
+ config.okay = okayattack->value();
+
+ config.display = displaychoice->value();
+ config.useJoy = joychoice->value();
+ for(char i =0;i<8;i++){+ config.buttons[i] = joyRows[i]->value();
+ }
+ fd.write((char*)&config, 148);
+ fd.close();
+ exit(0);
+}
+int main(int argc, char* argv[]){+ Fl_Window *mainw = new Fl_Window(400, 380, "DoConfigure - Doukutsu Monotagari Settings");
+
+ Fl_Group *movegroup = new Fl_Group(10, 10, 185, 50);
+ movegroup->box(FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX);
+ movear = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(10, 10, 185, 20, "Arrows for Movement");
+ movear->setonly();
+ movegt = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(10, 40, 185, 20, "<>? for Movement");
+ movegroup->end();
+
+ Fl_Group *buttongroup = new Fl_Group(10, 70, 185, 50);
+ buttongroup->box(FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX);
+ buttonxz = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(10, 70, 185, 20, "Z=Jump; X=Attack");
+ buttonxz->setonly();
+ buttonzx = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(10, 100, 185, 20, "X=Jump; Z=Attack");
+ buttongroup->end();
+
+ Fl_Group *okaygroup = new Fl_Group(205, 10, 185, 50);
+ okaygroup->box(FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX);
+ okayjump = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(205, 10, 185, 20, "Jump=Okay");
+ okayjump->setonly();
+ okayattack = new Fl_Radio_Round_Button(205, 40, 185, 20, "Attack=Okay");
+ okaygroup->end();
+
+ displaychoice = new Fl_Choice(205, 70, 185, 20);
+ Fl_Menu_Item screens[] = {+ {"Fullscreen 16-bit"},+ {"Windowed 320x240"},+ {"Windowed 640x480"},+ {"Fullscreen 24-bit"},+ {"Fullscreen 32-bit"},+ {0}};+ displaychoice->menu(screens);
+ joychoice = new Fl_Check_Button(205, 100, 185, 20, "Use Joypad");
+ joychoice->callback(&activatejoy);
+
+ joystuffcontainer = new Fl_Group(10, 130, 380, 200);
+ joystuffcontainer->box(FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX);
+ for(char i=0;i<8;i++){+ joyRows[i] = new RadioRow(i);
+ }
+ //There's no Label class alright? I'll switch it as soon as one is introduced.
+ Fl_Group *labeljump = new Fl_Group(10, 150, 10, 20);
+ labeljump->label("Jump:");+ labeljump->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labeljump->end();
+ Fl_Group *labelattack = new Fl_Group(10, 180, 10, 20);
+ labelattack->label("Attack:");+ labelattack->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labelattack->end();
+ Fl_Group *labelweaponup = new Fl_Group(10, 210, 10, 20);
+ labelweaponup->label("Weapon+:");+ labelweaponup->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labelweaponup->end();
+ Fl_Group *labelweapondown = new Fl_Group(10, 240, 10, 20);
+ labelweapondown->label("Weapon-:");+ labelweapondown->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labelweapondown->end();
+ Fl_Group *labelitem = new Fl_Group(10, 270, 10, 20);
+ labelitem->label("Items:");+ labelitem->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labelitem->end();
+ Fl_Group *labelmap = new Fl_Group(10, 300, 10, 20);
+ labelmap->label("Map:");+ labelmap->align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT);
+ labelmap->end();
+
+ joystuffcontainer->end();
+
+ Fl_Button *okaybutton = new Fl_Button(10, 340, 185, 30, "Okay");
+ okaybutton->callback(&write_Config);
+ Fl_Button *cancelbutton = new Fl_Button(205, 340, 185, 30, "Cancel");
+ cancelbutton->callback(&quit);
+
+ mainw->end();
+ mainw->show(argc, argv);
+
+ read_Config();
+ Fl::option(Fl::OPTION_VISIBLE_FOCUS, false);
+ return Fl::run();
+}
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DoConfig/icon.rc
@@ -1,0 +1,1 @@
+102 ICON "1.ico"
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Enumerations.H
@@ -1,0 +1,1127 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Enumerations for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2017 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ This file contains type definitions and general enumerations.
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Enumerations_H
+#define Fl_Enumerations_H
+
+/*
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * Notes on FL_ABI_VERSION and deprecated (obsolete) FLTK_ABI_VERSION:
+ *
+ * (1) FLTK_ABI_VERSION is deprecated, but still defined below.
+ * Do NOT define FLTK_ABI_VERSION here - it would be overwritten later.
+ *
+ * (2) FL_ABI_VERSION is now (as of FLTK 1.3.4) defined by configure
+ * or CMake. Do NOT define it here. Its definition will be included
+ * below by "#include <FL/abi-version.h>".
+ *
+ * (3) If you use the provided IDE files (Windows VC++ or Xcode) you should
+ * edit the definition in the provided file abi-version.ide. The correct
+ * file is `/path/to/fltk/abi-version.ide' .
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * For more informations on FL_ABI_VERSION see README.abi-version.txt.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#include <FL/abi-version.h>
+
+# include "Fl_Export.H"
+# include "fl_types.h"
+
+/** \name Version Numbers
+
+ FLTK defines some constants to help the programmer to
+ find out, for which FLTK version a program is compiled.
+
+ The following constants are defined:
+ */
+/*@{*/+
+/**
+ The major release version of this FLTK library.
+ \sa FL_VERSION
+ */
+#define FL_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+
+/**
+ The minor release version for this library.
+
+ FLTK remains mostly source-code compatible between minor version changes.
+ */
+#define FL_MINOR_VERSION 3
+
+/**
+ The patch version for this library.
+
+ FLTK remains binary compatible between patches.
+ */
+#define FL_PATCH_VERSION 5
+
+/**
+ The FLTK version number as a \em double.
+
+ FL_VERSION is a \em double that describes the major, minor, and patch
+ version numbers.
+
+ Version 1.2.3 is actually stored as 1.0203 to allow for more than 9
+ minor and patch releases.
+
+ \deprecated This \p double version number is retained for compatibility
+ with existing program code. New code should use \em int FL_API_VERSION
+ instead. FL_VERSION is deprecated because comparisons of floating point
+ values may fail due to rounding errors. However, there are currently no
+ plans to remove this deprecated constant.
+
+ FL_VERSION is equivalent to <em>(double)FL_API_VERSION / 10000</em>.
+
+ \see Fl::version() (deprecated as well)
+ \see FL_API_VERSION
+ \see Fl::api_version()
+ */
+#define FL_VERSION ( (double)FL_MAJOR_VERSION + \
+ (double)FL_MINOR_VERSION * 0.01 + \
+ (double)FL_PATCH_VERSION * 0.0001 )
+
+/**
+ The FLTK API version number as an \em int.
+
+ FL_API_VERSION is an \em int that describes the major, minor, and patch
+ version numbers.
+
+ Version 1.2.3 is actually stored as 10203 to allow for more than 9
+ minor and patch releases.
+
+ The FL_MAJOR_VERSION, FL_MINOR_VERSION, and FL_PATCH_VERSION constants
+ give the integral values for the major, minor, and patch releases
+ respectively.
+
+ \note FL_API_VERSION is intended to replace the deprecated
+ \em double FL_VERSION.
+
+ \see Fl::api_version()
+ */
+#define FL_API_VERSION (FL_MAJOR_VERSION*10000 + FL_MINOR_VERSION*100 + FL_PATCH_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ The FLTK ABI (Application Binary Interface) version number as an \em int.
+
+ FL_ABI_VERSION is an \em int that describes the major, minor, and patch
+ ABI version numbers in the same format as FL_API_VERSION.
+
+ The ABI version number \p FL_ABI_VERSION is usually the same as the
+ API version \p FL_API_VERSION with the last two digits set to '00'.
+
+ FLTK retains the ABI (Application Binary Interface) during patch
+ releases of the same major and minor versions. Examples:
+
+ \verbatim
+ FLTK Version FL_API_VERSION FL_ABI_VERSION FL_VERSION (deprecated)
+ 1.3.0 10300 10300 1.0300
+ 1.3.4 10304 10300 1.0304
+ \endverbatim
+
+ Version 1.2.3 is actually stored as 10203 to allow for more than 9
+ minor and patch releases.
+
+ The FL_MAJOR_VERSION, FL_MINOR_VERSION, and FL_PATCH_VERSION constants
+ give the integral values for the major, minor, and patch releases
+ respectively.
+
+ To enable new ABI-breaking features in patch releases you can configure
+ FLTK to use a higher FL_ABI_VERSION.
+
+ \see README.abi-version.txt
+ */
+#ifndef FL_ABI_VERSION
+#define FL_ABI_VERSION (FL_MAJOR_VERSION*10000 + FL_MINOR_VERSION*100)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ Check if FL_ABI_VERSION is out of allowed range; redefine if necessary.
+
+ This is done to prevent users from defining an illegal ABI version.
+
+ Rule: FL_MAJOR_VERSION * 10000 + FL_MINOR_VERSION * 100
+ <= FL_ABI_VERSION <= FL_API_VERSION.
+
+ Example (FLTK 1.3.4):
+
+ 10300 <= FL_ABI_VERSION <= 10304
+
+ Note: configure + CMake can be used to define FL_ABI_VERSION, but they
+ do not check validity. This is done here.
+*/
+
+#if FL_ABI_VERSION < FL_MAJOR_VERSION*10000 + FL_MINOR_VERSION*100
+
+# undef FL_ABI_VERSION
+# define FL_ABI_VERSION (FL_MAJOR_VERSION*10000 + FL_MINOR_VERSION*100)
+
+#elif FL_ABI_VERSION > FL_API_VERSION
+
+# undef FL_ABI_VERSION
+# define FL_ABI_VERSION FL_API_VERSION
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ FLTK_ABI_VERSION is deprecated (replaced by FL_ABI_VERSION).
+
+ This deprecated constant will be removed in FLTK 1.4.0 and later.
+ Please use FL_ABI_VERSION when FLTK 1.4.0 has been released.
+*/
+
+#ifdef FLTK_ABI_VERSION
+#undef FLTK_ABI_VERSION
+#endif
+
+#define FLTK_ABI_VERSION FL_ABI_VERSION
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Version Numbers
+
+/**
+ Every time a user moves the mouse pointer, clicks a button,
+ or presses a key, an event is generated and sent to your
+ application. Events can also come from other programs like the
+ window manager.
+
+ Events are identified by the integer argument passed to the
+ Fl_Widget::handle() virtual method. Other information about the
+ most recent event is stored in static locations and acquired by
+ calling the Fl::event_*() methods. This static information remains
+ valid until the next event is read from the window system, so it
+ is ok to look at it outside of the handle() method.
+
+ Event numbers can be converted to their actual names using the
+ \ref fl_eventnames[] array defined in \#include <FL/names.h>
+
+ \sa Fl::event_text(), Fl::event_key(), class Fl::
+ */
+// DEV NOTE: Keep this list in sync with FL/names.H
+enum Fl_Event { // events+ /** No event. */
+ FL_NO_EVENT = 0,
+
+ /** A mouse button has gone down with the mouse pointing at this
+ widget. You can find out what button by calling Fl::event_button().
+ You find out the mouse position by calling Fl::event_x() and
+ Fl::event_y().
+
+ A widget indicates that it "wants" the mouse click by returning non-zero
+ from its Fl_Widget::handle() method. It will then become the
+ Fl::pushed() widget and will get FL_DRAG and the matching FL_RELEASE events.
+ If Fl_Widget::handle() returns zero then FLTK will try sending the FL_PUSH
+ to another widget.
+ */
+ FL_PUSH = 1,
+
+ /** A mouse button has been released. You can find out what button by
+ calling Fl::event_button().
+
+ In order to receive the FL_RELEASE event, the widget must return
+ non-zero when handling FL_PUSH.
+ */
+ FL_RELEASE = 2,
+
+ /** The mouse has been moved to point at this widget. This can
+ be used for highlighting feedback. If a widget wants to
+ highlight or otherwise track the mouse, it indicates this by
+ returning non-zero from its handle() method. It then
+ becomes the Fl::belowmouse() widget and will receive
+ FL_MOVE and FL_LEAVE events.
+ */
+ FL_ENTER = 3,
+
+ /** The mouse has moved out of the widget.
+ In order to receive the FL_LEAVE event, the widget must
+ return non-zero when handling FL_ENTER.
+ */
+ FL_LEAVE = 4,
+
+ /** The mouse has moved with a button held down. The current button state
+ is in Fl::event_state(). The mouse position is in Fl::event_x() and
+ Fl::event_y().
+
+ In order to receive FL_DRAG events, the widget must return non-zero
+ when handling FL_PUSH.
+ */
+ FL_DRAG = 5,
+
+ /** This indicates an <I>attempt</I> to give a widget the keyboard focus.
+
+ If a widget wants the focus, it should change itself to display the
+ fact that it has the focus, and return non-zero from its handle() method.
+ It then becomes the Fl::focus() widget and gets FL_KEYDOWN, FL_KEYUP,
+ and FL_UNFOCUS events.
+
+ The focus will change either because the window manager changed which
+ window gets the focus, or because the user tried to navigate using tab,
+ arrows, or other keys. You can check Fl::event_key() to figure out why
+ it moved. For navigation it will be the key pressed and for interaction
+ with the window manager it will be zero.
+ */
+ FL_FOCUS = 6,
+
+ /** This event is sent to the previous Fl::focus() widget when another
+ widget gets the focus or the window loses focus.
+ */
+ FL_UNFOCUS = 7,
+
+ /** A key was pressed (FL_KEYDOWN) or released (FL_KEYUP).
+ Fl_KEYBOARD is a synonym for FL_KEYDOWN.
+ The key can be found in Fl::event_key().
+ The text that the key should insert can be found with Fl::event_text()
+ and its length is in Fl::event_length(). If you use the key handle()
+ should return 1. If you return zero then FLTK assumes you ignored the
+ key and will then attempt to send it to a parent widget. If none of
+ them want it, it will change the event into a FL_SHORTCUT event.
+
+ To receive FL_KEYBOARD events you must also respond to the FL_FOCUS
+ and FL_UNFOCUS events.
+
+ If you are writing a text-editing widget you may also want to call
+ the Fl::compose() function to translate individual keystrokes into
+ non-ASCII characters.
+
+ FL_KEYUP events are sent to the widget that currently has focus. This
+ is not necessarily the same widget that received the corresponding
+ FL_KEYDOWN event because focus may have changed between events.
+ */
+ FL_KEYDOWN = 8,
+
+ /** Equivalent to FL_KEYDOWN.
+ \see FL_KEYDOWN
+ */
+ FL_KEYBOARD = 8,
+
+ /** Key release event.
+ \see FL_KEYDOWN
+ */
+ FL_KEYUP = 9,
+
+ /** The user clicked the close button of a window.
+ This event is used internally only to trigger the callback of
+ Fl_Window derived classed. The default callback closes the
+ window calling Fl_Window::hide().
+ */
+ FL_CLOSE = 10,
+
+ /** The mouse has moved without any mouse buttons held down.
+ This event is sent to the Fl::belowmouse() widget.
+
+ In order to receive FL_MOVE events, the widget must return
+ non-zero when handling FL_ENTER.
+ */
+ FL_MOVE = 11,
+
+ /** If the Fl::focus() widget is zero or ignores an FL_KEYBOARD
+ event then FLTK tries sending this event to every widget it
+ can, until one of them returns non-zero. FL_SHORTCUT is first
+ sent to the Fl::belowmouse() widget, then its parents and siblings,
+ and eventually to every widget in the window, trying to find an
+ object that returns non-zero. FLTK tries really hard to not to ignore
+ any keystrokes!
+
+ You can also make "global" shortcuts by using Fl::add_handler(). A
+ global shortcut will work no matter what windows are displayed or
+ which one has the focus.
+ */
+ FL_SHORTCUT = 12,
+
+ /** This widget is no longer active, due to Fl_Widget::deactivate()
+ being called on it or one of its parents. Fl_Widget::active() may
+ still be true after this, the widget is only active if Fl_Widget::active()
+ is true on it and all its parents (use Fl_Widget::active_r() to check this).
+ */
+ FL_DEACTIVATE = 13,
+
+ /** This widget is now active, due to Fl_Widget::activate() being
+ called on it or one of its parents.
+ */
+ FL_ACTIVATE = 14,
+
+ /** This widget is no longer visible, due to Fl_Widget::hide() being
+ called on it or one of its parents, or due to a parent window being
+ minimized. Fl_Widget::visible() may still be true after this, but the
+ widget is visible only if visible() is true for it and all its
+ parents (use Fl_Widget::visible_r() to check this).
+ */
+ FL_HIDE = 15,
+
+ /** This widget is visible again, due to Fl_Widget::show() being called on
+ it or one of its parents, or due to a parent window being restored.
+ Child Fl_Windows respond to this by actually creating the window if not
+ done already, so if you subclass a window, be sure to pass FL_SHOW
+ to the base class Fl_Widget::handle() method!
+ */
+ FL_SHOW = 16,
+
+ /** You should get this event some time after you call Fl::paste().
+ The contents of Fl::event_text() is the text to insert and the number
+ of characters is in Fl::event_length().
+ */
+ FL_PASTE = 17,
+
+ /** The Fl::selection_owner() will get this event before the selection is
+ moved to another widget. This indicates that some other widget or program
+ has claimed the selection. Motif programs used this to clear the selection
+ indication. Most modern programs ignore this.
+ */
+ FL_SELECTIONCLEAR = 18,
+
+ /** The user has moved the mouse wheel. The Fl::event_dx() and Fl::event_dy()
+ methods can be used to find the amount to scroll horizontally and vertically.
+ */
+ FL_MOUSEWHEEL = 19,
+
+ /** The mouse has been moved to point at this widget. A widget that is
+ interested in receiving drag'n'drop data must return 1 to receive
+ FL_DND_DRAG, FL_DND_LEAVE and FL_DND_RELEASE events.
+ */
+ FL_DND_ENTER = 20,
+
+ /** The mouse has been moved inside a widget while dragging data. A
+ widget that is interested in receiving drag'n'drop data should
+ indicate the possible drop position.
+ */
+ FL_DND_DRAG = 21,
+
+ /** The mouse has moved out of the widget.
+ */
+ FL_DND_LEAVE = 22,
+
+ /** The user has released the mouse button dropping data into the widget.
+ If the widget returns 1, it will receive the data in the immediately
+ following FL_PASTE event.
+ */
+ FL_DND_RELEASE = 23,
+ /** The screen configuration (number, positions) was changed.
+ Use Fl::add_handler() to be notified of this event.
+ */
+ FL_SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_CHANGED = 24,
+ /** The fullscreen state of the window has changed
+ */
+ FL_FULLSCREEN = 25,
+ /** The user has made a zoom/pinch/magnification gesture.
+ The Fl::event_dy() method can be used to find magnification amount,
+ Fl::event_x() and Fl::event_y() are set as well.
+ */
+ FL_ZOOM_GESTURE = 26
+};
+
+/** \name When Conditions */
+/*@{*/+/** These constants determine when a callback is performed.
+
+ \sa Fl_Widget::when();
+ \todo doxygen comments for values are incomplete and maybe wrong or unclear
+ */
+enum Fl_When { // Fl_Widget::when():+ FL_WHEN_NEVER = 0, ///< Never call the callback
+ FL_WHEN_CHANGED = 1, ///< Do the callback only when the widget value changes
+ FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED = 2, ///< Do the callback whenever the user interacts with the widget
+ FL_WHEN_RELEASE = 4, ///< Do the callback when the button or key is released and the value changes
+ FL_WHEN_RELEASE_ALWAYS= 6, ///< Do the callback when the button or key is released, even if the value doesn't change
+ FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY = 8, ///< Do the callback when the user presses the ENTER key and the value changes
+ FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY_ALWAYS=10, ///< Do the callback when the user presses the ENTER key, even if the value doesn't change
+ FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY_CHANGED=11 ///< ?
+};
+
+/*@}*/ // group: When Conditions
+
+/** \name Mouse and Keyboard Events
+
+ This and the following constants define the non-ASCII keys on the
+ keyboard for FL_KEYBOARD and FL_SHORTCUT events.
+
+ \todo FL_Button and FL_key... constants could be structured better
+ (use an enum or some doxygen grouping ?)
+
+ \sa Fl::event_key() and Fl::get_key(int) (use ascii letters for all other keys):
+ */
+
+/*@{*/+
+// FIXME: These codes collide with valid Unicode keys
+
+#define FL_Button 0xfee8 ///< A mouse button; use Fl_Button + n for mouse button n.
+#define FL_BackSpace 0xff08 ///< The backspace key.
+#define FL_Tab 0xff09 ///< The tab key.
+#define FL_Iso_Key 0xff0c ///< The additional key of ISO keyboards.
+#define FL_Enter 0xff0d ///< The enter key.
+#define FL_Pause 0xff13 ///< The pause key.
+#define FL_Scroll_Lock 0xff14 ///< The scroll lock key.
+#define FL_Escape 0xff1b ///< The escape key.
+#define FL_Kana 0xff2e ///< The Kana key of JIS keyboards.
+#define FL_Eisu 0xff2f ///< The Eisu key of JIS keyboards.
+#define FL_Yen 0xff30 ///< The Yen key of JIS keyboards.
+#define FL_JIS_Underscore 0xff31 ///< The underscore key of JIS keyboards.
+#define FL_Home 0xff50 ///< The home key.
+#define FL_Left 0xff51 ///< The left arrow key.
+#define FL_Up 0xff52 ///< The up arrow key.
+#define FL_Right 0xff53 ///< The right arrow key.
+#define FL_Down 0xff54 ///< The down arrow key.
+#define FL_Page_Up 0xff55 ///< The page-up key.
+#define FL_Page_Down 0xff56 ///< The page-down key.
+#define FL_End 0xff57 ///< The end key.
+#define FL_Print 0xff61 ///< The print (or print-screen) key.
+#define FL_Insert 0xff63 ///< The insert key.
+#define FL_Menu 0xff67 ///< The menu key.
+#define FL_Help 0xff68 ///< The 'help' key on Mac keyboards
+#define FL_Num_Lock 0xff7f ///< The num lock key.
+#define FL_KP 0xff80 ///< One of the keypad numbers; use FL_KP + 'n' for digit n.
+#define FL_KP_Enter 0xff8d ///< The enter key on the keypad, same as Fl_KP+'\\r'.
+#define FL_KP_Last 0xffbd ///< The last keypad key; use to range-check keypad.
+#define FL_F 0xffbd ///< One of the function keys; use FL_F + n for function key n.
+#define FL_F_Last 0xffe0 ///< The last function key; use to range-check function keys.
+#define FL_Shift_L 0xffe1 ///< The lefthand shift key.
+#define FL_Shift_R 0xffe2 ///< The righthand shift key.
+#define FL_Control_L 0xffe3 ///< The lefthand control key.
+#define FL_Control_R 0xffe4 ///< The righthand control key.
+#define FL_Caps_Lock 0xffe5 ///< The caps lock key.
+#define FL_Meta_L 0xffe7 ///< The left meta/Windows key.
+#define FL_Meta_R 0xffe8 ///< The right meta/Windows key.
+#define FL_Alt_L 0xffe9 ///< The left alt key.
+#define FL_Alt_R 0xffea ///< The right alt key.
+#define FL_Delete 0xffff ///< The delete key.
+
+// These use the Private Use Area (PUA) of the Basic Multilingual Plane
+// of Unicode. Guaranteed not to conflict with a proper Unicode character.
+
+// These primarily map to the XFree86 keysym range
+#define FL_Volume_Down 0xEF11 /* Volume control down */
+#define FL_Volume_Mute 0xEF12 /* Mute sound from the system */
+#define FL_Volume_Up 0xEF13 /* Volume control up */
+#define FL_Media_Play 0xEF14 /* Start playing of audio */
+#define FL_Media_Stop 0xEF15 /* Stop playing audio */
+#define FL_Media_Prev 0xEF16 /* Previous track */
+#define FL_Media_Next 0xEF17 /* Next track */
+#define FL_Home_Page 0xEF18 /* Display user's home page */
+#define FL_Mail 0xEF19 /* Invoke user's mail program */
+#define FL_Search 0xEF1B /* Search */
+#define FL_Back 0xEF26 /* Like back on a browser */
+#define FL_Forward 0xEF27 /* Like forward on a browser */
+#define FL_Stop 0xEF28 /* Stop current operation */
+#define FL_Refresh 0xEF29 /* Refresh the page */
+#define FL_Sleep 0xEF2F /* Put system to sleep */
+#define FL_Favorites 0xEF30 /* Show favorite locations */
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Mouse and Keyboard Events
+
+/** \name Mouse Buttons
+
+ These constants define the button numbers for FL_PUSH and FL_RELEASE events.
+
+ \sa Fl::event_button()
+*/
+
+/*@{*/+
+#define FL_LEFT_MOUSE 1 ///< The left mouse button
+#define FL_MIDDLE_MOUSE 2 ///< The middle mouse button
+#define FL_RIGHT_MOUSE 3 ///< The right mouse button
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Mouse Buttons
+
+
+/** \name Event States
+
+ The following constants define bits in the Fl::event_state() value.
+*/
+
+/*@{*/ // group: Event States+
+// FIXME: it would be nice to have the modifiers in the upper 8 bit so that
+// a unicode ke (24bit) can be sent as an unsigned with the modifiers.
+
+#define FL_SHIFT 0x00010000 ///< One of the shift keys is down
+#define FL_CAPS_LOCK 0x00020000 ///< The caps lock is on
+#define FL_CTRL 0x00040000 ///< One of the ctrl keys is down
+#define FL_ALT 0x00080000 ///< One of the alt keys is down
+#define FL_NUM_LOCK 0x00100000 ///< The num lock is on
+ // most X servers do this?
+#define FL_META 0x00400000 ///< One of the meta/Windows keys is down
+ // correct for XFree86
+#define FL_SCROLL_LOCK 0x00800000 ///< The scroll lock is on
+ // correct for XFree86
+#define FL_BUTTON1 0x01000000 ///< Mouse button 1 is pushed
+#define FL_BUTTON2 0x02000000 ///< Mouse button 2 is pushed
+#define FL_BUTTON3 0x04000000 ///< Mouse button 3 is pushed
+#define FL_BUTTONS 0x7f000000 ///< Any mouse button is pushed
+#define FL_BUTTON(n) (0x00800000<<(n)) ///< Mouse button n (n > 0) is pushed
+
+#define FL_KEY_MASK 0x0000ffff ///< All keys are 16 bit for now
+ // FIXME: Unicode needs 24 bits!
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+# define FL_COMMAND FL_META ///< An alias for FL_CTRL on WIN32 and X11, or FL_META on MacOS X
+# define FL_CONTROL FL_CTRL ///< An alias for FL_META on WIN32 and X11, or FL_CTRL on MacOS X
+#else
+# define FL_COMMAND FL_CTRL ///< An alias for FL_CTRL on WIN32 and X11, or FL_META on MacOS X
+# define FL_CONTROL FL_META ///< An alias for FL_META on WIN32 and X11, or FL_CTRL on MacOS X
+#endif // __APPLE__
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Event States
+
+/** \name Box Types
+ \brief FLTK standard box types
+
+ This enum defines the standard box types included with FLTK.
+
+ FL_NO_BOX means nothing is drawn at all, so whatever is already
+ on the screen remains. The FL_..._FRAME types only draw their edges,
+ leaving the interior unchanged. The blue color in Figure 1
+ is the area that is not drawn by the frame types.
+
+ \image html boxtypes.png "Figure 1: FLTK standard box types"
+ \image latex boxtypes.png "FLTK standard box types" width=10cm
+ \todo Description of boxtypes is incomplete.
+ See below for the defined enum Fl_Boxtype.
+ \see src/Fl_get_system_colors.cxx
+*/
+/*@{*/+enum Fl_Boxtype { // boxtypes (if you change these you must fix fl_boxtype.cxx):+
+ FL_NO_BOX = 0, ///< nothing is drawn at all, this box is invisible
+ FL_FLAT_BOX, ///< a flat box
+ FL_UP_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_DOWN_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_UP_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_DOWN_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_THIN_UP_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_THIN_UP_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_THIN_DOWN_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_ENGRAVED_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_EMBOSSED_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_ENGRAVED_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_EMBOSSED_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_BORDER_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_SHADOW_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ FL_BORDER_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_SHADOW_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_ROUNDED_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_RSHADOW_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_ROUNDED_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_RFLAT_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_ROUND_UP_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_DIAMOND_UP_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_DIAMOND_DOWN_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_OVAL_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_OSHADOW_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_OVAL_FRAME, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_OFLAT_BOX, ///< see figure 1
+ _FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_UP_BOX
+ _FL_PLASTIC_DOWN_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_PLASTIC_UP_FRAME, ///< plastic version of FL_UP_FRAME
+ _FL_PLASTIC_DOWN_FRAME, ///< plastic version of FL_DOWN_FRAME
+ _FL_PLASTIC_THIN_UP_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_THIN_UP_BOX
+ _FL_PLASTIC_THIN_DOWN_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_PLASTIC_ROUND_UP_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_ROUND_UP_BOX
+ _FL_PLASTIC_ROUND_DOWN_BOX, ///< plastic version of FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_UP_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_DOWN_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_UP_FRAME, ///< gtk+ version of FL_UP_FRAME
+ _FL_GTK_DOWN_FRAME, ///< gtk+ version of FL_DOWN_FRAME
+ _FL_GTK_THIN_UP_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_THIN_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_THIN_DOWN_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_THIN_UP_FRAME, ///< gtk+ version of FL_THIN_UP_FRAME
+ _FL_GTK_THIN_DOWN_FRAME, ///< gtk+ version of FL_THIN_DOWN_FRAME
+ _FL_GTK_ROUND_UP_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_ROUND_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GTK_ROUND_DOWN_BOX, ///< gtk+ version of FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_DOWN_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_UP_FRAME, ///< gleam version of FL_UP_FRAME
+ _FL_GLEAM_DOWN_FRAME, ///< gleam version of FL_DOWN_FRAME
+ _FL_GLEAM_THIN_UP_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_THIN_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_THIN_DOWN_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_THIN_DOWN_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_ROUND_UP_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_ROUND_UP_BOX
+ _FL_GLEAM_ROUND_DOWN_BOX, ///< gleam version of FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+ FL_FREE_BOXTYPE ///< the first free box type for creation of new box types
+};
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_ROUND_UP_BOX();
+#define FL_ROUND_UP_BOX fl_define_FL_ROUND_UP_BOX()
+#define FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_ROUND_UP_BOX()+1)
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_SHADOW_BOX();
+#define FL_SHADOW_BOX fl_define_FL_SHADOW_BOX()
+#define FL_SHADOW_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_SHADOW_BOX()+2)
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_ROUNDED_BOX();
+#define FL_ROUNDED_BOX fl_define_FL_ROUNDED_BOX()
+#define FL_ROUNDED_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_ROUNDED_BOX()+2)
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_RFLAT_BOX();
+#define FL_RFLAT_BOX fl_define_FL_RFLAT_BOX()
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_RSHADOW_BOX();
+#define FL_RSHADOW_BOX fl_define_FL_RSHADOW_BOX()
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_DIAMOND_BOX();
+#define FL_DIAMOND_UP_BOX fl_define_FL_DIAMOND_BOX()
+#define FL_DIAMOND_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_DIAMOND_BOX()+1)
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_OVAL_BOX();
+#define FL_OVAL_BOX fl_define_FL_OVAL_BOX()
+#define FL_OSHADOW_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_OVAL_BOX()+1)
+#define FL_OVAL_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_OVAL_BOX()+2)
+#define FL_OFLAT_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_OVAL_BOX()+3)
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX();
+#define FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()
+#define FL_PLASTIC_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+1)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_UP_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+2)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_DOWN_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+3)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_THIN_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+4)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_THIN_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+5)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_ROUND_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+6)
+#define FL_PLASTIC_ROUND_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_PLASTIC_UP_BOX()+7)
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX();
+#define FL_GTK_UP_BOX fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()
+#define FL_GTK_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+1)
+#define FL_GTK_UP_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+2)
+#define FL_GTK_DOWN_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+3)
+#define FL_GTK_THIN_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+4)
+#define FL_GTK_THIN_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+5)
+#define FL_GTK_THIN_UP_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+6)
+#define FL_GTK_THIN_DOWN_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+7)
+#define FL_GTK_ROUND_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+8)
+#define FL_GTK_ROUND_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GTK_UP_BOX()+9)
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Boxtype fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX();
+#define FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()
+#define FL_GLEAM_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+1)
+#define FL_GLEAM_UP_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+2)
+#define FL_GLEAM_DOWN_FRAME (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+3)
+#define FL_GLEAM_THIN_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+4)
+#define FL_GLEAM_THIN_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+5)
+#define FL_GLEAM_ROUND_UP_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+6)
+#define FL_GLEAM_ROUND_DOWN_BOX (Fl_Boxtype)(fl_define_FL_GLEAM_UP_BOX()+7)
+
+// conversions of box types to other boxtypes:
+/**
+ Get the filled version of a frame.
+ If no filled version of a given frame exists, the behavior of this function
+ is undefined and some random box or frame is returned.
+ */
+inline Fl_Boxtype fl_box(Fl_Boxtype b) {+ return (Fl_Boxtype)((b<FL_UP_BOX||b%4>1)?b:(b-2));
+}
+/**
+ Get the "pressed" or "down" version of a box.
+ If no "down" version of a given box exists, the behavior of this function
+ is undefined and some random box or frame is returned.
+ */
+inline Fl_Boxtype fl_down(Fl_Boxtype b) {+ return (Fl_Boxtype)((b<FL_UP_BOX)?b:(b|1));
+}
+/**
+ Get the unfilled, frame only version of a box.
+ If no frame version of a given box exists, the behavior of this function
+ is undefined and some random box or frame is returned.
+ */
+inline Fl_Boxtype fl_frame(Fl_Boxtype b) {+ return (Fl_Boxtype)((b%4<2)?b:(b+2));
+}
+
+// back-compatibility box types:
+#define FL_FRAME FL_ENGRAVED_FRAME
+#define FL_FRAME_BOX FL_ENGRAVED_BOX
+#define FL_CIRCLE_BOX FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+#define FL_DIAMOND_BOX FL_DIAMOND_DOWN_BOX
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Box Types
+
+/**
+ The labeltype() method sets the type of the label.
+
+ The following standard label types are included:
+
+ \todo The doxygen comments are incomplete, and some labeltypes
+ start with an underscore. Also, there are three
+ external functions undocumented (yet):
+ - fl_define_FL_SHADOW_LABEL()
+ - fl_define_FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL()
+ - fl_define_FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL()
+*/
+enum Fl_Labeltype { // labeltypes:+ FL_NORMAL_LABEL = 0, ///< draws the text (0)
+ FL_NO_LABEL, ///< does nothing
+ _FL_SHADOW_LABEL, ///< draws a drop shadow under the text
+ _FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL, ///< draws edges as though the text is engraved
+ _FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL, ///< draws edges as though the text is raised
+ _FL_MULTI_LABEL, ///< draws a composite label \see Fl_Multi_Label
+ _FL_ICON_LABEL, ///< draws the icon associated with the text
+ _FL_IMAGE_LABEL, ///< the label displays an "icon" based on a Fl_Image
+
+ FL_FREE_LABELTYPE ///< first free labeltype to use for creating own labeltypes
+};
+
+/**
+ Sets the current label type and return its corresponding Fl_Labeltype value.
+ @{+*/
+#define FL_SYMBOL_LABEL FL_NORMAL_LABEL
+extern Fl_Labeltype FL_EXPORT fl_define_FL_SHADOW_LABEL();
+#define FL_SHADOW_LABEL fl_define_FL_SHADOW_LABEL()
+extern Fl_Labeltype FL_EXPORT fl_define_FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL();
+#define FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL fl_define_FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL()
+extern Fl_Labeltype FL_EXPORT fl_define_FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL();
+#define FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL fl_define_FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL()
+/** @} */
+
+/** \name Alignment Flags
+ Flags to control the label alignment.
+
+ This controls how the label is displayed next to or inside the widget.
+ The default value is FL_ALIGN_CENTER (0) for most widgets, which centers
+ the label inside the widget.
+
+ Flags can be or'd to achieve a combination of alignments, but there
+ are some "magic values" (e.g. combinations of TOP and BOTTOM and of
+ LEFT and RIGHT) that have special meanings (see below). For instance:<BR>
+ FL_ALIGN_TOP_LEFT == (FL_ALIGN_TOP|FL_ALIGN_LEFT) != FL_ALIGN_LEFT_TOP.
+
+ \code
+ Outside alignments (FL_ALIGN_INSIDE is not set):
+
+ TOP_LEFT TOP TOP_RIGHT
+ +---------------------------------+
+ LEFT_TOP| |RIGHT_TOP
+ | |
+ LEFT| CENTER |RIGHT
+ | |
+ LEFT_BOTTOM| |RIGHT_BOTTOM
+ +---------------------------------+
+ BOTTOM_LEFT BOTTOM BOTTOM_RIGHT
+
+ Inside alignments (FL_ALIGN_INSIDE is set):
+
+ +---------------------------------+
+ |TOP_LEFT TOP TOP_RIGHT|
+ | |
+ |LEFT CENTER RIGHT|
+ | |
+ |BOTTOM_LEFT BOTTOM BOTTOM_RIGHT|
+ +---------------------------------+
+ \endcode
+ \see #FL_ALIGN_CENTER, etc.
+ */
+/*@{*/+/** FLTK type for alignment control */
+typedef unsigned Fl_Align;
+ /** Align the label horizontally in the middle. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_CENTER = (Fl_Align)0;
+ /** Align the label at the top of the widget. Inside labels appear below the top,
+ outside labels are drawn on top of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_TOP = (Fl_Align)1;
+ /** Align the label at the bottom of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_BOTTOM = (Fl_Align)2;
+ /** Align the label at the left of the widget. Inside labels appear left-justified
+ starting at the left side of the widget, outside labels are right-justified and
+ drawn to the left of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_LEFT = (Fl_Align)4;
+ /** Align the label to the right of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_RIGHT = (Fl_Align)8;
+ /** Draw the label inside of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_INSIDE = (Fl_Align)16;
+ /** If the label contains an image, draw the text on top of the image. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_TEXT_OVER_IMAGE = (Fl_Align)0x0020;
+ /** If the label contains an image, draw the text below the image. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_IMAGE_OVER_TEXT = (Fl_Align)0x0000;
+ /** All parts of the label that are lager than the widget will not be drawn . */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_CLIP = (Fl_Align)64;
+ /** Wrap text that does not fit the width of the widget. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_WRAP = (Fl_Align)128;
+ /** If the label contains an image, draw the text to the right of the image. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_IMAGE_NEXT_TO_TEXT = (Fl_Align)0x0100;
+ /** If the label contains an image, draw the text to the left of the image. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_TEXT_NEXT_TO_IMAGE = (Fl_Align)0x0120;
+/** If the label contains an image, draw the image or deimage in the background. */
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_IMAGE_BACKDROP = (Fl_Align)0x0200;
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_TOP_LEFT = FL_ALIGN_TOP | FL_ALIGN_LEFT;
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_TOP_RIGHT = FL_ALIGN_TOP | FL_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_BOTTOM_LEFT = FL_ALIGN_BOTTOM | FL_ALIGN_LEFT;
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_BOTTOM_RIGHT = FL_ALIGN_BOTTOM | FL_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_LEFT_TOP = 0x0007; // magic value
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_RIGHT_TOP = 0x000b; // magic value
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_LEFT_BOTTOM = 0x000d; // magic value
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_RIGHT_BOTTOM = 0x000e; // magic value
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_NOWRAP = (Fl_Align)0; // for back compatibility
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_POSITION_MASK = 0x000f; // left, right, top, bottom
+const Fl_Align FL_ALIGN_IMAGE_MASK = 0x0320; // l/r, t/b, backdrop
+/*@}*/
+
+
+/** \name Font Numbers
+ The following constants define the standard FLTK fonts:
+ */
+/*@{*/+/** A font number is an index into the internal font table. */
+typedef int Fl_Font;
+
+const Fl_Font FL_HELVETICA = 0; ///< Helvetica (or Arial) normal (0)
+const Fl_Font FL_HELVETICA_BOLD = 1; ///< Helvetica (or Arial) bold
+const Fl_Font FL_HELVETICA_ITALIC = 2; ///< Helvetica (or Arial) oblique
+const Fl_Font FL_HELVETICA_BOLD_ITALIC = 3; ///< Helvetica (or Arial) bold-oblique
+const Fl_Font FL_COURIER = 4; ///< Courier normal
+const Fl_Font FL_COURIER_BOLD = 5; ///< Courier bold
+const Fl_Font FL_COURIER_ITALIC = 6; ///< Courier italic
+const Fl_Font FL_COURIER_BOLD_ITALIC = 7; ///< Courier bold-italic
+const Fl_Font FL_TIMES = 8; ///< Times roman
+const Fl_Font FL_TIMES_BOLD = 9; ///< Times roman bold
+const Fl_Font FL_TIMES_ITALIC = 10; ///< Times roman italic
+const Fl_Font FL_TIMES_BOLD_ITALIC = 11; ///< Times roman bold-italic
+const Fl_Font FL_SYMBOL = 12; ///< Standard symbol font
+const Fl_Font FL_SCREEN = 13; ///< Default monospaced screen font
+const Fl_Font FL_SCREEN_BOLD = 14; ///< Default monospaced bold screen font
+const Fl_Font FL_ZAPF_DINGBATS = 15; ///< Zapf-dingbats font
+
+const Fl_Font FL_FREE_FONT = 16; ///< first one to allocate
+const Fl_Font FL_BOLD = 1; ///< add this to helvetica, courier, or times
+const Fl_Font FL_ITALIC = 2; ///< add this to helvetica, courier, or times
+const Fl_Font FL_BOLD_ITALIC = 3; ///< add this to helvetica, courier, or times
+
+/*@}*/
+
+/** Size of a font in pixels.
+ This is the approximate height of a font in pixels.
+ */
+typedef int Fl_Fontsize;
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Fontsize FL_NORMAL_SIZE; ///< normal font size
+
+/** \name Colors
+ The Fl_Color type holds an FLTK color value.
+
+ Colors are either 8-bit indexes into a <a href="fltk-colormap.png">virtual colormap</a>
+ or 24-bit RGB color values. (See \ref drawing_colors for the default FLTK colormap)
+
+ Color indices occupy the lower 8 bits of the value, while
+ RGB colors occupy the upper 24 bits, for a byte organization of RGBI.
+
+<pre>
+ Fl_Color => 0xrrggbbii
+ | | | |
+ | | | +--- \ref drawing_colors "index" between 0 and 255
+ | | +----- blue color component (8 bit)
+ | +------- green component (8 bit)
+ +--------- red component (8 bit)
+ </pre>
+
+ A color can have either an index or an rgb value. Colors with rgb set
+ and an index >0 are reserved for special use.
+
+ */
+/*@{*/+/** An FLTK color value; see also \ref drawing_colors */
+typedef unsigned int Fl_Color;
+
+// Standard colors. These are used as default colors in widgets and altered as necessary
+const Fl_Color FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR = 0; ///< the default foreground color (0) used for labels and text
+const Fl_Color FL_BACKGROUND2_COLOR = 7; ///< the default background color for text, list, and valuator widgets
+const Fl_Color FL_INACTIVE_COLOR = 8; ///< the inactive foreground color
+const Fl_Color FL_SELECTION_COLOR = 15; ///< the default selection/highlight color
+
+ // boxtypes generally limit themselves to these colors so
+ // the whole ramp is not allocated:
+
+const Fl_Color FL_GRAY0 = 32; // 'A'
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK3 = 39; // 'H'
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK2 = 45; // 'N'
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK1 = 47; // 'P'
+const Fl_Color FL_BACKGROUND_COLOR = 49; // 'R' default background color
+const Fl_Color FL_LIGHT1 = 50; // 'S'
+const Fl_Color FL_LIGHT2 = 52; // 'U'
+const Fl_Color FL_LIGHT3 = 54; // 'W'
+
+ // FLTK provides a 5x8x5 color cube that is used with colormap visuals
+
+const Fl_Color FL_BLACK = 56;
+const Fl_Color FL_RED = 88;
+const Fl_Color FL_GREEN = 63;
+const Fl_Color FL_YELLOW = 95;
+const Fl_Color FL_BLUE = 216;
+const Fl_Color FL_MAGENTA = 248;
+const Fl_Color FL_CYAN = 223;
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_RED = 72;
+
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_GREEN = 60;
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_YELLOW = 76;
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_BLUE = 136;
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_MAGENTA = 152;
+const Fl_Color FL_DARK_CYAN = 140;
+
+const Fl_Color FL_WHITE = 255;
+
+
+#define FL_FREE_COLOR (Fl_Color)16
+#define FL_NUM_FREE_COLOR 16
+#define FL_GRAY_RAMP (Fl_Color)32
+#define FL_NUM_GRAY 24
+#define FL_GRAY FL_BACKGROUND_COLOR
+#define FL_COLOR_CUBE (Fl_Color)56
+#define FL_NUM_RED 5
+#define FL_NUM_GREEN 8
+#define FL_NUM_BLUE 5
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Color fl_inactive(Fl_Color c);
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Color fl_contrast(Fl_Color fg, Fl_Color bg);
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Color fl_color_average(Fl_Color c1, Fl_Color c2, float weight);
+
+/** Returns a lighter version of the specified color. */
+inline Fl_Color fl_lighter(Fl_Color c) { return fl_color_average(c, FL_WHITE, .67f); }+
+/** Returns a darker version of the specified color. */
+inline Fl_Color fl_darker(Fl_Color c) { return fl_color_average(c, FL_BLACK, .67f); }+
+/** Returns the 24-bit color value closest to \p r, \p g, \p b. */
+inline Fl_Color fl_rgb_color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b) {+ if (!r && !g && !b) return FL_BLACK;
+ else return (Fl_Color)(((((r << 8) | g) << 8) | b) << 8);
+}
+
+/** Returns the 24-bit color value closest to \p g (grayscale). */
+inline Fl_Color fl_rgb_color(uchar g) {+ if (!g) return FL_BLACK;
+ else return (Fl_Color)(((((g << 8) | g) << 8) | g) << 8);
+}
+
+/** Returns a gray color value from black (i == 0) to white (i == FL_NUM_GRAY - 1).
+ FL_NUM_GRAY is defined to be 24 in the current FLTK release.
+ To get the closest FLTK gray value to an 8-bit grayscale color 'I' use:
+
+ \code
+ fl_gray_ramp(I * (FL_NUM_GRAY - 1) / 255)
+ \endcode
+*/
+inline Fl_Color fl_gray_ramp(int i) {return (Fl_Color)(i+FL_GRAY_RAMP);}+
+/** Returns a color out of the color cube.
+
+ \p r must be in the range 0 to FL_NUM_RED (5) minus 1,
+ \p g must be in the range 0 to FL_NUM_GREEN (8) minus 1,
+ \p b must be in the range 0 to FL_NUM_BLUE (5) minus 1.
+
+ To get the closest color to a 8-bit set of R,G,B values use:
+
+ \code
+ fl_color_cube(R * (FL_NUM_RED - 1) / 255,
+ G * (FL_NUM_GREEN - 1) / 255,
+ B * (FL_NUM_BLUE - 1) / 255);
+ \endcode
+ */
+inline Fl_Color fl_color_cube(int r, int g, int b) {+ return (Fl_Color)((b*FL_NUM_RED + r) * FL_NUM_GREEN + g + FL_COLOR_CUBE);}
+
+/*@}*/ // group: Colors
+
+/** \name Cursors */
+/*@{*/+
+/** The following constants define the mouse cursors that are available in FLTK.
+
+ Cursors are provided by the system when available, or bitmaps built into
+ FLTK as a fallback.
+
+ \todo enum Fl_Cursor needs maybe an image.
+*/
+/* FIXME: We should renumber these, but that will break the ABI */
+enum Fl_Cursor {+ FL_CURSOR_DEFAULT = 0, /**< the default cursor, usually an arrow. */
+ FL_CURSOR_ARROW = 35, /**< an arrow pointer. */
+ FL_CURSOR_CROSS = 66, /**< crosshair. */
+ FL_CURSOR_WAIT = 76, /**< busy indicator (e.g. hourglass). */
+ FL_CURSOR_INSERT = 77, /**< I-beam. */
+ FL_CURSOR_HAND = 31, /**< pointing hand. */
+ FL_CURSOR_HELP = 47, /**< question mark pointer. */
+ FL_CURSOR_MOVE = 27, /**< 4-pointed arrow or hand. */
+
+ /* Resize indicators */
+ FL_CURSOR_NS = 78, /**< up/down resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_WE = 79, /**< left/right resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_NWSE = 80, /**< diagonal resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_NESW = 81, /**< diagonal resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_N = 70, /**< upwards resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_NE = 69, /**< upwards, right resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_E = 49, /**< rightwards resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_SE = 8, /**< downwards, right resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_S = 9, /**< downwards resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_SW = 7, /**< downwards, left resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_W = 36, /**< leftwards resize. */
+ FL_CURSOR_NW = 68, /**< upwards, left resize. */
+
+ FL_CURSOR_NONE =255 /**< invisible. */
+};
+/*@}*/ // group: Cursors
+
+/** FD "when" conditions */
+enum { // values for "when" passed to Fl::add_fd()+ FL_READ = 1, /**< Call the callback when there is data to be read. */
+ FL_WRITE = 4, /**< Call the callback when data can be written without blocking. */
+ FL_EXCEPT = 8 /**< Call the callback if an exception occurs on the file. */
+};
+
+/** visual types and Fl_Gl_Window::mode() (values match Glut) */
+enum Fl_Mode { + FL_RGB = 0,
+ FL_INDEX = 1,
+ FL_SINGLE = 0,
+ FL_DOUBLE = 2,
+ FL_ACCUM = 4,
+ FL_ALPHA = 8,
+ FL_DEPTH = 16,
+ FL_STENCIL = 32,
+ FL_RGB8 = 64,
+ FL_MULTISAMPLE= 128,
+ FL_STEREO = 256,
+ FL_FAKE_SINGLE = 512, // Fake single buffered windows using double-buffer
+ FL_OPENGL3 = 1024
+};
+
+// image alpha blending
+
+#define FL_IMAGE_WITH_ALPHA 0x40000000
+
+/** Damage masks */
+enum Fl_Damage {+ FL_DAMAGE_CHILD = 0x01, /**< A child needs to be redrawn. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_EXPOSE = 0x02, /**< The window was exposed. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_SCROLL = 0x04, /**< The Fl_Scroll widget was scrolled. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_OVERLAY = 0x08, /**< The overlay planes need to be redrawn. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_USER1 = 0x10, /**< First user-defined damage bit. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_USER2 = 0x20, /**< Second user-defined damage bit. */
+ FL_DAMAGE_ALL = 0x80 /**< Everything needs to be redrawn. */
+};
+
+// FLTK 1.0.x compatibility definitions...
+# ifdef FLTK_1_0_COMPAT
+# define contrast fl_contrast
+# define down fl_down
+# define frame fl_frame
+# define inactive fl_inactive
+# endif // FLTK_1_0_COMPAT
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl.H
@@ -1,0 +1,1420 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Main header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl static class.
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_H
+# define Fl_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Export.H>
+
+#ifdef FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+# include <FL/Fl_Cairo.H>
+#endif
+
+# include "fl_utf8.h"
+# include "Enumerations.H"
+# ifndef Fl_Object
+# define Fl_Object Fl_Widget /**< for back compatibility - use Fl_Widget! */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef check
+# undef check
+# endif
+
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+class Fl_Window;
+class Fl_Image;
+struct Fl_Label;
+
+// Keep avoiding having the socket deps at that level but mke sure it will work in both 32 & 64 bit builds
+#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# if defined(_WIN64)
+# define FL_SOCKET unsigned __int64
+# else
+# define FL_SOCKET int
+# endif
+#else
+# define FL_SOCKET int
+#endif
+
+
+// Pointers you can use to change FLTK to a foreign language.
+// Note: Similar pointers are defined in FL/fl_ask.H and src/fl_ask.cxx
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_local_ctrl;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_local_meta;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_local_alt;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_local_shift;
+
+/** \defgroup callback_functions Callback function typedefs
+ \brief Typedefs defined in <FL/Fl.H> for callback or handler functions passed as function parameters.
+
+ FLTK uses callback functions as parameters for some function calls, e.g. to
+ set up global event handlers (Fl::add_handler()), to add a timeout handler
+ (Fl::add_timeout()), and many more.
+
+ The typedefs defined in this group describe the function parameters used to set
+ up or clear the callback functions and should also be referenced to define the
+ callback function to handle such events in the user's code.
+
+ \see Fl::add_handler(), Fl::add_timeout(), Fl::repeat_timeout(),
+ Fl::remove_timeout() and others
+ @{ */+
+/** Signature of some label drawing functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (Fl_Label_Draw_F)(const Fl_Label *label, int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Align align);
+
+/** Signature of some label measurement functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (Fl_Label_Measure_F)(const Fl_Label *label, int &width, int &height);
+
+/** Signature of some box drawing functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (Fl_Box_Draw_F)(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color color);
+
+/** Signature of some timeout callback functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Timeout_Handler)(void *data);
+
+/** Signature of some wakeup callback functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Awake_Handler)(void *data);
+
+/** Signature of add_idle callback functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Idle_Handler)(void *data);
+
+/** Signature of set_idle callback functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Old_Idle_Handler)();
+
+/** Signature of add_fd functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_FD_Handler)(FL_SOCKET fd, void *data);
+
+/** Signature of add_handler functions passed as parameters */
+typedef int (*Fl_Event_Handler)(int event);
+
+/** Signature of add_system_handler functions passed as parameters */
+typedef int (*Fl_System_Handler)(void *event, void *data);
+
+/** Signature of set_abort functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Abort_Handler)(const char *format,...);
+
+/** Signature of set_atclose functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Atclose_Handler)(Fl_Window *window, void *data);
+
+/** Signature of args functions passed as parameters */
+typedef int (*Fl_Args_Handler)(int argc, char **argv, int &i);
+
+/** Signature of event_dispatch functions passed as parameters.
+ \see Fl::event_dispatch(Fl_Event_Dispatch) */
+typedef int (*Fl_Event_Dispatch)(int event, Fl_Window *w);
+
+/** Signature of add_clipboard_notify functions passed as parameters */
+typedef void (*Fl_Clipboard_Notify_Handler)(int source, void *data);
+
+/** @} */ /* group callback_functions */
+
+
+/**
+ The Fl is the FLTK global (static) class containing
+ state information and global methods for the current application.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl {+ Fl() {}; // no constructor!+
+private:
+ static int use_high_res_GL_;
+
+public: // should be private!
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ static int e_number;
+ static int e_x;
+ static int e_y;
+ static int e_x_root;
+ static int e_y_root;
+ static int e_dx;
+ static int e_dy;
+ static int e_state;
+ static int e_clicks;
+ static int e_is_click;
+ static int e_keysym;
+ static char* e_text;
+ static int e_length;
+ static void *e_clipboard_data;
+ static const char *e_clipboard_type;
+ static Fl_Event_Dispatch e_dispatch;
+ static Fl_Widget* belowmouse_;
+ static Fl_Widget* pushed_;
+ static Fl_Widget* focus_;
+ static int damage_;
+ static Fl_Widget* selection_owner_;
+ static Fl_Window* modal_;
+ static Fl_Window* grab_;
+ static int compose_state; // used for dead keys (WIN32) or marked text (MacOS)
+ static void call_screen_init(); // recompute screen number and dimensions
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ static void reset_marked_text(); // resets marked text
+ static void insertion_point_location(int x, int y, int height); // sets window coordinates & height of insertion point
+#endif
+#endif // FL_DOXYGEN
+
+
+ /**
+ If true then flush() will do something.
+ */
+ static void damage(int d) {damage_ = d;}+
+public:
+ /** Enumerator for global FLTK options.
+ These options can be set system wide, per user, or for the running
+ application only.
+ \see Fl::option(Fl_Option, bool)
+ \see Fl::option(Fl_Option)
+ */
+ typedef enum {+ /// When switched on, moving the text cursor beyond the start or end of
+ /// a text in a text widget will change focus to the next text widget.
+ /// (This is considered 'old' behavior)
+ ///
+ /// When switched off (default), the cursor will stop at the end of the text.
+ /// Pressing Tab or Ctrl-Tab will advance the keyboard focus.
+ ///
+ /// See also: Fl_Input_::tab_nav()
+ ///
+ OPTION_ARROW_FOCUS = 0,
+ // When switched on, FLTK will use the file chooser dialog that comes
+ // with your operating system whenever possible. When switched off, FLTK
+ // will present its own file chooser.
+ // \todo implement me
+ // OPTION_NATIVE_FILECHOOSER,
+ // When Filechooser Preview is enabled, the FLTK or native file chooser
+ // will show a preview of a selected file (if possible) before the user
+ // decides to choose the file.
+ // \todo implement me
+ //OPTION_FILECHOOSER_PREVIEW,
+ /// If visible focus is switched on (default), FLTK will draw a dotted rectangle
+ /// inside the widget that will receive the next keystroke. If switched
+ /// off, no such indicator will be drawn and keyboard navigation
+ /// is disabled.
+ OPTION_VISIBLE_FOCUS,
+ /// If text drag-and-drop is enabled (default), the user can select and drag text
+ /// from any text widget. If disabled, no dragging is possible, however
+ /// dropping text from other applications still works.
+ OPTION_DND_TEXT,
+ /// If tooltips are enabled (default), hovering the mouse over a widget with a
+ /// tooltip text will open a little tooltip window until the mouse leaves
+ /// the widget. If disabled, no tooltip is shown.
+ OPTION_SHOW_TOOLTIPS,
+ /// When switched on (default), Fl_Native_File_Chooser runs GTK file dialogs
+ /// if the GTK library is available on the platform (linux/unix only).
+ /// When switched off, GTK file dialogs aren't used even if the GTK library is available.
+ OPTION_FNFC_USES_GTK,
+ // don't change this, leave it always as the last element
+ /// For internal use only.
+ OPTION_LAST
+ } Fl_Option;
+
+private:
+ static unsigned char options_[OPTION_LAST];
+ static unsigned char options_read_;
+
+public:
+ /*
+ Return a global setting for all FLTK applications, possibly overridden
+ by a setting specifically for this application.
+ */
+ static bool option(Fl_Option opt);
+
+ /*
+ Override an option while the application is running.
+ */
+ static void option(Fl_Option opt, bool val);
+
+ /**
+ The currently executing idle callback function: DO NOT USE THIS DIRECTLY!
+
+ This is now used as part of a higher level system allowing multiple
+ idle callback functions to be called.
+ \see add_idle(), remove_idle()
+ */
+ static void (*idle)();
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ static Fl_Awake_Handler *awake_ring_;
+ static void **awake_data_;
+ static int awake_ring_size_;
+ static int awake_ring_head_;
+ static int awake_ring_tail_;
+ static const char* scheme_;
+ static Fl_Image* scheme_bg_;
+
+ static int e_original_keysym; // late addition
+ static int scrollbar_size_;
+#endif
+
+
+ static int add_awake_handler_(Fl_Awake_Handler, void*);
+ static int get_awake_handler_(Fl_Awake_Handler&, void*&);
+
+public:
+
+ // API version number
+ static double version();
+ static int api_version();
+
+ // ABI version number
+ static int abi_version();
+
+ /**
+ Returns whether the runtime library ABI version is correct.
+
+ This enables you to check the ABI version of the linked FLTK
+ library at runtime.
+
+ Returns 1 (true) if the compiled ABI version (in the header files)
+ and the linked library ABI version (used at runtime) are the same,
+ 0 (false) otherwise.
+
+ Argument \p val can be used to query a particular library ABI version.
+ Use for instance 10303 to query if the runtime library is compatible
+ with FLTK ABI version 1.3.3. This is rarely useful.
+
+ The default \p val argument is FL_ABI_VERSION, which checks the version
+ defined at configure time (i.e. in the header files at program
+ compilation time) against the linked library version used at runtime.
+ This is particularly useful if you linked with a shared object library,
+ but it also concerns static linking.
+
+ \see Fl::abi_version()
+ */
+ static inline int abi_check(const int val = FL_ABI_VERSION) {+ return val == abi_version();
+ }
+
+ // argument parsers:
+ static int arg(int argc, char **argv, int& i);
+ static int args(int argc, char **argv, int& i, Fl_Args_Handler cb = 0);
+ static void args(int argc, char **argv);
+ /**
+ Usage string displayed if Fl::args() detects an invalid argument.
+ This may be changed to point to customized text at run-time.
+ */
+ static const char* const help;
+
+ // things called by initialization:
+ static void display(const char*);
+ static int visual(int);
+ /**
+ This does the same thing as Fl::visual(int) but also requires OpenGL
+ drawing to work. This <I>must</I> be done if you want to draw in
+ normal windows with OpenGL with gl_start() and gl_end().
+ It may be useful to call this so your X windows use the same visual
+ as an Fl_Gl_Window, which on some servers will reduce colormap flashing.
+
+ See Fl_Gl_Window for a list of additional values for the argument.
+ */
+ static int gl_visual(int, int *alist=0); // platform dependent
+ static void own_colormap();
+ static void get_system_colors();
+ static void foreground(uchar, uchar, uchar);
+ static void background(uchar, uchar, uchar);
+ static void background2(uchar, uchar, uchar);
+
+ // schemes:
+ static int scheme(const char *name);
+ /** See void scheme(const char *name) */
+ static const char* scheme() {return scheme_;}+
+ /** Returns whether the current scheme is the given name.
+
+ This is a fast inline convenience function to support scheme-specific
+ code in widgets, e.g. in their draw() methods, if required.
+
+ Use a valid scheme name, not \p NULL (although \p NULL is allowed,
+ this is not a useful argument - see below).
+
+ If Fl::scheme() has not been set or has been set to the default
+ scheme ("none" or "base"), then this will always return 0 regardless+ of the argument, because Fl::scheme() is \p NULL in this case.
+
+ \note The stored scheme name is always lowercase, and this method will
+ do a case-sensitive compare, so you \b must provide a lowercase string to
+ return the correct value. This is intentional for performance reasons.
+
+ Example:
+ \code
+ if (Fl::is_scheme("gtk+")) { your_code_here(); }+ \endcode
+
+ \param[in] name \b lowercase string of requested scheme name.
+
+ \return 1 if the given scheme is active, 0 otherwise.
+
+ \see Fl::scheme(const char *name)
+ */
+ static int is_scheme(const char *name) {+ return (scheme_ && name && !strcmp(name,scheme_));
+ }
+ /**
+ Called by scheme according to scheme name.
+ Loads or reloads the current scheme selection.
+ See void scheme(const char *name)
+ */
+ static int reload_scheme(); // platform dependent
+ static int scrollbar_size();
+ static void scrollbar_size(int W);
+
+ // execution:
+ static int wait();
+ static double wait(double time);
+ static int check();
+ static int ready();
+ static int run();
+ static Fl_Widget* readqueue();
+ /**
+ Adds a one-shot timeout callback. The function will be called by
+ Fl::wait() at <i>t</i> seconds after this function is called.
+ The optional void* argument is passed to the callback.
+
+ You can have multiple timeout callbacks. To remove a timeout
+ callback use Fl::remove_timeout().
+
+ If you need more accurate, repeated timeouts, use Fl::repeat_timeout() to
+ reschedule the subsequent timeouts.
+
+ The following code will print "TICK" each second on
+ stdout with a fair degree of accuracy:
+
+ \code
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Window.H>
+void callback(void*) {+ printf("TICK\n");+ Fl::repeat_timeout(1.0, callback); // retrigger timeout
+}
+int main() {+ Fl_Window win(100,100);
+ win.show();
+ Fl::add_timeout(1.0, callback); // set up first timeout
+ return Fl::run();
+}
+ \endcode
+ */
+ static void add_timeout(double t, Fl_Timeout_Handler,void* = 0); // platform dependent
+ /**
+ Repeats a timeout callback from the expiration of the
+ previous timeout, allowing for more accurate timing. You may only call
+ this method inside a timeout callback.
+
+ The following code will print "TICK" each second on
+ stdout with a fair degree of accuracy:
+
+ \code
+ void callback(void*) {+ puts("TICK");+ Fl::repeat_timeout(1.0, callback);
+ }
+
+ int main() {+ Fl::add_timeout(1.0, callback);
+ return Fl::run();
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+ static void repeat_timeout(double t, Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0); // platform dependent
+ static int has_timeout(Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0);
+ static void remove_timeout(Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0);
+ static void add_check(Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0);
+ static int has_check(Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0);
+ static void remove_check(Fl_Timeout_Handler, void* = 0);
+ /**
+ Adds file descriptor fd to listen to.
+
+ When the fd becomes ready for reading Fl::wait() will call the
+ callback and then return. The callback is passed the fd and the
+ arbitrary void* argument.
+
+ The second version takes a when bitfield, with the bits
+ FL_READ, FL_WRITE, and FL_EXCEPT defined,
+ to indicate when the callback should be done.
+
+ There can only be one callback of each type for a file descriptor.
+ Fl::remove_fd() gets rid of <I>all</I> the callbacks for a given
+ file descriptor.
+
+ Under UNIX <I>any</I> file descriptor can be monitored (files,
+ devices, pipes, sockets, etc.). Due to limitations in Microsoft Windows,
+ WIN32 applications can only monitor sockets.
+ */
+ static void add_fd(int fd, int when, Fl_FD_Handler cb, void* = 0); // platform dependent
+ /** See void add_fd(int fd, int when, Fl_FD_Handler cb, void* = 0) */
+ static void add_fd(int fd, Fl_FD_Handler cb, void* = 0); // platform dependent
+ /** Removes a file descriptor handler. */
+ static void remove_fd(int, int when); // platform dependent
+ /** Removes a file descriptor handler. */
+ static void remove_fd(int); // platform dependent
+
+ static void add_idle(Fl_Idle_Handler cb, void* data = 0);
+ static int has_idle(Fl_Idle_Handler cb, void* data = 0);
+ static void remove_idle(Fl_Idle_Handler cb, void* data = 0);
+ /** If true then flush() will do something. */
+ static int damage() {return damage_;}+ static void redraw();
+ static void flush();
+ /** \addtogroup group_comdlg
+ @{ */+ /**
+ FLTK calls Fl::warning() to output a warning message.
+
+ The default version on Windows returns \e without printing a warning
+ message, because Windows programs normally don't have stderr (a console
+ window) enabled.
+
+ The default version on all other platforms prints the warning message to stderr.
+
+ You can override the behavior by setting the function pointer to your
+ own routine.
+
+ Fl::warning() means that there was a recoverable problem, the display may
+ be messed up, but the user can probably keep working - all X protocol
+ errors call this, for example. The default implementation returns after
+ displaying the message.
+ \note \#include <FL/Fl.H>
+ */
+ static void (*warning)(const char*, ...);
+ /**
+ FLTK calls Fl::error() to output a normal error message.
+
+ The default version on Windows displays the error message in a MessageBox window.
+
+ The default version on all other platforms prints the error message to stderr.
+
+ You can override the behavior by setting the function pointer to your
+ own routine.
+
+ Fl::error() means there is a recoverable error such as the inability to read
+ an image file. The default implementation returns after displaying the message.
+ \note \#include <FL/Fl.H>
+ */
+ static void (*error)(const char*, ...);
+ /**
+ FLTK calls Fl::fatal() to output a fatal error message.
+
+ The default version on Windows displays the error message in a MessageBox window.
+
+ The default version on all other platforms prints the error message to stderr.
+
+ You can override the behavior by setting the function pointer to your
+ own routine.
+
+ Fl::fatal() must not return, as FLTK is in an unusable state, however your
+ version may be able to use longjmp or an exception to continue, as long as
+ it does not call FLTK again. The default implementation exits with status 1
+ after displaying the message.
+ \note \#include <FL/Fl.H>
+ */
+ static void (*fatal)(const char*, ...);
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_windows Windows handling functions
+ \brief Windows and standard dialogs handling declared in <FL/Fl.H>
+ @{ */+ static Fl_Window* first_window();
+ static void first_window(Fl_Window*);
+ static Fl_Window* next_window(const Fl_Window*);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the top-most modal() window currently shown.
+
+ This is the most recently shown() window with modal() true, or NULL
+ if there are no modal() windows shown().
+ The modal() window has its handle() method called
+ for all events, and no other windows will have handle()
+ called (grab() overrides this).
+ */
+ static Fl_Window* modal() {return modal_;}+ /** Returns the window that currently receives all events.
+
+ \return The window that currently receives all events,
+ or NULL if event grabbing is currently OFF.
+ */
+ static Fl_Window* grab() {return grab_;}+ /** Selects the window to grab.
+ This is used when pop-up menu systems are active.
+
+ Send all events to the passed window no matter where the pointer or
+ focus is (including in other programs). The window <I>does not have
+ to be shown()</I> , this lets the handle() method of a
+ "dummy" window override all event handling and allows you to
+ map and unmap a complex set of windows (under both X and WIN32
+ <I>some</I> window must be mapped because the system interface needs a
+ window id).
+
+ If grab() is on it will also affect show() of windows by doing
+ system-specific operations (on X it turns on override-redirect).
+ These are designed to make menus popup reliably
+ and faster on the system.
+
+ To turn off grabbing do Fl::grab(0).
+
+ <I>Be careful that your program does not enter an infinite loop
+ while grab() is on. On X this will lock up your screen!</I>
+ To avoid this potential lockup, all newer operating systems seem to
+ limit mouse pointer grabbing to the time during which a mouse button
+ is held down. Some OS's may not support grabbing at all.
+ */
+ static void grab(Fl_Window*); // platform dependent
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_events Events handling functions
+ Fl class events handling API declared in <FL/Fl.H>
+ @{+ */
+ // event information:
+ /**
+ Returns the last event that was processed. This can be used
+ to determine if a callback is being done in response to a
+ keypress, mouse click, etc.
+ */
+ static int event() {return e_number;}+ /**
+ Returns the mouse position of the event relative to the Fl_Window
+ it was passed to.
+ */
+ static int event_x() {return e_x;}+ /**
+ Returns the mouse position of the event relative to the Fl_Window
+ it was passed to.
+ */
+ static int event_y() {return e_y;}+ /**
+ Returns the mouse position on the screen of the event. To find the
+ absolute position of an Fl_Window on the screen, use the
+ difference between event_x_root(),event_y_root() and
+ event_x(),event_y().
+ */
+ static int event_x_root() {return e_x_root;}+ /**
+ Returns the mouse position on the screen of the event. To find the
+ absolute position of an Fl_Window on the screen, use the
+ difference between event_x_root(),event_y_root() and
+ event_x(),event_y().
+ */
+ static int event_y_root() {return e_y_root;}+ /**
+ Returns the current horizontal mouse scrolling associated with the
+ FL_MOUSEWHEEL event. Right is positive.
+ */
+ static int event_dx() {return e_dx;}+ /**
+ Returns the current vertical mouse scrolling associated with the
+ FL_MOUSEWHEEL event. Down is positive.
+ */
+ static int event_dy() {return e_dy;}+ /**
+ Return where the mouse is on the screen by doing a round-trip query to
+ the server. You should use Fl::event_x_root() and
+ Fl::event_y_root() if possible, but this is necessary if you are
+ not sure if a mouse event has been processed recently (such as to
+ position your first window). If the display is not open, this will
+ open it.
+ */
+ static void get_mouse(int &,int &); // platform dependent
+ /**
+ Returns non zero if we had a double click event.
+ \retval Non-zero if the most recent FL_PUSH or FL_KEYBOARD was a "double click".
+ \retval N-1 for N clicks.
+ A double click is counted if the same button is pressed
+ again while event_is_click() is true.
+
+ */
+ static int event_clicks() {return e_clicks;}+ /**
+ Manually sets the number returned by Fl::event_clicks().
+ This can be used to set it to zero so that
+ later code does not think an item was double-clicked.
+ \param[in] i corresponds to no double-click if 0, i+1 mouse clicks otherwise
+ \see int event_clicks()
+ */
+ static void event_clicks(int i) {e_clicks = i;}+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if the mouse has not moved far enough
+ and not enough time has passed since the last FL_PUSH or
+ FL_KEYBOARD event for it to be considered a "drag" rather than a
+ "click". You can test this on FL_DRAG, FL_RELEASE,
+ and FL_MOVE events.
+ */
+ static int event_is_click() {return e_is_click;}+ /**
+ Clears the value returned by Fl::event_is_click().
+ Useful to prevent the <I>next</I>
+ click from being counted as a double-click or to make a popup menu
+ pick an item with a single click. Don't pass non-zero to this.
+ */
+ static void event_is_click(int i) {e_is_click = i;}+ /**
+ Gets which particular mouse button caused the current event.
+
+ This returns garbage if the most recent event was not a FL_PUSH or FL_RELEASE event.
+ \retval FL_LEFT_MOUSE
+ \retval FL_MIDDLE_MOUSE
+ \retval FL_RIGHT_MOUSE.
+ \see Fl::event_buttons()
+ */
+ static int event_button() {return e_keysym-FL_Button;}+ /**
+ Returns the keyboard and mouse button states of the last event.
+
+ This is a bitfield of what shift states were on and what mouse buttons
+ were held down during the most recent event.
+
+ The legal event state bits are:
+
+ - FL_SHIFT
+ - FL_CAPS_LOCK
+ - FL_CTRL
+ - FL_ALT
+ - FL_NUM_LOCK
+ - FL_META
+ - FL_SCROLL_LOCK
+ - FL_BUTTON1
+ - FL_BUTTON2
+ - FL_BUTTON3
+
+ X servers do not agree on shift states, and FL_NUM_LOCK, FL_META, and
+ FL_SCROLL_LOCK may not work. The values were selected to match the
+ XFree86 server on Linux. In addition there is a bug in the way X works
+ so that the shift state is not correctly reported until the first event
+ <I>after</I> the shift key is pressed or released.
+ */
+ static int event_state() {return e_state;}+
+ /** Returns non-zero if any of the passed event state bits are turned on.
+
+ Use \p mask to pass the event states you're interested in.
+ The legal event state bits are defined in Fl::event_state().
+ */
+ static int event_state(int mask) {return e_state&mask;}+ /**
+ Gets which key on the keyboard was last pushed.
+
+ The returned integer 'key code' is not necessarily a text
+ equivalent for the keystroke. For instance: if someone presses '5' on the
+ numeric keypad with numlock on, Fl::event_key() may return the 'key code'
+ for this key, and NOT the character '5'. To always get the '5', use Fl::event_text() instead.
+
+ \returns an integer 'key code', or 0 if the last event was not a key press or release.
+ \see int event_key(int), event_text(), compose(int&).
+ */
+ static int event_key() {return e_keysym;}+ /**
+ Returns the keycode of the last key event, regardless of the NumLock state.
+
+ If NumLock is deactivated, FLTK translates events from the
+ numeric keypad into the corresponding arrow key events.
+ event_key() returns the translated key code, whereas
+ event_original_key() returns the keycode before NumLock translation.
+ */
+ static int event_original_key(){return e_original_keysym;}+ /**
+ Returns true if the given \p key was held
+ down (or pressed) <I>during</I> the last event. This is constant until
+ the next event is read from the server.
+
+ Fl::get_key(int) returns true if the given key is held down <I>now</I>.
+ Under X this requires a round-trip to the server and is <I>much</I>
+ slower than Fl::event_key(int).
+
+ Keys are identified by the <I>unshifted</I> values. FLTK defines a
+ set of symbols that should work on most modern machines for every key
+ on the keyboard:
+
+ \li All keys on the main keyboard producing a printable ASCII
+ character use the value of that ASCII character (as though shift,
+ ctrl, and caps lock were not on). The space bar is 32.
+ \li All keys on the numeric keypad producing a printable ASCII
+ character use the value of that ASCII character plus FL_KP.
+ The highest possible value is FL_KP_Last so you can
+ range-check to see if something is on the keypad.
+ \li All numbered function keys use the number on the function key plus
+ FL_F. The highest possible number is FL_F_Last, so you
+ can range-check a value.
+ \li Buttons on the mouse are considered keys, and use the button
+ number (where the left button is 1) plus FL_Button.
+ \li All other keys on the keypad have a symbol: FL_Escape,
+ FL_BackSpace, FL_Tab, FL_Enter, FL_Print, FL_Scroll_Lock, FL_Pause,
+ FL_Insert, FL_Home, FL_Page_Up, FL_Delete, FL_End, FL_Page_Down,
+ FL_Left, FL_Up, FL_Right, FL_Down, FL_Iso_Key, FL_Shift_L, FL_Shift_R,
+ FL_Control_L, FL_Control_R, FL_Caps_Lock, FL_Alt_L, FL_Alt_R,
+ FL_Meta_L, FL_Meta_R, FL_Menu, FL_Num_Lock, FL_KP_Enter. Be
+ careful not to confuse these with the very similar, but all-caps,
+ symbols used by Fl::event_state().
+
+ On X Fl::get_key(FL_Button+n) does not work.
+
+ On WIN32 Fl::get_key(FL_KP_Enter) and Fl::event_key(FL_KP_Enter) do not work.
+ */
+ static int event_key(int key);
+ /**
+ Returns true if the given \p key is held down <I>now</I>.
+ Under X this requires a round-trip to the server and is <I>much</I>
+ slower than Fl::event_key(int). \see event_key(int)
+ */
+ static int get_key(int key); // platform dependent
+ /**
+ Returns the text associated with the current event, including FL_PASTE or FL_DND_RELEASE events.
+ This can be used in response to FL_KEYUP, FL_KEYDOWN, FL_PASTE, and FL_DND_RELEASE.
+
+ When responding to FL_KEYUP/FL_KEYDOWN, use this function instead of Fl::event_key()
+ to get the text equivalent of keystrokes suitable for inserting into strings
+ and text widgets.
+
+ The returned string is guaranteed to be NULL terminated.
+ However, see Fl::event_length() for the actual length of the string,
+ in case the string itself contains NULLs that are part of the text data.
+
+ \returns A NULL terminated text string equivalent of the last keystroke.
+ */
+ static const char* event_text() {return e_text;}+ /**
+ Returns the length of the text in Fl::event_text(). There
+ will always be a nul at this position in the text. However there may
+ be a nul before that if the keystroke translates to a nul character or
+ you paste a nul character.
+ */
+ static int event_length() {return e_length;}+
+ /** During an FL_PASTE event of non-textual data, returns a pointer to the pasted data.
+ The returned data is an Fl_Image * when the result of Fl::event_clipboard_type() is Fl::clipboard_image.
+ */
+ static void *event_clipboard() { return e_clipboard_data; }+ /** Returns the type of the pasted data during an FL_PASTE event.
+ This type can be Fl::clipboard_plain_text or Fl::clipboard_image.
+ */
+ static const char *event_clipboard_type() {return e_clipboard_type; }+
+
+ static int compose(int &del);
+ static void compose_reset();
+ static int event_inside(int,int,int,int);
+ static int event_inside(const Fl_Widget*);
+ static int test_shortcut(Fl_Shortcut);
+
+ /**
+ Enables the system input methods facilities. This is the default.
+ \see disable_im()
+ */
+ static void enable_im();
+ /**
+ Disables the system input methods facilities.
+ \see enable_im()
+ */
+ static void disable_im();
+
+ // event destinations:
+ static int handle(int, Fl_Window*);
+ static int handle_(int, Fl_Window*);
+ /** Gets the widget that is below the mouse.
+ \see belowmouse(Fl_Widget*) */
+ static Fl_Widget* belowmouse() {return belowmouse_;}+ static void belowmouse(Fl_Widget*);
+ /** Gets the widget that is being pushed.
+ \see void pushed(Fl_Widget*) */
+ static Fl_Widget* pushed() {return pushed_;}+ static void pushed(Fl_Widget*);
+ /** Gets the current Fl::focus() widget. \sa Fl::focus(Fl_Widget*) */
+ static Fl_Widget* focus() {return focus_;}+ static void focus(Fl_Widget*);
+ static void add_handler(Fl_Event_Handler h);
+ static void remove_handler(Fl_Event_Handler h);
+ static void add_system_handler(Fl_System_Handler h, void *data);
+ static void remove_system_handler(Fl_System_Handler h);
+ static void event_dispatch(Fl_Event_Dispatch d);
+ static Fl_Event_Dispatch event_dispatch();
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_clipboard Selection & Clipboard functions
+ FLTK global copy/cut/paste functions declared in <FL/Fl.H>
+ @{ */+ // cut/paste:
+ /**
+ Copies the data pointed to by \p stuff to the selection buffer
+ (\p destination is 0), the clipboard (\p destination is 1), or
+ both (\p destination is 2). Copying to both is only relevant on X11,
+ on other platforms it maps to the clipboard (1).
+ \p len is the number of relevant bytes in \p stuff.
+ \p type is always Fl::clipboard_plain_text.
+ The selection buffer is used for
+ middle-mouse pastes and for drag-and-drop selections. The
+ clipboard is used for traditional copy/cut/paste operations.
+
+ \note This function is, at present, intended only to copy UTF-8 encoded textual data.
+ To copy graphical data, use the Fl_Copy_Surface class. The \p type argument may allow
+ in the future to copy other kinds of data.
+ */
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303 || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ static void copy(const char* stuff, int len, int destination = 0, const char *type = Fl::clipboard_plain_text); // platform dependent
+#else
+ static void copy(const char* stuff, int len, int destination, const char *type);
+ static void copy(const char* stuff, int len, int destination = 0);
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN))
+ static void copy_image(const unsigned char* data, int W, int H, int destination = 0); // platform dependent
+#endif
+ /**
+ Pastes the data from the selection buffer (\p source is 0) or the clipboard
+ (\p source is 1) into \p receiver.
+
+ The selection buffer (\p source is 0) is used for middle-mouse pastes and for
+ drag-and-drop selections. The clipboard (\p source is 1) is used for
+ copy/cut/paste operations.
+
+ If \p source is 1, the optional \p type argument indicates what type of data is requested from the clipboard.
+ At present, Fl::clipboard_plain_text (requesting text data) and
+ Fl::clipboard_image (requesting image data) are possible.
+ Set things up so the handle function of the \p receiver widget will be called with an FL_PASTE event some
+ time in the future if the clipboard does contain data of the requested type.
+ While processing the FL_PASTE event:
+ \li if \p type is Fl::clipboard_plain_text, the text string from the specified \p source is in Fl::event_text()
+ with UTF-8 encoding, and the number of bytes in Fl::event_length().
+ If Fl::paste() gets called during the drop step of a files-drag-and-drop operation,
+ Fl::event_text() contains a list of filenames (see \ref events_dnd).
+ \li if \p type is Fl::clipboard_image, the pointer returned by Fl::event_clipboard() can be safely cast to
+ type Fl_Image * to obtain a pointer to the pasted image. Furthermore, starting with FLTK 1.3.4, the image is
+ of type Fl_RGB_Image across all platforms.
+ If \p receiver accepts the clipboard image, receiver.handle() should return 1 and the
+ application should take ownership of this image (that is, delete it after use).
+ Conversely, if receiver.handle() returns 0, the application must not use the image.
+
+ The receiver should be prepared to be called \e directly by this, or for
+ it to happen \e later, or possibly <i>not at all</i>. This
+ allows the window system to take as long as necessary to retrieve
+ the paste buffer (or even to screw up completely) without complex
+ and error-prone synchronization code in FLTK.
+
+ \par Platform details for image data:
+ \li Unix/Linux platform: Clipboard images in PNG or BMP formats are recognized. Requires linking with the fltk_images library.
+ \li MSWindows platform: Both bitmap and vectorial (Enhanced metafile) data from clipboard
+ can be pasted as image data.
+ \li Mac OS X platform: Both bitmap (TIFF) and vectorial (PDF) data from clipboard
+ can be pasted as image data.
+ */
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303 || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ static void paste(Fl_Widget &receiver, int source, const char *type = Fl::clipboard_plain_text); // platform dependent
+#else
+ static void paste(Fl_Widget &receiver, int source, const char *type);
+ static void paste(Fl_Widget &receiver, int source /*=0*/);
+#endif
+ /**
+ FLTK will call the registered callback whenever there is a change to the
+ selection buffer or the clipboard. The source argument indicates which
+ of the two has changed. Only changes by other applications are reported.
+
+ Example:
+ \code
+ void clip_callback(int source, void *data) {+ if ( source == 0 ) printf("CLIP CALLBACK: selection buffer changed\n");+ if ( source == 1 ) printf("CLIP CALLBACK: clipboard changed\n");+ }
+ [..]
+ int main() {+ [..]
+ Fl::add_clipboard_notify(clip_callback);
+ [..]
+ }
+ \endcode
+ \note Some systems require polling to monitor the clipboard and may
+ therefore have some delay in detecting changes.
+ */
+ static void add_clipboard_notify(Fl_Clipboard_Notify_Handler h, void *data = 0);
+ /**
+ Stop calling the specified callback when there are changes to the selection
+ buffer or the clipboard.
+ */
+ static void remove_clipboard_notify(Fl_Clipboard_Notify_Handler h);
+ /** Returns non 0 if the clipboard contains data matching \p type.
+ \p type can be Fl::clipboard_plain_text or Fl::clipboard_image.
+ */
+ static int clipboard_contains(const char *type);
+ /** Denotes plain textual data
+ */
+ static char const * const clipboard_plain_text;
+ /** Denotes image data
+ */
+ static char const * const clipboard_image;
+
+ /**
+ Initiate a Drag And Drop operation. The selection buffer should be
+ filled with relevant data before calling this method. FLTK will
+ then initiate the system wide drag and drop handling. Dropped data
+ will be marked as <i>text</i>.
+
+ Create a selection first using:
+ Fl::copy(const char *stuff, int len, 0)
+ */
+ static int dnd(); // platform dependent
+
+ // These are for back-compatibility only:
+ /** back-compatibility only: Gets the widget owning the current selection
+ \see Fl_Widget* selection_owner(Fl_Widget*) */
+ static Fl_Widget* selection_owner() {return selection_owner_;}+ static void selection_owner(Fl_Widget*);
+ static void selection(Fl_Widget &owner, const char*, int len);
+ static void paste(Fl_Widget &receiver);
+/** @} */
+/** \defgroup fl_screen Screen functions
+ fl global screen functions declared in <FL/Fl.H>
+ @{ */+ // screen size:
+ /** Returns the leftmost x coordinate of the main screen work area. */
+ static int x(); // platform dependent
+ /** Returns the topmost y coordinate of the main screen work area. */
+ static int y(); // platform dependent
+ /** Returns the width in pixels of the main screen work area. */
+ static int w(); // platform dependent
+ /** Returns the height in pixels of the main screen work area. */
+ static int h(); // platform dependent
+
+ // multi-head support:
+ static int screen_count();
+ /**
+ Gets the bounding box of a screen that contains the mouse pointer.
+ \param[out] X,Y,W,H the corresponding screen bounding box
+ \see void screen_xywh(int &x, int &y, int &w, int &h, int mx, int my)
+ */
+ static void screen_xywh(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H) {+ int x, y;
+ Fl::get_mouse(x, y);
+ screen_xywh(X, Y, W, H, x, y);
+ }
+ static void screen_xywh(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int mx, int my);
+ static void screen_xywh(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int n);
+ static void screen_xywh(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int mx, int my, int mw, int mh);
+ static int screen_num(int x, int y);
+ static int screen_num(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ static void screen_dpi(float &h, float &v, int n=0);
+ static void screen_work_area(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int mx, int my);
+ static void screen_work_area(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int n);
+ /**
+ Gets the bounding box of the work area of the screen that contains the mouse pointer.
+ \param[out] X,Y,W,H the work area bounding box
+ \see void screen_work_area(int &x, int &y, int &w, int &h, int mx, int my)
+ */
+ static void screen_work_area(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H) {+ int x, y;
+ Fl::get_mouse(x, y);
+ screen_work_area(X, Y, W, H, x, y);
+ }
+
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_attributes Color & Font functions
+ fl global color, font functions.
+ These functions are declared in <FL/Fl.H> or <FL/fl_draw.H>.
+ @{ */+
+ // color map:
+ static void set_color(Fl_Color, uchar, uchar, uchar);
+ /**
+ Sets an entry in the fl_color index table. You can set it to any
+ 8-bit RGB color. The color is not allocated until fl_color(i) is used.
+ */
+ static void set_color(Fl_Color i, unsigned c); // platform dependent
+ static unsigned get_color(Fl_Color i);
+ static void get_color(Fl_Color i, uchar &red, uchar &green, uchar &blue);
+ /**
+ Frees the specified color from the colormap, if applicable.
+ If overlay is non-zero then the color is freed from the
+ overlay colormap.
+ */
+ static void free_color(Fl_Color i, int overlay = 0); // platform dependent
+
+ // fonts:
+ static const char* get_font(Fl_Font);
+ /**
+ Get a human-readable string describing the family of this face. This
+ is useful if you are presenting a choice to the user. There is no
+ guarantee that each face has a different name. The return value points
+ to a static buffer that is overwritten each call.
+
+ The integer pointed to by \p attributes (if the pointer is not
+ zero) is set to zero, FL_BOLD or FL_ITALIC or
+ FL_BOLD | FL_ITALIC. To locate a "family" of fonts, search
+ forward and back for a set with non-zero attributes, these faces along
+ with the face with a zero attribute before them constitute a family.
+ */
+ static const char* get_font_name(Fl_Font, int* attributes = 0);
+ /**
+ Return an array of sizes in \p sizep. The return value is the
+ length of this array. The sizes are sorted from smallest to largest
+ and indicate what sizes can be given to fl_font() that will
+ be matched exactly (fl_font() will pick the closest size for
+ other sizes). A zero in the first location of the array indicates a
+ scalable font, where any size works, although the array may list sizes
+ that work "better" than others. Warning: the returned array
+ points at a static buffer that is overwritten each call. Under X this
+ will open the display.
+ */
+ static int get_font_sizes(Fl_Font, int*& sizep);
+ static void set_font(Fl_Font, const char*);
+ static void set_font(Fl_Font, Fl_Font);
+ /**
+ FLTK will open the display, and add every fonts on the server to the
+ face table. It will attempt to put "families" of faces together, so
+ that the normal one is first, followed by bold, italic, and bold
+ italic.
+
+ The optional argument is a string to describe the set of fonts to
+ add. Passing NULL will select only fonts that have the
+ ISO8859-1 character set (and are thus usable by normal text). Passing
+ "-*" will select all fonts with any encoding as long as they have
+ normal X font names with dashes in them. Passing "*" will list every
+ font that exists (on X this may produce some strange output). Other
+ values may be useful but are system dependent. With WIN32 NULL
+ selects fonts with ISO8859-1 encoding and non-NULL selects
+ all fonts.
+
+ The return value is how many faces are in the table after this is done.
+ */
+ static Fl_Font set_fonts(const char* = 0); // platform dependent
+
+ /** @} */
+ /** \defgroup fl_drawings Drawing functions
+ FLTK global graphics and GUI drawing functions.
+ These functions are declared in <FL/fl_draw.H>,
+ and in <FL/x.H> for offscreen buffer-related ones.
+ @{ */+ // <Hack to re-order the 'Drawing functions' group>
+ /** @} */
+
+ // labeltypes:
+ static void set_labeltype(Fl_Labeltype,Fl_Label_Draw_F*,Fl_Label_Measure_F*);
+ /** Sets the functions to call to draw and measure a specific labeltype. */
+ static void set_labeltype(Fl_Labeltype, Fl_Labeltype from); // is it defined ?
+
+ // boxtypes:
+ static Fl_Box_Draw_F *get_boxtype(Fl_Boxtype);
+ static void set_boxtype(Fl_Boxtype, Fl_Box_Draw_F*,uchar,uchar,uchar,uchar);
+ static void set_boxtype(Fl_Boxtype, Fl_Boxtype from);
+ static int box_dx(Fl_Boxtype);
+ static int box_dy(Fl_Boxtype);
+ static int box_dw(Fl_Boxtype);
+ static int box_dh(Fl_Boxtype);
+
+ static int draw_box_active();
+ static Fl_Color box_color(Fl_Color);
+ static void set_box_color(Fl_Color);
+
+ // back compatibility:
+ /** \addtogroup fl_windows
+ @{ */+ /** For back compatibility, sets the void Fl::fatal handler callback */
+ static void set_abort(Fl_Abort_Handler f) {fatal = f;}+ static void (*atclose)(Fl_Window*,void*);
+ static void default_atclose(Fl_Window*,void*);
+ /** For back compatibility, sets the Fl::atclose handler callback. You
+ can now simply change the callback for the window instead.
+ \see Fl_Window::callback(Fl_Callback*) */
+ static void set_atclose(Fl_Atclose_Handler f) {atclose = f;}+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \addtogroup fl_events
+ @{ */+ /** Returns non-zero if the Shift key is pressed. */
+ static int event_shift() {return e_state&FL_SHIFT;}+ /** Returns non-zero if the Control key is pressed. */
+ static int event_ctrl() {return e_state&FL_CTRL;}+ /** Returns non-zero if the FL_COMMAND key is pressed, either FL_CTRL or on OSX FL_META. */
+ static int event_command() {return e_state&FL_COMMAND;}+ /** Returns non-zero if the Alt key is pressed. */
+ static int event_alt() {return e_state&FL_ALT;}+ /**
+ Returns the mouse buttons state bits; if non-zero, then at least one
+ button is pressed now. This function returns the button state at the
+ time of the event. During an FL_RELEASE event, the state
+ of the released button will be 0. To find out, which button
+ caused an FL_RELEASE event, you can use Fl::event_button() instead.
+ \return a bit mask value like { [FL_BUTTON1] | [FL_BUTTON2] | [FL_BUTTON3] }+ */
+ static int event_buttons() {return e_state&0x7f000000;}+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if mouse button 1 is currently held down.
+ For more details, see Fl::event_buttons().
+ */
+ static int event_button1() {return e_state&FL_BUTTON1;}+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if button 2 is currently held down.
+ For more details, see Fl::event_buttons().
+ */
+ static int event_button2() {return e_state&FL_BUTTON2;}+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if button 3 is currently held down.
+ For more details, see Fl::event_buttons().
+ */
+ static int event_button3() {return e_state&FL_BUTTON3;}+ /** @} */
+
+ /**
+ Sets an idle callback.
+
+ \deprecated This method is obsolete - use the add_idle() method instead.
+ */
+ static void set_idle(Fl_Old_Idle_Handler cb) {idle = cb;}+ /** See grab(Fl_Window*) */
+ static void grab(Fl_Window& win) {grab(&win);}+ /** Releases the current grabbed window, equals grab(0).
+ \deprecated Use Fl::grab(0) instead.
+ \see grab(Fl_Window*) */
+ static void release() {grab(0);}+
+ // Visible focus methods...
+ /**
+ Gets or sets the visible keyboard focus on buttons and other
+ non-text widgets. The default mode is to enable keyboard focus
+ for all widgets.
+ */
+ static void visible_focus(int v) { option(OPTION_VISIBLE_FOCUS, (v!=0)); }+ /**
+ Gets or sets the visible keyboard focus on buttons and other
+ non-text widgets. The default mode is to enable keyboard focus
+ for all widgets.
+ */
+ static int visible_focus() { return option(OPTION_VISIBLE_FOCUS); }+
+ // Drag-n-drop text operation methods...
+ /**
+ Gets or sets whether drag and drop text operations are supported.
+ This specifically affects whether selected text can
+ be dragged from text fields or dragged within a text field as a
+ cut/paste shortcut.
+ */
+ static void dnd_text_ops(int v) { option(OPTION_DND_TEXT, (v!=0)); }+ /**
+ Gets or sets whether drag and drop text operations are
+ supported. This specifically affects whether selected text can
+ be dragged from text fields or dragged within a text field as a
+ cut/paste shortcut.
+ */
+ static int dnd_text_ops() { return option(OPTION_DND_TEXT); }+ /** \defgroup fl_multithread Multithreading support functions
+ fl multithreading support functions declared in <FL/Fl.H>
+ @{ */+
+ // Multithreading support:
+ static int lock();
+ static void unlock();
+ static void awake(void* message = 0);
+ /** See void awake(void* message=0). */
+ static int awake(Fl_Awake_Handler cb, void* message = 0);
+ /**
+ The thread_message() method returns the last message
+ that was sent from a child by the awake() method.
+
+ See also: \ref advanced_multithreading
+ */
+ static void* thread_message(); // platform dependent
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_del_widget Safe widget deletion support functions
+
+ These functions, declared in <FL/Fl.H>, support deletion of widgets inside callbacks.
+
+ Fl::delete_widget() should be called when deleting widgets
+ or complete widget trees (Fl_Group, Fl_Window, ...) inside
+ callbacks.
+
+ The other functions are intended for internal use. The preferred
+ way to use them is by using the helper class Fl_Widget_Tracker.
+
+ The following is to show how it works ...
+
+ There are three groups of related methods:
+
+ -# scheduled widget deletion
+ - Fl::delete_widget() schedules widgets for deletion
+ - Fl::do_widget_deletion() deletes all scheduled widgets
+ -# widget watch list ("smart pointers")+ - Fl::watch_widget_pointer() adds a widget pointer to the watch list
+ - Fl::release_widget_pointer() removes a widget pointer from the watch list
+ - Fl::clear_widget_pointer() clears a widget pointer \e in the watch list
+ -# the class Fl_Widget_Tracker:
+ - the constructor calls Fl::watch_widget_pointer()
+ - the destructor calls Fl::release_widget_pointer()
+ - the access methods can be used to test, if a widget has been deleted
+ \see Fl_Widget_Tracker.
+
+ @{ */+ // Widget deletion:
+ static void delete_widget(Fl_Widget *w);
+ static void do_widget_deletion();
+ static void watch_widget_pointer(Fl_Widget *&w);
+ static void release_widget_pointer(Fl_Widget *&w);
+ static void clear_widget_pointer(Fl_Widget const *w);
+ /** @} */
+
+ /** sets whether GL windows should be drawn at high resolution on Apple
+ computers with retina displays
+ \version 1.3.4
+ */
+ static void use_high_res_GL(int val) { use_high_res_GL_ = val; }+ /** returns whether GL windows should be drawn at high resolution on Apple
+ computers with retina displays.
+ Default is no.
+ \version 1.3.4
+ */
+ static int use_high_res_GL() { return use_high_res_GL_; }+
+#ifdef FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+ /** \defgroup group_cairo Cairo Support Functions and Classes
+ @{ + */
+public:
+ // Cairo support API
+ static cairo_t * cairo_make_current(Fl_Window* w);
+ /** when FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO is defined and cairo_autolink_context() is true,
+ any current window dc is linked to a current cairo context.
+ This is not the default, because it may not be necessary
+ to add cairo support to all fltk supported windows.
+ When you wish to associate a cairo context in this mode,
+ you need to call explicitly in your draw() overridden method,
+ Fl::cairo_make_current(Fl_Window*). This will create a cairo context
+ but only for this Window.
+ Still in custom cairo application it is possible to handle
+ completely this process automatically by setting \p alink to true.
+ In this last case, you don't need anymore to call Fl::cairo_make_current().
+ You can use Fl::cairo_cc() to get the current cairo context anytime.
+ \note Only available when configure has the --enable-cairo option
+ */
+ static void cairo_autolink_context(bool alink) {cairo_state_.autolink(alink);}+ /**
+ Gets the current autolink mode for cairo support.
+ \retval false if no cairo context autolink is made for each window.
+ \retval true if any fltk window is attached a cairo context when it
+ is current. \see void cairo_autolink_context(bool alink)
+ \note Only available when configure has the --enable-cairo option
+ */
+ static bool cairo_autolink_context() {return cairo_state_.autolink();}+ /** Gets the current cairo context linked with a fltk window. */
+ static cairo_t * cairo_cc() { return cairo_state_.cc(); }+ /** Sets the current cairo context to \p c.
+ Set \p own to true if you want fltk to handle this cc deletion.
+ \note Only available when configure has the --enable-cairo option
+*/
+ static void cairo_cc(cairo_t * c, bool own=false){ cairo_state_.cc(c, own); } +
+private:
+ static cairo_t * cairo_make_current(void* gc);
+ static cairo_t * cairo_make_current(void* gc, int W, int H);
+ static Fl_Cairo_State cairo_state_;
+public:
+ /** @} */
+
+#endif // FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+
+};
+
+/**
+ This class should be used to control safe widget deletion.
+
+ You can use an Fl_Widget_Tracker object to watch another widget, if you
+ need to know, if this widget has been deleted during a callback.
+
+ This simplifies the use of the "safe widget deletion" methods
+ Fl::watch_widget_pointer() and Fl::release_widget_pointer() and
+ makes their use more reliable, because the destructor autmatically
+ releases the widget pointer from the widget watch list.
+
+ It is intended to be used as an automatic (local/stack) variable,
+ such that the automatic destructor is called when the object's
+ scope is left. This ensures that no stale widget pointers are
+ left in the widget watch list (see example below).
+
+ You can also create Fl_Widget_Tracker objects with \c new, but then it
+ is your responsibility to delete the object (and thus remove the
+ widget pointer from the watch list) when it is not needed any more.
+
+ Example:
+
+ \code
+ int MyClass::handle (int event) {+
+ if (...) {+ Fl_Widget_Tracker wp(this); // watch myself
+ do_callback(); // call the callback
+
+ if (wp.deleted()) return 1; // exit, if deleted
+
+ // Now we are sure that the widget has not been deleted.
+ // It is safe to access the widget
+
+ clear_changed(); // access the widget
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Widget_Tracker {+
+ Fl_Widget* wp_;
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_Widget_Tracker(Fl_Widget *wi);
+ ~Fl_Widget_Tracker();
+
+ /**
+ Returns a pointer to the watched widget.
+
+ This pointer is \c NULL, if the widget has been deleted.
+ */
+ Fl_Widget *widget() {return wp_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns 1, if the watched widget has been deleted.
+
+ This is a convenience method. You can also use something like
+
+ <tt> if (wp.widget() == 0) // ...</tt>
+
+ where \p wp is an Fl_Widget_Tracker object.
+ */
+ int deleted() {return wp_ == 0;}+
+ /**
+ Returns 1, if the watched widget exists (has not been deleted).
+
+ This is a convenience method. You can also use something like
+
+ <tt> if (wp.widget() != 0) // ...</tt>
+
+ where \p wp is an Fl_Widget_Tracker object.
+ */
+ int exists() {return wp_ != 0;}+
+};
+
+ /** \defgroup fl_unicode Unicode and UTF-8 functions
+ fl global Unicode and UTF-8 handling functions declared in <FL/fl_utf8.h>
+ @{ */+ /** @} */
+
+#endif // !Fl_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Adjuster.H
@@ -1,0 +1,73 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Adjuster widget header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Adjuster widget . */
+
+// 3-button "slider", made for Nuke
+
+#ifndef Fl_Adjuster_H
+#define Fl_Adjuster_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Adjuster widget was stolen from Prisms, and has proven
+ to be very useful for values that need a large dynamic range.
+ \image html adjuster1.png
+ \image latex adjuster1.png "Fl_Adjuster" width=4cm
+ <P>When you press a button and drag to the right the value increases.
+ When you drag to the left it decreases. The largest button adjusts by
+ 100 * step(), the next by 10 * step() and that
+ smallest button by step(). Clicking on the buttons
+ increments by 10 times the amount dragging by a pixel does. Shift +
+ click decrements by 10 times the amount.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Adjuster : public Fl_Valuator {+ int drag;
+ int ix;
+ int soft_;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ int handle(int);
+ void value_damage();
+public:
+ Fl_Adjuster(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+ /**
+ If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag the value outside
+ the range. If they drag the value to one of the ends, let go, then
+ grab again and continue to drag, they can get to any value. Default is
+ one.
+ */
+ void soft(int s) {soft_ = s;}+ /**
+ If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag the value outside
+ the range. If they drag the value to one of the ends, let go, then
+ grab again and continue to drag, they can get to any value. Default is
+ one.
+ */
+ int soft() const {return soft_;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_BMP_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,41 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// BMP image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_BMP_Image widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_BMP_Image_H
+#define Fl_BMP_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_BMP_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of Windows Bitmap (BMP) image files.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_BMP_Image : public Fl_RGB_Image {+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_BMP_Image(const char* filename);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Bitmap.H
@@ -1,0 +1,78 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Bitmap header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Bitmap widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Bitmap_H
+#define Fl_Bitmap_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+struct Fl_Menu_Item;
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Bitmap class supports caching and drawing of mono-color
+ (bitmap) images. Images are drawn using the current color.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Bitmap : public Fl_Image {+ friend class Fl_Quartz_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Printer_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_Xlib_Graphics_Driver;
+public:
+
+ /** pointer to raw bitmap data */
+ const uchar *array;
+ /** Non-zero if array points to bitmap data allocated internally */
+ int alloc_array;
+
+ private:
+ int start(int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int &cx, int &cy,
+ int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32)
+ /** for internal use */
+ void *id_;
+#else
+ /** for internal use */
+ unsigned id_;
+#endif // __APPLE__ || WIN32
+
+ public:
+
+ /** The constructors create a new bitmap from the specified bitmap data */
+ Fl_Bitmap(const uchar *bits, int W, int H) :
+ Fl_Image(W,H,0), array(bits), alloc_array(0), id_(0) {data((const char **)&array, 1);}+ /** The constructors create a new bitmap from the specified bitmap data */
+ Fl_Bitmap(const char *bits, int W, int H) :
+ Fl_Image(W,H,0), array((const uchar *)bits), alloc_array(0), id_(0) {data((const char **)&array, 1);}+ virtual ~Fl_Bitmap();
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx=0, int cy=0);
+ void draw(int X, int Y) {draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0);}+ virtual void label(Fl_Widget*w);
+ virtual void label(Fl_Menu_Item*m);
+ virtual void uncache();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Box.H
@@ -1,0 +1,59 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Box header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Box widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Box_H
+#define Fl_Box_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ This widget simply draws its box, and possibly its label. Putting it
+ before some other widgets and making it big enough to surround them
+ will let you draw a frame around them.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Box : public Fl_Widget {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ /**
+ - The first constructor sets box() to FL_NO_BOX, which
+ means it is invisible. However such widgets are useful as placeholders
+ or Fl_Group::resizable()
+ values. To change the box to something visible, use box(n).
+ - The second form of the constructor sets the box to the specified box
+ type.
+ <P>The destructor removes the box.
+ */
+ Fl_Box(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+
+ /** See Fl_Box::Fl_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char * = 0) */
+ Fl_Box(Fl_Boxtype b, int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l);
+
+ virtual int handle(int);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,326 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Browser widget . */
+
+// Forms-compatible browser. Probably useful for other
+// lists of textual data. Notice that the line numbers
+// start from 1, and 0 means "no line".
+
+#ifndef Fl_Browser_H
+#define Fl_Browser_H
+
+#include "Fl_Browser_.H"
+#include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+struct FL_BLINE;
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Browser widget displays a scrolling list of text
+ lines, and manages all the storage for the text. This is not a text
+ editor or spreadsheet! But it is useful for showing a vertical list of
+ named objects to the user.
+
+ Each line in the browser is identified by number. <I>The numbers
+ start at one</I> (this is so that zero can be reserved for "no line" in
+ the selective browsers). <I>Unless otherwise noted, the methods do not
+ check to see if the passed line number is in range and legal. It must
+ always be greater than zero and <= size().</I>
+
+ Each line contains a null-terminated string of text and a void *
+ data pointer. The text string is displayed, the void *
+ pointer can be used by the callbacks to reference the object the text
+ describes.
+
+ The base class does nothing when the user clicks on it. The
+ subclasses
+ Fl_Select_Browser,
+ Fl_Hold_Browser, and
+ Fl_Multi_Browser react to user clicks to select lines in
+ the browser and do callbacks.
+
+ The base class
+ Fl_Browser_ provides the scrolling and selection mechanisms of
+ this and all the subclasses, but the dimensions and appearance of each
+ item are determined by the subclass. You can use Fl_Browser_
+ to display information other than text, or text that is dynamically
+ produced from your own data structures. If you find that loading the
+ browser is a lot of work or is inefficient, you may want to make a
+ subclass of Fl_Browser_.
+
+ Some common coding patterns used for working with Fl_Browser:
+ \code
+ // How to loop through all the items in the browser
+ for ( int t=1; t<=browser->size(); t++ ) { // index 1 based..!+ printf("item #%d, label='%s'\n", t, browser->text(t));+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ Note: If you are <I>subclassing</I> Fl_Browser, it's more efficient
+ to use the protected methods item_first() and item_next(), since
+ Fl_Browser internally uses linked lists to manage the browser's items.
+ For more info, see find_item(int).
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Browser : public Fl_Browser_ {+
+ FL_BLINE *first; // the array of lines
+ FL_BLINE *last;
+ FL_BLINE *cache;
+ int cacheline; // line number of cache
+ int lines; // Number of lines
+ int full_height_;
+ const int* column_widths_;
+ char format_char_; // alternative to @-sign
+ char column_char_; // alternative to tab
+
+protected:
+
+ // required routines for Fl_Browser_ subclass:
+ void* item_first() const ;
+ void* item_next(void* item) const ;
+ void* item_prev(void* item) const ;
+ void* item_last()const ;
+ int item_selected(void* item) const ;
+ void item_select(void* item, int val);
+ int item_height(void* item) const ;
+ int item_width(void* item) const ;
+ void item_draw(void* item, int X, int Y, int W, int H) const ;
+ int full_height() const ;
+ int incr_height() const ;
+ const char *item_text(void *item) const;
+ /** Swap the items \p a and \p b.
+ You must call redraw() to make any changes visible.
+ \param[in] a,b the items to be swapped.
+ \see swap(int,int), item_swap()
+ */
+ void item_swap(void *a, void *b) { swap((FL_BLINE*)a, (FL_BLINE*)b); }+ /** Return the item at specified \p line.
+ \param[in] line The line of the item to return. (1 based)
+ \returns The item, or NULL if line out of range.
+ \see item_at(), find_line(), lineno()
+ */
+ void *item_at(int line) const { return (void*)find_line(line); }+
+ FL_BLINE* find_line(int line) const ;
+ FL_BLINE* _remove(int line) ;
+ void insert(int line, FL_BLINE* item);
+ int lineno(void *item) const ;
+ void swap(FL_BLINE *a, FL_BLINE *b);
+
+public:
+
+ void remove(int line);
+ void add(const char* newtext, void* d = 0);
+ void insert(int line, const char* newtext, void* d = 0);
+ void move(int to, int from);
+ int load(const char* filename);
+ void swap(int a, int b);
+ void clear();
+
+ /**
+ Returns how many lines are in the browser.
+ The last line number is equal to this.
+ Returns 0 if browser is empty.
+ */
+ int size() const { return lines; }+ void size(int W, int H) { Fl_Widget::size(W, H); }+
+ /**
+ Gets the default text size (in pixels) for the lines in the browser.
+ */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const { return Fl_Browser_::textsize(); }+
+ /*
+ Sets the default text size for the lines in the browser to newSize.
+ Defined and documented in Fl_Browser.cxx
+ */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize newSize);
+
+ int topline() const ;
+ /** For internal use only? */
+ enum Fl_Line_Position { TOP, BOTTOM, MIDDLE };+ void lineposition(int line, Fl_Line_Position pos);
+ /**
+ Scrolls the browser so the top item in the browser
+ is showing the specified \p line.
+ \param[in] line The line to be displayed at the top.
+ \see topline(), middleline(), bottomline(), displayed(), lineposition()
+ */
+ void topline(int line) { lineposition(line, TOP); }+ /**
+ Scrolls the browser so the bottom item in the browser
+ is showing the specified \p line.
+ \param[in] line The line to be displayed at the bottom.
+ \see topline(), middleline(), bottomline(), displayed(), lineposition()
+ */
+ void bottomline(int line) { lineposition(line, BOTTOM); }+ /**
+ Scrolls the browser so the middle item in the browser
+ is showing the specified \p line.
+ \param[in] line The line to be displayed in the middle.
+ \see topline(), middleline(), bottomline(), displayed(), lineposition()
+ */
+ void middleline(int line) { lineposition(line, MIDDLE); }+
+ int select(int line, int val=1);
+ int selected(int line) const ;
+ void show(int line);
+ /** Shows the entire Fl_Browser widget -- opposite of hide(). */
+ void show() { Fl_Widget::show(); }+ void hide(int line);
+ /** Hides the entire Fl_Browser widget -- opposite of show(). */
+ void hide() { Fl_Widget::hide(); }+ int visible(int line) const ;
+
+ int value() const ;
+ /**
+ Sets the browser's value(), which selects the specified \p line.
+ This is the same as calling select(line).
+ \see select(), selected(), value(), item_select(), item_selected()
+ */
+ void value(int line) { select(line); }+ const char* text(int line) const ;
+ void text(int line, const char* newtext);
+ void* data(int line) const ;
+ void data(int line, void* d);
+
+ Fl_Browser(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+ /**
+ The destructor deletes all list items and destroys the browser.
+ */
+ ~Fl_Browser() { clear(); }+
+ /**
+ Gets the current format code prefix character, which by default is '\@'.
+ A string of formatting codes at the start of each column are stripped off
+ and used to modify how the rest of the line is printed:
+
+ \li <tt>'\@.'</tt> Print rest of line, don't look for more '\@' signs
+ \li <tt>'\@\@'</tt> Print rest of line starting with '\@'
+ \li <tt>'\@l'</tt> Use a LARGE (24 point) font
+ \li <tt>'\@m'</tt> Use a medium large (18 point) font
+ \li <tt>'\@s'</tt> Use a <SMALL>small</SMALL> (11 point) font
+ \li <tt>'\@b'</tt> Use a <B>bold</B> font (adds FL_BOLD to font)
+ \li <tt>'\@i'</tt> Use an <I>italic</I> font (adds FL_ITALIC to font)
+ \li <tt>'\@f' or '\@t'</tt> Use a fixed-pitch
+ font (sets font to FL_COURIER)
+ \li <tt>'\@c'</tt> Center the line horizontally
+ \li <tt>'\@r'</tt> Right-justify the text
+ \li <tt>'\@B0', '\@B1', ... '\@B255'</tt> Fill the backgound with
+ fl_color(n)
+ \li <tt>'\@C0', '\@C1', ... '\@C255'</tt> Use fl_color(n) to draw the text
+ \li <tt>'\@F0', '\@F1', ...</tt> Use fl_font(n) to draw the text
+ \li <tt>'\@S1', '\@S2', ...</tt> Use point size n to draw the text
+ \li <tt>'\@u' or '\@_'</tt> Underline the text.
+ \li <tt>'\@-'</tt> draw an engraved line through the middle.
+
+ Notice that the '\@.' command can be used to reliably
+ terminate the parsing. To print a random string in a random color, use
+ <tt>sprintf("@C%d@.%s", color, string)</tt> and it will work even if the+ string starts with a digit or has the format character in it.
+ */
+ char format_char() const { return format_char_; }+ /**
+ Sets the current format code prefix character to \p c.
+ The default prefix is '\@'. Set the prefix to 0 to disable formatting.
+ \see format_char() for list of '\@' codes
+ */
+ void format_char(char c) { format_char_ = c; }+ /**
+ Gets the current column separator character.
+ The default is '\\t' (tab).
+ \see column_char(), column_widths()
+ */
+ char column_char() const { return column_char_; }+ /**
+ Sets the column separator to c.
+ This will only have an effect if you also set column_widths().
+ The default is '\\t' (tab).
+ \see column_char(), column_widths()
+ */
+ void column_char(char c) { column_char_ = c; }+ /**
+ Gets the current column width array.
+ This array is zero-terminated and specifies the widths in pixels of
+ each column. The text is split at each column_char() and each part is
+ formatted into it's own column. After the last column any remaining
+ text is formatted into the space between the last column and the
+ right edge of the browser, even if the text contains instances of
+ column_char() . The default value is a one-element array of just
+ a zero, which means there are no columns.
+
+ Example:
+ \code
+ Fl_Browser *b = new Fl_Browser(..);
+ static int widths[] = { 50, 50, 50, 70, 70, 40, 40, 70, 70, 50, 0 }; // widths for each column+ b->column_widths(widths); // assign array to widget
+ b->column_char('\t'); // use tab as the column character+ b->add("USER\tPID\tCPU\tMEM\tVSZ\tRSS\tTTY\tSTAT\tSTART\tTIME\tCOMMAND");+ b->add("root\t2888\t0.0\t0.0\t1352\t0\ttty3\tSW\tAug15\t0:00\t@b@f/sbin/mingetty tty3");+ b->add("root\t13115\t0.0\t0.0\t1352\t0\ttty2\tSW\tAug30\t0:00\t@b@f/sbin/mingetty tty2");+ [..]
+ \endcode
+ \see column_char(), column_widths()
+ */
+ const int* column_widths() const { return column_widths_; }+ /**
+ Sets the current array to \p arr. Make sure the last entry is zero.
+ \see column_char(), column_widths()
+ */
+ void column_widths(const int* arr) { column_widths_ = arr; }+
+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if \p line has been scrolled to a position where it is being displayed.
+ Checks to see if the item's vertical position is within the top and bottom
+ edges of the display window. This does NOT take into account the hide()/show()
+ status of the widget or item.
+ \param[in] line The line to be checked
+ \returns 1 if visible, 0 if not visible.
+ \see topline(), middleline(), bottomline(), displayed(), lineposition()
+ */
+ int displayed(int line) const { return Fl_Browser_::displayed(find_line(line)); }+
+ /**
+ Make the item at the specified \p line visible().
+ Functionally similar to show(int line).
+ If \p line is out of range, redisplay top or bottom of list as appropriate.
+ \param[in] line The line to be made visible.
+ \see show(int), hide(int), display(), visible(), make_visible()
+ */
+ void make_visible(int line) {+ if (line < 1) Fl_Browser_::display(find_line(1));
+ else if (line > lines) Fl_Browser_::display(find_line(lines));
+ else Fl_Browser_::display(find_line(line));
+ }
+
+ // icon support
+ void icon(int line, Fl_Image* icon);
+ Fl_Image* icon(int line) const;
+ void remove_icon(int line);
+
+ /** For back compatibility only. */
+ void replace(int a, const char* b) { text(a, b); }+ void display(int line, int val=1);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Browser_.H
@@ -1,0 +1,388 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Common browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Browser_ widget . */
+
+// Yes, I know this should be a template...
+
+#ifndef Fl_Browser__H
+#define Fl_Browser__H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Group_H
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+#endif
+#include "Fl_Scrollbar.H"
+#include <FL/Fl.H> // Fl::scrollbar_size()
+
+#define FL_NORMAL_BROWSER 0 /**< type() of Fl_Browser */
+#define FL_SELECT_BROWSER 1 /**< type() of FL_Select_Browser */
+#define FL_HOLD_BROWSER 2 /**< type() of Fl_Hold_Browser */
+#define FL_MULTI_BROWSER 3 /**< type() of Fl_Multi_Browser */
+
+#define FL_SORT_ASCENDING 0 /**< sort browser items in ascending alphabetic order. */
+#define FL_SORT_DESCENDING 1 /**< sort in descending order */
+
+/**
+ This is the base class for browsers. To be useful it must be
+ subclassed and several virtual functions defined. The Forms-compatible
+ browser and the file chooser's browser are subclassed off of this.
+
+ This has been designed so that the subclass has complete control
+ over the storage of the data, although because next() and
+ prev() functions are used to index, it works best as a linked list
+ or as a large block of characters in which the line breaks must be
+ searched for.
+
+ A great deal of work has been done so that the "height" of a data
+ object does not need to be determined until it is drawn. This is
+ useful if actually figuring out the size of an object requires
+ accessing image data or doing stat() on a file or doing some
+ other slow operation.
+
+ Keyboard navigation of browser items
+ ------------------------------------
+ The keyboard navigation of browser items is only possible if
+ visible_focus() is enabled. If disabled, the widget rejects keyboard focus;
+ Tab and Shift-Tab focus navigation will skip the widget.
+
+ In 'Select' and 'Normal' mode, the widget rejects keyboard focus;
+ no navigation keys are supported (other than scrollbar positioning).
+
+ In 'Hold' mode, the widget accepts keyboard focus, and Up/Down arrow
+ keys can navigate the selected item.
+
+ In 'Multi' mode, the widget accepts keyboard focus, and Up/Down arrow
+ keys navigate the focus box; Space toggles the current item's selection,
+ Enter selects only the current item (deselects all others). If Shift
+ (or Ctrl) is combined with Up/Down arrow keys, the current item's
+ selection state is extended to the next item. In this way one can
+ extend a selection or de-selection.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Browser_ : public Fl_Group {+ int position_; // where user wants it scrolled to
+ int real_position_; // the current vertical scrolling position
+ int hposition_; // where user wants it panned to
+ int real_hposition_; // the current horizontal scrolling position
+ int offset_; // how far down top_ item the real_position is
+ int max_width; // widest object seen so far
+ uchar has_scrollbar_; // which scrollbars are enabled
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+ void* top_; // which item scrolling position is in
+ void* selection_; // which is selected (except for FL_MULTI_BROWSER)
+ void *redraw1,*redraw2; // minimal update pointers
+ void* max_width_item; // which item has max_width_
+ int scrollbar_size_; // size of scrollbar trough
+
+ void update_top();
+
+protected:
+
+ // All of the following must be supplied by the subclass:
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass
+ to return the first item in the list.
+ \see item_first(), item_next(), item_last(), item_prev()
+ */
+ virtual void *item_first() const = 0;
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass
+ to return the item in the list after \p item.
+ \see item_first(), item_next(), item_last(), item_prev()
+ */
+ virtual void *item_next(void *item) const = 0;
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass
+ to return the item in the list before \p item.
+ \see item_first(), item_next(), item_last(), item_prev()
+ */
+ virtual void *item_prev(void *item) const = 0;
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass
+ to return the last item in the list.
+ \see item_first(), item_next(), item_last(), item_prev()
+ */
+ virtual void *item_last() const { return 0L; }+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass to return
+ the height of \p item in pixels.
+ Allow for two additional pixels for the list selection box.
+ \param[in] item The item whose height is returned.
+ \returns The height of the specified \p item in pixels.
+ \see item_height(), item_width(), item_quick_height()
+ */
+ virtual int item_height(void *item) const = 0;
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass to return the width of the
+ \p item in pixels. Allow for two additional pixels for the list
+ selection box.
+ \param[in] item The item whose width is returned.
+ \returns The width of the item in pixels.
+ */
+ virtual int item_width(void *item) const = 0;
+ virtual int item_quick_height(void *item) const ;
+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass to draw the \p item
+ in the area indicated by \p X, \p Y, \p W, \p H.
+ */
+ virtual void item_draw(void *item,int X,int Y,int W,int H) const = 0;
+ /**
+ This optional method returns a string (label) that may be used for sorting.
+ \param[in] item The item whose label text is returned.
+ \returns The item's text label. (Can be NULL if blank)
+ */
+ virtual const char *item_text(void *item) const { (void)item; return 0L; }+ /**
+ This optional method should be provided by the subclass
+ to efficiently swap browser items \p a and \p b, such as for sorting.
+ \param[in] a,b The two items to be swapped.
+ */
+ virtual void item_swap(void *a,void *b) { (void)a; (void)b; }+ /**
+ This method must be provided by the subclass
+ to return the item for the specified \p index.
+ \param[in] index The \p index of the item to be returned
+ \returns The item at the specified \p index.
+ */
+ virtual void *item_at(int index) const { (void)index; return 0L; }+ // you don't have to provide these but it may help speed it up:
+ virtual int full_width() const ; // current width of all items
+ virtual int full_height() const ; // current height of all items
+ virtual int incr_height() const ; // average height of an item
+ // These only need to be done by subclass if you want a multi-browser:
+ virtual void item_select(void *item,int val=1);
+ virtual int item_selected(void *item) const ;
+
+ // things the subclass may want to call:
+ /**
+ Returns the item that appears at the top of the list.
+ */
+ void *top() const { return top_; }+ /**
+ Returns the item currently selected, or NULL if there is no selection.
+
+ For multiple selection browsers this call returns the currently focused item,
+ even if it is not selected. To find all selected items, call
+ Fl_Multi_Browser::selected() for every item in question.
+ */
+ void *selection() const { return selection_; }+ void new_list(); // completely clobber all data, as though list replaced
+ void deleting(void *item); // get rid of any pointers to item
+ void replacing(void *a,void *b); // change a pointers to b
+ void swapping(void *a,void *b); // exchange pointers a and b
+ void inserting(void *a,void *b); // insert b near a
+ int displayed(void *item) const ; // true if this item is visible
+ void redraw_line(void *item); // minimal update, no change in size
+ /**
+ This method will cause the entire list to be redrawn.
+ \see redraw_lines(), redraw_line()
+ */
+ void redraw_lines() { damage(FL_DAMAGE_SCROLL); } // redraw all of them+ void bbox(int &X,int &Y,int &W,int &H) const;
+ int leftedge() const; // x position after scrollbar & border
+ void *find_item(int ypos); // item under mouse
+
+ void draw();
+ Fl_Browser_(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ Vertical scrollbar. Public, so that it can be accessed directly.
+ */
+ Fl_Scrollbar scrollbar;
+ /**
+ Horizontal scrollbar. Public, so that it can be accessed directly.
+ */
+ Fl_Scrollbar hscrollbar;
+
+ int handle(int event);
+ void resize(int X,int Y,int W,int H);
+
+ int select(void *item,int val=1,int docallbacks=0);
+ int select_only(void *item,int docallbacks=0);
+ int deselect(int docallbacks=0);
+ /**
+ Gets the vertical scroll position of the list as a pixel position \p pos.
+ The position returned is how many pixels of the list are scrolled off the top edge
+ of the screen. Example: A position of '3' indicates the top 3 pixels of
+ the list are scrolled off the top edge of the screen.
+ \see position(), hposition()
+ */
+ int position() const { return position_; }+ void position(int pos); // scroll to here
+ /**
+ Gets the horizontal scroll position of the list as a pixel position \p pos.
+ The position returned is how many pixels of the list are scrolled off the left edge
+ of the screen. Example: A position of '18' indicates the left 18 pixels of
+ the list are scrolled off the left edge of the screen.
+ \see position(), hposition()
+ */
+ int hposition() const { return hposition_; }+ void hposition(int); // pan to here
+ void display(void *item); // scroll so this item is shown
+
+ /**
+ Values for has_scrollbar().
+ */
+ /** Anonymous enum bit flags for has_scrollbar().
+ - bit 0: horizontal
+ - bit 1: vertical
+ - bit 2: 'always' (to be combined with bits 0 and 1)
+ - bit 3-31: reserved for future use
+ */
+ enum { // values for has_scrollbar()+ HORIZONTAL = 1, ///< Only show horizontal scrollbar.
+ VERTICAL = 2, ///< Only show vertical scrollbar.
+ BOTH = 3, ///< Show both scrollbars. (default)
+ ALWAYS_ON = 4, ///< Specified scrollbar(s) should 'always' be shown (to be used with HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL)
+ HORIZONTAL_ALWAYS = 5, ///< Horizontal scrollbar always on.
+ VERTICAL_ALWAYS = 6, ///< Vertical scrollbar always on.
+ BOTH_ALWAYS = 7 ///< Both scrollbars always on.
+ };
+ /**
+ Returns the current scrollbar mode, see Fl_Browser_::has_scrollbar(uchar)
+ */
+ uchar has_scrollbar() const { return has_scrollbar_; }+ /**
+ Sets whether the widget should have scrollbars or not (default Fl_Browser_::BOTH).
+ By default you can scroll in both directions, and the scrollbars
+ disappear if the data will fit in the widget.
+ has_scrollbar() changes this based on the value of \p mode:
+
+ - 0 - No scrollbars.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::HORIZONTAL - Only a horizontal scrollbar.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::VERTICAL - Only a vertical scrollbar.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::BOTH - The default is both scrollbars.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::HORIZONTAL_ALWAYS - Horizontal scrollbar always on,
+ vertical always off.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::VERTICAL_ALWAYS - Vertical scrollbar always on,
+ horizontal always off.
+
+ - Fl_Browser_::BOTH_ALWAYS - Both always on.
+ */
+ void has_scrollbar(uchar mode) { has_scrollbar_ = mode; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the default text font for the lines in the browser.
+ \see textfont(), textsize(), textcolor()
+ */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const { return textfont_; }+ /**
+ Sets the default text font for the lines in the browser to \p font.
+ */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font font) { textfont_ = font; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the default text size (in pixels) for the lines in the browser.
+ */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const { return textsize_; }+ /**
+ Sets the default text size (in pixels) for the lines in the browser to \p size.
+ */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize newSize) { textsize_ = newSize; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the default text color for the lines in the browser.
+ */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const { return textcolor_; }+ /**
+ Sets the default text color for the lines in the browser to color \p col.
+ */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color col) { textcolor_ = col; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the current size of the scrollbars' troughs, in pixels.
+
+ If this value is zero (default), this widget will use the
+ Fl::scrollbar_size() value as the scrollbar's width.
+
+ \returns Scrollbar size in pixels, or 0 if the global Fl::scrollbar_size() is being used.
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size(int)
+ */
+ int scrollbar_size() const {+ return(scrollbar_size_);
+ }
+ /**
+ Sets the pixel size of the scrollbars' troughs to \p newSize, in pixels.
+
+ Normally you should not need this method, and should use
+ Fl::scrollbar_size(int) instead to manage the size of ALL
+ your widgets' scrollbars. This ensures your application
+ has a consistent UI, is the default behavior, and is normally
+ what you want.
+
+ Only use THIS method if you really need to override the global
+ scrollbar size. The need for this should be rare.
+
+ Setting \p newSize to the special value of 0 causes the widget to
+ track the global Fl::scrollbar_size(), which is the default.
+
+ \param[in] newSize Sets the scrollbar size in pixels.\n
+ If 0 (default), scrollbar size tracks the global Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ */
+ void scrollbar_size(int newSize) {+ scrollbar_size_ = newSize;
+ }
+ /**
+ This method has been deprecated, existing for backwards compatibility only.
+ Use scrollbar_size() instead.
+ This method always returns the global value Fl::scrollbar_size().
+ \returns Always returns the global value Fl::scrollbar_size().
+ \todo This method should eventually be removed in 1.4+
+ */
+ int scrollbar_width() const {+ return(Fl::scrollbar_size());
+ }
+ /**
+ This method has been deprecated, existing for backwards compatibility only.
+ Use scrollbar_size(int) instead.
+ This method sets the global Fl::scrollbar_size(), and forces this
+ instance of the widget to use it.
+ \todo This method should eventually be removed in 1.4+
+ */
+ void scrollbar_width(int width) {+ Fl::scrollbar_size(width);
+ scrollbar_size_ = 0;
+ }
+ /**
+ Moves the vertical scrollbar to the righthand side of the list.
+ For back compatibility.
+ */
+ void scrollbar_right() { scrollbar.align(FL_ALIGN_RIGHT); }+ /**
+ Moves the vertical scrollbar to the lefthand side of the list.
+ For back compatibility.
+ */
+ void scrollbar_left() { scrollbar.align(FL_ALIGN_LEFT); }+ void sort(int flags=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,176 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Button_H
+#define Fl_Button_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type()
+#define FL_NORMAL_BUTTON 0 /**< value() will be set to 1 during the press of the button and
+ reverts back to 0 when the button is released */
+#define FL_TOGGLE_BUTTON 1 ///< value() toggles between 0 and 1 at every click of the button
+#define FL_RADIO_BUTTON (FL_RESERVED_TYPE+2) /**< is set to 1 at button press, and all other
+ buttons in the same group with <tt>type() == FL_RADIO_BUTTON</tt>
+ are set to zero.*/
+#define FL_HIDDEN_BUTTON 3 ///< for Forms compatibility
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Shortcut fl_old_shortcut(const char*);
+
+class Fl_Widget_Tracker;
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Button
+ \brief Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user.
+
+ You control exactly when and how by changing the values for type() and
+ when(). Buttons can also generate callbacks in response to \c FL_SHORTCUT
+ events. The button can either have an explicit shortcut(int s) value or a
+ letter shortcut can be indicated in the label() with an '\&' character
+ before it. For the label shortcut it does not matter if \e Alt is held
+ down, but if you have an input field in the same window, the user will have
+ to hold down the \e Alt key so that the input field does not eat the event
+ first as an \c FL_KEYBOARD event.
+
+ \todo Refactor the doxygen comments for Fl_Button type() documentation.
+
+ For an Fl_Button object, the type() call returns one of:
+ \li \c FL_NORMAL_BUTTON (0): value() remains unchanged after button press.
+ \li \c FL_TOGGLE_BUTTON: value() is inverted after button press.
+ \li \c FL_RADIO_BUTTON: value() is set to 1 after button press, and all other
+ buttons in the current group with <tt>type() == FL_RADIO_BUTTON</tt>
+ are set to zero.
+
+ \todo Refactor the doxygen comments for Fl_Button when() documentation.
+
+ For an Fl_Button object, the following when() values are useful, the default
+ being \c FL_WHEN_RELEASE:
+ \li \c 0: The callback is not done, instead changed() is turned on.
+ \li \c FL_WHEN_RELEASE: The callback is done after the user successfully
+ clicks the button, or when a shortcut is typed.
+ \li \c FL_WHEN_CHANGED: The callback is done each time the value() changes
+ (when the user pushes and releases the button, and as the mouse is
+ dragged around in and out of the button).
+*/
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Button : public Fl_Widget {+
+ int shortcut_;
+ char value_;
+ char oldval;
+ uchar down_box_;
+
+protected:
+
+ static Fl_Widget_Tracker *key_release_tracker;
+ static void key_release_timeout(void*);
+ void simulate_key_action();
+
+ virtual void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ virtual int handle(int);
+
+ Fl_Button(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ int value(int v);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current value of the button (0 or 1).
+ */
+ char value() const {return value_;}+
+ /**
+ Same as \c value(1).
+ \see value(int v)
+ */
+ int set() {return value(1);}+
+ /**
+ Same as \c value(0).
+ \see value(int v)
+ */
+ int clear() {return value(0);}+
+ void setonly(); // this should only be called on FL_RADIO_BUTTONs
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current shortcut key for the button.
+ \retval int
+ */
+ int shortcut() const {return shortcut_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the shortcut key to \c s.
+ Setting this overrides the use of '\&' in the label().
+ The value is a bitwise OR of a key and a set of shift flags, for example:
+ <tt>FL_ALT | 'a'</tt>, or
+ <tt>FL_ALT | (FL_F + 10)</tt>, or just
+ <tt>'a'</tt>.
+ A value of 0 disables the shortcut.
+
+ The key can be any value returned by Fl::event_key(), but will usually be
+ an ASCII letter. Use a lower-case letter unless you require the shift key
+ to be held down.
+
+ The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by Fl::event_state().
+ If the bit is on, that shift key must be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl, and
+ Shift must be off if they are not in the shift flags (zero for the other
+ bits indicates a "don't care" setting).
+ \param[in] s bitwise OR of key and shift flags
+ */
+ void shortcut(int s) {shortcut_ = s;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the current down box type, which is drawn when value() is non-zero.
+ \retval Fl_Boxtype
+ */
+ Fl_Boxtype down_box() const {return (Fl_Boxtype)down_box_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the down box type. The default value of 0 causes FLTK to figure out
+ the correct matching down version of box().
+
+ Some derived classes (e.g. Fl_Round_Button and Fl_Light_Button use
+ down_box() for special purposes. See docs of these classes.
+
+ \param[in] b down box type
+ */
+ void down_box(Fl_Boxtype b) {down_box_ = b;}+
+ /// (for backwards compatibility)
+ void shortcut(const char *s) {shortcut(fl_old_shortcut(s));}+
+ /// (for backwards compatibility)
+ Fl_Color down_color() const {return selection_color();}+
+ /// (for backwards compatibility)
+ void down_color(unsigned c) {selection_color(c);}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Cairo.H
@@ -1,0 +1,88 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Main header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Handling transparently platform dependent cairo include files
+*/
+
+#ifndef FL_CAIRO_H
+# define FL_CAIRO_H
+# ifdef FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+
+// Cairo is currently supported for the following platforms:
+// Win32, Apple Quartz, X11
+
+# include <FL/Fl_Export.H>
+
+# include <cairo.h>
+
+/**
+ \addtogroup group_cairo
+ @{+*/
+
+/**
+ Contains all the necessary info on the current cairo context.
+ A private internal & unique corresponding object is created to
+ permit cairo context state handling while keeping it opaque.
+ For internal use only.
+ \note Only available when configure has the --enable-cairo option
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Cairo_State {+public:
+ Fl_Cairo_State() : cc_(0), own_cc_(false), autolink_(false), window_(0), gc_(0) {}+
+ // access attributes
+ cairo_t* cc() const {return cc_;} ///< Gets the current cairo context+ bool autolink() const {return autolink_;} ///< Gets the autolink option. See Fl::cairo_autolink_context(bool)+ /** Sets the current cairo context.
+
+ \p own == \e true (the default) indicates that the cairo context \p c
+ will be deleted by FLTK internally when another cc is set later.
+
+ \p own == \e false indicates cc deletion is handled externally
+ by the user program.
+ */
+ void cc(cairo_t* c, bool own=true) {+ if (cc_ && own_cc_) cairo_destroy(cc_);
+ cc_=c;
+ if (!cc_) window_=0;
+ own_cc_=own;
+ }
+ void autolink(bool b); ///< Sets the autolink option, only available with --enable-cairoext
+ void window(void* w) {window_=w;} ///< Sets the window \p w to keep track on+ void* window() const {return window_;} ///< Gets the last window attached to a cc+ void gc(void* c) {gc_=c;} ///< Sets the gc \p c to keep track on+ void* gc() const {return gc_;} ///< Gets the last gc attached to a cc+
+private:
+ cairo_t * cc_; // contains the unique autoupdated cairo context
+ bool own_cc_; // indicates whether we must delete the cc, useful for internal cleanup
+ bool autolink_; // false by default, prevents the automatic cairo mapping on fltk windows
+ // for custom cairo implementations.
+ void* window_, *gc_; // for keeping track internally of last win+gc treated
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+# endif // FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+#endif // FL_CAIRO_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$" .
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Cairo_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,83 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Main header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Cairo_Window Handling transparently a fltk window incorporte a cairo draw callback.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FL_CAIRO_WINDOW_H
+# define FL_CAIRO_WINDOW_H
+# ifdef FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+
+// Cairo is currently supported for the following platforms:
+// Win32, Apple Quartz, X11
+# include <FL/Fl.H>
+# include <FL/Fl_Double_Window.H>
+
+/**
+ \addtogroup group_cairo
+ @{+*/
+
+/**
+ This defines a pre-configured cairo fltk window.
+ This class overloads the virtual draw() method for you,
+ so that the only thing you have to do is to provide your cairo code.
+ All cairo context handling is achieved transparently.
+ \note You can alternatively define your custom cairo fltk window,
+ and thus at least override the draw() method to provide custom cairo
+ support. In this case you will probably use Fl::cairo_make_current(Fl_Window*)
+ to attach a context to your window. You should do it only when your window is
+ the current window. \see Fl_Window::current()
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Cairo_Window : public Fl_Double_Window {+
+public:
+ Fl_Cairo_Window(int w, int h) : Fl_Double_Window(w,h),draw_cb_(0) {}+
+protected:
+ /** Overloaded to provide cairo callback support */
+ void draw() {+ Fl_Double_Window::draw();
+ // manual method ? if yes explicitly get a cairo_context here
+ if (!Fl::cairo_autolink_context())
+ Fl::cairo_make_current(this);
+ if (draw_cb_) draw_cb_(this, Fl::cairo_cc());
+ }
+
+public:
+ /** This defines the cairo draw callback prototype that you must further */
+ typedef void (*cairo_draw_cb) (Fl_Cairo_Window* self, cairo_t* def);
+ /**
+ You must provide a draw callback which will implement your cairo rendering.
+ This method will permit you to set your cairo callback to \p cb.
+ */
+ void set_draw_cb(cairo_draw_cb cb){draw_cb_=cb;}+private:
+ cairo_draw_cb draw_cb_;
+};
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+# endif // FLTK_HAVE_CAIRO
+#endif // FL_CAIRO_WINDOW_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$" .
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Chart.H
@@ -1,0 +1,151 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Forms chart header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Chart widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Chart_H
+#define Fl_Chart_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type()
+#define FL_BAR_CHART 0 /**< type() for Bar Chart variant */
+#define FL_HORBAR_CHART 1 /**< type() for Horizontal Bar Chart variant */
+#define FL_LINE_CHART 2 /**< type() for Line Chart variant */
+#define FL_FILL_CHART 3 /**< type() for Fill Line Chart variant */
+#define FL_SPIKE_CHART 4 /**< type() for Spike Chart variant */
+#define FL_PIE_CHART 5 /**< type() for Pie Chart variant */
+#define FL_SPECIALPIE_CHART 6 /**< type() for Special Pie Chart variant */
+
+#define FL_FILLED_CHART FL_FILL_CHART /**< for compatibility */
+
+#define FL_CHART_MAX 128 /**< max entries per chart */
+#define FL_CHART_LABEL_MAX 18 /**< max label length for entry */
+
+/** For internal use only */
+struct FL_CHART_ENTRY {+ float val; /**< For internal use only. */
+ unsigned col; /**< For internal use only. */
+ char str[FL_CHART_LABEL_MAX+1]; /**< For internal use only. */
+};
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Chart
+ \brief Fl_Chart displays simple charts.
+ It is provided for Forms compatibility.
+
+ \image html charts.png
+ \image latex charts.png "Fl_Chart" width=10cm
+ \todo Refactor Fl_Chart::type() information.
+
+ The type of an Fl_Chart object can be set using type(uchar t) to:
+ \li \c FL_BAR_CHART: Each sample value is drawn as a vertical bar.
+ \li \c FL_FILLED_CHART: The chart is filled from the bottom of the graph
+ to the sample values.
+ \li \c FL_HORBAR_CHART: Each sample value is drawn as a horizontal bar.
+ \li \c FL_LINE_CHART: The chart is drawn as a polyline with vertices at
+ each sample value.
+ \li \c FL_PIE_CHART: A pie chart is drawn with each sample value being
+ drawn as a proportionate slice in the circle.
+ \li \c FL_SPECIALPIE_CHART: Like \c FL_PIE_CHART, but the first slice is
+ separated from the pie.
+ \li \c FL_SPIKE_CHART: Each sample value is drawn as a vertical line.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Chart : public Fl_Widget {+ int numb;
+ int maxnumb;
+ int sizenumb;
+ FL_CHART_ENTRY *entries;
+ double min,max;
+ uchar autosize_;
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ Fl_Chart(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ ~Fl_Chart();
+
+ void clear();
+
+ void add(double val, const char *str = 0, unsigned col = 0);
+
+ void insert(int ind, double val, const char *str = 0, unsigned col = 0);
+
+ void replace(int ind, double val, const char *str = 0, unsigned col = 0);
+
+ /**
+ Gets the lower and upper bounds of the chart values.
+ \param[out] a, b are set to lower, upper
+ */
+ void bounds(double *a,double *b) const {*a = min; *b = max;}+
+ void bounds(double a,double b);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the number of data values in the chart.
+ */
+ int size() const {return numb;}+
+ void size(int W, int H) { Fl_Widget::size(W, H); }+
+ /**
+ Gets the maximum number of data values for a chart.
+ */
+ int maxsize() const {return maxnumb;}+
+ void maxsize(int m);
+
+ /** Gets the chart's text font */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+ /** Sets the chart's text font to \p s. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the chart's text size */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+ /** gets the chart's text size to \p s. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the chart's text color */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+ /** gets the chart's text color to \p n. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color n) {textcolor_ = n;}+
+ /**
+ Get whether the chart will automatically adjust the bounds of the chart.
+ \returns non-zero if auto-sizing is enabled and zero if disabled.
+ */
+ uchar autosize() const {return autosize_;}+
+ /**
+ Set whether the chart will automatically adjust the bounds of the chart.
+ \param[in] n non-zero to enable automatic resizing, zero to disable.
+ */
+ void autosize(uchar n) {autosize_ = n;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Check_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,113 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_Check_Browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Check_Browser widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Check_Browser_H
+#define Fl_Check_Browser_H
+
+#include "Fl.H"
+#include "Fl_Browser_.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Check_Browser widget displays a scrolling list of text
+ lines that may be selected and/or checked by the user.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Check_Browser : public Fl_Browser_ {+ /* required routines for Fl_Browser_ subclass: */
+
+ void *item_first() const;
+ void *item_next(void *) const;
+ void *item_prev(void *) const;
+ int item_height(void *) const;
+ int item_width(void *) const;
+ void item_draw(void *, int, int, int, int) const;
+ void item_select(void *, int);
+ int item_selected(void *) const;
+
+ /* private data */
+
+ public: // IRIX 5.3 C++ compiler doesn't support private structures...
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ /** For internal use only. */
+ struct cb_item {+ cb_item *next; /**< For internal use only. */
+ cb_item *prev; /**< For internal use only. */
+ char checked; /**< For internal use only. */
+ char selected; /**< For internal use only. */
+ char *text; /**< For internal use only. */
+ };
+#endif // !FL_DOXYGEN
+
+ private:
+
+ cb_item *first;
+ cb_item *last;
+ cb_item *cache;
+ int cached_item;
+ int nitems_;
+ int nchecked_;
+ cb_item *find_item(int) const;
+ int lineno(cb_item *) const;
+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_Check_Browser(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char *l = 0);
+ /** The destructor deletes all list items and destroys the browser. */
+ ~Fl_Check_Browser() { clear(); }+ int add(char *s); // add an (unchecked) item
+ int add(char *s, int b); // add an item and set checked
+ // both return the new nitems()
+ int remove(int item); // delete an item. Returns nitems()
+
+ // inline const char * methods to avoid breaking binary compatibility...
+ /** See int Fl_Check_Browser::add(char *s) */
+ int add(const char *s) { return add((char *)s); }+ /** See int Fl_Check_Browser::add(char *s) */
+ int add(const char *s, int b) { return add((char *)s, b); }+
+ void clear(); // delete all items
+ /**
+ Returns how many lines are in the browser. The last line number is equal to
+ this.
+ */
+ int nitems() const { return nitems_; }+ /** Returns how many items are currently checked. */
+ int nchecked() const { return nchecked_; }+ int checked(int item) const;
+ void checked(int item, int b);
+ /** Equivalent to Fl_Check_Browser::checked(item, 1). */
+ void set_checked(int item) { checked(item, 1); }+ void check_all();
+ void check_none();
+ int value() const; // currently selected item
+ char *text(int item) const; // returns pointer to internal buffer
+
+ protected:
+
+ int handle(int);
+};
+
+#endif // Fl_Check_Browser_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Check_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,39 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Check button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Check_Button_H
+#define Fl_Check_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Light_Button.H"
+
+/*
+ class: Fl_Check_Button.
+
+ A button with a "checkmark" to show its status.
+*/
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Check_Button : public Fl_Light_Button {+public:
+ Fl_Check_Button(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Choice.H
@@ -1,0 +1,106 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Choice header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Choice widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Choice_H
+#define Fl_Choice_H
+
+#include "Fl_Menu_.H"
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Choice
+ \brief A button that is used to pop up a menu.
+
+ This is a button that, when pushed, pops up a menu (or hierarchy of menus)
+ defined by an array of Fl_Menu_Item objects.
+ Motif calls this an OptionButton.
+
+ The only difference between this and a Fl_Menu_Button is that the name of
+ the most recent chosen menu item is displayed inside the box, while the
+ label is displayed outside the box. However, since the use of this is most
+ often to control a single variable rather than do individual callbacks,
+ some of the Fl_Menu_Button methods are redescribed here in those terms.
+
+ When the user clicks a menu item, value() is set to that item
+ and then:
+
+ - The item's callback is done if one has been set; the
+ Fl_Choice is passed as the Fl_Widget* argument,
+ along with any userdata configured for the callback.
+
+ - If the item does not have a callback, the Fl_Choice widget's
+ callback is done instead, along with any userdata configured
+ for it. The callback can determine which item was picked using
+ value(), mvalue(), item_pathname(), etc.
+
+ All three mouse buttons pop up the menu. The Forms behavior of the first
+ two buttons to increment/decrement the choice is not implemented. This
+ could be added with a subclass, however.
+
+ The menu will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by putting
+ a '\&' character in the label(). See Fl_Button::shortcut(int s) for a
+ description of this.
+
+ Typing the shortcut() of any of the items will do exactly the same as when
+ you pick the item with the mouse. The '\&' character in item names are
+ only looked at when the menu is popped up, however.
+
+ \image html choice.png
+ \image latex choice.png "Fl_Choice" width=4cm
+ \todo Refactor the doxygen comments for Fl_Choice changed() documentation.
+
+ \li <tt>int Fl_Widget::changed() const</tt>
+ This value is true the user picks a different value. <em>It is turned
+ off by value() and just before doing a callback (the callback can turn
+ it back on if desired).</em>
+ \li <tt>void Fl_Widget::set_changed()</tt>
+ This method sets the changed() flag.
+ \li <tt>void Fl_Widget::clear_changed()</tt>
+ This method clears the changed() flag.
+ \li <tt>Fl_Boxtype Fl_Choice::down_box() const</tt>
+ Gets the current down box, which is used when the menu is popped up.
+ The default down box type is \c FL_DOWN_BOX.
+ \li <tt>void Fl_Choice::down_box(Fl_Boxtype b)</tt>
+ Sets the current down box type to \p b.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Choice : public Fl_Menu_ {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+
+ Fl_Choice(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ /**
+ Gets the index of the last item chosen by the user.
+ The index is zero initially.
+ */
+ int value() const {return Fl_Menu_::value();}+
+ int value(int v);
+
+ int value(const Fl_Menu_Item* v);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Clock.H
@@ -1,0 +1,128 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Clock header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Clock, Fl_Clock_Output widgets . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Clock_H
+#define Fl_Clock_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type:
+#define FL_SQUARE_CLOCK 0 /**< type() of Square Clock variant */
+#define FL_ROUND_CLOCK 1 /**< type() of Round Clock variant */
+#define FL_ANALOG_CLOCK FL_SQUARE_CLOCK /**< An analog clock is square */
+#define FL_DIGITAL_CLOCK FL_SQUARE_CLOCK /**< Not yet implemented */
+
+// fabien: Please keep the horizontal formatting of both images in class desc,
+// don't lose vert. space for nothing!
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Clock_Output
+ \brief This widget can be used to display a program-supplied time.
+
+ The time shown on the clock is not updated. To display the current time,
+ use Fl_Clock instead.
+
+ \htmlonly <BR> <table align=CENTER border=1 cellpadding=5 >
+ <caption align=bottom>type() FL_SQUARE_CLOCK and FL_ROUND_CLOCK </caption> <TR><TD> \endhtmlonly
+ \image html clock.png
+ \htmlonly </TD> <TD> \endhtmlonly
+ \image html round_clock.png
+ \htmlonly </TD> </TR> </table> \endhtmlonly
+ \image latex clock.png "FL_SQUARE_CLOCK type" width=4cm
+ \image latex round_clock.png "FL_ROUND_CLOCK type" width=4cm
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Clock_Output : public Fl_Widget {+ int hour_, minute_, second_;
+ ulong value_;
+ void drawhands(Fl_Color,Fl_Color); // part of draw
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+public:
+
+ Fl_Clock_Output(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ void value(ulong v); // set to this Unix time
+
+ void value(int H, int m, int s);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the displayed time.
+ Returns the time in seconds since the UNIX epoch (January 1, 1970).
+ \see value(ulong)
+ */
+ ulong value() const {return value_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the displayed hour (0 to 23).
+ \see value(), minute(), second()
+ */
+ int hour() const {return hour_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the displayed minute (0 to 59).
+ \see value(), hour(), second()
+ */
+ int minute() const {return minute_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the displayed second (0 to 60, 60=leap second).
+ \see value(), hour(), minute()
+ */
+ int second() const {return second_;}+};
+
+// a Fl_Clock displays the current time always by using a timeout:
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Clock
+ \brief This widget provides a round analog clock display.
+
+ Fl_Clock is provided for Forms compatibility.
+ It installs a 1-second timeout callback using Fl::add_timeout().
+ You can choose the rounded or square type of the clock with type(), see below.
+ \htmlonly <BR> <table align=CENTER border=1 cellpadding=5 >
+ <caption align=bottom>type() FL_SQUARE_CLOCK and FL_ROUND_CLOCK </caption> <TR><TD> \endhtmlonly
+ \image html clock.png
+ \htmlonly </TD> <TD> \endhtmlonly
+ \image html round_clock.png
+ \htmlonly </TD> </TR> </table> \endhtmlonly
+ \image latex clock.png "FL_SQUARE_CLOCK type" width=4cm
+ \image latex round_clock.png "FL_ROUND_CLOCK type" width=4cm
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Clock : public Fl_Clock_Output {+public:
+ int handle(int);
+
+ Fl_Clock(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ Fl_Clock(uchar t, int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L);
+
+ ~Fl_Clock();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Color_Chooser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,190 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Color chooser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Color_Chooser widget . */
+
+// The color chooser object and the color chooser popup. The popup
+// is just a window containing a single color chooser and some boxes
+// to indicate the current and cancelled color.
+
+#ifndef Fl_Color_Chooser_H
+#define Fl_Color_Chooser_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Box.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Return_Button.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Choice.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Value_Input.H>
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+
+/** For internal use only */
+class FL_EXPORT Flcc_HueBox : public Fl_Widget {+ int px, py;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ int handle_key(int);
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Flcc_HueBox(int X, int Y, int W, int H) : Fl_Widget(X,Y,W,H) {+ px = py = 0;}
+};
+
+/** For internal use only */
+class FL_EXPORT Flcc_ValueBox : public Fl_Widget {+ int py;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ int handle_key(int);
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Flcc_ValueBox(int X, int Y, int W, int H) : Fl_Widget(X,Y,W,H) {+ py = 0;}
+};
+
+/** For internal use only */
+class FL_EXPORT Flcc_Value_Input : public Fl_Value_Input {+public:
+ int format(char*);
+ Flcc_Value_Input(int X, int Y, int W, int H) : Fl_Value_Input(X,Y,W,H) {}+};
+
+#endif // !FL_DOXYGEN
+
+/** \addtogroup group_comdlg
+ @{ */+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Color_Chooser
+ \brief The Fl_Color_Chooser widget provides a standard RGB color chooser.
+
+ \image html fl_color_chooser.jpg
+ \image latex fl_color_chooser.jpg "fl_color_chooser()" width=5cm
+
+ You can place any number of the widgets into a panel of your own design.
+ The diagram shows the widget as part of a color chooser dialog created by
+ the fl_color_chooser() function. The Fl_Color_Chooser widget contains the
+ hue box, value slider, and rgb input fields from the above diagram (it
+ does not have the color chips or the Cancel or OK buttons).
+ The callback is done every time the user changes the rgb value. It is not
+ done if they move the hue control in a way that produces the \e same rgb
+ value, such as when saturation or value is zero.
+
+ The fl_color_chooser() function pops up a window to let the user pick an
+ arbitrary RGB color. They can pick the hue and saturation in the "hue box"
+ on the left (hold down CTRL to just change the saturation), and the
+ brightness using the vertical slider. Or they can type the 8-bit numbers
+ into the RGB Fl_Value_Input fields, or drag the mouse across them to adjust
+ them. The pull-down menu lets the user set the input fields to show RGB,
+ HSV, or 8-bit RGB (0 to 255).
+
+ fl_color_chooser() returns non-zero if the user picks ok, and updates the
+ RGB values. If the user picks cancel or closes the window this returns
+ zero and leaves RGB unchanged.
+
+ If you use the color chooser on an 8-bit screen, it will allocate all the
+ available colors, leaving you no space to exactly represent the color the
+ user picks! You can however use fl_rectf() to fill a region with a simulated
+ color using dithering.
+ */
+/** @} */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Color_Chooser : public Fl_Group {+ Flcc_HueBox huebox;
+ Flcc_ValueBox valuebox;
+ Fl_Choice choice;
+ Flcc_Value_Input rvalue;
+ Flcc_Value_Input gvalue;
+ Flcc_Value_Input bvalue;
+ Fl_Box resize_box;
+ double hue_, saturation_, value_;
+ double r_, g_, b_;
+ void set_valuators();
+ static void rgb_cb(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+ static void mode_cb(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+public:
+
+ /**
+ Returns which Fl_Color_Chooser variant is currently active
+ \return color modes are rgb(0), byte(1), hex(2), or hsv(3)
+ */
+ int mode() {return choice.value();}+
+ /**
+ Set which Fl_Color_Chooser variant is currently active
+ \param[in] newMode color modes are rgb(0), byte(1), hex(2), or hsv(3)
+ */
+ void mode(int newMode);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current hue.
+ 0 <= hue < 6. Zero is red, one is yellow, two is green, etc.
+ <em>This value is convenient for the internal calculations - some other
+ systems consider hue to run from zero to one, or from 0 to 360.</em>
+ */
+ double hue() const {return hue_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the saturation.
+ 0 <= saturation <= 1.
+ */
+ double saturation() const {return saturation_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the value/brightness.
+ 0 <= value <= 1.
+ */
+ double value() const {return value_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the current red value.
+ 0 <= r <= 1.
+ */
+ double r() const {return r_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the current green value.
+ 0 <= g <= 1.
+ */
+ double g() const {return g_;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the current blue value.
+ 0 <= b <= 1.
+ */
+ double b() const {return b_;}+
+ int hsv(double H, double S, double V);
+
+ int rgb(double R, double G, double B);
+
+ static void hsv2rgb(double H, double S, double V, double& R, double& G, double& B);
+
+ static void rgb2hsv(double R, double G, double B, double& H, double& S, double& V);
+
+ Fl_Color_Chooser(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+};
+
+FL_EXPORT int fl_color_chooser(const char* name, double& r, double& g, double& b, int m=-1);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_color_chooser(const char* name, uchar& r, uchar& g, uchar& b, int m=-1);
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Copy_Surface.H
@@ -1,0 +1,137 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Copy-to-clipboard code for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Copy_Surface_H
+#define Fl_Copy_Surface_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Paged_Device.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Printer.H>
+#include <FL/x.H>
+
+/** Supports copying of graphical data to the clipboard.
+
+ <br> After creation of an Fl_Copy_Surface object, call set_current() on it, and all subsequent graphics requests
+ will be recorded in the clipboard. It's possible to draw widgets (using Fl_Copy_Surface::draw()
+ ) or to use any of the \ref fl_drawings or the \ref fl_attributes.
+ Finally, delete the Fl_Copy_Surface object to load the clipboard with the graphical data.
+ <br> Fl_GL_Window 's can be copied to the clipboard as well.
+ <br> Usage example:
+ \code
+ Fl_Widget *g = ...; // a widget you want to copy to the clipboard
+ Fl_Copy_Surface *copy_surf = new Fl_Copy_Surface(g->w(), g->h()); // create an Fl_Copy_Surface object
+ copy_surf->set_current(); // direct graphics requests to the clipboard
+ fl_color(FL_WHITE); fl_rectf(0, 0, g->w(), g->h()); // draw a white background
+ copy_surf->draw(g); // draw the g widget in the clipboard
+ delete copy_surf; // after this, the clipboard is loaded
+ Fl_Display_Device::display_device()->set_current(); // direct graphics requests back to the display
+ \endcode
+ Platform details:
+ \li MSWindows: Transparent RGB images copy without transparency.
+ The graphical data are copied to the clipboard as an 'enhanced metafile'.
+ \li Mac OS: The graphical data are copied to the clipboard (a.k.a. pasteboard) in two 'flavors':
+ 1) in vectorial form as PDF data; 2) in bitmap form as a TIFF image.
+ Applications to which the clipboard content is pasted can use the flavor that suits them best.
+ \li X11: the graphical data are copied to the clipboard as an image in BMP format.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Copy_Surface : public Fl_Surface_Device {+private:
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ Fl_Paged_Device *helper;
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ CFMutableDataRef pdfdata;
+ CGContextRef oldgc;
+ CGContextRef gc;
+ void prepare_copy_pdf_and_tiff(int w, int h);
+ void complete_copy_pdf_and_tiff();
+ void init_PDF_context(int w, int h);
+ static size_t MyPutBytes(void* info, const void* buffer, size_t count);
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+ HDC oldgc;
+ HDC gc;
+#else // Xlib
+ Fl_Offscreen xid;
+ Window oldwindow;
+ Fl_Surface_Device *_ss;
+#endif
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_Copy_Surface(int w, int h);
+ ~Fl_Copy_Surface();
+ void set_current();
+ void draw(Fl_Widget* widget, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ void draw_decorated_window(Fl_Window* win, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ /** Returns the pixel width of the copy surface */
+ int w() { return width; }+ /** Returns the pixel height of the copy surface */
+ int h() { return height; }+};
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+
+/* Mac class to reimplement Fl_Paged_Device::printable_rect() */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Quartz_Surface_ : public Fl_System_Printer {+protected:
+ int width;
+ int height;
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_Quartz_Surface_(int w, int h);
+ virtual int printable_rect(int *w, int *h);
+ virtual ~Fl_Quartz_Surface_() {};+};
+
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+
+/* Win class to implement translate()/untranslate() */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_GDI_Surface_ : public Fl_Paged_Device {+ int width;
+ int height;
+ unsigned depth;
+ POINT origins[10];
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_GDI_Surface_();
+ virtual void translate(int x, int y);
+ virtual void untranslate();
+ virtual ~Fl_GDI_Surface_();
+};
+
+#elif !defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+
+/* Xlib class to implement translate()/untranslate() */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Xlib_Surface_ : public Fl_Paged_Device {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_Xlib_Surface_();
+ virtual void translate(int x, int y);
+ virtual void untranslate();
+ virtual ~Fl_Xlib_Surface_();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // Fl_Copy_Surface_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Counter.H
@@ -1,0 +1,115 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Counter header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Counter widget . */
+
+// A numerical value with up/down step buttons. From Forms.
+
+#ifndef Fl_Counter_H
+#define Fl_Counter_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type():
+#define FL_NORMAL_COUNTER 0 /**< type() for counter with fast buttons */
+#define FL_SIMPLE_COUNTER 1 /**< type() for counter without fast buttons */
+
+/**
+ Controls a single floating point value with button (or keyboard) arrows.
+ Double arrows buttons achieve larger steps than simple arrows.
+ \see Fl_Spinner for value input with vertical step arrows.
+ <P align=center>\image html counter.png</P>
+ \image latex counter.png "Fl_Counter" width=4cm
+
+ \todo Refactor the doxygen comments for Fl_Counter type() documentation.
+
+ The type of an Fl_Counter object can be set using type(uchar t) to:
+ \li \c FL_NORMAL_COUNTER: Displays a counter with 4 arrow buttons.
+ \li \c FL_SIMPLE_COUNTER: Displays a counter with only 2 arrow buttons.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Counter : public Fl_Valuator {+
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+ double lstep_;
+ uchar mouseobj;
+ static void repeat_callback(void *);
+ int calc_mouseobj();
+ void increment_cb();
+
+protected:
+
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ int handle(int);
+
+ Fl_Counter(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char* L = 0);
+ ~Fl_Counter();
+
+ /**
+ Sets the increment for the large step buttons.
+ The default value is 1.0.
+ \param[in] a large step increment.
+ */
+ void lstep(double a) {lstep_ = a;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the increments for the normal and large step buttons.
+ \param[in] a, b normal and large step increments.
+ */
+ void step(double a,double b) {Fl_Valuator::step(a); lstep_ = b;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the increment for the normal step buttons.
+ \param[in] a normal step increment.
+ */
+ void step(double a) {Fl_Valuator::step(a);}+
+ /**
+ Returns the increment for normal step buttons.
+ */
+ double step() const {return Fl_Valuator::step();}+
+ /** Gets the text font */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+ /** Sets the text font to \p s */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the font size */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+ /** Sets the font size to \p s */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the font color */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+ /** Sets the font color to \p s */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color s) {textcolor_ = s;}+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Device.H
@@ -1,0 +1,636 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Definition of classes Fl_Device, Fl_Graphics_Driver, Fl_Surface_Device, Fl_Display_Device
+// for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 2010-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file Fl_Device.H
+ \brief declaration of classes Fl_Device, Fl_Graphics_Driver, Fl_Surface_Device,
+ Fl_Display_Device, Fl_Device_Plugin.
+*/
+
+#ifndef Fl_Device_H
+#define Fl_Device_H
+
+#include <FL/x.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Plugin.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Image.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Bitmap.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Pixmap.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_RGB_Image.H>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+class Fl_Graphics_Driver;
+class Fl_Font_Descriptor;
+/** \brief Points to the driver that currently receives all graphics requests */
+FL_EXPORT extern Fl_Graphics_Driver *fl_graphics_driver;
+
+/**
+ signature of image generation callback function.
+ \param[in] data user data passed to function
+ \param[in] x,y,w position and width of scan line in image
+ \param[out] buf buffer for generated image data. You must copy \p w
+ pixels from scanline \p y, starting at pixel \p x
+ to this buffer.
+ */
+typedef void (*Fl_Draw_Image_Cb)(void* data,int x,int y,int w,uchar* buf);
+
+// typedef what the x,y fields in a point are:
+#ifdef WIN32
+typedef int COORD_T;
+# define XPOINT XPoint
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+typedef float COORD_T;
+typedef struct { float x; float y; } QPoint;+# define XPOINT QPoint
+extern float fl_quartz_line_width_;
+#else
+typedef short COORD_T;
+# define XPOINT XPoint
+#endif
+
+/**
+ All graphical output devices and all graphics systems.
+ This class supports a rudimentary system of run-time type information.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Device {+public:
+ /** A string that identifies each subclass of Fl_Device.
+ Function class_name() applied to a device of this class returns this string.
+ */
+ static const char *class_id;
+ /**
+ Returns the name of the class of this object.
+ Use of the class_name() function is discouraged because it will be removed from future FLTK versions.
+
+ The class of an instance of an Fl_Device subclass can be checked with code such as:
+ \code
+ if ( instance->class_name() == Fl_Printer::class_id ) { ... }+ \endcode
+ */
+ virtual const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ /**
+ Virtual destructor.
+
+ The destructor of Fl_Device must be virtual to make the destructors of
+ derived classes being called correctly on destruction.
+ */
+ virtual ~Fl_Device() {};+};
+
+#define FL_REGION_STACK_SIZE 10
+#define FL_MATRIX_STACK_SIZE 32
+/**
+ \brief A virtual class subclassed for each graphics driver FLTK uses.
+ Typically, FLTK applications do not use directly objects from this class. Rather, they perform
+ drawing operations (e.g., fl_rectf()) that operate on the current drawing surface (see Fl_Surface_Device).
+ Drawing operations are functionally presented in \ref drawing and as function lists
+ in the \ref fl_drawings and \ref fl_attributes modules. The \ref fl_graphics_driver global variable
+ gives at any time the graphics driver used by all drawing operations. Its value changes when
+ drawing operations are directed to another drawing surface by Fl_Surface_Device::set_current().
+
+ \p The Fl_Graphics_Driver class is of interest if one wants to perform new kinds of drawing operations.
+ An example would be to draw to a PDF file. This would involve creating a new Fl_Graphics_Driver derived
+ class. This new class should implement all virtual methods of the Fl_Graphics_Driver class
+ to support all FLTK drawing functions.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_Device {+public:
+ /** A 2D coordinate transformation matrix
+ */
+ struct matrix {double a, b, c, d, x, y;};+private:
+ static const matrix m0;
+ Fl_Font font_; // current font
+ Fl_Fontsize size_; // current font size
+ Fl_Color color_; // current color
+ int sptr;
+ static const int matrix_stack_size = FL_MATRIX_STACK_SIZE;
+ matrix stack[FL_MATRIX_STACK_SIZE];
+ matrix m;
+ int n, p_size, gap_;
+ XPOINT *p;
+ int what;
+ int fl_clip_state_number;
+ int rstackptr;
+ static const int region_stack_max = FL_REGION_STACK_SIZE - 1;
+ Fl_Region rstack[FL_REGION_STACK_SIZE];
+#ifdef WIN32
+ int numcount;
+ int counts[20];
+#endif
+ Fl_Font_Descriptor *font_descriptor_;
+ void transformed_vertex0(COORD_T x, COORD_T y);
+ void fixloop();
+
+protected:
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ enum {LINE, LOOP, POLYGON, POINT_};+ inline int vertex_no() { return n; }+ inline XPOINT *vertices() {return p;}+ inline int vertex_kind() {return what;}+#endif
+/* ** \brief red color for background and/or mixing if device does not support masking or alpha *
+ uchar bg_r_;
+ ** \brief green color for background and/or mixing if device does not support masking or alpha *
+ uchar bg_g_;
+ ** \brief blue color for background and/or mixing if device does not support masking or alpha *
+ uchar bg_b_; */
+ friend class Fl_Pixmap;
+ friend class Fl_Bitmap;
+ friend class Fl_RGB_Image;
+ friend void fl_rect(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ friend void fl_rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ friend void fl_line_style(int style, int width, char* dashes);
+ friend void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1);
+ friend void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2);
+ friend void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2, int x3);
+ friend void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1);
+ friend void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2);
+ friend void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2, int y3);
+ friend void fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1);
+ friend void fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ friend void fl_draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ friend void fl_draw(const char *str, int n, float x, float y);
+#endif
+ friend void fl_draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ friend void fl_rtl_draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ friend void fl_font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize size);
+ friend void fl_color(Fl_Color c);
+ friend void fl_color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+ friend void fl_point(int x, int y);
+ friend void fl_loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ friend void fl_loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ friend void fl_polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ friend void fl_polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ friend void fl_begin_points();
+ friend void fl_begin_line();
+ friend void fl_begin_loop();
+ friend void fl_begin_polygon();
+ friend void fl_vertex(double x, double y);
+ friend void fl_curve(double X0, double Y0, double X1, double Y1, double X2, double Y2, double X3, double Y3);
+ friend void fl_circle(double x, double y, double r);
+ friend void fl_arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double end);
+ friend void fl_arc(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ friend void fl_pie(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ friend void fl_end_points();
+ friend void fl_end_line();
+ friend void fl_end_loop();
+ friend void fl_end_polygon();
+ friend void fl_transformed_vertex(double xf, double yf);
+ friend void fl_push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ friend int fl_clip_box(int x, int y, int w, int h, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+ friend int fl_not_clipped(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ friend void fl_push_no_clip();
+ friend void fl_pop_clip();
+ friend void fl_begin_complex_polygon();
+ friend void fl_gap();
+ friend void fl_end_complex_polygon();
+ friend void fl_push_matrix();
+ friend void fl_pop_matrix();
+ friend void fl_mult_matrix(double a, double b, double c, double d, double x, double y);
+ friend void fl_scale(double x, double y);
+ friend void fl_scale(double x);
+ friend void fl_translate(double x, double y);
+ friend void fl_rotate(double d);
+ friend double fl_transform_x(double x, double y);
+ friend double fl_transform_y(double x, double y);
+ friend double fl_transform_dx(double x, double y);
+ friend double fl_transform_dy(double x, double y);
+ friend Fl_Region fl_clip_region();
+ friend void fl_clip_region(Fl_Region r);
+ friend void fl_restore_clip();
+
+ friend void fl_draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L);
+ friend void fl_draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L);
+ friend void fl_draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D);
+ friend FL_EXPORT void fl_draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D);
+ friend FL_EXPORT void gl_start();
+ friend FL_EXPORT void fl_copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+ matrix *fl_matrix; /**< Points to the current coordinate transformation matrix */
+
+ /** \brief The constructor. */
+ Fl_Graphics_Driver();
+ /** \brief see fl_rect(int x, int y, int w, int h). */
+ virtual void rect(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ /** \brief see fl_rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h). */
+ virtual void rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ /** \brief see fl_line_style(int style, int width, char* dashes). */
+ virtual void line_style(int style, int width=0, char* dashes=0);
+ /** \brief see fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1). */
+ virtual void xyline(int x, int y, int x1);
+ /** \brief see fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2). */
+ virtual void xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2);
+ /** \brief see fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2, int x3). */
+ virtual void xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2, int x3);
+ /** \brief see fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1). */
+ virtual void yxline(int x, int y, int y1);
+ /** \brief see fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2). */
+ virtual void yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2);
+ /** \brief see fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2, int y3). */
+ virtual void yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2, int y3);
+ /** \brief see fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1). */
+ virtual void line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1);
+ /** \brief see fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2). */
+ virtual void line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ /** \brief see fl_draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y). */
+ virtual void draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y) {}+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ virtual void draw(const char *str, int n, float x, float y) { draw(str, n, (int)(x+0.5), (int)(y+0.5));}+#endif
+ /** \brief see fl_draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y). */
+ virtual void draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y) {}+ /** \brief see fl_rtl_draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y). */
+ virtual void rtl_draw(const char *str, int n, int x, int y) {};+ /** \brief see fl_color(Fl_Color c). */
+ virtual void color(Fl_Color c) {color_ = c;}+ /** \brief see fl_color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b). */
+ virtual void color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b) {}+ /** \brief see fl_point(int x, int y). */
+ virtual void point(int x, int y);
+ /** \brief see fl_loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2). */
+ virtual void loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ /** \brief see fl_loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3). */
+ virtual void loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ /** \brief see fl_polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2). */
+ virtual void polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ /** \brief see fl_polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3). */
+ virtual void polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ /** \brief see fl_begin_points(). */
+ virtual void begin_points();
+ /** \brief see fl_begin_line(). */
+ virtual void begin_line();
+ /** \brief see fl_begin_loop(). */
+ virtual void begin_loop();
+ /** \brief see fl_begin_polygon(). */
+ virtual void begin_polygon();
+ /** \brief see fl_vertex(double x, double y). */
+ virtual void vertex(double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_curve(double X0, double Y0, double X1, double Y1, double X2, double Y2, double X3, double Y3). */
+ virtual void curve(double X0, double Y0, double X1, double Y1, double X2, double Y2, double X3, double Y3);
+ /** \brief see fl_circle(double x, double y, double r). */
+ virtual void circle(double x, double y, double r);
+ /** \brief see fl_arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double end). */
+ virtual void arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double end);
+ /** \brief see fl_arc(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2). */
+ virtual void arc(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ /** \brief see fl_pie(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2). */
+ virtual void pie(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ /** \brief see fl_end_points(). */
+ virtual void end_points();
+ /** \brief see fl_end_line(). */
+ virtual void end_line();
+ /** \brief see fl_end_loop(). */
+ virtual void end_loop();
+ /** \brief see fl_end_polygon(). */
+ virtual void end_polygon();
+ /** \brief see fl_begin_complex_polygon(). */
+ virtual void begin_complex_polygon();
+ /** \brief see fl_gap(). */
+ virtual void gap();
+ /** \brief see fl_end_complex_polygon(). */
+ virtual void end_complex_polygon();
+ /** \brief see fl_transformed_vertex(double xf, double yf). */
+ virtual void transformed_vertex(double xf, double yf);
+ /** \brief see fl_push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h). */
+ virtual void push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ /** \brief see fl_clip_box(int x, int y, int w, int h, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H). */
+ virtual int clip_box(int x, int y, int w, int h, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+ /** \brief see fl_not_clipped(int x, int y, int w, int h). */
+ virtual int not_clipped(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ /** \brief see fl_push_no_clip(). */
+ virtual void push_no_clip();
+ /** \brief see fl_pop_clip(). */
+ virtual void pop_clip();
+
+ /** \brief see fl_push_matrix(). */
+ void push_matrix();
+ /** \brief see fl_pop_matrix(). */
+ void pop_matrix();
+ /** \brief see fl_mult_matrix(double a, double b, double c, double d, double x, double y). */
+ void mult_matrix(double a, double b, double c, double d, double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_scale(double x, double y). */
+ inline void scale(double x, double y) { mult_matrix(x,0,0,y,0,0); }+ /** \brief see fl_scale(double x). */
+ inline void scale(double x) { mult_matrix(x,0,0,x,0,0); }+ /** \brief see fl_translate(double x, double y). */
+ inline void translate(double x,double y) { mult_matrix(1,0,0,1,x,y); }+ /** \brief see fl_rotate(double d). */
+ void rotate(double d);
+ /** \brief see fl_transform_x(double x, double y). */
+ double transform_x(double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_transform_y(double x, double y). */
+ double transform_y(double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_transform_dx(double x, double y). */
+ double transform_dx(double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_transform_dy(double x, double y). */
+ double transform_dy(double x, double y);
+ /** \brief see fl_clip_region(). */
+ Fl_Region clip_region();
+ /** \brief see fl_clip_region(Fl_Region r). */
+ void clip_region(Fl_Region r);
+ /** \brief see fl_restore_clip(). */
+ void restore_clip();
+
+ // Images
+ /** \brief see fl_draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L). */
+ virtual void draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3, int L=0) {}+ /** \brief see fl_draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L). */
+ virtual void draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1, int L=0) {}+ /** \brief see fl_draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D). */
+ virtual void draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3) {}+ /** \brief see fl_draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D). */
+ virtual void draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1) {}+ // Image classes
+ /** \brief Draws an Fl_RGB_Image object to the device.
+ *
+ Specifies a bounding box for the image, with the origin (upper left-hand corner) of
+ the image offset by the cx and cy arguments.
+ */
+ virtual void draw(Fl_RGB_Image * rgb,int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy) {}+ /** \brief Draws an Fl_Pixmap object to the device.
+ *
+ Specifies a bounding box for the image, with the origin (upper left-hand corner) of
+ the image offset by the cx and cy arguments.
+ */
+ virtual void draw(Fl_Pixmap * pxm,int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy) {}+ /** \brief Draws an Fl_Bitmap object to the device.
+ *
+ Specifies a bounding box for the image, with the origin (upper left-hand corner) of
+ the image offset by the cx and cy arguments.
+ */
+ virtual void draw(Fl_Bitmap *bm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy) {}+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ virtual
+#endif
+ void copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ virtual const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ /** \brief see fl_font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize size). */
+ virtual void font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize fsize) {font_ = face; size_ = fsize;}+ /** \brief see fl_font(void). */
+ Fl_Font font() {return font_; }+ /** \brief see fl_size(). */
+ Fl_Fontsize size() {return size_; }+ /** \brief see fl_width(const char *str, int n). */
+ virtual double width(const char *str, int n) {return 0;}+ /** \brief see fl_width(unsigned int n). */
+ virtual inline double width(unsigned int c) { char ch = (char)c; return width(&ch, 1); }+ /** \brief see fl_text_extents(const char*, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h). */
+ virtual void text_extents(const char*, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h);
+ /** \brief see fl_height(). */
+ virtual int height() {return size();}+ /** \brief see fl_descent(). */
+ virtual int descent() {return 0;}+ /** \brief see fl_color(void). */
+ Fl_Color color() {return color_;}+ /** Returns a pointer to the current Fl_Font_Descriptor for the graphics driver */
+ inline Fl_Font_Descriptor *font_descriptor() { return font_descriptor_;}+ /** Sets the current Fl_Font_Descriptor for the graphics driver */
+ inline void font_descriptor(Fl_Font_Descriptor *d) { font_descriptor_ = d;}+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304 || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ virtual
+#endif
+ int draw_scaled(Fl_Image *img, int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ /** \brief The destructor */
+ virtual ~Fl_Graphics_Driver() { if (p) free(p); }+};
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+/**
+ \brief The Mac OS X-specific graphics class.
+ *
+ This class is implemented only on the Mac OS X platform.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Quartz_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_Graphics_Driver {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ void color(Fl_Color c);
+ void color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+ void draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ void draw(const char *str, int n, float x, float y);
+#endif
+ void draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void rtl_draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize size);
+ void draw(Fl_Pixmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_Bitmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_RGB_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ int draw_scaled(Fl_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP);
+ void draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3, int L=0);
+ void draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3);
+ void draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1, int L=0);
+ void draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1);
+ double width(const char *str, int n);
+ double width(unsigned int c);
+ void text_extents(const char*, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h);
+ int height();
+ int descent();
+#if ! defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ static Fl_Offscreen create_offscreen_with_alpha(int w, int h);
+#endif
+ void copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+};
+#endif
+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+/**
+ \brief The MSWindows-specific graphics class.
+ *
+ This class is implemented only on the MSWindows platform.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_Graphics_Driver {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ void color(Fl_Color c);
+ void color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+ void draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void rtl_draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize size);
+ void draw(Fl_Pixmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_Bitmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_RGB_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3, int L=0);
+ void draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3);
+ void draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1, int L=0);
+ void draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1);
+ double width(const char *str, int n);
+ double width(unsigned int c);
+ void text_extents(const char*, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h);
+ int height();
+ int descent();
+#if ! defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ void copy_offscreen_with_alpha(int x,int y,int w,int h,HBITMAP bitmap,int srcx,int srcy);
+#endif
+ void copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+};
+
+/**
+ The graphics driver used when printing on MSWindows.
+ *
+ This class is implemented only on the MSWindows platform. It 's extremely similar to Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_GDI_Printer_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ void draw(Fl_Pixmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_Bitmap *bm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ int draw_scaled(Fl_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP);
+};
+#endif
+#if !(defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32))
+/**
+ \brief The Xlib-specific graphics class.
+ *
+ This class is implemented only on the Xlib platform.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Xlib_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_Graphics_Driver {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ void color(Fl_Color c);
+ void color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+ void draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void rtl_draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize size);
+ void draw(Fl_Pixmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_Bitmap *pxm, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_RGB_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3, int L=0);
+ void draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3);
+ void draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1, int L=0);
+ void draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1);
+ double width(const char *str, int n);
+ double width(unsigned int c);
+ void text_extents(const char*, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h);
+ int height();
+ int descent();
+ void copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+#if ! defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ void copy_offscreen_with_alpha(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+#endif
+};
+#endif
+
+/**
+ A drawing surface that's susceptible to receive graphical output.
+ Any FLTK application has at any time a current drawing surface to which all drawing requests are directed.
+ The current surface is given by Fl_Surface_Device::surface().
+ When main() begins running, the current drawing surface has been set to the computer's display,
+ an instance of the Fl_Display_Device class.
+
+ A drawing surface other than the computer's display, is typically used as follows:
+ <ol><li> Create \c surface, an object from a particular Fl_Surface_Device derived class (e.g., Fl_Copy_Surface, Fl_Printer).
+ <li> Memorize what is the current drawing surface with <tt> Fl_Surface_Device *old_current = Fl_Surface_Device::surface();</tt>
+ <li> Call \c surface->set_current(); to redirect all graphics requests to \c surface which becomes the new
+ current drawing surface (not necessary with class Fl_Printer because it is done by Fl_Printer::start_job()).
+ <li> At this point any of the \ref fl_drawings (e.g., fl_rect()) or the \ref fl_attributes or \ref drawing_images functions
+ (e.g., fl_draw_image(), Fl_Image::draw()) operates on the new current drawing surface.
+ Certain drawing surfaces allow additional ways to draw to them (e.g., Fl_Printer::print_widget(), Fl_Image_Surface::draw()).
+ <li> After all drawing requests have been performed, redirect graphics requests back to their previous destination
+ with \c old_current->set_current();.
+ <li> Delete \c surface.
+ </ol>
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Surface_Device : public Fl_Device {+ /** \brief The graphics driver in use by this surface. */
+ Fl_Graphics_Driver *_driver;
+ static Fl_Surface_Device *_surface; // the surface that currently receives graphics output
+ static Fl_Surface_Device *default_surface(); // create surface is none exists yet
+protected:
+ /** \brief Constructor that sets the graphics driver to use for the created surface. */
+ Fl_Surface_Device(Fl_Graphics_Driver *graphics_driver) {_driver = graphics_driver; };+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ virtual void set_current(void);
+ /** \brief Sets the graphics driver of this drawing surface. */
+ inline void driver(Fl_Graphics_Driver *graphics_driver) {_driver = graphics_driver;};+ /** \brief Returns the graphics driver of this drawing surface. */
+ inline Fl_Graphics_Driver *driver() {return _driver; };+ /** The current drawing surface.
+ In other words, the Fl_Surface_Device object that currently receives all graphics output */
+ static inline Fl_Surface_Device *surface() {+ return _surface ? _surface : default_surface();
+ };
+ /** \brief The destructor. */
+ virtual ~Fl_Surface_Device() {}+};
+
+/**
+ A display to which the computer can draw.
+ When the program begins running, an Fl_Display_Device instance has been created and made the current drawing surface.
+ There is no need to create any other object of this class.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Display_Device : public Fl_Surface_Device {+ static Fl_Display_Device *_display; // the platform display device
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ friend class Fl_X;
+ friend class Fl_Graphics_Driver;
+ static bool high_res_window_; //< true when drawing to a window of a retina display (Mac OS X only)
+ static bool high_resolution() {return high_res_window_;}+#endif
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_Display_Device(Fl_Graphics_Driver *graphics_driver);
+ static Fl_Display_Device *display_device();
+};
+
+/**
+ This plugin socket allows the integration of new device drivers for special
+ window or screen types.
+ This class is not intended for use outside the FLTK library.
+ It is currently used to provide an automated printing
+ service and screen capture for OpenGL windows, if linked with fltk_gl.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Device_Plugin : public Fl_Plugin {+public:
+ /** \brief The constructor */
+ Fl_Device_Plugin(const char *pluginName)
+ : Fl_Plugin(klass(), pluginName) { }+ /** \brief Returns the class name */
+ virtual const char *klass() { return "fltk:device"; }+ /** \brief Returns the plugin name */
+ virtual const char *name() = 0;
+ /** \brief Prints a widget
+ \param w the widget
+ \param x,y offsets where to print relatively to coordinates origin
+ \param height height of the current drawing area
+ */
+ virtual int print(Fl_Widget* w, int x, int y, int height) = 0;
+ /** captures a rectangle of a widget as an image
+ \return The captured pixels as an RGB image
+ */
+#ifdef FL_LIBRARY
+ virtual
+#endif
+ Fl_RGB_Image* rectangle_capture(Fl_Widget *widget, int x, int y, int w, int h) {return NULL;}+};
+
+#endif // Fl_Device_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Dial.H
@@ -1,0 +1,88 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Dial header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Dial widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Dial_H
+#define Fl_Dial_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type():
+#define FL_NORMAL_DIAL 0 /**< type() for dial variant with dot */
+#define FL_LINE_DIAL 1 /**< type() for dial variant with line */
+#define FL_FILL_DIAL 2 /**< type() for dial variant with filled arc */
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Dial widget provides a circular dial to control a
+ single floating point value.
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html dial.png
+ \image latex dial.png "Fl_Dial" width=4cm
+ Use type() to set the type of the dial to:
+ <UL>
+ <LI>FL_NORMAL_DIAL - Draws a normal dial with a knob. </LI>
+ <LI>FL_LINE_DIAL - Draws a dial with a line. </LI>
+ <LI>FL_FILL_DIAL - Draws a dial with a filled arc. </LI>
+ </UL>
+
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Dial : public Fl_Valuator {+
+ short a1,a2;
+
+protected:
+
+ // these allow subclasses to put the dial in a smaller area:
+ void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ int handle(int event, int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ int handle(int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Dial widget using the given position, size,
+ and label string. The default type is FL_NORMAL_DIAL.
+ */
+ Fl_Dial(int x,int y,int w,int h, const char *l = 0);
+ /**
+ Sets Or gets the angles used for the minimum and maximum values. The default
+ values are 45 and 315 (0 degrees is straight down and the angles
+ progress clockwise). Normally angle1 is less than angle2, but if you
+ reverse them the dial moves counter-clockwise.
+ */
+ short angle1() const {return a1;}+ /** See short angle1() const */
+ void angle1(short a) {a1 = a;}+ /** See short angle1() const */
+ short angle2() const {return a2;}+ /** See short angle1() const */
+ void angle2(short a) {a2 = a;}+ /** See short angle1() const */
+ void angles(short a, short b) {a1 = a; a2 = b;}+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Double_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,73 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Double-buffered window header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Double_Window widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Double_Window_H
+#define Fl_Double_Window_H
+
+#include "Fl_Window.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Double_Window provides a double-buffered window.
+ If possible this will use the X double buffering extension (Xdbe). If
+ not, it will draw the window data into an off-screen pixmap, and then
+ copy it to the on-screen window.
+ <P>It is highly recommended that you put the following code before the
+ first show() of <I>any</I> window in your program: </P>
+ \code
+ Fl::visual(FL_DOUBLE|FL_INDEX)
+ \endcode
+ This makes sure you can use Xdbe on servers where double buffering
+ does not exist for every visual.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Double_Window : public Fl_Window {+protected:
+ void flush(int eraseoverlay);
+ /**
+ Force double buffering, even if the OS already buffers windows
+ (overlays need that on MacOS and Windows2000)
+ */
+ char force_doublebuffering_;
+public:
+ void show();
+ void show(int a, char **b) {Fl_Window::show(a,b);}+ void flush();
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ void hide();
+ ~Fl_Double_Window();
+
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Double_Window widget using the given
+ position, size, and label (title) string.
+ */
+ Fl_Double_Window(int W, int H, const char *l = 0);
+
+ /**
+ See Fl_Double_Window::Fl_Double_Window(int w, int h, const char *label = 0)
+ */
+ Fl_Double_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l = 0);
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Export.H
@@ -1,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * "$Id$"
+ *
+ * WIN32 DLL export .
+ *
+ * Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+ *
+ * This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+ * the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+ * file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+ *
+ * Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Export_H
+# define Fl_Export_H
+
+/*
+ * The following is only used when building DLLs under WIN32...
+ */
+
+# if defined(FL_DLL)
+# ifdef FL_LIBRARY
+# define FL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+# else
+# define FL_EXPORT __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif /* FL_LIBRARY */
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 4
+# define FL_EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))+# else
+# define FL_EXPORT
+# endif /* FL_DLL */
+
+#endif /* !Fl_Export_H */
+
+/*
+ * End of "$Id$".
+ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_File_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,111 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// FileBrowser definitions.
+//
+// Copyright 1999-2010 by Michael Sweet.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_File_Browser widget . */
+
+//
+// Include necessary header files...
+//
+
+#ifndef _Fl_File_Browser_H_
+# define _Fl_File_Browser_H_
+
+# include "Fl_Browser.H"
+# include "Fl_File_Icon.H"
+# include "filename.H"
+
+
+//
+// Fl_File_Browser class...
+//
+
+/** The Fl_File_Browser widget displays a list of filenames, optionally with file-specific icons. */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_File_Browser : public Fl_Browser {+
+ int filetype_;
+ const char *directory_;
+ uchar iconsize_;
+ const char *pattern_;
+
+ int full_height() const;
+ int item_height(void *) const;
+ int item_width(void *) const;
+ void item_draw(void *, int, int, int, int) const;
+ int incr_height() const { return (item_height(0)); }+
+public:
+ enum { FILES, DIRECTORIES };+
+ /**
+ The constructor creates the Fl_File_Browser widget at the specified position and size.
+ The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been allocated.
+ */
+ Fl_File_Browser(int, int, int, int, const char * = 0);
+
+ /** Sets or gets the size of the icons. The default size is 20 pixels. */
+ uchar iconsize() const { return (iconsize_); };+ /** Sets or gets the size of the icons. The default size is 20 pixels. */
+ void iconsize(uchar s) { iconsize_ = s; redraw(); };+
+ /**
+ Sets or gets the filename filter. The pattern matching uses
+ the fl_filename_match()
+ function in FLTK.
+ */
+ void filter(const char *pattern);
+ /**
+ Sets or gets the filename filter. The pattern matching uses
+ the fl_filename_match()
+ function in FLTK.
+ */
+ const char *filter() const { return (pattern_); };+
+ /**
+ Loads the specified directory into the browser. If icons have been
+ loaded then the correct icon is associated with each file in the list.
+
+ <P>The sort argument specifies a sort function to be used with
+ fl_filename_list().
+ */
+ int load(const char *directory, Fl_File_Sort_F *sort = fl_numericsort);
+
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const { return Fl_Browser::textsize(); };+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) { Fl_Browser::textsize(s); iconsize_ = (uchar)(3 * s / 2); };+
+ /**
+ Sets or gets the file browser type, FILES or
+ DIRECTORIES. When set to FILES, both
+ files and directories are shown. Otherwise only directories are
+ shown.
+ */
+ int filetype() const { return (filetype_); };+ /**
+ Sets or gets the file browser type, FILES or
+ DIRECTORIES. When set to FILES, both
+ files and directories are shown. Otherwise only directories are
+ shown.
+ */
+ void filetype(int t) { filetype_ = t; };+};
+
+#endif // !_Fl_File_Browser_H_
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_File_Chooser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,245 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_File_Chooser dialog for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+// =======================================================================
+// DO NOT EDIT FL/Fl_File_Chooser.H and src/Fl_File_Chooser.cxx !!!
+// =======================================================================
+// Please use fluid to change src/Fl_File_Chooser.fl interactively
+// and then use fluid to "write code" or edit and use fluid -c .
+// =======================================================================
+//
+
+// generated by Fast Light User Interface Designer (fluid) version 1.0305
+
+#ifndef Fl_File_Chooser_H
+#define Fl_File_Chooser_H
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Double_Window.H>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Choice.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Button.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Button.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Preferences.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Tile.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_File_Browser.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Box.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Check_Button.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_File_Input.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Return_Button.H>
+#include <FL/fl_ask.H>
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_File_Chooser {+public:
+ enum { SINGLE = 0, MULTI = 1, CREATE = 2, DIRECTORY = 4 }; +private:
+ static Fl_Preferences *prefs_;
+ void (*callback_)(Fl_File_Chooser*, void *);
+ void *data_;
+ char directory_[FL_PATH_MAX];
+ char pattern_[FL_PATH_MAX];
+ char preview_text_[2048];
+ int type_;
+ void favoritesButtonCB();
+ void favoritesCB(Fl_Widget *w);
+ void fileListCB();
+ void fileNameCB();
+ void newdir();
+ static void previewCB(Fl_File_Chooser *fc);
+ void showChoiceCB();
+ void update_favorites();
+ void update_preview();
+public:
+ Fl_File_Chooser(const char *d, const char *p, int t, const char *title);
+private:
+ Fl_Double_Window *window;
+ inline void cb_window_i(Fl_Double_Window*, void*);
+ static void cb_window(Fl_Double_Window*, void*);
+ Fl_Choice *showChoice;
+ inline void cb_showChoice_i(Fl_Choice*, void*);
+ static void cb_showChoice(Fl_Choice*, void*);
+ Fl_Menu_Button *favoritesButton;
+ inline void cb_favoritesButton_i(Fl_Menu_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favoritesButton(Fl_Menu_Button*, void*);
+public:
+ Fl_Button *newButton;
+private:
+ inline void cb_newButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_newButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ inline void cb__i(Fl_Tile*, void*);
+ static void cb_(Fl_Tile*, void*);
+ Fl_File_Browser *fileList;
+ inline void cb_fileList_i(Fl_File_Browser*, void*);
+ static void cb_fileList(Fl_File_Browser*, void*);
+ Fl_Box *previewBox;
+public:
+ Fl_Check_Button *previewButton;
+private:
+ inline void cb_previewButton_i(Fl_Check_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_previewButton(Fl_Check_Button*, void*);
+public:
+ Fl_Check_Button *showHiddenButton;
+private:
+ inline void cb_showHiddenButton_i(Fl_Check_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_showHiddenButton(Fl_Check_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_File_Input *fileName;
+ inline void cb_fileName_i(Fl_File_Input*, void*);
+ static void cb_fileName(Fl_File_Input*, void*);
+ Fl_Return_Button *okButton;
+ inline void cb_okButton_i(Fl_Return_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_okButton(Fl_Return_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *cancelButton;
+ inline void cb_cancelButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_cancelButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Double_Window *favWindow;
+ Fl_File_Browser *favList;
+ inline void cb_favList_i(Fl_File_Browser*, void*);
+ static void cb_favList(Fl_File_Browser*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *favUpButton;
+ inline void cb_favUpButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favUpButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *favDeleteButton;
+ inline void cb_favDeleteButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favDeleteButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *favDownButton;
+ inline void cb_favDownButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favDownButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *favCancelButton;
+ inline void cb_favCancelButton_i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favCancelButton(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Return_Button *favOkButton;
+ inline void cb_favOkButton_i(Fl_Return_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_favOkButton(Fl_Return_Button*, void*);
+public:
+ ~Fl_File_Chooser();
+ void callback(void (*cb)(Fl_File_Chooser *, void *), void *d = 0);
+ void color(Fl_Color c);
+ Fl_Color color();
+ int count();
+ void directory(const char *d);
+ char * directory();
+ void filter(const char *p);
+ const char * filter();
+ int filter_value();
+ void filter_value(int f);
+ void hide();
+ void iconsize(uchar s);
+ uchar iconsize();
+ void label(const char *l);
+ const char * label();
+ void ok_label(const char *l);
+ const char * ok_label();
+ void preview(int e);
+ int preview() const { return previewButton->value(); }; +private:
+ void showHidden(int e);
+ void remove_hidden_files();
+public:
+ void rescan();
+ void rescan_keep_filename();
+ void show();
+ int shown();
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color c);
+ Fl_Color textcolor();
+ void textfont(Fl_Font f);
+ Fl_Font textfont();
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s);
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize();
+ void type(int t);
+ int type();
+ void * user_data() const;
+ void user_data(void *d);
+ const char *value(int f = 1);
+ void value(const char *filename);
+ int visible();
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *add_favorites_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *all_files_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *custom_filter_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *existing_file_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *favorites_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *filename_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *filesystems_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *manage_favorites_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *new_directory_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *new_directory_tooltip;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *preview_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *save_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *show_label;
+ /**
+ [standard text may be customized at run-time]
+ */
+ static const char *hidden_label;
+ /**
+ the sort function that is used when loading
+ the contents of a directory.
+ */
+ static Fl_File_Sort_F *sort;
+private:
+ Fl_Widget* ext_group;
+public:
+ Fl_Widget* add_extra(Fl_Widget* gr);
+};
+FL_EXPORT char *fl_dir_chooser(const char *message,const char *fname,int relative=0);
+FL_EXPORT char *fl_file_chooser(const char *message,const char *pat,const char *fname,int relative=0);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_file_chooser_callback(void (*cb)(const char*));
+FL_EXPORT void fl_file_chooser_ok_label(const char*l);
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_File_Icon.H
@@ -1,0 +1,159 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_File_Icon definitions.
+//
+// Copyright 1999-2010 by Michael Sweet.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_File_Icon widget . */
+
+//
+// Include necessary header files...
+//
+
+#ifndef _Fl_Fl_File_Icon_H_
+# define _Fl_Fl_File_Icon_H_
+
+# include "Fl.H"
+
+
+//
+// Special color value for the icon color.
+//
+
+# define FL_ICON_COLOR (Fl_Color)0xffffffff /**< icon color [background?]*/
+
+
+//
+// Fl_File_Icon class...
+//
+
+/**
+ The Fl_File_Icon class manages icon images that can be used
+ as labels in other widgets and as icons in the FileBrowser widget.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_File_Icon { //// Icon data+
+ static Fl_File_Icon *first_; // Pointer to first icon/filetype
+ Fl_File_Icon *next_; // Pointer to next icon/filetype
+ const char *pattern_; // Pattern string
+ int type_; // Match only if directory or file?
+ int num_data_; // Number of data elements
+ int alloc_data_; // Number of allocated elements
+ short *data_; // Icon data
+
+ public:
+
+ enum // File types
+ {+ ANY, // Any kind of file
+ PLAIN, // Only plain files
+ FIFO, // Only named pipes
+ DEVICE, // Only character and block devices
+ LINK, // Only symbolic links
+ DIRECTORY // Only directories
+ };
+
+ enum // Data opcodes
+ {+ END, // End of primitive/icon
+ COLOR, // Followed by color value (2 shorts)
+ LINE, // Start of line
+ CLOSEDLINE, // Start of closed line
+ POLYGON, // Start of polygon
+ OUTLINEPOLYGON, // Followed by outline color (2 shorts)
+ VERTEX // Followed by scaled X,Y
+ };
+
+ Fl_File_Icon(const char *p, int t, int nd = 0, short *d = 0);
+ ~Fl_File_Icon();
+
+ short *add(short d);
+
+ /**
+ Adds a color value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
+ \param[in] c color value
+ */
+ short *add_color(Fl_Color c)
+ { short *d = add((short)COLOR); add((short)(c >> 16)); add((short)c); return (d); }+
+ /**
+ Adds a vertex value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
+ The integer version accepts coordinates from 0 to 10000.
+ The origin (0.0) is in the lower-lefthand corner of the icon.
+ \param[in] x, y vertex coordinates
+ */
+ short *add_vertex(int x, int y)
+ { short *d = add((short)VERTEX); add((short)x); add((short)y); return (d); }+
+ /**
+ Adds a vertex value to the icon array, returning a pointer to it.
+ The floating point version goes from 0.0 to 1.0.
+ The origin (0.0) is in the lower-lefthand corner of the icon.
+ \param[in] x, y vertex coordinates
+ */
+ short *add_vertex(float x, float y)
+ { short *d = add((short)VERTEX); add((short)(x * 10000.0));+ add((short)(y * 10000.0)); return (d); }
+
+ /** Clears all icon data from the icon.*/
+ void clear() { num_data_ = 0; }+
+ void draw(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color ic, int active = 1);
+
+ void label(Fl_Widget *w);
+
+ static void labeltype(const Fl_Label *o, int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Align a);
+ void load(const char *f);
+ int load_fti(const char *fti);
+ int load_image(const char *i);
+
+ /** Returns next file icon object. See Fl_File_Icon::first() */
+ Fl_File_Icon *next() { return (next_); }+
+ /** Returns the filename matching pattern for the icon.*/
+ const char *pattern() { return (pattern_); }+
+ /** Returns the number of words of data used by the icon.*/
+ int size() { return (num_data_); }+
+ /**
+ Returns the filetype associated with the icon, which can be one of the
+ following:
+
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::ANY, any kind of file.
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::PLAIN, plain files.
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::FIFO, named pipes.
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::DEVICE, character and block devices.
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::LINK, symbolic links.
+ \li Fl_File_Icon::DIRECTORY, directories.
+ */
+ int type() { return (type_); }+
+ /** Returns the data array for the icon.*/
+ short *value() { return (data_); }+
+ static Fl_File_Icon *find(const char *filename, int filetype = ANY);
+
+ /** Returns a pointer to the first icon in the list.*/
+ static Fl_File_Icon *first() { return (first_); }+ static void load_system_icons(void);
+};
+
+#endif // !_Fl_Fl_File_Icon_H_
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_File_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,97 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// File_Input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Original version Copyright 1998 by Curtis Edwards.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_File_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_File_Input_H
+# define Fl_File_Input_H
+
+# include <FL/Fl_Input.H>
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_File_Input
+ \brief This widget displays a pathname in a text input field.
+
+ A navigation bar located above the input field allows the user to
+ navigate upward in the directory tree.
+ You may want to handle FL_WHEN_CHANGED events for tracking text changes
+ and also FL_WHEN_RELEASE for button release when changing to parent dir.
+ FL_WHEN_RELEASE callback won't be called if the directory clicked
+ is the same as the current one.
+
+ <P align=CENTER> \image html Fl_File_Input.png </P>
+ \image latex Fl_File_Input.png "Fl_File_Input" width=6cm
+
+ \note As all Fl_Input derived objects, Fl_File_Input may call its callback
+ when losing focus (see FL_UNFOCUS) to update its state like its cursor shape.
+ One resulting side effect is that you should call clear_changed() early in your callback
+ to avoid reentrant calls if you plan to show another window or dialog box in the callback.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_File_Input : public Fl_Input {+
+ Fl_Color errorcolor_;
+ char ok_entry_;
+ uchar down_box_;
+ short buttons_[200];
+ short pressed_;
+
+ void draw_buttons();
+ int handle_button(int event);
+ void update_buttons();
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_File_Input(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L=0);
+
+ virtual int handle(int event);
+
+protected:
+ virtual void draw();
+
+public:
+ /** Gets the box type used for the navigation bar. */
+ Fl_Boxtype down_box() const { return (Fl_Boxtype)down_box_; }+ /** Sets the box type to use for the navigation bar. */
+ void down_box(Fl_Boxtype b) { down_box_ = b; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the current error color.
+ \todo Better docs for Fl_File_Input::errorcolor() - is it even used?
+ */
+ Fl_Color errorcolor() const { return errorcolor_; }+ /** Sets the current error color to \p c */
+ void errorcolor(Fl_Color c) { errorcolor_ = c; }+
+ int value(const char *str);
+ int value(const char *str, int len);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current value, which is a pointer to an internal buffer
+ and is valid only until the next event is handled.
+ */
+ const char *value() { return Fl_Input_::value(); }+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_File_Input_H
+
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Fill_Dial.H
@@ -1,0 +1,38 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Filled dial header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Fill_Dial widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Fill_Dial_H
+#define Fl_Fill_Dial_H
+
+#include "Fl_Dial.H"
+
+/** Draws a dial with a filled arc */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Fill_Dial : public Fl_Dial {+public:
+ /** Creates a filled dial, also setting its type to FL_FILL_DIAL. */
+ Fl_Fill_Dial(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Fill_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,37 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Filled slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Fill_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Fill_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Fill_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+/** Widget that draws a filled horizontal slider, useful as a progress or value meter*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Fill_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+public:
+ /** Creates the slider from its position,size and optional title. */
+ Fl_Fill_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Float_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,47 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Floating point input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Float_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Float_Input_H
+#define Fl_Float_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Float_Input class is a subclass of Fl_Input
+ that only allows the user to type floating point numbers (sign,
+ digits, decimal point, more digits, 'E' or 'e', sign, digits).
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Float_Input : public Fl_Input {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Float_Input widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Float_Input(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_FormsBitmap.H
@@ -1,0 +1,47 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Forms bitmap header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_FormsBitmap widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_FormsBitmap_H
+#define Fl_FormsBitmap_H
+
+#include "Fl_Bitmap.H"
+
+/**
+ Forms compatibility Bitmap Image Widget
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_FormsBitmap : public Fl_Widget {+ Fl_Bitmap *b;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ Fl_FormsBitmap(Fl_Boxtype, int, int, int, int, const char * = 0);
+ void set(int W, int H, const uchar *bits);
+ /** Sets a new bitmap. */
+ void bitmap(Fl_Bitmap *B) {b = B;}+ /** Gets a the current associated Fl_Bitmap objects. */
+ Fl_Bitmap *bitmap() const {return b;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_FormsPixmap.H
@@ -1,0 +1,54 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Forms pixmap header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_FormsPixmap widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_FormsPixmap_H
+#define Fl_FormsPixmap_H
+
+#include "Fl_Pixmap.H"
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_FormsPixmap
+ \brief Forms pixmap drawing routines
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_FormsPixmap : public Fl_Widget {+ Fl_Pixmap *b;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ Fl_FormsPixmap(Fl_Boxtype t, int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L= 0);
+
+ void set(/*const*/char * const * bits);
+
+ /**
+ Set the internal pixmap pointer to an existing pixmap.
+ \param[in] B existing pixmap
+ */
+ void Pixmap(Fl_Pixmap *B) {b = B;}+
+ /** Get the internal pixmap pointer. */
+ Fl_Pixmap *Pixmap() const {return b;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Free.H
@@ -1,0 +1,80 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Forms free header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Free widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Free_H
+#define Fl_Free_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+#define FL_NORMAL_FREE 1 /**< normal event handling */
+#define FL_SLEEPING_FREE 2 /**< deactivate event handling */
+#define FL_INPUT_FREE 3 /**< accepts FL_FOCUS events */
+#define FL_CONTINUOUS_FREE 4 /**< repeated timeout handling */
+#define FL_ALL_FREE 5 /**< FL_INPUT_FREE and FL_CONTINOUS_FREE */
+
+/** appropriate signature for handle function */
+typedef int (*FL_HANDLEPTR)(Fl_Widget *, int , float, float, char);
+
+/**
+ Emulation of the Forms "free" widget.
+
+ This emulation allows the free demo to run, and appears to be useful for
+ porting programs written in Forms which use the free widget or make
+ subclasses of the Forms widgets.
+
+ There are five types of free, which determine when the handle function
+ is called:
+
+ \li \c FL_NORMAL_FREE normal event handling.
+ \li \c FL_SLEEPING_FREE deactivates event handling (widget is inactive).
+ \li \c FL_INPUT_FREE accepts FL_FOCUS events.
+ \li \c FL_CONTINUOUS_FREE sets a timeout callback 100 times a second and
+ provides an FL_STEP event. This has obvious
+ detrimental effects on machine performance.
+ \li \c FL_ALL_FREE same as FL_INPUT_FREE and FL_CONTINUOUS_FREE.
+
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Free : public Fl_Widget {+ FL_HANDLEPTR hfunc;
+ static void step(void *);
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int e);
+ Fl_Free(uchar t,int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L,FL_HANDLEPTR hdl);
+ ~Fl_Free();
+};
+
+// old event names for compatibility:
+#define FL_MOUSE FL_DRAG /**< for backward compatibility */
+#define FL_DRAW 100 /**< for backward compatibility [UNUSED]*/
+#define FL_STEP 101 /**< for backward compatibility */
+#define FL_FREEMEM 102 /**< for backward compatibility [UNUSED]*/
+#define FL_FREEZE 103 /**< for backward compatibility [UNUSED]*/
+#define FL_THAW 104 /**< for backward compatibility [UNUSED]*/
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_GIF_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,42 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// GIF image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_GIF_Image widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_GIF_Image_H
+#define Fl_GIF_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Pixmap.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_GIF_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of Compuserve GIF<SUP>SM</SUP> images. The class
+ loads the first image and supports transparency.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_GIF_Image : public Fl_Pixmap {+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_GIF_Image(const char* filename);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Gl_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,284 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// OpenGL header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Gl_Window widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Gl_Window_H
+#define Fl_Gl_Window_H
+
+#include "Fl_Window.H"
+
+#ifndef GLContext
+/**
+ Opaque pointer type to hide system specific implementation.
+*/
+typedef void* GLContext; // actually a GLXContext or HGLDC
+#endif
+
+class Fl_Gl_Choice; // structure to hold result of glXChooseVisual
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Gl_Window widget sets things up so OpenGL works.
+
+ It also keeps an OpenGL "context" for that window, so that changes to the
+ lighting and projection may be reused between redraws. Fl_Gl_Window
+ also flushes the OpenGL streams and swaps buffers after draw() returns.
+
+ OpenGL hardware typically provides some overlay bit planes, which
+ are very useful for drawing UI controls atop your 3D graphics. If the
+ overlay hardware is not provided, FLTK tries to simulate the overlay.
+ This works pretty well if your graphics are double buffered, but not
+ very well for single-buffered.
+
+ Please note that the FLTK drawing and clipping functions
+ will not work inside an Fl_Gl_Window. All drawing
+ should be done using OpenGL calls exclusively.
+ Even though Fl_Gl_Window is derived from Fl_Group,
+ it is not useful to add other FLTK Widgets as children,
+ unless those widgets are modified to draw using OpenGL calls.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Gl_Window : public Fl_Window {+
+ int mode_;
+ const int *alist;
+ Fl_Gl_Choice *g;
+ GLContext context_;
+ char valid_f_;
+ char damage1_; // damage() of back buffer
+ virtual void draw_overlay();
+ void init();
+
+ void *overlay;
+ void make_overlay();
+ friend class _Fl_Gl_Overlay;
+
+ static int can_do(int, const int *);
+ int mode(int, const int *);
+ static int gl_plugin_linkage();
+
+public:
+
+ void show();
+ void show(int a, char **b) {Fl_Window::show(a,b);}+ void flush();
+ void hide();
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ int handle(int);
+
+ /**
+ Is turned off when FLTK creates a new context for this window or
+ when the window resizes, and is turned on \e after draw() is called.
+ You can use this inside your draw() method to avoid unnecessarily
+ initializing the OpenGL context. Just do this:
+ \code
+ void mywindow::draw() {+ if (!valid()) {+ glViewport(0,0,pixel_w(),pixel_h());
+ glFrustum(...);
+ ...other initialization...
+ }
+ if (!context_valid()) {+ ...load textures, etc. ...
+ }
+ ... draw your geometry here ...
+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ You can turn valid() on by calling valid(1). You
+ should only do this after fixing the transformation inside a draw()
+ or after make_current(). This is done automatically after
+ draw() returns.
+ */
+ char valid() const {return valid_f_ & 1;}+ /**
+ See char Fl_Gl_Window::valid() const
+ */
+ void valid(char v) {if (v) valid_f_ |= 1; else valid_f_ &= 0xfe;}+ void invalidate();
+
+ /**
+ Will only be set if the
+ OpenGL context is created or recreated. It differs from
+ Fl_Gl_Window::valid() which is also set whenever the context
+ changes size.
+ */
+ char context_valid() const {return valid_f_ & 2;}+ /**
+ See char Fl_Gl_Window::context_valid() const
+ */
+ void context_valid(char v) {if (v) valid_f_ |= 2; else valid_f_ &= 0xfd;}+
+ /** Returns non-zero if the hardware supports the given OpenGL mode. */
+ static int can_do(int m) {return can_do(m,0);}+ /** Returns non-zero if the hardware supports the given OpenGL mode.
+ \see Fl_Gl_Window::mode(const int *a) */
+ static int can_do(const int *m) {return can_do(0, m);}+ /** Returns non-zero if the hardware supports the current OpenGL mode. */
+ int can_do() {return can_do(mode_,alist);}+ /** Returns the current OpenGL capabilites of the window.
+ Don't use this if capabilities were set through Fl_Gl_Window::mode(const int *a).
+ */
+ Fl_Mode mode() const {return (Fl_Mode)mode_;}+ /**
+ Set or change the OpenGL capabilites of the window. The value can be
+ any of the following OR'd together:
+
+ - \c FL_RGB - RGB color (not indexed)
+ - \c FL_RGB8 - RGB color with at least 8 bits of each color
+ - \c FL_INDEX - Indexed mode
+ - \c FL_SINGLE - not double buffered
+ - \c FL_DOUBLE - double buffered
+ - \c FL_ACCUM - accumulation buffer
+ - \c FL_ALPHA - alpha channel in color
+ - \c FL_DEPTH - depth buffer
+ - \c FL_STENCIL - stencil buffer
+ - \c FL_MULTISAMPLE - multisample antialiasing
+ - \c FL_OPENGL3 - use OpenGL version 3.0 or more.
+
+ FL_RGB and FL_SINGLE have a value of zero, so they
+ are "on" unless you give FL_INDEX or FL_DOUBLE.
+
+ If the desired combination cannot be done, FLTK will try turning off
+ FL_MULTISAMPLE. If this also fails the show() will call
+ Fl::error() and not show the window.
+
+ You can change the mode while the window is displayed. This is most
+ useful for turning double-buffering on and off. Under X this will
+ cause the old X window to be destroyed and a new one to be created. If
+ this is a top-level window this will unfortunately also cause the
+ window to blink, raise to the top, and be de-iconized, and the xid()
+ will change, possibly breaking other code. It is best to make the GL
+ window a child of another window if you wish to do this!
+
+ mode() must not be called within draw() since it
+ changes the current context.
+
+ The FL_OPENGL3 flag is required to access OpenGL version 3 or more
+ under the X11 and MacOS platforms; it's optional under Windows.
+ See more details in \ref opengl3.
+
+ \version the <tt>FL_OPENGL3</tt> flag appeared in version 1.3.4
+ */
+ int mode(int a) {return mode(a,0);}+ /** Set the OpenGL capabilites of the window using platform-specific data.
+ \param a zero-ending array of platform-specific attributes and attribute values
+ <p><b>Unix/Linux platform</b>: attributes are GLX attributes adequate for the 3rd argument of
+ the <tt>glXChooseVisual()</tt> function (e.g., <tt>GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER</tt>, defined by including <GL/glx.h>).
+ \note What attributes are adequate here is subject to change.
+ The preferred, stable public API is Fl_Gl_Window::mode(int a).
+ <p><b>MSWindows platform</b>: this member function is of no use.
+ <p><b>Mac OS X platform</b>: attributes belong to the <tt>CGLPixelFormatAttribute</tt> enumeration
+ (defined by including <tt><OpenGL/OpenGL.h></tt>, e.g., <tt>kCGLPFADoubleBuffer</tt>)
+ and may be followed by adequate attribute values.
+ */
+ int mode(const int *a) {return mode(0, a);}+ /** Returns a pointer to the GLContext that this window is using.
+ \see void context(void* v, int destroy_flag) */
+ void* context() const {return context_;}+ void context(void*, int destroy_flag = 0);
+ void make_current();
+ void swap_buffers();
+ void ortho();
+
+ /**
+ Returns true if the hardware overlay is possible. If this is false,
+ FLTK will try to simulate the overlay, with significant loss of update
+ speed. Calling this will cause FLTK to open the display.
+ */
+ int can_do_overlay();
+ /**
+ This method causes draw_overlay() to be called at a later time.
+ Initially the overlay is clear. If you want the window to display
+ something in the overlay when it first appears, you must call this
+ immediately after you show() your window.
+ */
+ void redraw_overlay();
+ void hide_overlay();
+ /**
+ The make_overlay_current() method selects the OpenGL context
+ for the widget's overlay. It is called automatically prior to the
+ draw_overlay() method being called and can also be used to
+ implement feedback and/or selection within the handle()
+ method.
+ */
+ void make_overlay_current();
+
+ // Note: Doxygen docs in Fl_Widget.H to avoid redundancy.
+ virtual Fl_Gl_Window* as_gl_window() {return this;}+
+ /** The number of pixels per FLTK unit of length for the window.
+ Returns 1, except for a window mapped to
+ an Apple 'retina' display, and if Fl::use_high_res_GL(bool) is set to true,
+ when it returns 2. This method dynamically adjusts its value when the window
+ is moved to/from a retina display. This method is useful, e.g., to convert,
+ in a window's handle() method, the FLTK units returned by Fl::event_x() and
+ Fl::event_y() to the pixel units used by the OpenGL source code.
+ \version 1.3.4
+ */
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ float pixels_per_unit();
+#else
+ float pixels_per_unit() { return 1; }+#endif
+ /** Gives the window width in OpenGL pixels.
+ Generally identical with the result of the w() function, but for a window mapped to
+ an Apple 'retina' display, and if Fl::use_high_res_GL(bool) is set to true,
+ pixel_w() returns 2 * w(). This method detects when the window has been moved
+ between low and high resolution displays and automatically adjusts the returned value.
+ \version 1.3.4
+ */
+ int pixel_w() { return int(pixels_per_unit() * w() + 0.5); }+ /** Gives the window height in OpenGL pixels.
+ Generally identical with the result of the h() function, but for a window mapped to
+ an Apple 'retina' display, and if Fl::use_high_res_GL(bool) is set to true,
+ pixel_h() returns 2 * h(). This method detects when the window has been moved
+ between low and high resolution displays and automatically adjusts the returned value.
+ \version 1.3.4
+ */
+ int pixel_h() { return int(pixels_per_unit() * h() + 0.5); }+
+ ~Fl_Gl_Window();
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Gl_Window widget using the given size, and label string.
+ The default boxtype is FL_NO_BOX. The default mode is FL_RGB|FL_DOUBLE|FL_DEPTH.
+ */
+ Fl_Gl_Window(int W, int H, const char *l=0) : Fl_Window(W,H,l) {init();}+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Gl_Window widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_NO_BOX. The
+ default mode is FL_RGB|FL_DOUBLE|FL_DEPTH.
+ */
+
+ Fl_Gl_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0)
+ : Fl_Window(X,Y,W,H,l) {init();}+
+protected:
+ /**
+ Draws the Fl_Gl_Window.
+
+ You \e \b must override the draw() method.
+ */
+ virtual void draw();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Group.H
@@ -1,0 +1,228 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Group header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Group, Fl_End classes . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Group_H
+#define Fl_Group_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Group class is the FLTK container widget. It maintains
+ an array of child widgets. These children can themselves be any widget
+ including Fl_Group. The most important subclass of Fl_Group
+ is Fl_Window, however groups can also be used to control radio buttons
+ or to enforce resize behavior.
+
+ The tab and arrow keys are used to move the focus between widgets of
+ this group, and to other groups. The only modifier grabbed is shift
+ (for shift-tab), so that ctrl-tab, alt-up, and such are free
+ for the app to use as shortcuts.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Group : public Fl_Widget {+
+ Fl_Widget** array_;
+ Fl_Widget* savedfocus_;
+ Fl_Widget* resizable_;
+ int children_;
+ int *sizes_; // remembered initial sizes of children
+
+ int navigation(int);
+ static Fl_Group *current_;
+
+ // unimplemented copy ctor and assignment operator
+ Fl_Group(const Fl_Group&);
+ Fl_Group& operator=(const Fl_Group&);
+
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ void draw_child(Fl_Widget& widget) const;
+ void draw_children();
+ void draw_outside_label(const Fl_Widget& widget) const ;
+ void update_child(Fl_Widget& widget) const;
+ int *sizes();
+
+public:
+
+ int handle(int);
+ void begin();
+ void end();
+ static Fl_Group *current();
+ static void current(Fl_Group *g);
+
+ /**
+ Returns how many child widgets the group has.
+ */
+ int children() const {return children_;}+ /**
+ Returns array()[n]. <i>No range checking is done!</i>
+ */
+ Fl_Widget* child(int n) const {return array()[n];}+ int find(const Fl_Widget*) const;
+ /**
+ See int Fl_Group::find(const Fl_Widget *w) const
+ */
+ int find(const Fl_Widget& o) const {return find(&o);}+ Fl_Widget* const* array() const;
+
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Group widget using the given position, size,
+ and label string. The default boxtype is FL_NO_BOX.
+ */
+ Fl_Group(int,int,int,int, const char * = 0);
+ virtual ~Fl_Group();
+ void add(Fl_Widget&);
+ /**
+ See void Fl_Group::add(Fl_Widget &w)
+ */
+ void add(Fl_Widget* o) {add(*o);}+ void insert(Fl_Widget&, int i);
+ /**
+ This does insert(w, find(before)). This will append the
+ widget if \p before is not in the group.
+ */
+ void insert(Fl_Widget& o, Fl_Widget* before) {insert(o,find(before));}+ void remove(int index);
+ void remove(Fl_Widget&);
+ /**
+ Removes the widget \p o from the group.
+ \sa void remove(Fl_Widget&)
+ */
+ void remove(Fl_Widget* o) {remove(*o);}+ void clear();
+
+ /**
+ See void Fl_Group::resizable(Fl_Widget *box)
+ */
+ void resizable(Fl_Widget& o) {resizable_ = &o;}+ /**
+ The resizable widget defines the resizing box for the group. When the
+ group is resized it calculates a new size and position for all of its
+ children. Widgets that are horizontally or vertically inside the
+ dimensions of the box are scaled to the new size. Widgets outside the
+ box are moved.
+
+ In these examples the gray area is the resizable:
+
+ \image html resizebox1.png
+
+ <br>
+
+ \image html resizebox2.png
+
+ \image latex resizebox1.png "before resize" width=4cm
+
+ \image latex resizebox2.png "after resize" width=4.85cm
+
+ The resizable may be set to the group itself, in which case all the
+ contents are resized. This is the default value for Fl_Group,
+ although NULL is the default for Fl_Window and Fl_Pack.
+
+ If the resizable is NULL then all widgets remain a fixed size
+ and distance from the top-left corner.
+
+ It is possible to achieve any type of resize behavior by using an
+ invisible Fl_Box as the resizable and/or by using a hierarchy
+ of child Fl_Group's.
+ */
+ void resizable(Fl_Widget* o) {resizable_ = o;}+ /**
+ See void Fl_Group::resizable(Fl_Widget *box)
+ */
+ Fl_Widget* resizable() const {return resizable_;}+ /**
+ Adds a widget to the group and makes it the resizable widget.
+ */
+ void add_resizable(Fl_Widget& o) {resizable_ = &o; add(o);}+ void init_sizes();
+
+ /**
+ Controls whether the group widget clips the drawing of
+ child widgets to its bounding box.
+
+ Set \p c to 1 if you want to clip the child widgets to the
+ bounding box.
+
+ The default is to not clip (0) the drawing of child widgets.
+ */
+ void clip_children(int c) { if (c) set_flag(CLIP_CHILDREN); else clear_flag(CLIP_CHILDREN); }+ /**
+ Returns the current clipping mode.
+
+ \return true, if clipping is enabled, false otherwise.
+
+ \see void Fl_Group::clip_children(int c)
+ */
+ unsigned int clip_children() { return (flags() & CLIP_CHILDREN) != 0; }+
+ // Note: Doxygen docs in Fl_Widget.H to avoid redundancy.
+ virtual Fl_Group* as_group() { return this; }+
+ // back compatibility functions:
+
+ /**
+ \deprecated This is for backwards compatibility only. You should use
+ \e W->%take_focus() instead.
+ \sa Fl_Widget::take_focus();
+ */
+ void focus(Fl_Widget* W) {W->take_focus();}+
+ /** This is for forms compatibility only */
+ Fl_Widget* & _ddfdesign_kludge() {return resizable_;}+
+ /** This is for forms compatibility only */
+ void forms_end();
+};
+
+// dummy class used to end child groups in constructors for complex
+// subclasses of Fl_Group:
+/**
+ This is a dummy class that allows you to end a Fl_Group in a constructor list of a
+ class:
+ \code
+ class MyClass {+ Fl_Group group;
+ Fl_Button button_in_group;
+ Fl_End end;
+ Fl_Button button_outside_group;
+ MyClass();
+ };
+ MyClass::MyClass() :
+ group(10,10,100,100),
+ button_in_group(20,20,60,30),
+ end(),
+ button_outside_group(10,120,60,30)
+ {} + \endcode
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_End {+public:
+ /** All it does is calling Fl_Group::current()->end() */
+ Fl_End() {Fl_Group::current()->end();}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Help_Dialog.H
@@ -1,0 +1,90 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_Help_Dialog dialog for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+// ========================================================================
+// DO NOT EDIT FL/Fl_Help_Dialog.H and src/Fl_Help_Dialog.cxx !!!
+// ========================================================================
+// Please use fluid to change src/Fl_Help_Dialog.fl interactively
+// and then use fluid to "write code" or edit and use fluid -c .
+// ========================================================================
+//
+
+// generated by Fast Light User Interface Designer (fluid) version 1.0305
+
+#ifndef Fl_Help_Dialog_H
+#define Fl_Help_Dialog_H
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Double_Window.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Button.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Input.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Box.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Help_View.H>
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Help_Dialog {+ int index_;
+ int max_;
+ int line_[100]; // FIXME: we must remove those static numbers
+ char file_[100][FL_PATH_MAX]; // FIXME: we must remove those static numbers
+ int find_pos_;
+public:
+ Fl_Help_Dialog();
+private:
+ Fl_Double_Window *window_;
+ Fl_Button *back_;
+ inline void cb_back__i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_back_(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *forward_;
+ inline void cb_forward__i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_forward_(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *smaller_;
+ inline void cb_smaller__i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_smaller_(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Button *larger_;
+ inline void cb_larger__i(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ static void cb_larger_(Fl_Button*, void*);
+ Fl_Input *find_;
+ inline void cb_find__i(Fl_Input*, void*);
+ static void cb_find_(Fl_Input*, void*);
+ Fl_Help_View *view_;
+ inline void cb_view__i(Fl_Help_View*, void*);
+ static void cb_view_(Fl_Help_View*, void*);
+public:
+ ~Fl_Help_Dialog();
+ int h();
+ void hide();
+ void load(const char *f);
+ void position(int xx, int yy);
+ void resize(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh);
+ void show();
+ void show(int argc, char **argv);
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s);
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize();
+ void topline(const char *n);
+ void topline(int n);
+ void value(const char *f);
+ const char * value() const;
+ int visible();
+ int w();
+ int x();
+ int y();
+};
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Help_View.H
@@ -1,0 +1,399 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Help Viewer widget definitions.
+//
+// Copyright 1997-2010 by Easy Software Products.
+// Image support by Matthias Melcher, Copyright 2000-2009.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Help_View widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Help_View_H
+# define Fl_Help_View_H
+
+//
+// Include necessary header files...
+//
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "Fl.H"
+# include "Fl_Group.H"
+# include "Fl_Scrollbar.H"
+# include "fl_draw.H"
+# include "Fl_Shared_Image.H"
+# include "filename.H"
+
+
+//
+// Fl_Help_Func type - link callback function for files...
+//
+
+
+typedef const char *(Fl_Help_Func)(Fl_Widget *, const char *);
+
+
+//
+// Fl_Help_Block structure...
+//
+
+struct Fl_Help_Block {+ const char *start, // Start of text
+ *end; // End of text
+ uchar border; // Draw border?
+ Fl_Color bgcolor; // Background color
+ int x, // Indentation/starting X coordinate
+ y, // Starting Y coordinate
+ w, // Width
+ h; // Height
+ int line[32]; // Left starting position for each line
+};
+
+//
+// Fl_Help_Link structure...
+//
+/** Definition of a link for the html viewer. */
+struct Fl_Help_Link {+ char filename[192], ///< Reference filename
+ name[32]; ///< Link target (blank if none)
+ int x, ///< X offset of link text
+ y, ///< Y offset of link text
+ w, ///< Width of link text
+ h; ///< Height of link text
+};
+
+/*
+ * Fl_Help_View font stack opaque implementation
+ */
+
+/** Fl_Help_View font stack element definition. */
+struct FL_EXPORT Fl_Help_Font_Style {+ Fl_Font f; ///< Font
+ Fl_Fontsize s; ///< Font Size
+ Fl_Color c; ///< Font Color
+ void get(Fl_Font &afont, Fl_Fontsize &asize, Fl_Color &acolor) {afont=f; asize=s; acolor=c;} ///< Gets current font attributes+ void set(Fl_Font afont, Fl_Fontsize asize, Fl_Color acolor) {f=afont; s=asize; c=acolor;} ///< Sets current font attributes+ Fl_Help_Font_Style(Fl_Font afont, Fl_Fontsize asize, Fl_Color acolor) {set(afont, asize, acolor);}+ Fl_Help_Font_Style(){} // For in table use+};
+
+/** Fl_Help_View font stack definition. */
+const size_t MAX_FL_HELP_FS_ELTS = 100;
+
+struct FL_EXPORT Fl_Help_Font_Stack {+ /** font stack construction, initialize attributes. */
+ Fl_Help_Font_Stack() {+ nfonts_ = 0;
+ }
+
+ void init(Fl_Font f, Fl_Fontsize s, Fl_Color c) { + nfonts_ = 0;
+ elts_[nfonts_].set(f, s, c);
+ fl_font(f, s);
+ fl_color(c);
+ }
+ /** Gets the top (current) element on the stack. */
+ void top(Fl_Font &f, Fl_Fontsize &s, Fl_Color &c) { elts_[nfonts_].get(f, s, c); }+ /** Pushes the font style triplet on the stack, also calls fl_font() & fl_color() adequately */
+ void push(Fl_Font f, Fl_Fontsize s, Fl_Color c) { + if (nfonts_ < MAX_FL_HELP_FS_ELTS-1) nfonts_ ++;
+ elts_[nfonts_].set(f, s, c);
+ fl_font(f, s); fl_color(c);
+ }
+ /** Pops from the stack the font style triplet and calls fl_font() & fl_color() adequately */
+ void pop(Fl_Font &f, Fl_Fontsize &s, Fl_Color &c) { + if (nfonts_ > 0) nfonts_ --;
+ top(f, s, c);
+ fl_font(f, s); fl_color(c);
+ }
+ /** Gets the current count of font style elements in the stack. */
+ size_t count() const {return nfonts_;} // Gets the current number of fonts in the stack+
+protected:
+ size_t nfonts_; ///< current number of fonts in stack
+ Fl_Help_Font_Style elts_[100]; ///< font elements
+};
+
+/** Fl_Help_Target structure */
+
+struct Fl_Help_Target {+ char name[32]; ///< Target name
+ int y; ///< Y offset of target
+};
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Help_View widget displays HTML text. Most HTML 2.0
+ elements are supported, as well as a primitive implementation of tables.
+ GIF, JPEG, and PNG images are displayed inline.
+
+ Supported HTML tags:
+ - A: HREF/NAME
+ - B
+ - BODY: BGCOLOR/TEXT/LINK
+ - BR
+ - CENTER
+ - CODE
+ - DD
+ - DL
+ - DT
+ - EM
+ - FONT: COLOR/SIZE/FACE=(helvetica/arial/sans/times/serif/symbol/courier)
+ - H1/H2/H3/H4/H5/H6
+ - HEAD
+ - HR
+ - I
+ - IMG: SRC/WIDTH/HEIGHT/ALT
+ - KBD
+ - LI
+ - OL
+ - P
+ - PRE
+ - STRONG
+ - TABLE: TH/TD/TR/BORDER/BGCOLOR/COLSPAN/ALIGN=CENTER|RIGHT|LEFT
+ - TITLE
+ - TT
+ - U
+ - UL
+ - VAR
+
+ Supported color names:
+ - black,red,green,yellow,blue,magenta,fuchsia,cyan,aqua,white,gray,grey,lime,maroon,navy,olive,purple,silver,teal.
+
+ Supported urls:
+ - Internal: file:
+ - External: http: ftp: https: ipp: mailto: news:
+
+ Quoted char names:
+ - Aacute aacute Acirc acirc acute AElig aelig Agrave agrave amp Aring aring Atilde atilde Auml auml
+ - brvbar bull
+ - Ccedil ccedil cedil cent copy curren
+ - deg divide
+ - Eacute eacute Ecirc ecirc Egrave egrave ETH eth Euml euml euro
+ - frac12 frac14 frac34
+ - gt
+ - Iacute iacute Icirc icirc iexcl Igrave igrave iquest Iuml iuml
+ - laquo lt
+ - macr micro middot
+ - nbsp not Ntilde ntilde
+ - Oacute oacute Ocirc ocirc Ograve ograve ordf ordm Oslash oslash Otilde otilde Ouml ouml
+ - para permil plusmn pound
+ - quot
+ - raquo reg
+ - sect shy sup1 sup2 sup3 szlig
+ - THORN thorn times trade
+ - Uacute uacute Ucirc ucirc Ugrave ugrave uml Uuml uuml
+ - Yacute yacute
+ - yen Yuml yuml
+
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Help_View : public Fl_Group { // Help viewer widget+
+ enum { RIGHT = -1, CENTER, LEFT }; ///< Alignments+
+ char title_[1024]; ///< Title string
+ Fl_Color defcolor_, ///< Default text color
+ bgcolor_, ///< Background color
+ textcolor_, ///< Text color
+ linkcolor_; ///< Link color
+ Fl_Font textfont_; ///< Default font for text
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_; ///< Default font size
+ const char *value_; ///< HTML text value
+ Fl_Help_Font_Stack fstack_; ///< font stack management
+ int nblocks_, ///< Number of blocks/paragraphs
+ ablocks_; ///< Allocated blocks
+ Fl_Help_Block *blocks_; ///< Blocks
+
+ Fl_Help_Func *link_; ///< Link transform function
+
+ int nlinks_, ///< Number of links
+ alinks_; ///< Allocated links
+ Fl_Help_Link *links_; ///< Links
+
+ int ntargets_, ///< Number of targets
+ atargets_; ///< Allocated targets
+ Fl_Help_Target *targets_; ///< Targets
+
+ char directory_[FL_PATH_MAX];///< Directory for current file
+ char filename_[FL_PATH_MAX]; ///< Current filename
+ int topline_, ///< Top line in document
+ leftline_, ///< Lefthand position
+ size_, ///< Total document length
+ hsize_, ///< Maximum document width
+ scrollbar_size_; ///< Size for both scrollbars
+ Fl_Scrollbar scrollbar_, ///< Vertical scrollbar for document
+ hscrollbar_; ///< Horizontal scrollbar
+
+ static int selection_first;
+ static int selection_last;
+ static int selection_push_first;
+ static int selection_push_last;
+ static int selection_drag_first;
+ static int selection_drag_last;
+ static int selected;
+ static int draw_mode;
+ static int mouse_x;
+ static int mouse_y;
+ static int current_pos;
+ static Fl_Help_View *current_view;
+ static Fl_Color hv_selection_color;
+ static Fl_Color hv_selection_text_color;
+
+
+ void initfont(Fl_Font &f, Fl_Fontsize &s, Fl_Color &c) { f = textfont_; s = textsize_; c = textcolor_; fstack_.init(f, s, c); }+ void pushfont(Fl_Font f, Fl_Fontsize s) {fstack_.push(f, s, textcolor_);}+ void pushfont(Fl_Font f, Fl_Fontsize s, Fl_Color c) {fstack_.push(f, s, c);}+ void popfont(Fl_Font &f, Fl_Fontsize &s, Fl_Color &c) {fstack_.pop(f, s, c);}+
+ Fl_Help_Block *add_block(const char *s, int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh, uchar border = 0);
+ void add_link(const char *n, int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh);
+ void add_target(const char *n, int yy);
+ static int compare_targets(const Fl_Help_Target *t0, const Fl_Help_Target *t1);
+ int do_align(Fl_Help_Block *block, int line, int xx, int a, int &l);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+protected:
+#endif
+ void draw();
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+private:
+#endif
+ void format();
+ void format_table(int *table_width, int *columns, const char *table);
+ void free_data();
+ int get_align(const char *p, int a);
+ const char *get_attr(const char *p, const char *n, char *buf, int bufsize);
+ Fl_Color get_color(const char *n, Fl_Color c);
+ Fl_Shared_Image *get_image(const char *name, int W, int H);
+ int get_length(const char *l);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+public:
+#endif
+ int handle(int);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+private:
+#endif
+
+ void hv_draw(const char *t, int x, int y, int entity_extra_length = 0);
+ char begin_selection();
+ char extend_selection();
+ void end_selection(int c=0);
+ void clear_global_selection();
+ Fl_Help_Link *find_link(int, int);
+ void follow_link(Fl_Help_Link*);
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_Help_View(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh, const char *l = 0);
+ ~Fl_Help_View();
+ /** Returns the current directory for the text in the buffer. */
+ const char *directory() const { if (directory_[0]) return (directory_);+ else return ((const char *)0); }
+ /** Returns the current filename for the text in the buffer. */
+ const char *filename() const { if (filename_[0]) return (filename_);+ else return ((const char *)0); }
+ int find(const char *s, int p = 0);
+ /**
+ This method assigns a callback function to use when a link is
+ followed or a file is loaded (via Fl_Help_View::load()) that
+ requires a different file or path.
+
+ The callback function receives a pointer to the Fl_Help_View
+ widget and the URI or full pathname for the file in question.
+ It must return a pathname that can be opened as a local file or NULL:
+
+ \code
+ const char *fn(Fl_Widget *w, const char *uri);
+ \endcode
+
+ The link function can be used to retrieve remote or virtual
+ documents, returning a temporary file that contains the actual
+ data. If the link function returns NULL, the value of
+ the Fl_Help_View widget will remain unchanged.
+
+ If the link callback cannot handle the URI scheme, it should
+ return the uri value unchanged or set the value() of the widget
+ before returning NULL.
+ */
+ void link(Fl_Help_Func *fn) { link_ = fn; }+ int load(const char *f);
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ /** Gets the size of the help view. */
+ int size() const { return (size_); }+ void size(int W, int H) { Fl_Widget::size(W, H); }+ /** Sets the default text color. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color c) { if (textcolor_ == defcolor_) textcolor_ = c; defcolor_ = c; }+ /** Returns the current default text color. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const { return (defcolor_); }+ /** Sets the default text font. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font f) { textfont_ = f; format(); }+ /** Returns the current default text font. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const { return (textfont_); }+ /** Sets the default text size. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) { textsize_ = s; format(); }+ /** Gets the default text size. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const { return (textsize_); }+ /** Returns the current document title, or NULL if there is no title. */
+ const char *title() { return (title_); }+ void topline(const char *n);
+ void topline(int);
+ /** Returns the current top line in pixels. */
+ int topline() const { return (topline_); }+ void leftline(int);
+ /** Gets the left position in pixels. */
+ int leftline() const { return (leftline_); }+ void value(const char *val);
+ /** Returns the current buffer contents. */
+ const char *value() const { return (value_); }+ void clear_selection();
+ void select_all();
+ /**
+ Gets the current size of the scrollbars' troughs, in pixels.
+
+ If this value is zero (default), this widget will use the
+ Fl::scrollbar_size() value as the scrollbar's width.
+
+ \returns Scrollbar size in pixels, or 0 if the global Fl::scrollbar_size() is being used.
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size(int)
+ */
+ int scrollbar_size() const {+ return(scrollbar_size_);
+ }
+ /**
+ Sets the pixel size of the scrollbars' troughs to \p newSize, in pixels.
+
+ Normally you should not need this method, and should use
+ Fl::scrollbar_size(int) instead to manage the size of ALL
+ your widgets' scrollbars. This ensures your application
+ has a consistent UI, is the default behavior, and is normally
+ what you want.
+
+ Only use THIS method if you really need to override the global
+ scrollbar size. The need for this should be rare.
+
+ Setting \p newSize to the special value of 0 causes the widget to
+ track the global Fl::scrollbar_size(), which is the default.
+
+ \param[in] newSize Sets the scrollbar size in pixels.\n
+ If 0 (default), scrollbar size tracks the global Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ */
+ void scrollbar_size(int newSize) {+ scrollbar_size_ = newSize;
+ }
+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Help_View_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Hold_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,51 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Hold browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Hold_Browser widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Hold_Browser_H
+#define Fl_Hold_Browser_H
+
+#include "Fl_Browser.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Hold_Browser is a subclass of Fl_Browser
+ which lets the user select a single item, or no items by clicking on
+ the empty space. As long as the mouse button is held down the item
+ pointed to by it is highlighted, and this highlighting remains on when
+ the mouse button is released. Normally the callback is done when the
+ user releases the mouse, but you can change this with when().
+ <P>See Fl_Browser for methods to add and remove lines from the browser.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Hold_Browser : public Fl_Browser {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Hold_Browser widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+ The constructor specializes Fl_Browser() by setting the type to FL_HOLD_BROWSER.
+ The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been allocated.
+ */
+ Fl_Hold_Browser(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Horizontal fill slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+public:
+ Fl_Hor_Fill_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Horizontal "nice" slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+public:
+ Fl_Hor_Nice_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Hor_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,45 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Horizontal slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Hor_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Hor_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Hor_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+/** Horizontal Slider class.
+
+ \see class Fl_Slider.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Hor_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+public:
+
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Hor_Slider widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string.
+ */
+ Fl_Hor_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Hor_Value_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Horizontal value slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Hor_Value_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Hor_Value_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Hor_Value_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Value_Slider.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Hor_Value_Slider : public Fl_Value_Slider {+public:
+ Fl_Hor_Value_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,262 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Image, Fl_RGB_Image classes. */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Image_H
+# define Fl_Image_H
+
+# include "Enumerations.H"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+class Fl_Pixmap;
+struct Fl_Menu_Item;
+struct Fl_Label;
+
+
+/** \enum Fl_RGB_Scaling
+ The scaling algorithm to use for RGB images.
+*/
+enum Fl_RGB_Scaling {+ FL_RGB_SCALING_NEAREST = 0, ///< default RGB image scaling algorithm
+ FL_RGB_SCALING_BILINEAR ///< more accurate, but slower RGB image scaling algorithm
+};
+
+
+/**
+ \brief Base class for image caching and drawing.
+
+ Fl_Image is the base class used for caching and drawing all kinds of images
+ in FLTK. This class keeps track of common image data such as the pixels,
+ colormap, width, height, and depth. Virtual methods are used to provide
+ type-specific image handling.
+
+ Since the Fl_Image class does not support image
+ drawing by itself, calling the draw() method results in
+ a box with an X in it being drawn instead.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Image {+
+public:
+ static const int ERR_NO_IMAGE = -1;
+ static const int ERR_FILE_ACCESS = -2;
+ static const int ERR_FORMAT = -3;
+
+private:
+ int w_, h_, d_, ld_, count_;
+ const char * const *data_;
+ static Fl_RGB_Scaling RGB_scaling_;
+
+ // Forbid use of copy constructor and assign operator
+ Fl_Image & operator=(const Fl_Image &);
+ Fl_Image(const Fl_Image &);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ Sets the current image width in pixels.
+ */
+ void w(int W) {w_ = W;}+ /**
+ Sets the current image height in pixels.
+ */
+ void h(int H) {h_ = H;}+ /**
+ Sets the current image depth.
+ */
+ void d(int D) {d_ = D;}+ /**
+ Sets the current line data size in bytes.
+
+ Color images may contain extra data that is included after every
+ line of color image data and is normally not present.
+
+ If \p LD is zero, then line data size is assumed to be w() * d() bytes.
+
+ If \p LD is non-zero, then it must be positive and larger than w() * d()
+ to account for the extra data per line.
+ */
+ void ld(int LD) {ld_ = LD;}+ /**
+ Sets the current array pointer and count of pointers in the array.
+ */
+ void data(const char * const *p, int c) {data_ = p; count_ = c;}+ void draw_empty(int X, int Y);
+
+ static void labeltype(const Fl_Label *lo, int lx, int ly, int lw, int lh, Fl_Align la);
+ static void measure(const Fl_Label *lo, int &lw, int &lh);
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current image width in pixels.
+ */
+ int w() const {return w_;}+ /**
+ Returns the current image height in pixels.
+ */
+ int h() const {return h_;}+ /**
+ Returns the current image depth.
+ The return value will be 0 for bitmaps, 1 for
+ pixmaps, and 1 to 4 for color images.</P>
+ */
+ int d() const {return d_;}+ /**
+ Returns the current line data size in bytes.
+ \see ld(int)
+ */
+ int ld() const {return ld_;}+ /**
+ The count() method returns the number of data values
+ associated with the image. The value will be 0 for images with
+ no associated data, 1 for bitmap and color images, and greater
+ than 2 for pixmap images.
+ */
+ int count() const {return count_;}+ /**
+ Returns a pointer to the current image data array.
+ Use the count() method to find the size of the data array.
+ */
+ const char * const *data() const {return data_;}+ int fail();
+ Fl_Image(int W, int H, int D);
+ virtual ~Fl_Image();
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ /**
+ The copy() method creates a copy of the specified
+ image. If the width and height are provided, the image is
+ resized to the specified size. The image should be deleted (or in
+ the case of Fl_Shared_Image, released) when you are done
+ with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);
+ /**
+ The inactive() method calls
+ color_average(FL_BACKGROUND_COLOR, 0.33f) to produce
+ an image that appears grayed out.
+
+ An internal copy is made of the original image before
+ changes are applied, to avoid modifying the original image.
+ */
+ void inactive() { color_average(FL_GRAY, .33f); }+ virtual void desaturate();
+ virtual void label(Fl_Widget*w);
+ virtual void label(Fl_Menu_Item*m);
+ /**
+ Draws the image with a bounding box.
+ Arguments <tt>X,Y,W,H</tt> specify
+ a bounding box for the image, with the origin
+ (upper-left corner) of the image offset by the \c cx
+ and \c cy arguments.
+
+ In other words: <tt>fl_push_clip(X,Y,W,H)</tt> is applied,
+ the image is drawn with its upper-left corner at <tt>X-cx,Y-cy</tt> and its own width and height,
+ <tt>fl_pop_clip</tt><tt>()</tt> is applied.
+ */
+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx=0, int cy=0); // platform dependent
+ /**
+ Draws the image.
+ This form specifies the upper-lefthand corner of the image.
+ */
+ void draw(int X, int Y) {draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0);} // platform dependent+ virtual void uncache();
+
+ // set RGB image scaling method
+ static void RGB_scaling(Fl_RGB_Scaling);
+
+ // get RGB image scaling method
+ static Fl_RGB_Scaling RGB_scaling();
+};
+
+
+/**
+ The Fl_RGB_Image class supports caching and drawing
+ of full-color images with 1 to 4 channels of color information.
+ Images with an even number of channels are assumed to contain
+ alpha information, which is used to blend the image with the
+ contents of the screen.
+
+ Fl_RGB_Image is defined in
+ <FL/Fl_Image.H>, however for compatibility reasons
+ <FL/Fl_RGB_Image.H> should be included.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_RGB_Image : public Fl_Image {+ friend class Fl_Quartz_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Printer_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_Xlib_Graphics_Driver;
+ static size_t max_size_;
+public:
+
+ /** Points to the start of the object's data array
+ */
+ const uchar *array;
+ /** If non-zero, the object's data array is delete[]'d when deleting the object.
+ */
+ int alloc_array;
+
+ private:
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32)
+ void *id_; // for internal use
+ void *mask_; // for internal use (mask bitmap)
+#else
+ unsigned id_; // for internal use
+ unsigned mask_; // for internal use (mask bitmap)
+#endif // __APPLE__ || WIN32
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_RGB_Image(const uchar *bits, int W, int H, int D=3, int LD=0);
+ Fl_RGB_Image(const Fl_Pixmap *pxm, Fl_Color bg=FL_GRAY);
+ virtual ~Fl_RGB_Image();
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);
+ virtual void desaturate();
+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx=0, int cy=0);
+ void draw(int X, int Y) {draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0);}+ virtual void label(Fl_Widget*w);
+ virtual void label(Fl_Menu_Item*m);
+ virtual void uncache();
+ /** Sets the maximum allowed image size in bytes when creating an Fl_RGB_Image object.
+
+ The image size in bytes of an Fl_RGB_Image object is the value of the product w() * h() * d().
+ If this product exceeds size, the created object of a derived class of Fl_RGB_Image
+ won't be loaded with the image data.
+ This does not apply to direct RGB image creation with
+ Fl_RGB_Image::Fl_RGB_Image(const uchar *bits, int W, int H, int D, int LD).
+ The default max_size() value is essentially infinite.
+ */
+ static void max_size(size_t size) { max_size_ = size;}+ /** Returns the maximum allowed image size in bytes when creating an Fl_RGB_Image object.
+
+ \sa void Fl_RGB_Image::max_size(size_t)
+ */
+ static size_t max_size() {return max_size_;}+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Image_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Image_Surface.H
@@ -1,0 +1,99 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Draw-to-image code for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Image_Surface_H
+#define Fl_Image_Surface_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Copy_Surface.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Image.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Shared_Image.H>
+
+
+/** Directs all graphics requests to an Fl_Image.
+
+ After creation of an Fl_Image_Surface object, call set_current() on it, and all subsequent graphics requests
+ will be recorded in the image. It's possible to draw widgets (using Fl_Image_Surface::draw())
+ or to use any of the \ref fl_drawings or the \ref fl_attributes.
+ Finally, call image() on the object to obtain a newly allocated Fl_RGB_Image object.
+ <br> Fl_GL_Window objects can be drawn in the image as well.
+
+ <br> Usage example:
+ \code
+ Fl_Widget *g = ...; // a widget you want to draw in an image
+ Fl_Image_Surface *img_surf = new Fl_Image_Surface(g->w(), g->h()); // create an Fl_Image_Surface object
+ img_surf->set_current(); // direct graphics requests to the image
+ fl_color(FL_WHITE); fl_rectf(0, 0, g->w(), g->h()); // draw a white background
+ img_surf->draw(g); // draw the g widget in the image
+ Fl_RGB_Image* image = img_surf->image(); // get the resulting image
+ delete img_surf; // delete the img_surf object
+ Fl_Display_Device::display_device()->set_current(); // direct graphics requests back to the display
+ \endcode
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Image_Surface : public Fl_Surface_Device {+private:
+ void prepare_(int w, int h, int highres);
+ Fl_Offscreen offscreen;
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ Fl_Paged_Device *helper;
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+ HDC _sgc;
+ Window _sw;
+ Fl_Surface_Device *_ss;
+ int _savedc;
+#else
+ Fl_Surface_Device *previous;
+ Window pre_window;
+ GC gc;
+#endif
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304 || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ Fl_Image_Surface(int w, int h, int highres = 0);
+#else
+ Fl_Image_Surface(int w, int h, int highres);
+ Fl_Image_Surface(int w, int h);
+#endif
+ ~Fl_Image_Surface();
+ void set_current();
+ void draw(Fl_Widget*, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ void draw_decorated_window(Fl_Window* win, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ Fl_RGB_Image *image();
+ Fl_Shared_Image *highres_image();
+};
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+/* Mac class to implement translate()/untranslate() for a flipped bitmap graphics context */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Quartz_Flipped_Surface_ : public Fl_Quartz_Surface_ {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_Quartz_Flipped_Surface_(int w, int h);
+ void translate(int x, int y);
+ void untranslate();
+ virtual ~Fl_Quartz_Flipped_Surface_() {};+};
+#endif
+
+#endif // Fl_Image_Surface_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,269 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Input_H
+#define Fl_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input_.H"
+
+/**
+ This is the FLTK text input widget. It displays a single line
+ of text and lets the user edit it. Normally it is drawn with an
+ inset box and a white background. The text may contain any
+ characters, and will correctly display any UTF text, using
+ ^X notation for unprintable control characters. It assumes the
+ font can draw any characters of the used scripts, which is true
+ for standard fonts under MSWindows and Mac OS X.
+ Characters can be input using the keyboard or the character palette/map.
+ Character composition is done using dead keys and/or a compose
+ key as defined by the operating system.
+ <P>
+ <!-- DON'T use the class name in the caption, or doxygen 1.8.x will fail. -->
+ <TABLE WIDTH="90%" BORDER="1" SUMMARY="Fl_Input keyboard and mouse bindings.">
+ <CAPTION ALIGN="TOP">Keyboard and mouse bindings.</CAPTION>
+ <TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP" WIDTH="1%">
+ <B>Mouse button 1</B>
+ </TD><TD>
+ Moves the cursor to this point.
+ Drag selects characters.
+ Double click selects words.
+ Triple click selects all line.
+ Shift+click extends the selection.
+ When you select text it is automatically copied to the selection buffer.
+ </TD></TR><TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP">
+ <B>Mouse button 2</B>
+ </TD><TD>
+ Insert the selection buffer at the point clicked.
+ You can also select a region and replace it with the selection buffer
+ by selecting the region with mouse button 2.
+ </TD></TR><TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP">
+ <B>Mouse button 3</B>
+ </TD><TD>
+ Currently acts like button 1.
+ </TD></TR><TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP">
+ <B>Backspace</B>
+ </TD><TD>
+ Deletes one character to the left, or deletes the selected region.
+ </TD></TR><TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP">
+ <B>Delete</B>
+ </TD><TD>
+ Deletes one character to the right, or deletes the selected region.
+ Combine with Shift for equivalent of ^X (copy+cut).
+ </TD></TR><TR><TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP">
+ <B>Enter</b>
+ </TD><TD>
+ May cause the callback, see when().
+ </TD></TR></TABLE>
+
+ <P>
+
+ <TABLE WIDTH="90%" BORDER="1" SUMMARY="Fl_Input platform specific keyboard bindings.">
+ <CAPTION ALIGN="TOP">Platform specific keyboard bindings.</CAPTION>
+ <TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP" WIDTH="1%"><B> Windows/Linux </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP" WIDTH="1%"><B> Mac </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP" ><B> Function </B></TD>
+
+ </TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^A </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-A </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Selects all text in the widget.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^C </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-C </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Copy the current selection to the clipboard.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^I </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^I </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Insert a tab.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^J </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^J </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Insert a Line Feed.</B> <BR>
+ (Similar to literal 'Enter' character)
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^L </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^L </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Insert a Form Feed.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^M </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^M </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Insert a Carriage Return.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^V,<BR>Shift-Insert </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-V </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Paste the clipboard.</B> <BR>
+ (Macs keyboards don't have "Insert" keys,
+ but if they did, Shift-Insert would work)
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^X,<BR>Shift-Delete </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-X,<BR>Shift-Delete </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Cut.</B> <BR>
+ Copy the selection to the clipboard and delete it.
+ (If there's no selection, Shift-Delete acts like Delete)
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> ^Z </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-Z </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Undo.</B> <BR>
+ This is a single-level undo mechanism, but all adjacent
+ deletions and insertions are concatenated into a single "undo".
+ Often this will undo a lot more than you expected.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Shift-^Z </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Shift-Command-Z </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Redo.</B> <BR>
+ Currently same behavior as ^Z.
+ Reserved for future multilevel undo/redo.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Arrow Keys </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Arrow Keys </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Standard cursor movement.</B> <BR>
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Home </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-Up,<BR>Command-Left </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Move to start of line.</B> <BR>
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> End </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-Down,<BR>Command-Right </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Move to end of line.</B> <BR>
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B>Ctrl-Home</B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B>Command-Up,<BR>Command-PgUp,<BR>Ctrl-Left</B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Move to top of document/field.</B> <BR>
+ In single line input, moves to start of line.
+ In multiline input, moves to start of top line.
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Ctrl-End </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Command-End,<BR>Command-PgDn,<BR>Ctrl-Right</B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Move to bottom of document/field.</B> <BR>
+ In single line input, moves to end of line.
+ In multiline input, moves to end of last line.
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Ctrl-Left </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Alt-Left </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Word left.</B> <BR>
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Ctrl-Right </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Alt-Right </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Word right.</B> <BR>
+ Can be combined with Shift to extend selection.
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Ctrl-Backspace </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Alt-Backspace </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Delete word left.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR><TR>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Ctrl-Delete </B></TD>
+ <TD NOWRAP="NOWRAP"><B> Alt-Delete </B></TD>
+ <TD>
+ <B>Delete word right.</B>
+
+ </TD></TR></TABLE>
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Input : public Fl_Input_ {+ int handle_key();
+ int shift_position(int p);
+ int shift_up_down_position(int p);
+ void handle_mouse(int keepmark=0);
+
+ // Private keyboard functions
+ int kf_lines_up(int repeat_num);
+ int kf_lines_down(int repeat_num);
+ int kf_page_up();
+ int kf_page_down();
+ int kf_insert_toggle();
+ int kf_delete_word_right();
+ int kf_delete_word_left();
+ int kf_delete_sol();
+ int kf_delete_eol();
+ int kf_delete_char_right();
+ int kf_delete_char_left();
+ int kf_move_sol();
+ int kf_move_eol();
+ int kf_clear_eol();
+ int kf_move_char_left();
+ int kf_move_char_right();
+ int kf_move_word_left();
+ int kf_move_word_right();
+ int kf_move_up_and_sol();
+ int kf_move_down_and_eol();
+ int kf_top();
+ int kf_bottom();
+ int kf_select_all();
+ int kf_undo();
+ int kf_redo();
+ int kf_copy();
+ int kf_paste();
+ int kf_copy_cut();
+
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Input(int,int,int,int,const char * = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Input_.H
@@ -1,0 +1,499 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Input base class header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Input_ widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Input__H
+#define Fl_Input__H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+#define FL_NORMAL_INPUT 0
+#define FL_FLOAT_INPUT 1
+#define FL_INT_INPUT 2
+#define FL_HIDDEN_INPUT 3
+#define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT 4
+#define FL_SECRET_INPUT 5
+#define FL_INPUT_TYPE 7
+#define FL_INPUT_READONLY 8
+#define FL_NORMAL_OUTPUT (FL_NORMAL_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
+#define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
+#define FL_INPUT_WRAP 16
+#define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
+#define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
+
+/**
+ This class provides a low-overhead text input field.
+
+ This is a virtual base class below Fl_Input. It has all
+ the same interfaces, but lacks the handle() and
+ draw() method. You may want to subclass it if you are
+ one of those people who likes to change how the editing keys
+ work. It may also be useful for adding scrollbars
+ to the input field.
+
+ This can act like any of the subclasses of Fl_Input, by
+ setting type() to one of the following values:
+
+ \code
+ #define FL_NORMAL_INPUT 0
+ #define FL_FLOAT_INPUT 1
+ #define FL_INT_INPUT 2
+ #define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT 4
+ #define FL_SECRET_INPUT 5
+ #define FL_INPUT_TYPE 7
+ #define FL_INPUT_READONLY 8
+ #define FL_NORMAL_OUTPUT (FL_NORMAL_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
+ #define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY)
+ #define FL_INPUT_WRAP 16
+ #define FL_MULTILINE_INPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
+ #define FL_MULTILINE_OUTPUT_WRAP (FL_MULTILINE_INPUT | FL_INPUT_READONLY | FL_INPUT_WRAP)
+ \endcode
+
+ All variables that represent an index into a text buffer are byte-oriented,
+ not character oriented, counting from 0 (at or before the first character)
+ to size() (at the end of the buffer, after the last byte). Since UTF-8
+ characters can be up to six bytes long, simply incrementing such an index
+ will not reliably advance to the next character in the text buffer.
+
+ Indices and pointers into the text buffer should always point at a 7 bit ASCII
+ character or the beginning of a UTF-8 character sequence. Behavior for false
+ UTF-8 sequences and pointers into the middle of a sequence are undefined.
+
+ \see Fl_Text_Display, Fl_Text_Editor for more powerful text handling widgets
+
+ \internal
+ When porting this widget from ASCII to UTF-8, previously legal pointers into
+ the text of this widget can become illegal by pointing into the middle of
+ a UTF-8 sequence. This is not a big problem for Fl_Input_ because all code
+ in this module is quite tolerant. It could be problematic though when deriving
+ from this class because no feedback for illegal pointers is given. Additionally,
+ a careless "copy" call can put partial UTF-8 sequences into the clipboard.
+
+ None of these issues should be disastrous. Nevertheless, we should
+ discuss how FLTK should handle false UTF-8 sequences and pointers.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Input_ : public Fl_Widget {+
+ /** \internal Storage for the text field. */
+ const char* value_;
+
+ /** \internal Buffer memory for expanded text. \see expand() */
+ char* buffer;
+
+ /** \internal Size of text in bytes in the \p value_ field. */
+ int size_;
+
+ /** \internal Current size of internal value() buffer in bytes. */
+ int bufsize;
+
+ /** \internal Position of the cursor in the document. */
+ int position_;
+
+ /** \internal Position of the other end of the selected text.
+ If \p position_ equals \p mark_, no text is selected */
+ int mark_;
+
+ /** \internal Behavior of Tab key in multiline input widget.
+ If enabled (default) Tab causes focus nav, otherwise Tab is inserted
+ as a character. */
+ int tab_nav_;
+
+ /** \internal Offset to text origin within widget bounds */
+ int xscroll_, yscroll_;
+
+ /** \internal Minimal update pointer. Display requires redraw from here to the end
+ of the buffer. */
+ int mu_p;
+
+ /** \internal Maximum number of (UTF-8) characters a user can input. */
+ int maximum_size_;
+
+ /** \internal Shortcut key that will fetch focus for this widget. */
+ int shortcut_;
+
+ /** \internal This is set if no text but only the cursor needs updating. */
+ uchar erase_cursor_only;
+
+ /** \internal The font used for the entire text. */
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+
+ /** \internal Height of the font used for the entire text. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+
+ /** \internal color of the entire text */
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+
+ /** \internal color of the text cursor */
+ Fl_Color cursor_color_;
+
+ /** \internal Horizontal cursor position in pixels while moving up or down. */
+ static double up_down_pos;
+
+ /** \internal Flag to remember last cursor move. */
+ static int was_up_down;
+
+ /* Convert a given text segment into the text that will be rendered on screen. */
+ const char* expand(const char*, char*) const;
+
+ /* Calculates the width in pixels of part of a text buffer. */
+ double expandpos(const char*, const char*, const char*, int*) const;
+
+ /* Mark a range of characters for update. */
+ void minimal_update(int, int);
+
+ /* Mark a range of characters for update. */
+ void minimal_update(int p);
+
+ /* Copy the value from a possibly static entry into the internal buffer. */
+ void put_in_buffer(int newsize);
+
+ /* Set the current font and font size. */
+ void setfont() const;
+
+protected:
+
+ /* Find the start of a word. */
+ int word_start(int i) const;
+
+ /* Find the end of a word. */
+ int word_end(int i) const;
+
+ /* Find the start of a line. */
+ int line_start(int i) const;
+
+ /* Find the end of a line. */
+ int line_end(int i) const;
+
+ /* Draw the text in the passed bounding box. */
+ void drawtext(int, int, int, int);
+
+ /* Move the cursor to the column given by up_down_pos. */
+ int up_down_position(int, int keepmark=0);
+
+ /* Handle mouse clicks and mouse moves. */
+ void handle_mouse(int, int, int, int, int keepmark=0);
+
+ /* Handle all kinds of text field related events. */
+ int handletext(int e, int, int, int, int);
+
+ /* Check the when() field and do a callback if indicated. */
+ void maybe_do_callback();
+
+ /** \internal Horizontal offset of text to left edge of widget. */
+ int xscroll() const {return xscroll_;}+
+ /** \internal Vertical offset of text to top edge of widget. */
+ int yscroll() const {return yscroll_;}+ void yscroll(int yOffset) { yscroll_ = yOffset; damage(FL_DAMAGE_EXPOSE);}+
+ /* Return the number of lines displayed on a single page. */
+ int linesPerPage();
+
+public:
+
+ /* Change the size of the widget. */
+ void resize(int, int, int, int);
+
+ /* Constructor */
+ Fl_Input_(int, int, int, int, const char* = 0);
+
+ /* Destructor */
+ ~Fl_Input_();
+
+ /* Changes the widget text. */
+ int value(const char*);
+
+ /* Changes the widget text. */
+ int value(const char*, int);
+
+ /* Changes the widget text. */
+ int static_value(const char*);
+
+ /* Changes the widget text. */
+ int static_value(const char*, int);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the text displayed in the widget.
+
+ This function returns the current value, which is a pointer
+ to the internal buffer and is valid only until the next event is
+ handled.
+
+ \return pointer to an internal buffer - do not free() this
+ \see Fl_Input_::value(const char*)
+ */
+ const char* value() const {return value_;}+
+ /* Returns the character at index \p i. */
+ Fl_Char index(int i) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the number of bytes in value().
+
+ This may be greater than <tt>strlen(value())</tt> if there are
+ \c nul characters in the text.
+
+ \return number of bytes in the text
+ */
+ int size() const {return size_;}+
+ /** Sets the width and height of this widget.
+ \param [in] W, H new width and height
+ \see Fl_Widget::size(int, int) */
+ void size(int W, int H) { Fl_Widget::size(W, H); }+
+ /** Gets the maximum length of the input field in characters.
+ \see maximum_size(int). */
+ int maximum_size() const {return maximum_size_;}+
+ /** Sets the maximum length of the input field in characters.
+
+ This limits the number of <b>characters</b> that can be inserted
+ in the widget.
+
+ Since FLTK 1.3 this is different than the buffer size, since one
+ character can be more than one byte in UTF-8 encoding. In FLTK 1.1
+ this was the same (one byte = one character).
+ */
+ void maximum_size(int m) {maximum_size_ = m;}+
+ /** Gets the position of the text cursor.
+ \return the cursor position as an index in the range 0..size()
+ \see position(int, int)
+ */
+ int position() const {return position_;}+
+ /** Gets the current selection mark.
+ \return index into the text */
+ int mark() const {return mark_;}+
+ /* Sets the index for the cursor and mark. */
+ int position(int p, int m);
+
+ /** Sets the cursor position and mark.
+ position(n) is the same as <tt>position(n, n)</tt>.
+ \param p new index for cursor and mark
+ \return 0 if no positions changed
+ \see position(int, int), position(), mark(int)
+ */
+ int position(int p) {return position(p, p);}+
+ /** Sets the current selection mark.
+ mark(n) is the same as <tt>position(position(),n)</tt>.
+ \param m new index of the mark
+ \return 0 if the mark did not change
+ \see position(), position(int, int) */
+ int mark(int m) {return position(position(), m);}+
+ /* Deletes text from \p b to \p e and inserts the new string \p text. */
+ int replace(int b, int e, const char *text, int ilen=0);
+
+ /**
+ Deletes the current selection.
+
+ This function deletes the currently selected text
+ \e without storing it in the clipboard. To use the clipboard,
+ you may call copy() first or copy_cuts() after
+ this call.
+
+ \return 0 if no data was copied
+ */
+ int cut() {return replace(position(), mark(), 0);}+
+ /**
+ Deletes the next \p n bytes rounded to characters before or after the cursor.
+
+ This function deletes the currently selected text
+ \e without storing it in the clipboard. To use the clipboard,
+ you may call copy() first or copy_cuts() after
+ this call.
+
+ \param n number of bytes rounded to full characters and clamped to the buffer.
+ A negative number will cut characters to the left of the cursor.
+ \return 0 if no data was copied
+ */
+ int cut(int n) {return replace(position(), position()+n, 0);}+
+ /**
+ Deletes all characters between index \p a and \p b.
+
+ This function deletes the currently selected text
+ \e without storing it in the clipboard. To use the clipboard,
+ you may call copy() first or copy_cuts() after
+ this call.
+
+ \param a, b range of bytes rounded to full characters and clamped to the buffer
+ \return 0 if no data was copied
+ */
+ int cut(int a, int b) {return replace(a, b, 0);}+
+ /**
+ Inserts text at the cursor position.
+
+ This function inserts the string in \p t at the cursor
+ position() and moves the new position and mark to
+ the end of the inserted text.
+
+ \param [in] t text that will be inserted
+ \param [in] l length of text, or 0 if the string is terminated by \c nul.
+ \return 0 if no text was inserted
+ */
+ int insert(const char* t, int l=0){return replace(position_, mark_, t, l);}+
+ /* Put the current selection into the clipboard. */
+ int copy(int clipboard);
+
+ /* Undo previous changes to the text buffer. */
+ int undo();
+
+ /* Copy the yank buffer to the clipboard. */
+ int copy_cuts();
+
+ /** Return the shortcut key associated with this widget.
+ \return shortcut keystroke
+ \see Fl_Button::shortcut() */
+ int shortcut() const {return shortcut_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the shortcut key associated with this widget.
+ Pressing the shortcut key gives text editing focus to this widget.
+ \param [in] s new shortcut keystroke
+ \see Fl_Button::shortcut()
+ */
+ void shortcut(int s) {shortcut_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the font of the text in the input field.
+ \return the current Fl_Font index */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+
+ /** Sets the font of the text in the input field.
+ The text font defaults to \c FL_HELVETICA.
+ \param [in] s the new text font */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the size of the text in the input field.
+ \return the text height in pixels */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+
+ /** Sets the size of the text in the input field.
+ The text height defaults to \c FL_NORMAL_SIZE.
+ \param [in] s the new font height in pixel units */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s;}+
+ /** Gets the color of the text in the input field.
+ \return the text color
+ \see textcolor(Fl_Color) */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+
+ /** Sets the color of the text in the input field.
+ The text color defaults to \c FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR.
+ \param [in] n new text color
+ \see textcolor() */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color n) {textcolor_ = n;}+
+ /** Gets the color of the cursor.
+ \return the current cursor color */
+ Fl_Color cursor_color() const {return cursor_color_;}+
+ /** Sets the color of the cursor.
+ The default color for the cursor is \c FL_BLACK.
+ \param [in] n the new cursor color */
+ void cursor_color(Fl_Color n) {cursor_color_ = n;}+
+ /** Gets the input field type.
+ \return the current input type */
+ int input_type() const {return type() & FL_INPUT_TYPE; }+
+ /** Sets the input field type.
+ A redraw() is required to reformat the input field.
+ \param [in] t new input type */
+ void input_type(int t) { type((uchar)(t | readonly())); }+
+ /** Gets the read-only state of the input field.
+ \return non-zero if this widget is read-only */
+ int readonly() const { return type() & FL_INPUT_READONLY; }+
+ /** Sets the read-only state of the input field.
+ \param [in] b if \p b is 0, the text in this widget can be edited by the user */
+ void readonly(int b) { if (b) type((uchar)(type() | FL_INPUT_READONLY));+ else type((uchar)(type() & ~FL_INPUT_READONLY)); }
+
+ /**
+ Gets the word wrapping state of the input field.
+ Word wrap is only functional with multi-line input fields.
+ */
+ int wrap() const { return type() & FL_INPUT_WRAP; }+
+ /**
+ Sets the word wrapping state of the input field.
+ Word wrap is only functional with multi-line input fields.
+ */
+ void wrap(int b) { if (b) type((uchar)(type() | FL_INPUT_WRAP));+ else type((uchar)(type() & ~FL_INPUT_WRAP)); }
+
+ /**
+ Sets whether the Tab key does focus navigation,
+ or inserts tab characters into Fl_Multiline_Input.
+
+ By default this flag is enabled to provide the 'normal' behavior
+ most users expect; Tab navigates focus to the next widget.
+ To inserting an actual Tab character, users can use Ctrl-I
+ or copy/paste.
+
+ Disabling this flag gives the old FLTK behavior where Tab
+ inserts a tab character into the text field, in which case
+ only the mouse can be used to navigate to the next field.
+
+ History: This flag was provided for backwards support of FLTK's old 1.1.x
+ behavior where Tab inserts a tab character instead of navigating
+ focus to the next widget. This behavior was unique to Fl_Multiline_Input.
+ With the advent of Fl_Text_Editor, this old behavior has been deprecated.
+
+ \param [in] val If \p val is 1, Tab advances focus (default).<BR>
+ If \p val is 0, Tab inserts a tab character (old FLTK behavior).
+
+ \see tab_nav(), Fl::OPTION_ARROW_FOCUS.
+ */
+ void tab_nav(int val) {+ tab_nav_ = val;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Gets whether the Tab key causes focus navigation in multiline input fields or not.
+
+ If enabled (default), hitting Tab causes focus navigation to the next widget.
+
+ If disabled, hitting Tab inserts a tab character into the text field.
+ \returns 1 if Tab advances focus (default), 0 if Tab inserts tab characters.
+
+ \see tab_nav(int), Fl::OPTION_ARROW_FOCUS.
+ */
+ int tab_nav() const {+ return tab_nav_;
+ }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Input_Choice.H
@@ -1,0 +1,268 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// An input/chooser widget.
+// ______________ ____
+// | || __ |
+// | input area || \/ |
+// |______________||____|
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Copyright 2004 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Input_Choice widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Input_Choice_H
+#define Fl_Input_Choice_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Input.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Menu_Button.H>
+#include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/**
+ A combination of the input widget and a menu button.
+
+ \image html input_choice.jpg
+ \image latex input_choice.jpg "Fl_Input_Choice widget" width=6cm
+
+ The user can either type into the input area, or use the
+ menu button chooser on the right to choose an item which loads
+ the input area with the selected text.
+
+ The application can directly access both the internal Fl_Input
+ and Fl_Menu_Button widgets respectively using the input() and menubutton()
+ accessor methods.
+
+ The default behavior is to invoke the Fl_Input_Choice::callback()
+ if the user changes the input field's contents, either by typing,
+ pasting, or clicking a different item in the choice menu.
+
+ The callback can determine if an item was picked vs. typing
+ into the input field by checking the value of menubutton()->changed(),
+ which will be:
+
+ - 1: the user picked a different item in the choice menu
+ - 0: the user typed or pasted directly into the input field
+
+ Example use:
+ \code
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <FL/Fl.H>
+ #include <FL/Fl_Double_Window.H>
+ #include <FL/Fl_Input_Choice.H>
+ void choice_cb(Fl_Widget *w, void *userdata) {+ // Show info about the picked item
+ Fl_Input_Choice *choice = (Fl_Input_Choice*)w;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *item = choice->menubutton()->mvalue();
+ printf("*** Choice Callback:\n");+ printf(" item label()='%s'\n", item ? item->label() : "(No item)");+ printf(" item value()=%d\n", choice->menubutton()->value());+ printf(" input value()='%s'\n", choice->input()->value());+ printf(" The user %s\n", choice->menubutton()->changed()+ ? "picked a menu item"
+ : "typed text");
+ }
+ int main() {+ Fl_Double_Window win(200,100,"Input Choice");
+ win.begin();
+ Fl_Input_Choice choice(10,10,100,30);
+ choice.callback(choice_cb, 0);
+ choice.add("Red");+ choice.add("Orange");+ choice.add("Yellow");+ //choice.value("Red"); // uncomment to make "Red" default+ win.end();
+ win.show();
+ return Fl::run();
+ }
+ \endcode
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Input_Choice : public Fl_Group {+ // Private class to handle slightly 'special' behavior of menu button
+ class InputMenuButton : public Fl_Menu_Button {+ void draw() {+ draw_box(FL_UP_BOX, color());
+ fl_color(active_r() ? labelcolor() : fl_inactive(labelcolor()));
+ int xc = x()+w()/2, yc=y()+h()/2;
+ fl_polygon(xc-5,yc-3,xc+5,yc-3,xc,yc+3);
+ if (Fl::focus() == this) draw_focus();
+ }
+ public:
+ InputMenuButton(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char*L=0) :
+ Fl_Menu_Button(X, Y, W, H, L) { box(FL_UP_BOX); }+ };
+
+ Fl_Input *inp_;
+ InputMenuButton *menu_;
+
+ // note: this is used by the Fl_Input_Choice ctor defined in Fl_Group.
+ static void menu_cb(Fl_Widget*, void *data) { + Fl_Input_Choice *o=(Fl_Input_Choice *)data;
+ Fl_Widget_Tracker wp(o);
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *item = o->menubutton()->mvalue();
+ if (item && item->flags & (FL_SUBMENU|FL_SUBMENU_POINTER)) return; // ignore submenus
+ if (!strcmp(o->inp_->value(), o->menu_->text()))
+ {+ o->Fl_Widget::clear_changed();
+ if (o->when() & FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED)
+ o->do_callback();
+ }
+ else
+ {+ o->inp_->value(o->menu_->text());
+ o->inp_->set_changed();
+ o->Fl_Widget::set_changed();
+ if (o->when() & (FL_WHEN_CHANGED|FL_WHEN_RELEASE))
+ o->do_callback();
+ }
+
+ if (wp.deleted()) return;
+
+ if (o->callback() != default_callback)
+ {+ o->Fl_Widget::clear_changed();
+ o->inp_->clear_changed();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // note: this is used by the Fl_Input_Choice ctor defined in Fl_Group.
+ static void inp_cb(Fl_Widget*, void *data) { + Fl_Input_Choice *o=(Fl_Input_Choice *)data;
+ Fl_Widget_Tracker wp(o);
+ if (o->inp_->changed()) {+ o->Fl_Widget::set_changed();
+ if (o->when() & (FL_WHEN_CHANGED|FL_WHEN_RELEASE))
+ o->do_callback();
+ } else {+ o->Fl_Widget::clear_changed();
+ if (o->when() & FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED)
+ o->do_callback();
+ }
+
+ if (wp.deleted()) return;
+
+ if (o->callback() != default_callback)
+ o->Fl_Widget::clear_changed();
+ }
+
+ // Custom resize behavior -- input stretches, menu button doesn't
+ inline int inp_x() { return(x() + Fl::box_dx(box())); }+ inline int inp_y() { return(y() + Fl::box_dy(box())); }+ inline int inp_w() { return(w() - Fl::box_dw(box()) - 20); }+ inline int inp_h() { return(h() - Fl::box_dh(box())); }+
+ inline int menu_x() { return(x() + w() - 20 - Fl::box_dx(box())); }+ inline int menu_y() { return(y() + Fl::box_dy(box())); }+ inline int menu_w() { return(20); }+ inline int menu_h() { return(h() - Fl::box_dh(box())); }+
+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Input_Choice widget using the given position, size,
+ and label string.
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any values associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Input_Choice(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char*L=0);
+
+ /** Adds an item to the menu.
+ You can access the more complex Fl_Menu_Button::add() methods
+ (setting callbacks, userdata, etc), via menubutton(). Example:
+ \code
+ Fl_Input_Choice *choice = new Fl_Input_Choice(100,10,120,25,"Fonts");
+ Fl_Menu_Button *mb = choice->menubutton(); // use Fl_Input_Choice's Fl_Menu_Button
+ mb->add("Helvetica", 0, MyFont_CB, (void*)mydata); // use Fl_Menu_Button's add() methods+ mb->add("Courier", 0, MyFont_CB, (void*)mydata);+ mb->add("More..", 0, FontDialog_CB, (void*)mydata);+ \endcode
+ */
+ void add(const char *s) { menu_->add(s); }+ /** Returns the combined changed() state of the input and menu button widget. */
+ int changed() const { return inp_->changed() | Fl_Widget::changed(); }+ /** Clears the changed() state of both input and menu button widgets. */
+ void clear_changed() { + inp_->clear_changed();
+ Fl_Widget::clear_changed();
+ }
+ /** Sets the changed() state of both input and menu button widgets
+ to the specfied value.*/
+ void set_changed() { + inp_->set_changed();
+ // no need to call Fl_Widget::set_changed()
+ }
+ /** Removes all items from the menu. */
+ void clear() { menu_->clear(); }+ /** Gets the box type of the menu button */
+ Fl_Boxtype down_box() const { return (menu_->down_box()); }+ /** Sets the box type of the menu button */
+ void down_box(Fl_Boxtype b) { menu_->down_box(b); }+ /** Gets the Fl_Menu_Item array used for the menu. */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *menu() { return (menu_->menu()); }+ /** Sets the Fl_Menu_Item array used for the menu. */
+ void menu(const Fl_Menu_Item *m) { menu_->menu(m); }+ void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H) {+ Fl_Group::resize(X,Y,W,H);
+ inp_->resize(inp_x(), inp_y(), inp_w(), inp_h());
+ menu_->resize(menu_x(), menu_y(), menu_w(), menu_h());
+ }
+ /// Gets the Fl_Input text field's text color.
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const { return (inp_->textcolor());}+ /// Sets the Fl_Input text field's text color to \p c.
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color c) { inp_->textcolor(c);}+ /// Gets the Fl_Input text field's font style.
+ Fl_Font textfont() const { return (inp_->textfont());}+ /// Sets the Fl_Input text field's font style to \p f.
+ void textfont(Fl_Font f) { inp_->textfont(f);}+ /// Gets the Fl_Input text field's font size
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const { return (inp_->textsize()); }+ /// Sets the Fl_Input text field's font size to \p s.
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) { inp_->textsize(s); }+ /// Returns the Fl_Input text field's current contents.
+ const char* value() const { return (inp_->value()); }+ /** Sets the Fl_Input text field's contents to \p val.
+ Does not affect the menu selection.*/
+ void value(const char *val) { inp_->value(val); }+ /** Chooses item# \p val in the menu, and sets the Fl_Input text field
+ to that value. Any previous text is cleared.*/
+ void value(int val) {+ menu_->value(val);
+ inp_->value(menu_->text(val));
+ }
+ /** Returns a pointer to the internal Fl_Menu_Button widget.
+ This can be used to access any of the methods of the menu button, e.g.
+ \code
+ Fl_Input_Choice *choice = new Fl_Input_Choice(100,10,120,25,"Choice:");
+ [..]
+ // Print all the items in the choice menu
+ for ( int t=0; t<choice->menubutton()->size(); t++ ) {+ const Fl_Menu_Item &item = choice->menubutton()->menu()[t];
+ printf("item %d -- label=%s\n", t, item.label() ? item.label() : "(Null)");+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+ Fl_Menu_Button *menubutton() { return menu_; }+ /** Returns a pointer to the internal Fl_Input widget.
+ This can be used to directly access all of the Fl_Input widget's
+ methods.*/
+ Fl_Input *input() { return inp_; }+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Input_Choice_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Int_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,46 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Integer input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Int_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Int_Input_H
+#define Fl_Int_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Int_Input class is a subclass of Fl_Input that only allows
+ the user to type decimal digits (or hex numbers of the form 0xaef).
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Int_Input : public Fl_Input {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Int_Input widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Int_Input(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_JPEG_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,44 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// JPEG image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_JPEG_Image class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_JPEG_Image_H
+#define Fl_JPEG_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_JPEG_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) File
+ Interchange Format (JFIF) images. The class supports grayscale
+ and color (RGB) JPEG image files.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_JPEG_Image : public Fl_RGB_Image {+
+public:
+
+ Fl_JPEG_Image(const char *filename);
+ Fl_JPEG_Image(const char *name, const unsigned char *data);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Light_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,50 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Lighted button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Light_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Light_Button_H
+#define Fl_Light_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+/**
+ This subclass displays the "on" state by turning on a light,
+ rather than drawing pushed in. The shape of the "light"
+ is initially set to FL_DOWN_BOX. The color of the light when
+ on is controlled with selection_color(), which defaults to FL_YELLOW.
+
+ Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
+ control exactly when and how by changing the values for type() and when().
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html Fl_Light_Button.png</P>
+ \image latex Fl_Light_Button.png "Fl_Light_Button" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Light_Button : public Fl_Button {+protected:
+ virtual void draw();
+public:
+ virtual int handle(int);
+ Fl_Light_Button(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Line_Dial.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Line dial header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Line_Dial widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Line_Dial_H
+#define Fl_Line_Dial_H
+
+#include "Fl_Dial.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Line_Dial : public Fl_Dial {+public:
+ Fl_Line_Dial(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu.H
@@ -1,0 +1,24 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Old menu header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// this include file is for back compatibility only
+#include "Fl_Menu_Item.H"
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu_.H
@@ -1,0 +1,188 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Menu base class header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Menu_ widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Menu__H
+#define Fl_Menu__H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+#include "Fl_Menu_Item.H"
+
+/**
+ Base class of all widgets that have a menu in FLTK.
+
+ Currently FLTK provides you with Fl_Menu_Button, Fl_Menu_Bar, and Fl_Choice.
+
+ The class contains a pointer to an array of structures of type Fl_Menu_Item.
+ The array may either be supplied directly by the user program, or it may
+ be "private": a dynamically allocated array managed by the Fl_Menu_.
+
+ When the user clicks a menu item, value() is set to that item
+ and then:
+
+ - If the Fl_Menu_Item has a callback set, that callback
+ is invoked with any userdata configured for it.
+ (The Fl_Menu_ widget's callback is NOT invoked.)
+
+ - For any Fl_Menu_Items that \b don't have a callback set,
+ the Fl_Menu_ widget's callback is invoked with any userdata
+ configured for it. The callback can determine which item
+ was picked using value(), mvalue(), item_pathname(), etc.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Menu_ : public Fl_Widget {+
+ Fl_Menu_Item *menu_;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *value_;
+
+protected:
+
+ uchar alloc; // flag indicates if menu_ is a dynamic copy (=1) or not (=0)
+ uchar down_box_;
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+
+ int item_pathname_(char *name, int namelen, const Fl_Menu_Item *finditem,
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *menu=0) const;
+public:
+ Fl_Menu_(int,int,int,int,const char * =0);
+ ~Fl_Menu_();
+
+ int item_pathname(char *name, int namelen, const Fl_Menu_Item *finditem=0) const;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* picked(const Fl_Menu_Item*);
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* find_item(const char *name);
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* find_item(Fl_Callback*);
+ int find_index(const char *name) const;
+ int find_index(const Fl_Menu_Item *item) const;
+ int find_index(Fl_Callback *cb) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the menu item with the entered shortcut (key value).
+
+ This searches the complete menu() for a shortcut that matches the
+ entered key value. It must be called for a FL_KEYBOARD or FL_SHORTCUT
+ event.
+
+ If a match is found, the menu's callback will be called.
+
+ \return matched Fl_Menu_Item or NULL.
+ */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* test_shortcut() {return picked(menu()->test_shortcut());}+ void global();
+
+ /**
+ Returns a pointer to the array of Fl_Menu_Items. This will either be
+ the value passed to menu(value) or the private copy.
+ \sa size() -- returns the size of the Fl_Menu_Item array.
+
+ \b Example: How to walk the array:
+ \code
+ for ( int t=0; t<menubar->size(); t++ ) { // walk array of items+ const Fl_Menu_Item &item = menubar->menu()[t]; // get each item
+ fprintf(stderr, "item #%d -- label=%s, value=%s type=%s\n",
+ t,
+ item.label() ? item.label() : "(Null)", // menu terminators have NULL labels
+ (item.flags & FL_MENU_VALUE) ? "set" : "clear", // value of toggle or radio items
+ (item.flags & FL_SUBMENU) ? "Submenu" : "Item"); // see if item is a submenu or actual item
+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *menu() const {return menu_;}+ void menu(const Fl_Menu_Item *m);
+ void copy(const Fl_Menu_Item *m, void* user_data = 0);
+ int insert(int index, const char*, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void* = 0, int = 0);
+ int add(const char*, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void* = 0, int = 0); // see src/Fl_Menu_add.cxx
+ /** See int Fl_Menu_::add(const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void *user_data=0, int flags=0) */
+ int add(const char* a, const char* b, Fl_Callback* c, void* d = 0, int e = 0) {+ return add(a,fl_old_shortcut(b),c,d,e);
+ }
+ /** See int Fl_Menu_::insert(const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void *user_data=0, int flags=0) */
+ int insert(int index, const char* a, const char* b, Fl_Callback* c, void* d = 0, int e = 0) {+ return insert(index,a,fl_old_shortcut(b),c,d,e);
+ }
+ int add(const char *);
+ int size() const ;
+ void size(int W, int H) { Fl_Widget::size(W, H); }+ void clear();
+ int clear_submenu(int index);
+ void replace(int,const char *);
+ void remove(int);
+ /** Changes the shortcut of item \p i to \p s. */
+ void shortcut(int i, int s) {menu_[i].shortcut(s);}+ /** Sets the flags of item i. For a list of the flags, see Fl_Menu_Item. */
+ void mode(int i,int fl) {menu_[i].flags = fl;}+ /** Gets the flags of item i. For a list of the flags, see Fl_Menu_Item. */
+ int mode(int i) const {return menu_[i].flags;}+
+ /** Returns a pointer to the last menu item that was picked. */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *mvalue() const {return value_;}+ /** Returns the index into menu() of the last item chosen by the user. It is zero initially. */
+ int value() const {return value_ ? (int)(value_-menu_) : -1;}+ int value(const Fl_Menu_Item*);
+ /**
+ The value is the index into menu() of the last item chosen by
+ the user. It is zero initially. You can set it as an integer, or set
+ it with a pointer to a menu item. The set routines return non-zero if
+ the new value is different than the old one.
+ */
+ int value(int i) {return value(menu_+i);}+ /** Returns the title of the last item chosen. */
+ const char *text() const {return value_ ? value_->text : 0;}+ /** Returns the title of item i. */
+ const char *text(int i) const {return menu_[i].text;}+
+ /** Gets the current font of menu item labels. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+ /** Sets the current font of menu item labels. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font c) {textfont_=c;}+ /** Gets the font size of menu item labels. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+ /** Sets the font size of menu item labels. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize c) {textsize_=c;}+ /** Get the current color of menu item labels. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+ /** Sets the current color of menu item labels. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color c) {textcolor_=c;}+
+ /**
+ This box type is used to surround the currently-selected items in the
+ menus. If this is FL_NO_BOX then it acts like
+ FL_THIN_UP_BOX and selection_color() acts like
+ FL_WHITE, for back compatibility.
+ */
+ Fl_Boxtype down_box() const {return (Fl_Boxtype)down_box_;}+ /** See Fl_Boxtype Fl_Menu_::down_box() const */
+ void down_box(Fl_Boxtype b) {down_box_ = b;}+
+ /** For back compatibility, same as selection_color() */
+ Fl_Color down_color() const {return selection_color();}+ /** For back compatibility, same as selection_color() */
+ void down_color(unsigned c) {selection_color(c);}+ void setonly(Fl_Menu_Item* item);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu_Bar.H
@@ -1,0 +1,97 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Menu bar header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Menu_Bar widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Menu_Bar_H
+#define Fl_Menu_Bar_H
+
+#include "Fl_Menu_.H"
+
+/**
+ This widget provides a standard menubar interface. Usually you will
+ put this widget along the top edge of your window. The height of the
+ widget should be 30 for the menu titles to draw correctly with the
+ default font.
+
+ The items on the bar and the menus they bring up are defined by a
+ single Fl_Menu_Item array.
+ Because a Fl_Menu_Item array defines a hierarchy, the
+ top level menu defines the items in the menubar, while the submenus
+ define the pull-down menus. Sub-sub menus and lower pop up to the right
+ of the submenus.
+
+ \image html menubar.png
+ \image latex menubar.png " menubar" width=12cm
+
+ If there is an item in the top menu that is not a title of a
+ submenu, then it acts like a "button" in the menubar. Clicking on it
+ will pick it.
+
+ When the user clicks a menu item, value() is set to that item
+ and then:
+
+ - The item's callback is done if one has been set; the
+ Fl_Menu_Bar is passed as the Fl_Widget* argument,
+ along with any userdata configured for the callback.
+
+ - If the item does not have a callback, the Fl_Menu_Bar's callback
+ is done instead, along with any userdata configured for the callback.
+ The callback can determine which item was picked using
+ value(), mvalue(), item_pathname(), etc.
+
+ Submenus will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by
+ putting a '&' character in the name field of the menu item. If you put a
+ '&' character in a top-level "button" then the shortcut picks it. The
+ '&' character in submenus is ignored until the menu is popped up.
+
+ Typing the shortcut() of any of the menu items will cause
+ callbacks exactly the same as when you pick the item with the mouse.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Menu_Bar : public Fl_Menu_ {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Menu_Bar widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_UP_BOX.
+
+ The constructor sets menu() to NULL. See
+ Fl_Menu_ for the methods to set or change the menu.
+
+ labelsize(), labelfont(), and labelcolor()
+ are used to control how the menubar items are drawn. They are
+ initialized from the Fl_Menu static variables, but you can
+ change them if desired.
+
+ label() is ignored unless you change align() to
+ put it outside the menubar.
+
+ The destructor removes the Fl_Menu_Bar widget and all of its
+ menu items.
+ */
+ Fl_Menu_Bar(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,85 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Menu button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Menu_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Menu_Button_H
+#define Fl_Menu_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Menu_.H"
+
+/**
+ This is a button that when pushed pops up a menu (or hierarchy of
+ menus) defined by an array of
+ Fl_Menu_Item objects.
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html menu_button.png</P>
+ \image latex menu_button.png " menu_button" width=5cm
+ <P>Normally any mouse button will pop up a menu and it is lined up
+ below the button as shown in the picture. However an Fl_Menu_Button
+ may also control a pop-up menu. This is done by setting the type().
+ If type() is zero a normal menu button is produced.
+ If it is nonzero then this is a pop-up menu. The bits in type() indicate
+ what mouse buttons pop up the menu (see Fl_Menu_Button::popup_buttons). </P>
+ <P>The menu will also pop up in response to shortcuts indicated by
+ putting a '&' character in the label(). </P>
+ <P>Typing the shortcut() of any of the menu items will cause
+ callbacks exactly the same as when you pick the item with the mouse.
+ The '&' character in menu item names are only looked at when the menu is
+ popped up, however. </P>
+
+ When the user clicks a menu item, value() is set to that item
+ and then:
+
+ - The item's callback is done if one has been set; the
+ Fl_Menu_Button is passed as the Fl_Widget* argument,
+ along with any userdata configured for the callback.
+
+ - If the item does not have a callback, the Fl_Menu_Button's callback
+ is done instead, along with any userdata configured for it.
+ The callback can determine which item was picked using
+ value(), mvalue(), item_pathname(), etc.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Menu_Button : public Fl_Menu_ {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ /**
+ \brief indicate what mouse buttons pop up the menu.
+
+ Values for type() used to indicate what mouse buttons pop up the menu.
+ Fl_Menu_Button::POPUP3 is usually what you want.
+ */
+ enum popup_buttons {POPUP1 = 1, /**< pops up with the mouse 1st button. */+ POPUP2, /**< pops up with the mouse 2nd button. */
+ POPUP12, /**< pops up with the mouse 1st or 2nd buttons. */
+ POPUP3, /**< pops up with the mouse 3rd button. */
+ POPUP13, /**< pops up with the mouse 1st or 3rd buttons. */
+ POPUP23, /**< pops up with the mouse 2nd or 3rd buttons. */
+ POPUP123 /**< pops up with any mouse button. */
+ };
+ int handle(int);
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* popup();
+ Fl_Menu_Button(int,int,int,int,const char * =0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu_Item.H
@@ -1,0 +1,443 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Menu item header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Menu_Item_H
+#define Fl_Menu_Item_H
+
+# include "Fl_Widget.H"
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+# if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(check)
+# undef check
+# endif
+
+// doxygen needs the following line to enable e.g. ::FL_MENU_TOGGLE to link to the enums
+/// @file
+
+enum { // values for flags:+ FL_MENU_INACTIVE = 1, ///< Deactivate menu item (gray out)
+ FL_MENU_TOGGLE= 2, ///< Item is a checkbox toggle (shows checkbox for on/off state)
+ FL_MENU_VALUE = 4, ///< The on/off state for checkbox/radio buttons (if set, state is 'on')
+ FL_MENU_RADIO = 8, ///< Item is a radio button (one checkbox of many can be on)
+ FL_MENU_INVISIBLE = 0x10, ///< Item will not show up (shortcut will work)
+ FL_SUBMENU_POINTER = 0x20, ///< Indicates user_data() is a pointer to another menu array
+ FL_SUBMENU = 0x40, ///< This item is a submenu to other items
+ FL_MENU_DIVIDER = 0x80, ///< Creates divider line below this item. Also ends a group of radio buttons.
+ FL_MENU_HORIZONTAL = 0x100 ///< ??? -- reserved
+};
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Shortcut fl_old_shortcut(const char*);
+
+class Fl_Menu_;
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Menu_Item structure defines a single menu item that
+ is used by the Fl_Menu_ class.
+ \code
+ struct Fl_Menu_Item {+ const char* text; // label()
+ ulong shortcut_;
+ Fl_Callback* callback_;
+ void* user_data_;
+ int flags;
+ uchar labeltype_;
+ uchar labelfont_;
+ uchar labelsize_;
+ uchar labelcolor_;
+ };
+
+ enum { // values for flags:+ FL_MENU_INACTIVE = 1, // Deactivate menu item (gray out)
+ FL_MENU_TOGGLE = 2, // Item is a checkbox toggle (shows checkbox for on/off state)
+ FL_MENU_VALUE = 4, // The on/off state for checkbox/radio buttons (if set, state is 'on')
+ FL_MENU_RADIO = 8, // Item is a radio button (one checkbox of many can be on)
+ FL_MENU_INVISIBLE = 0x10, // Item will not show up (shortcut will work)
+ FL_SUBMENU_POINTER = 0x20, // Indicates user_data() is a pointer to another menu array
+ FL_SUBMENU = 0x40, // This item is a submenu to other items
+ FL_MENU_DIVIDER = 0x80, // Creates divider line below this item. Also ends a group of radio buttons.
+ FL_MENU_HORIZONTAL = 0x100 // ??? -- reserved
+ };
+ \endcode
+ Typically menu items are statically defined; for example:
+ \code
+ Fl_Menu_Item popup[] = {+ {"&alpha", FL_ALT+'a', the_cb, (void*)1},+ {"&beta", FL_ALT+'b', the_cb, (void*)2},+ {"gamma", FL_ALT+'c', the_cb, (void*)3, FL_MENU_DIVIDER},+ {"&strange", 0, strange_cb},+ {"&charm", 0, charm_cb},+ {"&truth", 0, truth_cb},+ {"b&eauty", 0, beauty_cb},+ {"sub&menu", 0, 0, 0, FL_SUBMENU},+ {"one"},+ {"two"},+ {"three"},+ {0},+ {"inactive", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_INACTIVE|FL_MENU_DIVIDER},+ {"invisible",FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_INVISIBLE},+ {"check", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_TOGGLE|FL_MENU_VALUE},+ {"box", FL_ALT+'i', 0, 0, FL_MENU_TOGGLE},+ {0}};+ \endcode
+ produces:
+
+ \image html menu.png
+ \image latex menu.png "menu" width=10cm
+
+ A submenu title is identified by the bit FL_SUBMENU in the
+ flags field, and ends with a label() that is NULL.
+ You can nest menus to any depth. A pointer to the first item in the
+ submenu can be treated as an Fl_Menu array itself. It is also
+ possible to make separate submenu arrays with FL_SUBMENU_POINTER flags.
+
+ You should use the method functions to access structure members and
+ not access them directly to avoid compatibility problems with future
+ releases of FLTK.
+*/
+struct FL_EXPORT Fl_Menu_Item {+ const char *text; ///< menu item text, returned by label()
+ int shortcut_; ///< menu item shortcut
+ Fl_Callback *callback_; ///< menu item callback
+ void *user_data_; ///< menu item user_data for the menu's callback
+ int flags; ///< menu item flags like FL_MENU_TOGGLE, FL_MENU_RADIO
+ uchar labeltype_; ///< how the menu item text looks like
+ Fl_Font labelfont_; ///< which font for this menu item text
+ Fl_Fontsize labelsize_; ///< size of menu item text
+ Fl_Color labelcolor_; ///< menu item text color
+
+ // advance N items, skipping submenus:
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *next(int=1) const;
+
+ /**
+ Advances a pointer by n items through a menu array, skipping
+ the contents of submenus and invisible items. There are two calls so
+ that you can advance through const and non-const data.
+ */
+ Fl_Menu_Item *next(int i=1) {+ return (Fl_Menu_Item*)(((const Fl_Menu_Item*)this)->next(i));}
+
+ /** Returns the first menu item, same as next(0). */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *first() const { return next(0); }+
+ /** Returns the first menu item, same as next(0). */
+ Fl_Menu_Item *first() { return next(0); }+
+ // methods on menu items:
+ /**
+ Returns the title of the item.
+ A NULL here indicates the end of the menu (or of a submenu).
+ A '&' in the item will print an underscore under the next letter,
+ and if the menu is popped up that letter will be a "shortcut" to pick
+ that item. To get a real '&' put two in a row.
+ */
+ const char* label() const {return text;}+
+ /** See const char* Fl_Menu_Item::label() const */
+ void label(const char* a) {text=a;}+
+ /** See const char* Fl_Menu_Item::label() const */
+ void label(Fl_Labeltype a,const char* b) {labeltype_ = a; text = b;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the menu item's labeltype.
+ A labeltype identifies a routine that draws the label of the
+ widget. This can be used for special effects such as emboss, or to use
+ the label() pointer as another form of data such as a bitmap.
+ The value FL_NORMAL_LABEL prints the label as text.
+ */
+ Fl_Labeltype labeltype() const {return (Fl_Labeltype)labeltype_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's labeltype.
+ A labeltype identifies a routine that draws the label of the
+ widget. This can be used for special effects such as emboss, or to use
+ the label() pointer as another form of data such as a bitmap.
+ The value FL_NORMAL_LABEL prints the label as text.
+ */
+ void labeltype(Fl_Labeltype a) {labeltype_ = a;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the menu item's label color.
+ This color is passed to the labeltype routine, and is typically the
+ color of the label text. This defaults to FL_BLACK. If this
+ color is not black fltk will \b not use overlay bitplanes to draw
+ the menu - this is so that images put in the menu draw correctly.
+ */
+ Fl_Color labelcolor() const {return labelcolor_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's label color.
+ \see Fl_Color Fl_Menu_Item::labelcolor() const
+ */
+ void labelcolor(Fl_Color a) {labelcolor_ = a;}+ /**
+ Gets the menu item's label font.
+ Fonts are identified by small 8-bit indexes into a table. See the
+ enumeration list for predefined fonts. The default value is a
+ Helvetica font. The function Fl::set_font() can define new fonts.
+ */
+ Fl_Font labelfont() const {return labelfont_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's label font.
+ Fonts are identified by small 8-bit indexes into a table. See the
+ enumeration list for predefined fonts. The default value is a
+ Helvetica font. The function Fl::set_font() can define new fonts.
+ */
+ void labelfont(Fl_Font a) {labelfont_ = a;}+
+ /** Gets the label font pixel size/height. */
+ Fl_Fontsize labelsize() const {return labelsize_;}+
+ /** Sets the label font pixel size/height.*/
+ void labelsize(Fl_Fontsize a) {labelsize_ = a;}+
+ /**
+ Returns the callback function that is set for the menu item.
+ Each item has space for a callback function and an argument for that
+ function. Due to back compatibility, the Fl_Menu_Item itself
+ is not passed to the callback, instead you have to get it by calling
+ ((Fl_Menu_*)w)->mvalue() where w is the widget argument.
+ */
+ Fl_Callback_p callback() const {return callback_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's callback function and userdata() argument.
+ \see Fl_Callback_p Fl_MenuItem::callback() const
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback* c, void* p) {callback_=c; user_data_=p;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's callback function.
+ This method does not set the userdata() argument.
+ \see Fl_Callback_p Fl_MenuItem::callback() const
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback* c) {callback_=c;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's callback function.
+ This method does not set the userdata() argument.
+ \see Fl_Callback_p Fl_MenuItem::callback() const
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback0*c) {callback_=(Fl_Callback*)c;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the menu item's callback function and userdata() argument.
+ This method does not set the userdata() argument.
+ The argument \p is cast to void* and stored as the userdata()
+ for the menu item's callback function.
+ \see Fl_Callback_p Fl_MenuItem::callback() const
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback1*c, long p=0) {callback_=(Fl_Callback*)c; user_data_=(void*)(fl_intptr_t)p;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the user_data() argument that is sent to the callback function.
+ */
+ void* user_data() const {return user_data_;}+ /**
+ Sets the user_data() argument that is sent to the callback function.
+ */
+ void user_data(void* v) {user_data_ = v;}+ /**
+ Gets the user_data() argument that is sent to the callback function.
+ For convenience you can also define the callback as taking a long
+ argument. This method casts the stored userdata() argument to long
+ and returns it as a \e long value.
+ */
+ long argument() const {return (long)(fl_intptr_t)user_data_;}+ /**
+ Sets the user_data() argument that is sent to the callback function.
+ For convenience you can also define the callback as taking a long
+ argument. This method casts the given argument \p v to void*
+ and stores it in the menu item's userdata() member.
+ This may not be portable to some machines.
+ */
+ void argument(long v) {user_data_ = (void*)(fl_intptr_t)v;}+
+ /** Gets what key combination shortcut will trigger the menu item. */
+ int shortcut() const {return shortcut_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets exactly what key combination will trigger the menu item. The
+ value is a logical 'or' of a key and a set of shift flags, for instance
+ FL_ALT+'a' or FL_ALT+FL_F+10 or just 'a'. A value of
+ zero disables the shortcut.
+
+ The key can be any value returned by Fl::event_key(), but will usually
+ be an ASCII letter. Use a lower-case letter unless you require the shift
+ key to be held down.
+
+ The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by Fl::event_state().
+ If the bit is on that shift key must be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl,
+ and Shift must be off if they are not in the shift flags (zero for the
+ other bits indicates a "don't care" setting).
+ */
+ void shortcut(int s) {shortcut_ = s;}+ /**
+ Returns true if either FL_SUBMENU or FL_SUBMENU_POINTER
+ is on in the flags. FL_SUBMENU indicates an embedded submenu
+ that goes from the next item through the next one with a NULL
+ label(). FL_SUBMENU_POINTER indicates that user_data()
+ is a pointer to another menu array.
+ */
+ int submenu() const {return flags&(FL_SUBMENU|FL_SUBMENU_POINTER);}+ /**
+ Returns true if a checkbox will be drawn next to this item.
+ This is true if FL_MENU_TOGGLE or FL_MENU_RADIO is set in the flags.
+ */
+ int checkbox() const {return flags&FL_MENU_TOGGLE;}+ /**
+ Returns true if this item is a radio item.
+ When a radio button is selected all "adjacent" radio buttons are
+ turned off. A set of radio items is delimited by an item that has
+ radio() false, or by an item with FL_MENU_DIVIDER turned on.
+ */
+ int radio() const {return flags&FL_MENU_RADIO;}+ /** Returns the current value of the check or radio item.
+ This is zero (0) if the menu item is not checked and
+ non-zero otherwise. You should not rely on a particular value,
+ only zero or non-zero.
+ \note The returned value for a checked menu item as of FLTK 1.3.2
+ is FL_MENU_VALUE (4), but may be 1 in a future version.
+ */
+ int value() const {return flags&FL_MENU_VALUE;}+ /**
+ Turns the check or radio item "on" for the menu item. Note that this
+ does not turn off any adjacent radio items like set_only() does.
+ */
+ void set() {flags |= FL_MENU_VALUE;}+
+ /** Turns the check or radio item "off" for the menu item. */
+ void clear() {flags &= ~FL_MENU_VALUE;}+
+ void setonly();
+
+ /** Gets the visibility of an item. */
+ int visible() const {return !(flags&FL_MENU_INVISIBLE);}+
+ /** Makes an item visible in the menu. */
+ void show() {flags &= ~FL_MENU_INVISIBLE;}+
+ /** Hides an item in the menu. */
+ void hide() {flags |= FL_MENU_INVISIBLE;}+
+ /** Gets whether or not the item can be picked. */
+ int active() const {return !(flags&FL_MENU_INACTIVE);}+
+ /** Allows a menu item to be picked. */
+ void activate() {flags &= ~FL_MENU_INACTIVE;}+ /**
+ Prevents a menu item from being picked. Note that this will also cause
+ the menu item to appear grayed-out.
+ */
+ void deactivate() {flags |= FL_MENU_INACTIVE;}+ /** Returns non 0 if FL_INACTIVE and FL_INVISIBLE are cleared, 0 otherwise. */
+ int activevisible() const {return !(flags & (FL_MENU_INACTIVE|FL_MENU_INVISIBLE));}+
+ // compatibility for FLUID so it can set the image of a menu item...
+
+ /** compatibility api for FLUID, same as a->label(this) */
+ void image(Fl_Image* a) {a->label(this);}+
+ /** compatibility api for FLUID, same as a.label(this) */
+ void image(Fl_Image& a) {a.label(this);}+
+ // used by menubar:
+ int measure(int* h, const Fl_Menu_*) const;
+ void draw(int x, int y, int w, int h, const Fl_Menu_*, int t=0) const;
+
+ // popup menus without using an Fl_Menu_ widget:
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* popup(
+ int X, int Y,
+ const char *title = 0,
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* picked=0,
+ const Fl_Menu_* = 0) const;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* pulldown(
+ int X, int Y, int W, int H,
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* picked = 0,
+ const Fl_Menu_* = 0,
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* title = 0,
+ int menubar=0) const;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* test_shortcut() const;
+ const Fl_Menu_Item* find_shortcut(int *ip=0, const bool require_alt = false) const;
+
+ /**
+ Calls the Fl_Menu_Item item's callback, and provides the Fl_Widget argument.
+ The callback is called with the stored user_data() as its second argument.
+ You must first check that callback() is non-zero before calling this.
+ */
+ void do_callback(Fl_Widget* o) const {callback_(o, user_data_);}+
+ /**
+ Calls the Fl_Menu_Item item's callback, and provides the Fl_Widget argument.
+ This call overrides the callback's second argument with the given value \p arg.
+ You must first check that callback() is non-zero before calling this.
+ */
+ void do_callback(Fl_Widget* o,void* arg) const {callback_(o, arg);}+
+ /**
+ Calls the Fl_Menu_Item item's callback, and provides the Fl_Widget argument.
+ This call overrides the callback's second argument with the
+ given value \p arg. long \p arg is cast to void* when calling
+ the callback.
+ You must first check that callback() is non-zero before calling this.
+ */
+ void do_callback(Fl_Widget* o,long arg) const {callback_(o, (void*)(fl_intptr_t)arg);}+
+ // back-compatibility, do not use:
+
+ /** back compatibility only \deprecated. */
+ int checked() const {return flags&FL_MENU_VALUE;}+
+ /** back compatibility only \deprecated. */
+ void check() {flags |= FL_MENU_VALUE;}+
+ /** back compatibility only \deprecated. */
+ void uncheck() {flags &= ~FL_MENU_VALUE;}+
+ int insert(int,const char*,int,Fl_Callback*,void* =0, int =0);
+ int add(const char*, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void* =0, int = 0);
+
+ /** See int add(const char*, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void*, int) */
+ int add(const char*a, const char* b, Fl_Callback* c,
+ void* d = 0, int e = 0) {+ return add(a,fl_old_shortcut(b),c,d,e);}
+
+ int size() const ;
+};
+
+typedef Fl_Menu_Item Fl_Menu; // back compatibility
+
+enum { // back-compatibility enum:+ FL_PUP_NONE = 0,
+ FL_PUP_GREY = FL_MENU_INACTIVE,
+ FL_PUP_GRAY = FL_MENU_INACTIVE,
+ FL_MENU_BOX = FL_MENU_TOGGLE,
+ FL_PUP_BOX = FL_MENU_TOGGLE,
+ FL_MENU_CHECK = FL_MENU_VALUE,
+ FL_PUP_CHECK = FL_MENU_VALUE,
+ FL_PUP_RADIO = FL_MENU_RADIO,
+ FL_PUP_INVISIBLE = FL_MENU_INVISIBLE,
+ FL_PUP_SUBMENU = FL_SUBMENU_POINTER
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Menu_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,57 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Menu window header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Menu_Window widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Menu_Window_H
+#define Fl_Menu_Window_H
+
+#include "Fl_Single_Window.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Menu_Window widget is a window type used for menus. By
+ default the window is drawn in the hardware overlay planes if they are
+ available so that the menu don't force the rest of the window to
+ redraw.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Menu_Window : public Fl_Single_Window {+public:
+ void show();
+ void erase();
+ void flush();
+ void hide();
+ /** Tells if hardware overlay mode is set */
+ unsigned int overlay() {return !(flags()&NO_OVERLAY);}+ /** Tells FLTK to use hardware overlay planes if they are available. */
+ void set_overlay() {clear_flag(NO_OVERLAY);}+ /** Tells FLTK to use normal drawing planes instead of overlay planes.
+ This is usually necessary if your menu contains multi-color pixmaps. */
+ void clear_overlay() {set_flag(NO_OVERLAY);}+ ~Fl_Menu_Window();
+ /** Creates a new Fl_Menu_Window widget using the given size, and label string. */
+ Fl_Menu_Window(int W, int H, const char *l = 0);
+ /** Creates a new Fl_Menu_Window widget using the given position, size, and label string. */
+ Fl_Menu_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Multi_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,54 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Multi browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Multi_Browser widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Multi_Browser_H
+#define Fl_Multi_Browser_H
+
+#include "Fl_Browser.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Multi_Browser class is a subclass of Fl_Browser
+ which lets the user select any set of the lines. The user interface
+ is Macintosh style: clicking an item turns off all the others and
+ selects that one, dragging selects all the items the mouse moves over,
+ and ctrl + click (Cmd+click on the Mac OS platform) toggles the items.
+ Shift + click extends the selection until the clicked item.
+ This is different from how forms did it.
+ Normally the callback is done when the user releases the
+ mouse, but you can change this with when().
+ <P>See Fl_Browser for methods to add and remove lines from the browser.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Multi_Browser : public Fl_Browser {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Multi_Browser widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+ The constructor specializes Fl_Browser() by setting the type to FL_MULTI_BROWSER.
+ The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been allocated.
+ */
+ Fl_Multi_Browser(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Multi_Label.H
@@ -1,0 +1,78 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Multi-label header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Multi_Label_H
+#define Fl_Multi_Label_H
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+struct Fl_Menu_Item;
+
+/** This struct allows multiple labels to be added to objects that might normally have only one label.
+
+ This struct allows a mixed text and/or graphics label to be applied to an object that
+ would normally only have a single (usually text only) label.
+
+ Most regular FLTK widgets now support the ability to associate both images and text
+ with a label but some special cases, notably the non-widget Fl_Menu_Item objects, do not.
+ Fl_Multi_Label may be used to create menu items that have an icon and text, which would
+ not normally be possible for an Fl_Menu_Item.
+ For example, Fl_Multi_Label is used in the New->Code submenu in fluid, and others.
+
+ Each Fl_Multi_Label holds two elements, labela and labelb; each may hold either a
+ text label (const char*) or an image (Fl_Image*). When displayed, labela is drawn first
+ and labelb is drawn immediately to its right.
+
+ More complex labels might be constructed by setting labelb as another Fl_Multi_Label and
+ thus chaining up a series of label elements.
+
+ When assigning a label element to one of labela or labelb, they should be explicitly cast
+ to (const char*) if they are not of that type already.
+
+ \see Fl_Label and Fl_Labeltype
+ */
+struct FL_EXPORT Fl_Multi_Label {+ /** Holds the "leftmost" of the two elements in the composite label.
+ Typically this would be assigned either a text string (const char*),
+ a (Fl_Image*) or a (Fl_Multi_Label*). */
+ const char* labela;
+ /** Holds the "rightmost" of the two elements in the composite label.
+ Typically this would be assigned either a text string (const char*),
+ a (Fl_Image*) or a (Fl_Multi_Label*). */
+ const char* labelb;
+ /** Holds the "type" of labela.
+ Typically this is set to FL_NORMAL_LABEL for a text label,
+ _FL_IMAGE_LABEL for an image (based on Fl_image) or _FL_MULTI_LABEL
+ if "chaining" multiple Fl_Multi_Label elements together. */
+ uchar typea;
+ /** Holds the "type" of labelb.
+ Typically this is set to FL_NORMAL_LABEL for a text label,
+ _FL_IMAGE_LABEL for an image (based on Fl_image) or _FL_MULTI_LABEL
+ if "chaining" multiple Fl_Multi_Label elements together. */
+ uchar typeb;
+
+ /** This method is used to associate a Fl_Multi_Label with a Fl_Widget. */
+ void label(Fl_Widget*);
+ /** This method is used to associate a Fl_Multi_Label with a Fl_Menu_Item. */
+ void label(Fl_Menu_Item*);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Multiline_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,60 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Multiline input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Multiline_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Multiline_Input_H
+#define Fl_Multiline_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+
+/**
+ This input field displays '\\n' characters as new lines rather than ^J,
+ and accepts the Return, Tab, and up and down arrow keys. This is for
+ editing multiline text.
+
+ This is far from the nirvana of text editors, and is probably only
+ good for small bits of text, 10 lines at most. Note that this widget
+ does not support scrollbars or per-character color control.
+
+ If you are presenting large amounts of text and need scrollbars
+ or full color control of characters, you probably want Fl_Text_Editor
+ instead.
+
+ In FLTK 1.3.x, the default behavior of the 'Tab' key was changed
+ to support consistent focus navigation. To get the older FLTK 1.1.x
+ behavior, set Fl_Input_::tab_nav() to 0. Newer programs should consider using
+ Fl_Text_Editor.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Multiline_Input : public Fl_Input {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Multiline_Input widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Multiline_Input(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Multiline_Output.H
@@ -1,0 +1,56 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Multi line output header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Multiline_Output widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Multiline_Output_H
+#define Fl_Multiline_Output_H
+
+#include "Fl_Output.H"
+
+/**
+ This widget is a subclass of Fl_Output that displays multiple
+ lines of text. It also displays tab characters as whitespace to the
+ next column.
+
+ Note that this widget does not support scrollbars, or per-character
+ color control.
+
+ If you are presenting large amounts of read-only text
+ and need scrollbars, or full color control of characters,
+ then use Fl_Text_Display. If you want to display HTML text,
+ use Fl_Help_View.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Multiline_Output : public Fl_Output {+public:
+
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Multiline_Output widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Multiline_Output(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Native_File_Chooser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,348 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// FLTK native OS file chooser widget
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Copyright 2004 Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Native_File_Chooser widget. */
+
+#ifndef FL_NATIVE_FILE_CHOOSER_H
+#define FL_NATIVE_FILE_CHOOSER_H
+
+// Use Windows' chooser
+#ifdef WIN32
+// #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0501 // needed for OPENFILENAME's 'FlagsEx'
+#if defined(FL_LIBRARY) || FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10304
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <commdlg.h> // OPENFILENAMEW, GetOpenFileName()
+# include <shlobj.h> // BROWSEINFOW, SHBrowseForFolder()
+typedef OPENFILENAMEW fl_OPENFILENAMEW;
+typedef BROWSEINFOW fl_BROWSEINFOW;
+#else
+typedef void fl_OPENFILENAMEW;
+typedef void fl_BROWSEINFOW;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+// Use Apple's chooser
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+# define MAXFILTERS 80
+#endif
+
+// All else falls back to FLTK's own chooser
+#if ! defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(WIN32)
+# include <FL/Fl_File_Chooser.H>
+#else
+# include <FL/filename.H> // FL_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+class Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser;
+class Fl_GTK_File_Chooser;
+
+/**
+ This class lets an FLTK application easily and consistently access
+ the operating system's native file chooser. Some operating systems
+ have very complex and specific file choosers that many users want
+ access to specifically, instead of FLTK's default file chooser(s).
+
+ In cases where there is no native file browser, FLTK's own file browser
+ is used instead.
+
+ To use this widget, use the following include in your code:
+ \code
+ #include <FL/Fl_Native_File_Chooser.H>
+ \endcode
+
+ The following example shows how to pick a single file:
+ \code
+ // Create and post the local native file chooser
+ #include <FL/Fl_Native_File_Chooser.H>
+ [..]
+ Fl_Native_File_Chooser fnfc;
+ fnfc.title("Pick a file");+ fnfc.type(Fl_Native_File_Chooser::BROWSE_FILE);
+ fnfc.filter("Text\t*.txt\n"+ "C Files\t*.{cxx,h,c}");+ fnfc.directory("/var/tmp"); // default directory to use+ // Show native chooser
+ switch ( fnfc.show() ) {+ case -1: printf("ERROR: %s\n", fnfc.errmsg()); break; // ERROR+ case 1: printf("CANCEL\n"); break; // CANCEL+ default: printf("PICKED: %s\n", fnfc.filename()); break; // FILE CHOSEN+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ The Fl_Native_File_Chooser widget transmits UTF-8 encoded filenames to its user. It is
+ recommended to open files that may have non-ASCII names with the fl_fopen() or
+ fl_open() utility functions that handle these names in a cross-platform way
+ (whereas the standard fopen()/open() functions fail on the MSWindows platform
+ to open files with a non-ASCII name).
+
+ <B>Platform Specific Caveats</B>
+
+ - Under X windows, and if Fl::OPTION_FNFC_USES_GTK has not been switched off,
+ the widget attempts to use standard GTK file chooser dialogs if they are
+ available at run-time on the platform, and falls back to use FLTK's Fl_File_Chooser if they are not.
+ In the latter case, it's best if you call Fl_File_Icon::load_system_icons()
+ at the start of main(), to enable the nicer looking file browser widgets.
+ Use the static public attributes of class Fl_File_Chooser to localize
+ the browser.
+ - Some operating systems support certain OS specific options; see
+ Fl_Native_File_Chooser::options() for a list.
+
+ \image html Fl_Native_File_Chooser.png "The Fl_Native_File_Chooser on different platforms."
+ \image latex Fl_Native_File_Chooser.png "The Fl_Native_File_Chooser on different platforms" width=14cm
+
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Native_File_Chooser {+public:
+ enum Type {+ BROWSE_FILE = 0, ///< browse files (lets user choose one file)
+ BROWSE_DIRECTORY, ///< browse directories (lets user choose one directory)
+ BROWSE_MULTI_FILE, ///< browse files (lets user choose multiple files)
+ BROWSE_MULTI_DIRECTORY, ///< browse directories (lets user choose multiple directories)
+ BROWSE_SAVE_FILE, ///< browse to save a file
+ BROWSE_SAVE_DIRECTORY ///< browse to save a directory
+ };
+ enum Option {+ NO_OPTIONS = 0x0000, ///< no options enabled
+ SAVEAS_CONFIRM = 0x0001, ///< Show native 'Save As' overwrite confirm dialog
+ NEW_FOLDER = 0x0002, ///< Show 'New Folder' icon (if supported)
+ PREVIEW = 0x0004, ///< enable preview mode (if supported)
+ USE_FILTER_EXT = 0x0008 ///< Chooser filter pilots the output file extension (if supported)
+ };
+ /** Localizable message */
+ static const char *file_exists_message;
+
+public:
+ Fl_Native_File_Chooser(int val=BROWSE_FILE);
+ ~Fl_Native_File_Chooser();
+
+ // Public methods
+ void type(int t);
+ int type() const ;
+ void options(int o);
+ int options() const;
+ int count() const;
+ const char *filename() const ;
+ const char *filename(int i) const ;
+ void directory(const char *val) ;
+ const char *directory() const;
+ void title(const char *t);
+ const char* title() const;
+ const char *filter() const ;
+ void filter(const char *f);
+ int filters() const ;
+ void filter_value(int i) ;
+ int filter_value() const ;
+ void preset_file(const char*f) ;
+ const char* preset_file() const;
+ const char *errmsg() const ;
+ int show() ;
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+private:
+ int _btype; // kind-of browser to show()
+ int _options; // general options
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ fl_OPENFILENAMEW *_ofn_ptr; // GetOpenFileName() & GetSaveFileName() struct
+ fl_BROWSEINFOW *_binf_ptr; // SHBrowseForFolder() struct
+ WCHAR *_wpattern; // pattern buffer for filter
+#else
+ fl_OPENFILENAMEW _ofn;
+ fl_BROWSEINFOW _binf;
+#endif
+ char **_pathnames; // array of pathnames
+ int _tpathnames; // total pathnames
+ char *_directory; // default pathname to use
+ char *_title; // title for window
+ char *_filter; // user-side search filter
+ char *_parsedfilt; // filter parsed for Windows dialog
+ int _nfilters; // number of filters parse_filter counted
+ char *_preset_file; // the file to preselect
+ char *_errmsg; // error message
+
+ // Private methods
+ void errmsg(const char *msg);
+
+ void clear_pathnames();
+ void set_single_pathname(const char *s);
+ void add_pathname(const char *s);
+
+ void ClearOFN();
+ void ClearBINF();
+ void Win2Unix(char *s);
+ void Unix2Win(char *s);
+ int showfile();
+ int showdir();
+
+ void parse_filter(const char *);
+ void clear_filters();
+ void add_filter(const char *, const char *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+private:
+ int _btype; // kind-of browser to show()
+ int _options; // general options
+ void *_panel;
+ char **_pathnames; // array of pathnames
+ int _tpathnames; // total pathnames
+ char *_directory; // default pathname to use
+ char *_title; // title for window
+ char *_preset_file; // the 'save as' filename
+
+ char *_filter; // user-side search filter, eg:
+ // C Files\t*.[ch]\nText Files\t*.txt"
+
+ char *_filt_names; // filter names (tab delimited)
+ // eg. "C Files\tText Files"
+
+ char *_filt_patt[MAXFILTERS];
+ // array of filter patterns, eg:
+ // _filt_patt[0]="*.{cxx,h}"+ // _filt_patt[1]="*.txt"
+
+ int _filt_total; // parse_filter() # of filters loaded
+ int _filt_value; // index of the selected filter
+ char *_errmsg; // error message
+
+ // Private methods
+ void errmsg(const char *msg);
+ void clear_pathnames();
+ void set_single_pathname(const char *s);
+ int get_saveas_basename(void);
+ void clear_filters();
+ void add_filter(const char *, const char *);
+ void parse_filter(const char *from);
+ int post();
+ int runmodal();
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(WIN32)
+private:
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION <= 10302
+ int _btype; // kind-of browser to show()
+ int _options; // general options
+ int _nfilters;
+ char *_filter; // user supplied filter
+ char *_parsedfilt; // parsed filter
+ int _filtvalue; // selected filter
+ char *_preset_file;
+ char *_prevvalue; // Returned filename
+ char *_directory;
+ char *_errmsg; // error message
+#endif
+ static int have_looked_for_GTK_libs;
+ union {+ Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser *_x11_file_chooser;
+ Fl_GTK_File_Chooser *_gtk_file_chooser;
+ };
+#endif
+};
+
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(WIN32)
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser {+ friend class Fl_Native_File_Chooser;
+protected:
+ int _btype; // kind-of browser to show()
+ int _options; // general options
+ int _nfilters;
+ char *_filter; // user supplied filter
+ char *_parsedfilt; // parsed filter
+ int _filtvalue; // selected filter
+ char *_preset_file;
+ char *_prevvalue; // Returned filename
+ char *_directory;
+ char *_errmsg; // error message
+ Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser(int val);
+ virtual ~Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser();
+ void errmsg(const char *msg);
+ int type_fl_file(int);
+ void parse_filter();
+ int exist_dialog();
+ Fl_File_Chooser *_file_chooser;
+ virtual void type(int);
+ int type() const;
+ void options(int);
+ int options() const;
+ virtual int count() const;
+ virtual const char *filename() const;
+ virtual const char *filename(int i) const;
+ void directory(const char *val);
+ const char *directory() const;
+ virtual void title(const char *);
+ virtual const char* title() const;
+ const char *filter() const;
+ void filter(const char *);
+ int filters() const;
+ void filter_value(int i);
+ int filter_value() const;
+ void preset_file(const char*);
+ const char* preset_file() const;
+ const char *errmsg() const;
+ virtual int show();
+};
+
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_GTK_File_Chooser : public Fl_FLTK_File_Chooser {+ friend class Fl_Native_File_Chooser;
+private:
+ typedef struct _GtkWidget GtkWidget;
+ typedef struct _GtkFileFilterInfo GtkFileFilterInfo;
+ struct pair {+ Fl_GTK_File_Chooser* running; // the running Fl_GTK_File_Chooser
+ const char *filter; // a filter string of the chooser
+ pair(Fl_GTK_File_Chooser* c, const char *f) {+ running = c;
+ filter = strdup(f);
+ };
+ ~pair() {+ free((char*)filter);
+ };
+ };
+ GtkWidget *gtkw_ptr; // used to hold a GtkWidget* without pulling GTK into everything...
+ void *gtkw_slist; // used to hold a GLib GSList...
+ unsigned gtkw_count; // number of files read back - if any
+ mutable char *gtkw_filename; // last name we read back
+ char *gtkw_title; // the title to be applied to the dialog
+ const char *previous_filter;
+
+ int fl_gtk_chooser_wrapper(); // method that wraps the GTK widget
+ Fl_GTK_File_Chooser(int val);
+ virtual ~Fl_GTK_File_Chooser();
+ static int did_find_GTK_libs;
+ static void probe_for_GTK_libs(void);
+ virtual void type(int);
+ virtual int count() const;
+ virtual const char *filename() const;
+ virtual const char *filename(int i) const;
+ virtual void title(const char *);
+ virtual const char* title() const;
+ virtual int show();
+ void changed_output_type(const char *filter);
+
+ static int custom_gtk_filter_function(const GtkFileFilterInfo*, Fl_GTK_File_Chooser::pair*);
+ static void free_pair(pair *p);
+};
+#endif // !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(WIN32)
+
+#endif /*FL_NATIVE_FILE_CHOOSER_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Nice_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// "Nice" slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Nice_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Nice_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Nice_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Nice_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+public:
+ Fl_Nice_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Object.H
@@ -1,0 +1,27 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Old Fl_Object header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// This file is provided for back compatibility only. Please use Fl_Widget
+#ifndef Fl_Object
+#define Fl_Object Fl_Widget
+#endif
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Output.H
@@ -1,0 +1,63 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Output header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Output widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Output_H
+#define Fl_Output_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+/**
+ This widget displays a piece of text.
+
+ When you set the value() , Fl_Output does a strcpy() to its own storage,
+ which is useful for program-generated values. The user may select
+ portions of the text using the mouse and paste the contents into other
+ fields or programs.
+
+ <P align=CENTER>\image html text.png</P>
+ \image latex text.png "Fl_Output" width=8cm
+
+ There is a single subclass, Fl_Multiline_Output, which allows you to
+ display multiple lines of text. Fl_Multiline_Output does not provide
+ scroll bars. If a more complete text editing widget is needed, use
+ Fl_Text_Display instead.
+
+ The text may contain any characters except \\0, and will correctly
+ display anything, using ^X notation for unprintable control characters
+ and \\nnn notation for unprintable characters with the high bit set. It
+ assumes the font can draw any characters in the ISO-Latin1 character set.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Output : public Fl_Input {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Output widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+
+ Fl_Output(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Overlay_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,81 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Overlay window header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Overlay_Window class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Overlay_Window_H
+#define Fl_Overlay_Window_H
+
+#include "Fl_Double_Window.H"
+
+/**
+ This window provides double buffering and also the ability to draw the
+ "overlay" which is another picture placed on top of the main image. The
+ overlay is designed to be a rapidly-changing but simple graphic such as
+ a mouse selection box. Fl_Overlay_Window uses the overlay
+ planes provided by your graphics hardware if they are available.
+ <P>If no hardware support is found the overlay is simulated by drawing
+ directly into the on-screen copy of the double-buffered window, and
+ "erased" by copying the backbuffer over it again. This means the
+ overlay will blink if you change the image in the window.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Overlay_Window : public Fl_Double_Window {+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ friend class _Fl_Overlay;
+#endif
+protected:
+ /**
+ You must subclass Fl_Overlay_Window and provide this method.
+ It is just like a draw() method, except it draws the overlay.
+ The overlay will have already been "cleared" when this is called. You
+ can use any of the routines described in <FL/fl_draw.H>.
+ */
+ virtual void draw_overlay() = 0;
+private:
+ Fl_Window *overlay_;
+public:
+ void show();
+ void flush();
+ void hide();
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ ~Fl_Overlay_Window();
+ /** Returns non-zero if there's hardware overlay support */
+ int can_do_overlay();
+ void redraw_overlay();
+protected:
+ /**
+ See Fl_Overlay_Window::Fl_Overlay_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0)
+ */
+ Fl_Overlay_Window(int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Overlay_Window widget using the given
+ position, size, and label (title) string. If the
+ positions (x,y) are not given, then the window manager
+ will choose them.
+ */
+ Fl_Overlay_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+public:
+ void show(int a, char **b) {Fl_Double_Window::show(a,b);}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_PNG_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,46 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// PNG image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_PNG_Image class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_PNG_Image_H
+#define Fl_PNG_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_PNG_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image files. The
+ class loads colormapped and full-color images and handles color-
+ and alpha-based transparency.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_PNG_Image : public Fl_RGB_Image {+
+public:
+
+ Fl_PNG_Image(const char* filename);
+ Fl_PNG_Image (const char *name_png, const unsigned char *buffer, int datasize);
+private:
+ void load_png_(const char *name_png, const unsigned char *buffer_png, int datasize);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_PNM_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,43 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// PNM image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_PNM_Image class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_PNM_Image_H
+#define Fl_PNM_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_PNM_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of Portable Anymap (PNM, PBM, PGM, PPM) image files. The class
+ loads bitmap, grayscale, and full-color images in both ASCII and
+ binary formats.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_PNM_Image : public Fl_RGB_Image {+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_PNM_Image(const char* filename);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Pack.H
@@ -1,0 +1,75 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Pack header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Pack widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Pack_H
+#define Fl_Pack_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+
+/**
+ This widget was designed to add the functionality of compressing and
+ aligning widgets.
+ <P>If type() is Fl_Pack::HORIZONTAL all the children are
+ resized to the height of the Fl_Pack, and are moved next to
+ each other horizontally. If type() is not Fl_Pack::HORIZONTAL
+ then the children are resized to the width and are stacked below each
+ other. Then the Fl_Pack resizes itself to surround the child
+ widgets.
+ <P>This widget is needed for the Fl_Tabs.
+ In addition you may want to put the Fl_Pack inside an
+ Fl_Scroll.
+
+ <P>The resizable for Fl_Pack is set to NULL by default.</p>
+ <P>See also: Fl_Group::resizable()
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Pack : public Fl_Group {+ int spacing_;
+
+public:
+ enum { // values for type(int)+ VERTICAL = 0,
+ HORIZONTAL = 1
+ };
+
+protected:
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+ Fl_Pack(int x,int y,int w ,int h,const char *l = 0);
+ /**
+ Gets the number of extra pixels of blank space that are added
+ between the children.
+ */
+ int spacing() const {return spacing_;}+ /**
+ Sets the number of extra pixels of blank space that are added
+ between the children.
+ */
+ void spacing(int i) {spacing_ = i;}+ /** Same as Fl_Group::type() */
+ uchar horizontal() const {return type();}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Paged_Device.H
@@ -1,0 +1,155 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Printing support for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 2010-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file Fl_Paged_Device.H
+ \brief declaration of class Fl_Paged_Device.
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Paged_Device_H
+#define Fl_Paged_Device_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Device.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Window.H>
+
+/** \brief Number of elements in enum Page_Format */
+#define NO_PAGE_FORMATS 30 /* MSVC6 compilation fix */
+
+/**
+ \brief Represents page-structured drawing surfaces.
+ *
+ This class has no public constructor: don't instantiate it; use Fl_Printer
+ or Fl_PostScript_File_Device instead.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Paged_Device : public Fl_Surface_Device {+#ifndef __APPLE__
+ friend class Fl_Copy_Surface;
+ friend class Fl_Image_Surface;
+ void draw_decorated_window(Fl_Window *win, int x_offset, int y_offset, Fl_Surface_Device *toset);
+#endif
+public:
+ /**
+ \brief Possible page formats.
+
+ All paper formats with pre-defined width and height.
+ */
+ enum Page_Format {+ A0 = 0, /**< A0 format */
+ A1,
+ A2,
+ A3,
+ A4, /**< A4 format */
+ A5,
+ A6,
+ A7,
+ A8,
+ A9,
+ B0,
+ B1,
+ B2,
+ B3,
+ B4,
+ B5,
+ B6,
+ B7,
+ B8,
+ B9,
+ B10,
+ C5E,
+ DLE,
+ EXECUTIVE,
+ FOLIO,
+ LEDGER,
+ LEGAL,
+ LETTER, /**< Letter format */
+ TABLOID,
+ ENVELOPE,
+ MEDIA = 0x1000
+ };
+ /**
+ \brief Possible page layouts.
+ */
+ enum Page_Layout {+ PORTRAIT = 0, /**< Portrait orientation */
+ LANDSCAPE = 0x100, /**< Landscape orientation */
+ REVERSED = 0x200, /**< Reversed orientation */
+ ORIENTATION = 0x300 /**< orientation */
+ };
+
+ /** \brief width, height and name of a page format
+ */
+ typedef struct {+ /** \brief width in points */
+ int width;
+ /** \brief height in points */
+ int height;
+ /** \brief format name */
+ const char *name;
+ } page_format;
+ /** \brief width, height and name of all elements of the enum \ref Page_Format.
+ */
+ static const page_format page_formats[NO_PAGE_FORMATS];
+private:
+ void traverse(Fl_Widget *widget); // finds subwindows of widget and prints them
+protected:
+ /** \brief horizontal offset to the origin of graphics coordinates */
+ int x_offset;
+ /** \brief vertical offset to the origin of graphics coordinates */
+ int y_offset;
+ /** \brief The constructor */
+ Fl_Paged_Device() : Fl_Surface_Device(NULL), x_offset(0), y_offset(0) {};+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+public:
+ /** \brief The destructor */
+ virtual ~Fl_Paged_Device() {};+#else
+ /** \brief The destructor */
+ virtual ~Fl_Paged_Device() {};+public:
+#endif // FLTK_ABI_VERSION
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ virtual int start_job(int pagecount, int *frompage = NULL, int *topage = NULL);
+ virtual int start_page(void);
+ virtual int printable_rect(int *w, int *h);
+ virtual void margins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom);
+ virtual void origin(int x, int y);
+ virtual void origin(int *x, int *y);
+ virtual void scale(float scale_x, float scale_y = 0.);
+ virtual void rotate(float angle);
+ virtual void translate(int x, int y);
+ virtual void untranslate(void);
+ virtual void print_widget(Fl_Widget* widget, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ /** Prints a window with its title bar and frame if any.
+
+ \p x_offset and \p y_offset are optional coordinates of where to position the window top left.
+ Equivalent to print_widget() if \p win is a subwindow or has no border.
+ Use Fl_Window::decorated_w() and Fl_Window::decorated_h() to get the size of the
+ printed window.
+ */
+ void print_window(Fl_Window *win, int x_offset = 0, int y_offset = 0);
+ virtual void print_window_part(Fl_Window *win, int x, int y, int w, int h, int delta_x = 0, int delta_y = 0);
+ virtual int end_page (void);
+ virtual void end_job (void);
+};
+
+#endif // Fl_Paged_Device_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$"
+//
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Pixmap.H
@@ -1,0 +1,102 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Pixmap header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2012 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Pixmap widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Pixmap_H
+#define Fl_Pixmap_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+#if defined(WIN32)
+# include "x.H"
+#endif
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+struct Fl_Menu_Item;
+
+// Older C++ compilers don't support the explicit keyword... :(
+# if defined(__sgi) && !defined(_COMPILER_VERSION)
+# define explicit
+# endif // __sgi && !_COMPILER_VERSION
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Pixmap class supports caching and drawing of colormap
+ (pixmap) images, including transparency.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Pixmap : public Fl_Image {+ friend class Fl_Quartz_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_GDI_Printer_Graphics_Driver;
+ friend class Fl_Xlib_Graphics_Driver;
+ void copy_data();
+ void delete_data();
+ void set_data(const char * const *p);
+ int prepare(int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int &cx, int &cy,
+ int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+
+ protected:
+
+ void measure();
+
+ public:
+
+ int alloc_data; // Non-zero if data was allocated
+
+ private:
+
+#if defined(WIN32)
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10301
+ static // a static member is needed for ABI compatibility
+#endif
+ UINT pixmap_bg_color; // RGB color used for pixmap background
+#endif // WIN32
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32)
+ void *id_; // for internal use
+ void *mask_; // for internal use (mask bitmap)
+#else
+ unsigned id_; // for internal use
+ unsigned mask_; // for internal use (mask bitmap)
+#endif // __APPLE__ || WIN32
+
+ public:
+
+ /** The constructors create a new pixmap from the specified XPM data. */
+ explicit Fl_Pixmap(char * const * D) : Fl_Image(-1,0,1), alloc_data(0), id_(0), mask_(0) {set_data((const char*const*)D); measure();}+ /** The constructors create a new pixmap from the specified XPM data. */
+ explicit Fl_Pixmap(uchar* const * D) : Fl_Image(-1,0,1), alloc_data(0), id_(0), mask_(0) {set_data((const char*const*)D); measure();}+ /** The constructors create a new pixmap from the specified XPM data. */
+ explicit Fl_Pixmap(const char * const * D) : Fl_Image(-1,0,1), alloc_data(0), id_(0), mask_(0) {set_data((const char*const*)D); measure();}+ /** The constructors create a new pixmap from the specified XPM data. */
+ explicit Fl_Pixmap(const uchar* const * D) : Fl_Image(-1,0,1), alloc_data(0), id_(0), mask_(0) {set_data((const char*const*)D); measure();}+ virtual ~Fl_Pixmap();
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);
+ virtual void desaturate();
+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx=0, int cy=0);
+ void draw(int X, int Y) {draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0);}+ virtual void label(Fl_Widget*w);
+ virtual void label(Fl_Menu_Item*m);
+ virtual void uncache();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Plugin.H
@@ -1,0 +1,95 @@
+//
+// "$Id: Fl_Plugin.H 6995 2010-01-12 08:48:55Z matt $"
+//
+// A Plugin system for FLTK, implemented in Fl_Preferences.cxx.
+//
+// Copyright 2002-2010 by Matthias Melcher.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Plugin class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Plugin_H
+# define Fl_Plugin_H
+
+# include "Fl_Preferences.H"
+
+
+/**
+ \brief Fl_Plugin allows link-time and run-time integration of binary modules.
+
+ Fl_Plugin and Fl_Plugin_Manager provide a small and simple solution for
+ linking C++ classes at run-time, or optionally linking modules at compile
+ time without the need to change the main application.
+
+ Fl_Plugin_Manager uses static initialisation to create the plugin interface
+ early during startup. Plugins are stored in a temporary database, organized
+ in classes.
+
+ Plugins should derive a new class from Fl_Plugin as a base:
+ \code
+ class My_Plugin : public Fl_Plugin {+ public:
+ My_Plugin() : Fl_Plugin("effects", "blur") { }+ void do_something(...);
+ };
+ My_Plugin blur_plugin();
+ \endcode
+
+ Plugins can be put into modules and either linked before distribution, or loaded
+ from dynamically linkable files. An Fl_Plugin_Manager is used to list and
+ access all currently loaded plugins.
+ \code
+ Fl_Plugin_Manager mgr("effects");+ int i, n = mgr.plugins();
+ for (i=0; i<n; i++) {+ My_Plugin *pin = (My_Plugin*)mgr.plugin(i);
+ pin->do_something();
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Plugin {+ Fl_Preferences::ID id;
+public:
+ Fl_Plugin(const char *klass, const char *name);
+ virtual ~Fl_Plugin();
+};
+
+
+/**
+ \brief Fl_Plugin_Manager manages link-time and run-time plugin binaries.
+ \see Fl_Plugin
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Plugin_Manager : public Fl_Preferences {+public:
+ Fl_Plugin_Manager(const char *klass);
+ ~Fl_Plugin_Manager();
+
+ /** \brief Return the number of plugins in the klass.
+ */
+ int plugins() { return groups(); }+ Fl_Plugin *plugin(int index);
+ Fl_Plugin *plugin(const char *name);
+ Fl_Preferences::ID addPlugin(const char *name, Fl_Plugin *plugin);
+
+ static void removePlugin(Fl_Preferences::ID id);
+ static int load(const char *filename);
+ static int loadAll(const char *filepath, const char *pattern=0);
+};
+
+
+#endif // !Fl_Preferences_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id: Fl_Preferences.H 6995 2010-01-12 08:48:55Z matt $".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Positioner.H
@@ -1,0 +1,94 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Positioner header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Positioner widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Positioner_H
+#define Fl_Positioner_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ This class is provided for Forms compatibility. It provides 2D input.
+ It would be useful if this could be put atop another widget so that the
+ crosshairs are on top, but this is not implemented. The color of the
+ crosshairs is selection_color().
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html positioner.png </P>
+ \image latex positioner.png " Fl_Positioner" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Positioner : public Fl_Widget {+
+ double xmin, ymin;
+ double xmax, ymax;
+ double xvalue_, yvalue_;
+ double xstep_, ystep_;
+
+protected:
+
+ // these allow subclasses to put the dial in a smaller area:
+ void draw(int, int, int, int);
+ int handle(int, int, int, int, int);
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ int handle(int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Positioner widget using the given position,
+ size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_NO_BOX.
+ */
+ Fl_Positioner(int x,int y,int w,int h, const char *l=0);
+ /** Gets the X axis coordinate.*/
+ double xvalue() const {return xvalue_;}+ /** Gets the Y axis coordinate.*/
+ double yvalue() const {return yvalue_;}+ int xvalue(double);
+ int yvalue(double);
+ int value(double,double);
+ void xbounds(double, double);
+ /** Gets the X axis minimum */
+ double xminimum() const {return xmin;}+ /** Same as xbounds(a, xmaximum()) */
+ void xminimum(double a) {xbounds(a,xmax);}+ /** Gets the X axis maximum */
+ double xmaximum() const {return xmax;}+ /** Same as xbounds(xminimum(), a) */
+ void xmaximum(double a) {xbounds(xmin,a);}+ void ybounds(double, double);
+ /** Gets the Y axis minimum */
+ double yminimum() const {return ymin;}+ /** Same as ybounds(a, ymaximum()) */
+ void yminimum(double a) {ybounds(a, ymax);}+ /** Gets the Y axis maximum */
+ double ymaximum() const {return ymax;}+ /** Same as ybounds(ymininimum(), a) */
+ void ymaximum(double a) {ybounds(ymin, a);}+ /** Sets the stepping value for the X axis.*/
+ void xstep(double a) {xstep_ = a;}+ /** Sets the stepping value for the Y axis.*/
+ void ystep(double a) {ystep_ = a;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_PostScript.H
@@ -1,0 +1,264 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Support for graphics output to PostScript file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 2010-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file Fl_PostScript.H
+ \brief declaration of classes Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver, Fl_PostScript_File_Device.
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_PostScript_H
+#define Fl_PostScript_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Paged_Device.H>
+#include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Signature of Fl_PostScript::close_command() functions passed as parameters. */
+extern "C" {+ typedef int (Fl_PostScript_Close_Command)(FILE *);
+}
+
+/**
+ \brief PostScript graphical backend.
+ *
+ PostScript text uses vectorial fonts when using the FLTK standard fonts
+ and the latin alphabet or a few other characters listed in the following table.
+ The latin alphabet means all unicode characters between U+0020 and U+017F, or, in other words,
+ the ASCII, Latin-1 Supplement and Latin Extended-A charts.
+ <table>
+ <tr> <th>Char</th><th>Codepoint</th><th>Name</th> <th>Char</th><th>Codepoint</th><th>Name</th> <th>Char</th><th>Codepoint</th><th>Name</th></tr>
+ <tr><td>ƒ</td><td>U+0192</td><td>florin</td><td>‚</td><td>U+201A</td><td>quotesinglbase</td><td>™</td><td>U+2122</td><td>trademark</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>ˆ</td><td>U+02C6</td><td>circumflex</td><td>“</td><td>U+201C</td><td>quotedblleft</td><td>∂</td><td>U+2202</td><td>partialdiff</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>ˇ</td><td>U+02C7</td><td>caron</td><td>”</td><td>U+201D</td><td>quotedblright</td><td>Δ</td><td>U+2206</td><td>Delta</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˘</td><td>U+02D8</td><td>breve</td><td>„</td><td>U+201E</td><td>quotedblbase</td><td>∑</td><td>U+2211</td><td>summation</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˙</td><td>U+02D9</td><td>dotaccent</td><td>†</td><td>U+2020</td><td>dagger</td><td>√</td><td>U+221A</td><td>radical</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˚</td><td>U+02DA</td><td>ring</td><td>‡</td><td>U+2021</td><td>daggerdbl</td><td>∞</td><td>U+221E</td><td>infinity</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˛</td><td>U+02DB</td><td>ogonek</td><td>•</td><td>U+2022</td><td>bullet</td><td>≠</td><td>U+2260</td><td>notequal</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˜</td><td>U+02DC</td><td>tilde</td><td>…</td><td>U+2026</td><td>ellipsis</td><td>≤</td><td>U+2264</td><td>lessequal</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>˝</td><td>U+02DD</td><td>hungarumlaut</td><td>‰</td><td>U+2030</td><td>perthousand</td><td>≥</td><td>U+2265</td><td>greaterequal</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>–</td><td>U+2013</td><td>endash</td><td>‹</td><td>U+2039</td><td>guilsinglleft</td><td>◊</td><td>U+25CA</td><td>lozenge</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>—</td><td>U+2014</td><td>emdash</td><td>›</td><td>U+203A</td><td>guilsinglright</td><td>fi</td><td>U+FB01</td><td>fi</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>‘</td><td>U+2018</td><td>quoteleft</td><td>/</td><td>U+2044</td><td>fraction</td><td>fl</td><td>U+FB02</td><td>fl</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>’</td><td>U+2019</td><td>quoteright</td><td>€</td><td>U+20AC</td><td>Euro</td><td></td><td>U+F8FF</td><td>apple (Mac OS only)</td></tr>
+ </table>
+ <br> All other unicode characters or all other fonts (FL_FREE_FONT and above) are output as a bitmap.
+ <br> FLTK standard fonts are output using the corresponding PostScript standard fonts.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver : public Fl_Graphics_Driver {+private:
+ void transformed_draw_extra(const char* str, int n, double x, double y, int w, bool rtl);
+ void *prepare_rle85();
+ void write_rle85(uchar b, void *data);
+ void close_rle85(void *data);
+ void *prepare85();
+ void write85(void *data, const uchar *p, int len);
+ void close85(void *data);
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver();
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ enum SHAPE{NONE=0, LINE, LOOP, POLYGON, POINTS};+
+class Clip {+ public:
+ int x, y, w, h;
+ Clip *prev;
+ };
+ Clip * clip_;
+
+ int lang_level_;
+ int gap_;
+ int pages_;
+
+ double width_;
+ double height_;
+
+ int shape_;
+ int linewidth_;// need for clipping, lang level 1-2
+ int linestyle_;//
+ int interpolate_; //interpolation of images
+ unsigned char cr_,cg_,cb_;
+ char linedash_[256];//should be enough
+ void concat(); // transform ror scalable dradings...
+ void reconcat(); //invert
+ void recover(); //recovers the state after grestore (such as line styles...)
+ void reset();
+
+ uchar * mask;
+ int mx; // width of mask;
+ int my; // mask lines
+ //Fl_Color bg_;
+ Fl_PostScript_Close_Command* close_cmd_;
+ int page_policy_;
+ int nPages;
+ int orientation_;
+
+ float scale_x;
+ float scale_y;
+ float angle;
+ int left_margin;
+ int top_margin;
+
+ FILE *output;
+ double pw_, ph_;
+
+ uchar bg_r, bg_g, bg_b;
+ int start_postscript (int pagecount, enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Format format, enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Layout layout);
+ /* int alpha_mask(const uchar * data, int w, int h, int D, int LD=0);
+ */
+ void transformed_draw(const char* s, int n, double x, double y); //precise text placing
+ void transformed_draw(const char* s, double x, double y);
+ int alpha_mask(const uchar * data, int w, int h, int D, int LD=0);
+
+ enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Format page_format_;
+ char *ps_filename_;
+
+ void page_policy(int p);
+ int page_policy(){return page_policy_;};+ void close_command(Fl_PostScript_Close_Command* cmd){close_cmd_=cmd;};+ FILE * file() {return output;};+ //void orientation (int o);
+ //Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver(FILE *o, int lang_level, int pages = 0); // ps (also multi-page) constructor
+ //Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver(FILE *o, int lang_level, int x, int y, int w, int h); //eps constructor
+ void interpolate(int i){interpolate_=i;};+ int interpolate(){return interpolate_;}+
+ void page(double pw, double ph, int media = 0);
+ void page(int format);
+#endif // FL_DOXYGEN
+
+ // implementation of drawing methods
+ void color(Fl_Color c);
+ void color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+
+ void push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ int clip_box(int x, int y, int w, int h, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+ int not_clipped(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ void push_no_clip();
+ void pop_clip();
+
+ void line_style(int style, int width=0, char* dashes=0);
+
+ void rect(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ void rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+ void xyline(int x, int y, int x1);
+ void xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2);
+ void xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2, int x3);
+
+ void yxline(int x, int y, int y1);
+ void yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2);
+ void yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2, int y3);
+
+ void line(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ void line(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+
+ void loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ void loop(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ void polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+ void polygon(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
+ void point(int x, int y);
+
+ void begin_points();
+ void begin_line();
+ void begin_loop();
+ void begin_polygon();
+ void vertex(double x, double y);
+ void curve(double x, double y, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3);
+ void circle(double x, double y, double r);
+ void arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double a);
+ void arc(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ void pie(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2);
+ void end_points();
+ void end_line();
+ void end_loop();
+ void end_polygon();
+ void begin_complex_polygon(){begin_polygon();};+ void gap(){gap_=1;};+ void end_complex_polygon(){end_polygon();};+ void transformed_vertex(double x, double y);
+
+ void draw_image(const uchar* d, int x,int y,int w,int h, int delta=3, int ldelta=0);
+ void draw_image_mono(const uchar* d, int x,int y,int w,int h, int delta=1, int ld=0);
+ void draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb call, void* data, int x,int y, int w, int h, int delta=3);
+ void draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb call, void* data, int x,int y, int w, int h, int delta=1);
+
+ void draw(const char* s, int nBytes, int x, int y) {transformed_draw(s,nBytes,x,y); };+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ void draw(const char* s, int nBytes, float x, float y) {transformed_draw(s,nBytes,x,y); };+#endif
+ void draw(int angle, const char *str, int n, int x, int y);
+ void rtl_draw(const char* s, int n, int x, int y);
+ void font(int face, int size);
+ double width(const char *, int);
+ double width(unsigned int u);
+ void text_extents(const char *c, int n, int &dx, int &dy, int &w, int &h);
+ int height();
+ int descent();
+ void draw(Fl_Pixmap * pxm,int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_Bitmap * bitmap,int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(Fl_RGB_Image * rgb,int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP, int cx, int cy);
+ int draw_scaled(Fl_Image *img, int XP, int YP, int WP, int HP);
+ int clocale_printf(const char *format, ...);
+ ~Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver();
+};
+
+/**
+ To send graphical output to a PostScript file.
+ This class is used exactly as the Fl_Printer class except for the start_job() call,
+ two variants of which are usable and allow to specify what page format and layout are desired.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_PostScript_File_Device : public Fl_Paged_Device {+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ CGContextRef gc;
+#endif
+protected:
+ Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver *driver();
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ Fl_PostScript_File_Device();
+ ~Fl_PostScript_File_Device();
+ int start_job(int pagecount, int* from, int* to);
+ int start_job(int pagecount, enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Format format = Fl_Paged_Device::A4,
+ enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Layout layout = Fl_Paged_Device::PORTRAIT);
+ int start_job(FILE *ps_output, int pagecount, enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Format format = Fl_Paged_Device::A4,
+ enum Fl_Paged_Device::Page_Layout layout = Fl_Paged_Device::PORTRAIT);
+ int start_page (void);
+ int printable_rect(int *w, int *h);
+ void margins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom);
+ void origin(int *x, int *y);
+ void origin(int x, int y);
+ void scale (float scale_x, float scale_y = 0.);
+ void rotate(float angle);
+ void translate(int x, int y);
+ void untranslate(void);
+ int end_page (void);
+ void end_job(void);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ void set_current() { fl_gc = gc; Fl_Paged_Device::set_current(); }+#endif
+
+ static const char *file_chooser_title;
+};
+
+#endif // Fl_PostScript_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$"
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Preferences.H
@@ -1,0 +1,269 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Preferences .
+//
+// Copyright 2002-2010 by Matthias Melcher.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Preferences class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Preferences_H
+# define Fl_Preferences_H
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "Fl_Export.H"
+
+/**
+ \brief Fl_Preferences provides methods to store user
+ settings between application starts.
+
+ It is similar to the
+ Registry on WIN32 and Preferences on MacOS, and provides a
+ simple configuration mechanism for UNIX.
+
+ Fl_Preferences uses a hierarchy to store data. It
+ bundles similar data into groups and manages entries into those
+ groups as name/value pairs.
+
+ Preferences are stored in text files that can be edited
+ manually. The file format is easy to read and relatively
+ forgiving. Preferences files are the same on all platforms. User
+ comments in preference files are preserved. Filenames are unique
+ for each application by using a vendor/application naming
+ scheme. The user must provide default values for all entries to
+ ensure proper operation should preferences be corrupted or not
+ yet exist.
+
+ Entries can be of any length. However, the size of each
+ preferences file should be kept small for performance
+ reasons. One application can have multiple preferences files.
+ Extensive binary data however should be stored in separate
+ files: see getUserdataPath().
+
+ \note Starting with FLTK 1.3, preference databases are expected to
+ be in UTF-8 encoding. Previous databases were stored in the
+ current character set or code page which renders them incompatible
+ for text entries using international characters.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Preferences {+
+public:
+ /**
+ Define the scope of the preferences.
+ */
+ enum Root { + SYSTEM=0, ///< Preferences are used system-wide
+ USER ///< Preferences apply only to the current user
+ };
+
+ /**
+ Every Fl_Preferences-Group has a uniqe ID.
+
+ ID's can be retrieved from an Fl_Preferences-Group and can then be used
+ to create more Fl_Preference references to the same data set, as long as the
+ database remains open.
+ */
+ typedef void *ID;
+
+ static const char *newUUID();
+
+ Fl_Preferences( Root root, const char *vendor, const char *application );
+ Fl_Preferences( const char *path, const char *vendor, const char *application );
+ Fl_Preferences( Fl_Preferences &parent, const char *group );
+ Fl_Preferences( Fl_Preferences *parent, const char *group );
+ Fl_Preferences( Fl_Preferences &parent, int groupIndex );
+ Fl_Preferences( Fl_Preferences *parent, int groupIndex );
+ Fl_Preferences(const Fl_Preferences&);
+ Fl_Preferences( ID id );
+ virtual ~Fl_Preferences();
+
+ /** Return an ID that can later be reused to open more references to this dataset.
+ */
+ ID id() { return (ID)node; }+
+ /** Remove the group with this ID from a database.
+ */
+ static char remove(ID id_) { return ((Node*)id_)->remove(); }+
+ /** Return the name of this entry.
+ */
+ const char *name() { return node->name(); }+
+ /** Return the full path to this entry.
+ */
+ const char *path() { return node->path(); }+
+ int groups();
+ const char *group( int num_group );
+ char groupExists( const char *key );
+ char deleteGroup( const char *group );
+ char deleteAllGroups();
+
+ int entries();
+ const char *entry( int index );
+ char entryExists( const char *key );
+ char deleteEntry( const char *entry );
+ char deleteAllEntries();
+
+ char clear();
+
+ char set( const char *entry, int value );
+ char set( const char *entry, float value );
+ char set( const char *entry, float value, int precision );
+ char set( const char *entry, double value );
+ char set( const char *entry, double value, int precision );
+ char set( const char *entry, const char *value );
+ char set( const char *entry, const void *value, int size );
+
+ char get( const char *entry, int &value, int defaultValue );
+ char get( const char *entry, float &value, float defaultValue );
+ char get( const char *entry, double &value, double defaultValue );
+ char get( const char *entry, char *&value, const char *defaultValue );
+ char get( const char *entry, char *value, const char *defaultValue, int maxSize );
+ char get( const char *entry, void *&value, const void *defaultValue, int defaultSize );
+ char get( const char *entry, void *value, const void *defaultValue, int defaultSize, int maxSize );
+
+ int size( const char *entry );
+
+ char getUserdataPath( char *path, int pathlen );
+
+ void flush();
+
+ // char export( const char *filename, Type fileFormat );
+ // char import( const char *filename );
+
+ /**
+ 'Name' provides a simple method to create numerical or more complex
+ procedural names for entries and groups on the fly.
+
+ Example: prefs.set(Fl_Preferences::Name("File%d",i),file[i]);.+
+ See test/preferences.cxx as a sample for writing arrays into preferences.
+
+ 'Name' is actually implemented as a class inside Fl_Preferences. It casts
+ into const char* and gets automatically destroyed after the enclosing call
+ ends.
+ */
+ class FL_EXPORT Name {+
+ char *data_;
+
+ public:
+ Name( unsigned int n );
+ Name( const char *format, ... );
+
+ /**
+ Return the Name as a "C" string.
+ \internal
+ */
+ operator const char *() { return data_; }+ ~Name();
+ };
+
+ /** \internal An entry associates a preference name to its corresponding value */
+ struct Entry {+ char *name, *value;
+ };
+
+private:
+ Fl_Preferences() : node(0), rootNode(0) { }+ Fl_Preferences &operator=(const Fl_Preferences&);
+
+ static char nameBuffer[128];
+ static char uuidBuffer[40];
+ static Fl_Preferences *runtimePrefs;
+
+public: // older Sun compilers need this (public definition of the following classes)
+ class RootNode;
+
+ class FL_EXPORT Node { // a node contains a list to all its entries + // and all means to manage the tree structure
+ Node *child_, *next_;
+ union { // these two are mutually exclusive+ Node *parent_; // top_ bit clear
+ RootNode *root_; // top_ bit set
+ };
+ char *path_;
+ Entry *entry_;
+ int nEntry_, NEntry_;
+ unsigned char dirty_:1;
+ unsigned char top_:1;
+ unsigned char indexed_:1;
+ // indexing routines
+ Node **index_;
+ int nIndex_, NIndex_;
+ void createIndex();
+ void updateIndex();
+ void deleteIndex();
+ public:
+ static int lastEntrySet;
+ public:
+ Node( const char *path );
+ ~Node();
+ // node methods
+ int write( FILE *f );
+ const char *name();
+ const char *path() { return path_; }+ Node *find( const char *path );
+ Node *search( const char *path, int offset=0 );
+ Node *childNode( int ix );
+ Node *addChild( const char *path );
+ void setParent( Node *parent );
+ Node *parent() { return top_?0L:parent_; }+ void setRoot(RootNode *r) { root_ = r; top_ = 1; }+ RootNode *findRoot();
+ char remove();
+ char dirty();
+ void deleteAllChildren();
+ // entry methods
+ int nChildren();
+ const char *child( int ix );
+ void set( const char *name, const char *value );
+ void set( const char *line );
+ void add( const char *line );
+ const char *get( const char *name );
+ int getEntry( const char *name );
+ char deleteEntry( const char *name );
+ void deleteAllEntries();
+ int nEntry() { return nEntry_; }+ Entry &entry(int i) { return entry_[i]; }+ };
+ friend class Node;
+
+ class FL_EXPORT RootNode { // the root node manages file paths and basic reading and writing+ Fl_Preferences *prefs_;
+ char *filename_;
+ char *vendor_, *application_;
+ public:
+ RootNode( Fl_Preferences *, Root root, const char *vendor, const char *application );
+ RootNode( Fl_Preferences *, const char *path, const char *vendor, const char *application );
+ RootNode( Fl_Preferences * );
+ ~RootNode();
+ int read();
+ int write();
+ char getPath( char *path, int pathlen );
+ };
+ friend class RootNode;
+
+protected:
+ Node *node;
+ RootNode *rootNode;
+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Preferences_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Printer.H
@@ -1,0 +1,236 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Printing support for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 2010-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file Fl_Printer.H
+ \brief declaration of classes Fl_Printer, Fl_System_Printer and Fl_PostScript_Printer.
+ */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Printer_H
+#define Fl_Printer_H
+
+#include <FL/x.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Paged_Device.H>
+#include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Pixmap.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_RGB_Image.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Bitmap.H>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if !(defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32))
+#include <FL/Fl_PostScript.H>
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+#include <commdlg.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+/**
+ Print support under MSWindows and Mac OS.
+
+ Class Fl_System_Printer is implemented only on the MSWindows and Mac OS platforms.
+ It has no public constructor.
+ Use Fl_Printer instead that is cross-platform and has the same API.
+ */
+class Fl_System_Printer : public Fl_Paged_Device {+ friend class Fl_Printer;
+private:
+ /** \brief the printer's graphics context, if there's one, NULL otherwise */
+ void *gc;
+ void set_current(void);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ float scale_x;
+ float scale_y;
+ float angle; // rotation angle in radians
+ PMPrintSession printSession;
+ PMPageFormat pageFormat;
+ PMPrintSettings printSettings;
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+ int abortPrint;
+ PRINTDLG pd;
+ HDC hPr;
+ int prerr;
+ int left_margin;
+ int top_margin;
+ void absolute_printable_rect(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h);
+#endif
+protected:
+ /** \brief The constructor */
+ Fl_System_Printer(void);
+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ int start_job(int pagecount, int *frompage = NULL, int *topage = NULL);
+ int start_page (void);
+ int printable_rect(int *w, int *h);
+ void margins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom);
+ void origin(int *x, int *y);
+ void origin(int x, int y);
+ void scale (float scale_x, float scale_y = 0.);
+ void rotate(float angle);
+ void translate(int x, int y);
+ void untranslate(void);
+ int end_page (void);
+ void end_job (void);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ void print_window_part(Fl_Window *win, int x, int y, int w, int h, int delta_x, int delta_y);
+#endif
+ /** \brief The destructor */
+ ~Fl_System_Printer(void);
+}; // class Fl_System_Printer
+
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined(__APPLE__) || defined(WIN32) )
+/**
+ Print support under Unix/Linux.
+
+ Class Fl_PostScript_Printer is implemented only on the Unix/Linux platform.
+ It has no public constructor.
+ Use Fl_Printer instead that is cross-platform and has the same API.
+ */
+class Fl_PostScript_Printer : public Fl_PostScript_File_Device {+ friend class Fl_Printer;
+protected:
+ /** The constructor */
+ Fl_PostScript_Printer(void) {};+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ int start_job(int pages, int *firstpage = NULL, int *lastpage = NULL);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief OS-independent print support.
+ *
+ Fl_Printer allows to use all drawing, color, text, image, and clip FLTK functions, and to have them operate
+ on printed page(s). There are two main, non exclusive, ways to use it.
+ <ul><li>Print any widget (standard, custom, Fl_Window, Fl_Gl_Window) as it appears
+ on screen, with optional translation, scaling and rotation. This is done by calling print_widget(),
+ print_window() or print_window_part().
+ <li>Use a series of FLTK graphics commands (e.g., font, text, lines, colors, clip, image) to
+ compose a page appropriately shaped for printing.
+ </ul>
+ In both cases, begin by start_job(), start_page(), printable_rect() and origin() calls
+ and finish by end_page() and end_job() calls.
+ <p>Example of use: print a widget centered in a page
+ \code
+ #include <FL/Fl_Printer.H>
+ #include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+ int width, height;
+ Fl_Widget *widget = ... // a widget we want printed
+ Fl_Printer *printer = new Fl_Printer();
+ if (printer->start_job(1) == 0) {+ printer->start_page();
+ printer->printable_rect(&width, &height);
+ fl_color(FL_BLACK);
+ fl_line_style(FL_SOLID, 2);
+ fl_rect(0, 0, width, height);
+ fl_font(FL_COURIER, 12);
+ time_t now; time(&now); fl_draw(ctime(&now), 0, fl_height());
+ printer->origin(width/2, height/2);
+ printer->print_widget(widget, -widget->w()/2, -widget->h()/2);
+ printer->end_page();
+ printer->end_job();
+ }
+ delete printer;
+ \endcode
+ <b>Platform specifics</b>
+ <ul>
+ <li>Unix/Linux platforms:
+ Unless it has been previously changed, the default paper size is A4.
+ To change that, press the "Properties" button of the "Print" dialog window
+ opened by an Fl_Printer::start_job() call. This opens a "Printer Properties" window where it's
+ possible to select the adequate paper size. Finally press the "Save" button therein to assign
+ the chosen paper size to the chosen printer for this and all further print operations.
+ <br>Class Fl_RGB_Image prints but loses its transparency if it has one.
+ See class Fl_PostScript_Graphics_Driver for a description of how UTF-8 strings appear in print.
+ Use the static public attributes of this class to set the print dialog to other languages
+ than English. For example, the "Printer:" dialog item Fl_Printer::dialog_printer can be set to French with:
+ \code
+ Fl_Printer::dialog_printer = "Imprimante:";
+ \endcode
+ before creation of the Fl_Printer object.
+ Use Fl_PostScript_File_Device::file_chooser_title to customize the title of the file chooser dialog that opens
+ when using the "Print To File" option of the print dialog.
+ <li>MSWindows platform: Transparent Fl_RGB_Image 's don't print with exact transparency on most printers.
+ Fl_RGB_Image 's don't rotate() well.
+ A workaround is to use the print_window_part() call.
+ <li>Mac OS X platform: all graphics requests print as on display.
+ </ul>
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Printer : public Fl_Paged_Device {+public:
+ static const char *class_id;
+ const char *class_name() {return class_id;};+ /** \brief The constructor */
+ Fl_Printer(void);
+ int start_job(int pagecount, int *frompage = NULL, int *topage = NULL);
+ int start_page(void);
+ int printable_rect(int *w, int *h);
+ void margins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom);
+ void origin(int *x, int *y);
+ void origin(int x, int y);
+ void scale(float scale_x, float scale_y = 0.);
+ void rotate(float angle);
+ void translate(int x, int y);
+ void untranslate(void);
+ int end_page (void);
+ void end_job (void);
+ void print_widget(Fl_Widget* widget, int delta_x=0, int delta_y=0);
+ void print_window_part(Fl_Window *win, int x, int y, int w, int h, int delta_x=0, int delta_y=0);
+ void set_current(void);
+ Fl_Graphics_Driver* driver(void);
+ /** \brief The destructor */
+ ~Fl_Printer(void);
+
+ /** \name These attributes are effective under the Xlib platform only.
+ \{+ */
+ static const char *dialog_title;
+ static const char *dialog_printer;
+ static const char *dialog_range;
+ static const char *dialog_copies;
+ static const char *dialog_all;
+ static const char *dialog_pages;
+ static const char *dialog_from;
+ static const char *dialog_to;
+ static const char *dialog_properties;
+ static const char *dialog_copyNo;
+ static const char *dialog_print_button;
+ static const char *dialog_cancel_button;
+ static const char *dialog_print_to_file;
+ static const char *property_title;
+ static const char *property_pagesize;
+ static const char *property_mode;
+ static const char *property_use;
+ static const char *property_save;
+ static const char *property_cancel;
+ /** \} */
+private:
+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(__APPLE__)
+ Fl_System_Printer *printer;
+#else
+ Fl_PostScript_Printer *printer;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // Fl_Printer_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$"
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Progress.H
@@ -1,0 +1,72 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Progress bar widget definitions.
+//
+// Copyright 2000-2010 by Michael Sweet.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Progress widget . */
+
+#ifndef _Fl_Progress_H_
+# define _Fl_Progress_H_
+
+//
+// Include necessary headers.
+//
+
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+
+
+//
+// Progress class...
+//
+/**
+ Displays a progress bar for the user.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Progress : public Fl_Widget {+
+ float value_,
+ minimum_,
+ maximum_;
+
+ protected:
+
+ virtual void draw();
+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_Progress(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char *l = 0);
+
+ /** Sets the maximum value in the progress widget. */
+ void maximum(float v) { maximum_ = v; redraw(); }+ /** Gets the maximum value in the progress widget. */
+ float maximum() const { return (maximum_); }+
+ /** Sets the minimum value in the progress widget. */
+ void minimum(float v) { minimum_ = v; redraw(); }+ /** Gets the minimum value in the progress widget. */
+ float minimum() const { return (minimum_); }+
+ /** Sets the current value in the progress widget. */
+ void value(float v) { value_ = v; redraw(); }+ /** Gets the current value in the progress widget. */
+ float value() const { return (value_); }+};
+
+#endif // !_Fl_Progress_H_
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_RGB_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,26 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// RGB Image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_RGB_Image_H
+# define Fl_RGB_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+#endif // !Fl_RGB_Image_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Radio_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Radio button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Radio_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Radio_Button_H
+#define Fl_Radio_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Radio_Button : public Fl_Button {+public:
+ Fl_Radio_Button(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Radio_Light_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Radio light button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Radio_Light_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Radio_Light_Button_H
+#define Fl_Radio_Light_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Light_Button.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Radio_Light_Button : public Fl_Light_Button {+public:
+ Fl_Radio_Light_Button(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Radio_Round_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Radio round button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Radio_Round_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Radio_Round_Button_H
+#define Fl_Radio_Round_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Round_Button.H"
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Radio_Round_Button : public Fl_Round_Button {+public:
+ Fl_Radio_Round_Button(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Repeat_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,54 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Repeat button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Repeat_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Repeat_Button_H
+#define Fl_Repeat_Button_H
+#include "Fl.H"
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Repeat_Button is a subclass of Fl_Button that
+ generates a callback when it is pressed and then repeatedly generates
+ callbacks as long as it is held down. The speed of the repeat is fixed
+ and depends on the implementation.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Repeat_Button : public Fl_Button {+ static void repeat_callback(void *);
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Repeat_Button widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_UP_BOX.
+ Deletes the button.
+ */
+ Fl_Repeat_Button(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+
+ void deactivate() {+ Fl::remove_timeout(repeat_callback,this);
+ Fl_Button::deactivate();
+ }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Return_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,50 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Return button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Return_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Return_Button_H
+#define Fl_Return_Button_H
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Return_Button is a subclass of Fl_Button that
+ generates a callback when it is pressed or when the user presses the
+ Enter key. A carriage-return symbol is drawn next to the button label.
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html Fl_Return_Button.png
+ \image latex Fl_Return_Button.png "Fl_Return_Button" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Return_Button : public Fl_Button {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Return_Button widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_UP_BOX.
+ <P> The inherited destructor deletes the button.
+ */
+ Fl_Return_Button(int X, int Y, int W, int H,const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Roller.H
@@ -1,0 +1,47 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Roller header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Roller widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Roller_H
+#define Fl_Roller_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Roller widget is a "dolly" control commonly used to
+ move 3D objects.
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html Fl_Roller.png
+ \image latex Fl_Roller.png "Fl_Roller" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Roller : public Fl_Valuator {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Roller(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char* L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Round_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,45 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Round button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2014 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Round_Button_H
+#define Fl_Round_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Light_Button.H"
+
+/**
+ Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
+ control exactly when and how by changing the values for type()
+ and when().
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html Fl_Round_Button.png</P>
+ \image latex Fl_Round_Button.png " Fl_Round_Button" width=4cm
+ <P>The Fl_Round_Button subclass display the "on" state by
+ turning on a light, rather than drawing pushed in. The shape of the
+ "light" is initially set to FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX. The color of the light
+ when on is controlled with selection_color(), which defaults to
+ FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Round_Button : public Fl_Light_Button {+public:
+ Fl_Round_Button(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Round_Clock.H
@@ -1,0 +1,38 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Round clock header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Round_Clock widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Round_Clock_H
+#define Fl_Round_Clock_H
+
+#include "Fl_Clock.H"
+
+/** A clock widget of type FL_ROUND_CLOCK. Has no box. */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Round_Clock : public Fl_Clock {+public:
+ /** Creates the clock widget, setting his type and box. */
+ Fl_Round_Clock(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Scroll.H
@@ -1,0 +1,209 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Scroll header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Scroll widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Scroll_H
+#define Fl_Scroll_H
+
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+#include "Fl_Scrollbar.H"
+
+/**
+ This container widget lets you maneuver around a set of widgets much
+ larger than your window. If the child widgets are larger than the size
+ of this object then scrollbars will appear so that you can scroll over
+ to them:
+ \image html Fl_Scroll.png
+ \image latex Fl_Scroll.png "Fl_Scroll" width=4cm
+
+ If all of the child widgets are packed together into a solid
+ rectangle then you want to set box() to FL_NO_BOX or
+ one of the _FRAME types. This will result in the best output.
+ However, if the child widgets are a sparse arrangement you must
+ set box() to a real _BOX type. This can result in some
+ blinking during redrawing, but that can be solved by using a
+ Fl_Double_Window.
+
+ By default you can scroll in both directions, and the scrollbars
+ disappear if the data will fit in the area of the scroll.
+
+ Use Fl_Scroll::type() to change this as follows :
+
+ - 0 - No scrollbars
+ - Fl_Scroll::HORIZONTAL - Only a horizontal scrollbar.
+ - Fl_Scroll::VERTICAL - Only a vertical scrollbar.
+ - Fl_Scroll::BOTH - The default is both scrollbars.
+ - Fl_Scroll::HORIZONTAL_ALWAYS - Horizontal scrollbar always on, vertical always off.
+ - Fl_Scroll::VERTICAL_ALWAYS - Vertical scrollbar always on, horizontal always off.
+ - Fl_Scroll::BOTH_ALWAYS - Both always on.
+
+ Use <B> scrollbar.align(int) ( see void Fl_Widget::align(Fl_Align) ) :</B>
+ to change what side the scrollbars are drawn on.
+
+ If the FL_ALIGN_LEFT bit is on, the vertical scrollbar is on the left.
+ If the FL_ALIGN_TOP bit is on, the horizontal scrollbar is on
+ the top. Note that only the alignment flags in scrollbar are
+ considered. The flags in hscrollbar however are ignored.
+
+ This widget can also be used to pan around a single child widget
+ "canvas". This child widget should be of your own class, with a
+ draw() method that draws the contents. The scrolling is done by
+ changing the x() and y() of the widget, so this child
+ must use the x() and y() to position its drawing.
+ To speed up drawing it should test fl_not_clipped(int x,int y,int w,int h)
+ to find out if a particular area of the widget must be drawn.
+
+ Another very useful child is a single Fl_Pack, which is itself a group
+ that packs its children together and changes size to surround them.
+ Filling the Fl_Pack with Fl_Tabs groups (and then putting
+ normal widgets inside those) gives you a very powerful scrolling list
+ of individually-openable panels.
+
+ Fluid lets you create these, but you can only lay out objects that
+ fit inside the Fl_Scroll without scrolling. Be sure to leave
+ space for the scrollbars, as Fluid won't show these either.
+
+ <I>You cannot use Fl_Window as a child of this since the
+ clipping is not conveyed to it when drawn, and it will draw over the
+ scrollbars and neighboring objects.</I>
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Scroll : public Fl_Group {+
+ int xposition_, yposition_;
+ int oldx, oldy;
+ int scrollbar_size_;
+ static void hscrollbar_cb(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+ static void scrollbar_cb(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+ void fix_scrollbar_order();
+ static void draw_clip(void*,int,int,int,int);
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+protected: // NEW (STR#1895)
+#else
+private: // OLD
+#endif
+ /**
+ Structure to manage scrollbar and widget interior sizes.
+ This is filled out by recalc_scrollbars() for use in calculations
+ that need to know the visible scroll area size, etc.
+ \note Availability in FLTK_ABI_VERSION 10303 or higher.
+ */
+ typedef struct {+ /// A local struct to manage a region defined by xywh
+ typedef struct { int x,y,w,h; } Fl_Region_XYWH;+ /// A local struct to manage a region defined by left/right/top/bottom
+ typedef struct {+ int l; ///< (l)eft "x" position, aka x1
+ int r; ///< (r)ight "x" position, aka x2
+ int t; ///< (t)op "y" position, aka y1
+ int b; ///< (b)ottom "y" position, aka y2
+ } Fl_Region_LRTB;
+ /// A local struct to manage a scrollbar's xywh region and tab values
+ typedef struct {+ int x,y,w,h;
+ int pos; ///< scrollbar tab's "position of first line displayed"
+ int size; ///< scrollbar tab's "size of window in lines"
+ int first; ///< scrollbar tab's "number of first line"
+ int total; ///< scrollbar tab's "total number of lines"
+ } Fl_Scrollbar_Data;
+ int scrollsize; ///< the effective scrollbar thickness (local or global)
+ Fl_Region_XYWH innerbox; ///< widget's inner box, excluding scrollbars
+ Fl_Region_XYWH innerchild; ///< widget's inner box, including scrollbars
+ Fl_Region_LRTB child; ///< child bounding box: left/right/top/bottom
+ int hneeded; ///< horizontal scrollbar visibility
+ int vneeded; ///< vertical scrollbar visibility
+ Fl_Scrollbar_Data hscroll; ///< horizontal scrollbar region + values
+ Fl_Scrollbar_Data vscroll; ///< vertical scrollbar region + values
+ } ScrollInfo;
+ void recalc_scrollbars(ScrollInfo &si);
+
+protected:
+
+ void bbox(int&,int&,int&,int&);
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_Scrollbar scrollbar;
+ Fl_Scrollbar hscrollbar;
+
+ void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ int handle(int);
+
+ Fl_Scroll(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char*l=0);
+
+ enum { // values for type()+ HORIZONTAL = 1,
+ VERTICAL = 2,
+ BOTH = 3,
+ ALWAYS_ON = 4,
+ HORIZONTAL_ALWAYS = 5,
+ VERTICAL_ALWAYS = 6,
+ BOTH_ALWAYS = 7
+ };
+
+ /** Gets the current horizontal scrolling position. */
+ int xposition() const {return xposition_;}+ /** Gets the current vertical scrolling position. */
+ int yposition() const {return yposition_;}+ void scroll_to(int, int);
+ void clear();
+ /**
+ Gets the current size of the scrollbars' troughs, in pixels.
+
+ If this value is zero (default), this widget will use the
+ Fl::scrollbar_size() value as the scrollbar's width.
+
+ \returns Scrollbar size in pixels, or 0 if the global Fl::scrollbar_size() is being used.
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size(int)
+ */
+ int scrollbar_size() const {+ return(scrollbar_size_);
+ }
+ /**
+ Sets the pixel size of the scrollbars' troughs to \p newSize, in pixels.
+
+ Normally you should not need this method, and should use
+ Fl::scrollbar_size(int) instead to manage the size of ALL
+ your widgets' scrollbars. This ensures your application
+ has a consistent UI, is the default behavior, and is normally
+ what you want.
+
+ Only use THIS method if you really need to override the global
+ scrollbar size. The need for this should be rare.
+
+ Setting \p newSize to the special value of 0 causes the widget to
+ track the global Fl::scrollbar_size(), which is the default.
+
+ \param[in] newSize Sets the scrollbar size in pixels.\n
+ If 0 (default), scrollbar size tracks the global Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ */
+ void scrollbar_size(int newSize) {+ if ( newSize != scrollbar_size_ ) redraw();
+ scrollbar_size_ = newSize;
+ }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Scrollbar.H
@@ -1,0 +1,111 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Scroll bar header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Scrollbar widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Scrollbar_H
+#define Fl_Scrollbar_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Scrollbar widget displays a slider with arrow buttons at
+ the ends of the scrollbar. Clicking on the arrows move up/left and
+ down/right by linesize(). Scrollbars also accept FL_SHORTCUT events:
+ the arrows move by linesize(), and vertical scrollbars take Page
+ Up/Down (they move by the page size minus linesize()) and Home/End
+ (they jump to the top or bottom).
+
+ Scrollbars have step(1) preset (they always return integers). If
+ desired you can set the step() to non-integer values. You will then
+ have to use casts to get at the floating-point versions of value()
+ from Fl_Slider.
+
+ \image html scrollbar.png
+ \image latex scrollbar.png "Fl_Scrollbar" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Scrollbar : public Fl_Slider {+
+ int linesize_;
+ int pushed_;
+ static void timeout_cb(void*);
+ void increment_cb();
+protected:
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ Fl_Scrollbar(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L = 0);
+ ~Fl_Scrollbar();
+ int handle(int);
+
+ /**
+ Gets the integer value (position) of the slider in the scrollbar.
+ You can get the floating point value with Fl_Slider::value().
+
+ \see Fl_Scrollbar::value(int p)
+ \see Fl_Scrollbar::value(int pos, int size, int first, int total)
+ */
+ int value() const {return int(Fl_Slider::value());}+
+ /**
+ Sets the value (position) of the slider in the scrollbar.
+
+ \see Fl_Scrollbar::value()
+ \see Fl_Scrollbar::value(int pos, int size, int first, int total)
+ */
+ int value(int p) {return int(Fl_Slider::value((double)p));}+
+ /**
+ Sets the position, size and range of the slider in the scrollbar.
+ \param[in] pos position, first line displayed
+ \param[in] windowSize number of lines displayed
+ \param[in] first number of first line
+ \param[in] total total number of lines
+
+ You should call this every time your window changes size, your data
+ changes size, or your scroll position changes (even if in response
+ to a callback from this scrollbar).
+ All necessary calls to redraw() are done.
+
+ Calls Fl_Slider::scrollvalue(int pos, int size, int first, int total).
+ */
+ int value(int pos, int windowSize, int first, int total) {+ return scrollvalue(pos, windowSize, first, total);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Get the size of step, in lines, that the arror keys move.
+ */
+ int linesize() const {return linesize_;}+
+ /**
+ This number controls how big the steps are that the arrow keys do.
+ In addition page up/down move by the size last sent to value()
+ minus one linesize(). The default is 16.
+ */
+ void linesize(int i) {linesize_ = i;}+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Secret_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,51 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Secret input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Secret_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Secret_Input_H
+#define Fl_Secret_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Secret_Input class is a subclass of Fl_Input that displays its
+ input as a string of placeholders. Depending on the platform this
+ placeholder is either the asterisk ('*') or the Unicode bullet+ character (U+2022).
+
+ This subclass is usually used to receive passwords and other "secret" information.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Secret_Input : public Fl_Input {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Secret_Input widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+
+ Inherited destructor destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Secret_Input(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l = 0);
+ int handle(int);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Select_Browser.H
@@ -1,0 +1,50 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Select browser header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Select_Browser widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Select_Browser_H
+#define Fl_Select_Browser_H
+
+#include "Fl_Browser.H"
+
+/**
+ The class is a subclass of Fl_Browser
+ which lets the user select a single item, or no items by clicking on
+ the empty space. As long as the mouse button is held down on an
+ unselected item it is highlighted. Normally the callback is done when the
+ user presses the mouse, but you can change this with when().
+ <P>See Fl_Browser for methods to add and remove lines from the browser.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Select_Browser : public Fl_Browser {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Select_Browser widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string. The default boxtype is FL_DOWN_BOX.
+ The constructor specializes Fl_Browser() by setting the type to FL_SELECT_BROWSER.
+ The destructor destroys the widget and frees all memory that has been allocated.
+ */
+ Fl_Select_Browser(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *L=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Shared_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,144 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Shared image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2017 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Shared_Image class. */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Shared_Image_H
+# define Fl_Shared_Image_H
+
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+
+// Test function for adding new formats
+typedef Fl_Image *(*Fl_Shared_Handler)(const char *name, uchar *header,
+ int headerlen);
+
+// Shared images class.
+/**
+ This class supports caching, loading, scaling, and drawing of image files.
+
+ Most applications will also want to link against the fltk_images library
+ and call the fl_register_images() function to support standard image
+ formats such as BMP, GIF, JPEG, and PNG.
+
+ Images can be requested (loaded) with Fl_Shared_Image::get(), find(),
+ and some other methods. All images are cached in an internal list of
+ shared images and should be released when they are no longer needed.
+ A refcount is used to determine if a released image is to be destroyed
+ with delete.
+
+ \see Fl_Shared_Image::get()
+ \see Fl_Shared_Image::find()
+ \see Fl_Shared_Image::release()
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Shared_Image : public Fl_Image {+
+ friend class Fl_JPEG_Image;
+ friend class Fl_PNG_Image;
+
+private:
+ static Fl_RGB_Scaling scaling_algorithm_; // method used to rescale RGB source images
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ Fl_Image *scaled_image_;
+#endif
+protected:
+
+ static Fl_Shared_Image **images_; // Shared images
+ static int num_images_; // Number of shared images
+ static int alloc_images_; // Allocated shared images
+ static Fl_Shared_Handler *handlers_; // Additional format handlers
+ static int num_handlers_; // Number of format handlers
+ static int alloc_handlers_; // Allocated format handlers
+
+ const char *name_; // Name of image file
+ int original_; // Original image?
+ int refcount_; // Number of times this image has been used
+ Fl_Image *image_; // The image that is shared
+ int alloc_image_; // Was the image allocated?
+
+ static int compare(Fl_Shared_Image **i0, Fl_Shared_Image **i1);
+
+ // Use get() and release() to load/delete images in memory...
+ Fl_Shared_Image();
+ Fl_Shared_Image(const char *n, Fl_Image *img = 0);
+ virtual ~Fl_Shared_Image();
+ void add();
+ void update();
+
+public:
+ /** Returns the filename of the shared image */
+ const char *name() { return name_; }+
+ /** Returns the number of references of this shared image.
+ When reference is below 1, the image is deleted.
+ */
+ int refcount() { return refcount_; }+
+ /** Returns whether this is an original image.
+ Images loaded from a file or from memory are marked \p original as
+ opposed to images created as a copy of another image with different
+ size (width or height).
+ \note This is useful for debugging (rarely used in user code).
+ \since FLTK 1.4.0
+ */
+ int original() { return original_; }+
+ void release();
+ void reload();
+
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);
+ virtual void desaturate();
+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(int X, int Y) { draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0); }+ void scale(int width, int height, int proportional = 1, int can_expand = 0);
+ virtual void uncache();
+
+ static Fl_Shared_Image *find(const char *name, int W = 0, int H = 0);
+ static Fl_Shared_Image *get(const char *name, int W = 0, int H = 0);
+ static Fl_Shared_Image *get(Fl_RGB_Image *rgb, int own_it = 1);
+ static Fl_Shared_Image **images();
+ static int num_images();
+ static void add_handler(Fl_Shared_Handler f);
+ static void remove_handler(Fl_Shared_Handler f);
+ /** Sets what algorithm is used when resizing a source image.
+ The default algorithm is FL_RGB_SCALING_BILINEAR.
+ Drawing an Fl_Shared_Image is sometimes performed by first resizing the source image
+ and then drawing the resized copy. This occurs, e.g., when drawing to screen under Linux or MSWindows
+ after having called Fl_Shared_Image::scale().
+ This function controls what method is used when the image to be resized is an Fl_RGB_Image.
+ \version 1.3.4 and requires compiling with FLTK_ABI_VERSION = 10304
+ */
+ static void scaling_algorithm(Fl_RGB_Scaling algorithm) {scaling_algorithm_ = algorithm; }+};
+
+//
+// The following function is provided in the fltk_images library and
+// registers all of the "extra" image file formats that are not part
+// of the core FLTK library...
+//
+
+FL_EXPORT extern void fl_register_images();
+
+#endif // !Fl_Shared_Image_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$"
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Simple_Counter.H
@@ -1,0 +1,40 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Simple counter header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Simple_Counter widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Simple_Counter_H
+#define Fl_Simple_Counter_H
+
+#include "Fl_Counter.H"
+/**
+ This widget creates a counter with only 2 arrow buttons
+ <P align=center>\image html counter.png</P>
+ \image latex counter.png "Fl_Simple_Counter" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Simple_Counter : public Fl_Counter {+public:
+ Fl_Simple_Counter(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L = 0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Single_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,58 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Single-buffered window header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Single_Window class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Single_Window_H
+#define Fl_Single_Window_H
+
+#include "Fl_Window.H"
+
+/**
+ This is the same as Fl_Window. However, it is possible that
+ some implementations will provide double-buffered windows by default.
+ This subclass can be used to force single-buffering. This may be
+ useful for modifying existing programs that use incremental update, or
+ for some types of image data, such as a movie flipbook.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Single_Window : public Fl_Window {+public:
+ void show();
+ void show(int a, char **b) {Fl_Window::show(a,b);}+ void flush();
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Single_Window widget using the given
+ size, and label (title) string.
+ */
+ Fl_Single_Window(int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Single_Window widget using the given
+ position, size, and label (title) string.
+ */
+ Fl_Single_Window(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+
+ int make_current();
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,111 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Slider_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type(), lowest bit indicate horizontal:
+#define FL_VERT_SLIDER 0
+#define FL_HOR_SLIDER 1
+#define FL_VERT_FILL_SLIDER 2
+#define FL_HOR_FILL_SLIDER 3
+#define FL_VERT_NICE_SLIDER 4
+#define FL_HOR_NICE_SLIDER 5
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Slider widget contains a sliding knob inside a box. It is
+ often used as a scrollbar. Moving the box all the way to the
+ top/left sets it to the minimum(), and to the bottom/right to the
+ maximum(). The minimum() may be greater than the maximum() to
+ reverse the slider direction.
+
+ Use void Fl_Widget::type(int) to set how the slider is drawn,
+ which can be one of the following:
+
+ \li FL_VERTICAL - Draws a vertical slider (this is the default).
+ \li FL_HORIZONTAL - Draws a horizontal slider.
+ \li FL_VERT_FILL_SLIDER - Draws a filled vertical slider,
+ useful as a progress or value meter.
+ \li FL_HOR_FILL_SLIDER - Draws a filled horizontal slider,
+ useful as a progress or value meter.
+ \li FL_VERT_NICE_SLIDER - Draws a vertical slider with a nice
+ looking control knob.
+ \li FL_HOR_NICE_SLIDER - Draws a horizontal slider with a
+ nice looking control knob.
+
+ \image html slider.png
+ \image latex slider.png "Fl_Slider" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Slider : public Fl_Valuator {+
+ float slider_size_;
+ uchar slider_;
+ void _Fl_Slider();
+ void draw_bg(int, int, int, int);
+
+protected:
+
+ // these allow subclasses to put the slider in a smaller area:
+ void draw(int, int, int, int);
+ int handle(int, int, int, int, int);
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Slider(int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L = 0);
+ Fl_Slider(uchar t,int X,int Y,int W,int H, const char *L);
+
+ int scrollvalue(int pos,int size,int first,int total);
+ void bounds(double a, double b);
+
+ /**
+ Get the dimensions of the moving piece of slider.
+ */
+ float slider_size() const {return slider_size_;}+
+ /**
+ Set the dimensions of the moving piece of slider. This is
+ the fraction of the size of the entire widget. If you set this
+ to 1 then the slider cannot move. The default value is .08.
+
+ For the "fill" sliders this is the size of the area around the
+ end that causes a drag effect rather than causing the slider to
+ jump to the mouse.
+ */
+ void slider_size(double v);
+
+ /** Gets the slider box type. */
+ Fl_Boxtype slider() const {return (Fl_Boxtype)slider_;}+
+ /** Sets the slider box type. */
+ void slider(Fl_Boxtype c) {slider_ = c;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Spinner.H
@@ -1,0 +1,259 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Spinner widget for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Spinner widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Spinner_H
+# define Fl_Spinner_H
+
+//
+// Include necessary headers...
+//
+
+# include <FL/Enumerations.H>
+# include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+# include <FL/Fl_Input.H>
+# include <FL/Fl_Repeat_Button.H>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+/**
+ This widget is a combination of the input
+ widget and repeat buttons. The user can either type into the
+ input area or use the buttons to change the value.
+
+ \image html Fl_Spinner.png "Fl_Spinner widget"
+ \image latex Fl_Spinner.png "Fl_Spinner widget" width=6cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Spinner : public Fl_Group {+
+ double value_; // Current value
+ double minimum_; // Minimum value
+ double maximum_; // Maximum value
+ double step_; // Amount to add/subtract for up/down
+ const char *format_; // Format string
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+// NEW
+protected:
+#endif
+ Fl_Input input_; // Input field for the value
+ Fl_Repeat_Button
+ up_button_, // Up button
+ down_button_; // Down button
+
+private:
+ static void sb_cb(Fl_Widget *w, Fl_Spinner *sb) {+ double v; // New value
+
+ if (w == &(sb->input_)) {+ // Something changed in the input field...
+ v = atof(sb->input_.value());
+
+ if (v < sb->minimum_) {+ sb->value_ = sb->minimum_;
+ sb->update();
+ } else if (v > sb->maximum_) {+ sb->value_ = sb->maximum_;
+ sb->update();
+ } else sb->value_ = v;
+ } else if (w == &(sb->up_button_)) {+ // Up button pressed...
+ v = sb->value_ + sb->step_;
+
+ if (v > sb->maximum_) sb->value_ = sb->minimum_;
+ else sb->value_ = v;
+
+ sb->update();
+ } else if (w == &(sb->down_button_)) {+ // Down button pressed...
+ v = sb->value_ - sb->step_;
+
+ if (v < sb->minimum_) sb->value_ = sb->maximum_;
+ else sb->value_ = v;
+
+ sb->update();
+ }
+
+ sb->set_changed();
+ sb->do_callback();
+ }
+ void update() {+ char s[255]; // Value string
+
+ if (format_[0]=='%'&&format_[1]=='.'&&format_[2]=='*') { // precision argument+ // this code block is a simplified version of
+ // Fl_Valuator::format() and works well (but looks ugly)
+ int c = 0;
+ char temp[64], *sp = temp;
+ sprintf(temp, "%.12f", step_);
+ while (*sp) sp++;
+ sp--;
+ while (sp>temp && *sp=='0') sp--;
+ while (sp>temp && (*sp>='0' && *sp<='9')) { sp--; c++; }+ sprintf(s, format_, c, value_);
+ } else {+ sprintf(s, format_, value_);
+ }
+ input_.value(s);
+ }
+
+ public:
+
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Spinner widget using the given position, size,
+ and label string.
+ <P>Inherited destructor Destroys the widget and any value associated with it.
+ */
+ Fl_Spinner(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L = 0);
+
+ /** Sets or returns the format string for the value. */
+ const char *format() { return (format_); }+ /** Sets or returns the format string for the value. */
+ void format(const char *f) { format_ = f; update(); }+
+ int handle(int event) {+ switch (event) {+ case FL_KEYDOWN :
+ case FL_SHORTCUT :
+ if (Fl::event_key() == FL_Up) {+ up_button_.do_callback();
+ return 1;
+ } else if (Fl::event_key() == FL_Down) {+ down_button_.do_callback();
+ return 1;
+ } else return 0;
+
+ case FL_FOCUS :
+ if (input_.take_focus()) return 1;
+ else return 0;
+ }
+
+ return Fl_Group::handle(event);
+ }
+
+ /** Speling mistakes retained for source compatibility \deprecated */
+ double maxinum() const { return (maximum_); }+ /** Gets the maximum value of the widget. */
+ double maximum() const { return (maximum_); }+ /** Sets the maximum value of the widget. */
+ void maximum(double m) { maximum_ = m; }+ /** Speling mistakes retained for source compatibility \deprecated */
+ double mininum() const { return (minimum_); }+ /** Gets the minimum value of the widget. */
+ double minimum() const { return (minimum_); }+ /** Sets the minimum value of the widget. */
+ void minimum(double m) { minimum_ = m; }+ /** Sets the minimum and maximum values for the widget. */
+ void range(double a, double b) { minimum_ = a; maximum_ = b; }+ void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H) {+ Fl_Group::resize(X,Y,W,H);
+
+ input_.resize(X, Y, W - H / 2 - 2, H);
+ up_button_.resize(X + W - H / 2 - 2, Y, H / 2 + 2, H / 2);
+ down_button_.resize(X + W - H / 2 - 2, Y + H - H / 2,
+ H / 2 + 2, H / 2);
+ }
+ /**
+ Sets or returns the amount to change the value when the user clicks a button.
+ Before setting step to a non-integer value, the spinner
+ type() should be changed to floating point.
+ */
+ double step() const { return (step_); }+ /** See double Fl_Spinner::step() const */
+ void step(double s) {+ step_ = s;
+ if (step_ != (int)step_) input_.type(FL_FLOAT_INPUT);
+ else input_.type(FL_INT_INPUT);
+ update();
+ }
+ /** Gets the color of the text in the input field. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {+ return (input_.textcolor());
+ }
+ /** Sets the color of the text in the input field. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color c) {+ input_.textcolor(c);
+ }
+ /** Gets the font of the text in the input field. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {+ return (input_.textfont());
+ }
+ /** Sets the font of the text in the input field. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font f) {+ input_.textfont(f);
+ }
+ /** Gets the size of the text in the input field. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {+ return (input_.textsize());
+ }
+ /** Sets the size of the text in the input field. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {+ input_.textsize(s);
+ }
+ /** Gets the numeric representation in the input field.
+ \see Fl_Spinner::type(uchar)
+ */
+ uchar type() const { return (input_.type()); }+ /** Sets the numeric representation in the input field.
+ Valid values are FL_INT_INPUT and FL_FLOAT_INPUT.
+ Also changes the format() template.
+ Setting a new spinner type via a superclass pointer will not work.
+ \note type is not a virtual function.
+ */
+ void type(uchar v) {+ if (v==FL_FLOAT_INPUT) {+ format("%.*f");+ } else {+ format("%.0f");+ }
+ input_.type(v);
+ }
+ /** Gets the current value of the widget. */
+ double value() const { return (value_); }+ /**
+ Sets the current value of the widget.
+ Before setting value to a non-integer value, the spinner
+ type() should be changed to floating point.
+ */
+ void value(double v) { value_ = v; update(); }+ /**
+ Change the background color of the spinner widget's input field.
+ */
+ void color(Fl_Color v) { input_.color(v); }+ /**
+ Return the background color of the spinner widget's input field.
+ */
+ Fl_Color color() const { return(input_.color()); }+ /**
+ Change the selection color of the spinner widget's input field.
+ */
+ void selection_color(Fl_Color val) { input_.selection_color(val); }+ /**
+ Return the selection color of the spinner widget's input field.
+ */
+ Fl_Color selection_color() const { return input_.selection_color(); }+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Spinner_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar.H
@@ -1,0 +1,134 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// MacOS system menu bar header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar_H
+#define Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar_H
+
+#include "Fl_Menu_Bar.H"
+#include "x.H"
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+
+/**
+ A class to create, modify and delete menus that appear on Mac OS X in the menu bar at the top of the screen.
+
+ On other than Mac OS X platforms, Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar is a synonym of class Fl_Menu_Bar.
+ \n To use this class, just replace Fl_Menu_Bar by Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar, and, on the Mac platform,
+ a system menu at the top of the screen will be available. This menu will match an array
+ of Fl_Menu_Item's exactly as with standard FLTK menus.
+
+ Changes to the menu state are immediately visible in the menubar when they are made
+ using member functions of the Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar class. Other changes (e.g., by a call to
+ Fl_Menu_Item::set()) should be followed by a call to Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar::update() to be
+ visible in the menubar across all platforms.
+
+ A few FLTK features are not supported by the Mac System menu:
+
+ \li no symbolic labels
+ \li no embossed labels
+ \li no font sizes
+
+ You can configure a callback for the 'About' menu item to invoke your own code with fl_mac_set_about().
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar : public Fl_Menu_Bar {+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ // NEW -- update() public (STR#3317)
+public:
+ void update();
+protected:
+ void draw();
+#else
+ // OLD -- update() protected
+protected:
+ void update();
+ void draw();
+#endif
+
+public:
+ Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l=0);
+ ~Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar();
+ /** Return the system menu's array of Fl_Menu_Item's
+ */
+ const Fl_Menu_Item *menu() const {return Fl_Menu_::menu();}+ void menu(const Fl_Menu_Item *m);
+ int add(const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void *user_data=0, int flags=0);
+ /** Adds a new menu item.
+ \see Fl_Menu_::add(const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback*, void *user_data=0, int flags=0)
+ */
+ int add(const char* label, const char* shortcut, Fl_Callback* cb, void *user_data=0, int flags=0) {+ return add(label, fl_old_shortcut(shortcut), cb, user_data, flags);
+ }
+ int add(const char* str);
+ int insert(int index, const char* label, int shortcut, Fl_Callback *cb, void *user_data=0, int flags=0);
+ /** Insert a new menu item.
+ \see Fl_Menu_::insert(int index, const char* label, const char* shortcut, Fl_Callback *cb, void *user_data=0, int flags=0)
+ */
+ int insert(int index, const char* label, const char* shortcut, Fl_Callback *cb, void *user_data=0, int flags=0) {+ return insert(index, label, fl_old_shortcut(shortcut), cb, user_data, flags);
+ }
+ void remove(int n);
+ void replace(int index, const char *name);
+ /** Set the Fl_Menu_Item array pointer to null, indicating a zero-length menu.
+ \see Fl_Menu_::clear()
+ */
+ void clear();
+ /** Clears the specified submenu pointed to by index of all menu items.
+ \see Fl_Menu_::clear_submenu(int index)
+ */
+ int clear_submenu(int index);
+ /** Make the shortcuts for this menu work no matter what window has the focus when you type it.
+ */
+ void global() {};+ /** Sets the flags of item i
+ \see Fl_Menu_::mode(int i, int fl) */
+ void mode (int i, int fl) {+ Fl_Menu_::mode(i, fl);
+ update();
+ }
+ /** Gets the flags of item i.
+ */
+ int mode(int i) const { return Fl_Menu_::mode(i); }+ /** Changes the shortcut of item i to n.
+ */
+ void shortcut (int i, int s) { Fl_Menu_::shortcut(i, s); update(); }+ /** Turns the radio item "on" for the menu item and turns "off" adjacent radio items of the same group.*/
+ void setonly (Fl_Menu_Item *item) { Fl_Menu_::setonly(item); update(); }+};
+
+#else
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+// NEW -- small class for update()
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar : public Fl_Menu_Bar {+public:
+ Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l=0) : Fl_Menu_Bar(x,y,w,h,l) {}+ inline void update() {}+};
+#else
+// OLD -- simple typedef
+typedef Fl_Menu_Bar Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar;
+#endif
+
+#endif // defined(__APPLE__) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+
+#endif // Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Table.H
@@ -1,0 +1,1155 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_Table -- A table widget
+//
+// Copyright 2002 by Greg Ercolano.
+// Copyright (c) 2004 O'ksi'D
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef _FL_TABLE_H
+#define _FL_TABLE_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h> // memcpy
+#ifdef WIN32
+#include <malloc.h> // WINDOWS: malloc/realloc
+#else /*WIN32*/
+#include <stdlib.h> // UNIX: malloc/realloc
+#endif /*WIN32*/
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Scroll.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Box.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Scrollbar.H>
+
+/**
+ A table of widgets or other content.
+
+ This is the base class for table widgets.
+
+ To be useful it must be subclassed and several virtual functions defined.
+ Normally applications use widgets derived from this widget, and do not use this
+ widget directly; this widget is usually too low level to be used directly by
+ applications.
+
+ This widget does \em not handle the data in the table. The draw_cell()
+ method must be overridden by a subclass to manage drawing the contents of
+ the cells.
+
+ This widget can be used in several ways:
+
+ - As a custom widget; see examples/table-simple.cxx and test/table.cxx.
+ Very optimal for even extremely large tables.
+ - As a table made up of a single FLTK widget instanced all over the table,
+ simulating a numeric spreadsheet. See examples/table-spreadsheet.cxx and
+ examples/table-spreadsheet-with-keyboard-nav.cxx. Optimal for large tables.
+ - As a regular container of FLTK widgets, one widget per cell.
+ See examples/table-as-container.cxx. \em Not recommended for large tables.
+
+ \image html table-simple.png
+ \image latex table-simple.png "table-simple example" width=6cm
+
+ \image html table-as-container.png
+ \image latex table-as-container.png "table-as-container example" width=6cm
+
+ When acting as part of a custom widget, events on the cells and/or headings
+ generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You control when events
+ are generated based on the setting for Fl_Table::when().
+
+ When acting as a container for FLTK widgets, the FLTK widgets maintain
+ themselves. Although the draw_cell() method must be overridden, its contents
+ can be very simple. See the draw_cell() code in examples/table-simple.cxx.
+
+ The following variables are available to classes deriving from Fl_Table:
+
+ \image html table-dimensions.png
+ \image latex table-dimensions.png "Fl_Table Dimensions" width=6cm
+
+ <table border=0>
+ <tr><td>x()/y()/w()/h()</td>
+ <td>Fl_Table widget's outer dimension. The outer edge of the border of the
+ Fl_Table. (Red in the diagram above)</td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td>wix/wiy/wiw/wih</td>
+ <td>Fl_Table widget's inner dimension. The inner edge of the border of the
+ Fl_Table. eg. if the Fl_Table's box() is FL_NO_BOX, these values are the same
+ as x()/y()/w()/h(). (Yellow in the diagram above)</td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td>tox/toy/tow/toh</td>
+ <td>The table's outer dimension. The outer edge of the border around the cells,
+ but inside the row/col headings and scrollbars. (Green in the diagram above)
+ </td></tr>
+
+ <tr><td>tix/tiy/tiw/tih</td>
+ <td>The table's inner dimension. The inner edge of the border around the cells,
+ but inside the row/col headings and scrollbars. AKA the table's clip region.
+ eg. if the table_box() is FL_NO_BOX, these values are the same as
+ tox/toy/tow/toh. (Blue in the diagram above)
+ </td></tr></table>
+
+ CORE DEVELOPERS
+
+ - Greg Ercolano : 12/16/2002 - initial implementation 12/16/02. Fl_Table, Fl_Table_Row, docs.
+ - Jean-Marc Lienher : 02/22/2004 - added keyboard nav + mouse selection, and ported Fl_Table into fltk-utf8-1.1.4
+
+ OTHER CONTRIBUTORS
+
+ - Inspired by the Feb 2000 version of FLVW's Flvw_Table widget. Mucho thanks to those folks.
+ - Mister Satan : 04/07/2003 - MinGW porting mods, and singleinput.cxx; a cool Fl_Input oriented spreadsheet example
+ - Marek Paliwoda : 01/08/2003 - Porting mods for Borland
+ - Ori Berger : 03/16/2006 - Optimizations for >500k rows/cols
+
+ LICENSE
+
+ Greg added the following license to the original distribution of Fl_Table. He
+ kindly gave his permission to integrate Fl_Table and Fl_Table_Row into FLTK,
+ allowing FLTK license to apply while his widgets are part of the library.
+
+ If used on its own, this is the license that applies:
+
+ \verbatim
+ Fl_Table License
+ December 16, 2002
+
+ The Fl_Table library and included programs are provided under the terms
+ of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL) with the following
+ exceptions:
+
+ 1. Modifications to the Fl_Table configure script, config
+ header file, and makefiles by themselves to support
+ a specific platform do not constitute a modified or
+ derivative work.
+
+ The authors do request that such modifications be
+ contributed to the Fl_Table project - send all
+ contributions to "erco at seriss dot com".
+
+ 2. Widgets that are subclassed from Fl_Table widgets do not
+ constitute a derivative work.
+
+ 3. Static linking of applications and widgets to the
+ Fl_Table library does not constitute a derivative work
+ and does not require the author to provide source
+ code for the application or widget, use the shared
+ Fl_Table libraries, or link their applications or
+ widgets against a user-supplied version of Fl_Table.
+
+ If you link the application or widget to a modified
+ version of Fl_Table, then the changes to Fl_Table must be
+ provided under the terms of the LGPL in sections
+ 1, 2, and 4.
+
+ 4. You do not have to provide a copy of the Fl_Table license
+ with programs that are linked to the Fl_Table library, nor
+ do you have to identify the Fl_Table license in your
+ program or documentation as required by section 6
+ of the LGPL.
+
+ However, programs must still identify their use of Fl_Table.
+ The following example statement can be included in user
+ documentation to satisfy this requirement:
+
+ [program/widget] is based in part on the work of
+ the Fl_Table project http://seriss.com/people/erco/fltk/Fl_Table/
+ \endverbatim
+
+
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Table : public Fl_Group {+public:
+ /**
+ The context bit flags for Fl_Table related callbacks.
+
+ Used in draw_cell(), callback(), etc.
+ */
+ enum TableContext {+ CONTEXT_NONE = 0, ///< no known context
+ CONTEXT_STARTPAGE = 0x01, ///< before a page is redrawn
+ CONTEXT_ENDPAGE = 0x02, ///< after a page is redrawn
+ CONTEXT_ROW_HEADER = 0x04, ///< in the row header
+ CONTEXT_COL_HEADER = 0x08, ///< in the col header
+ CONTEXT_CELL = 0x10, ///< in one of the cells
+ CONTEXT_TABLE = 0x20, ///< in a dead zone of table
+ CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE = 0x40 ///< column or row being resized
+ };
+
+private:
+ int _rows, _cols; // total rows/cols
+ int _row_header_w; // width of row header
+ int _col_header_h; // height of column header
+ int _row_position; // last row_position set (not necessarily == toprow!)
+ int _col_position; // last col_position set (not necessarily == leftcol!)
+
+ char _row_header; // row header enabled?
+ char _col_header; // col header enabled?
+ char _row_resize; // row resizing enabled?
+ char _col_resize; // col resizing enabled?
+ int _row_resize_min; // row minimum resizing height (default=1)
+ int _col_resize_min; // col minimum resizing width (default=1)
+
+ // OPTIMIZATION: partial row/column redraw variables
+ int _redraw_toprow;
+ int _redraw_botrow;
+ int _redraw_leftcol;
+ int _redraw_rightcol;
+ Fl_Color _row_header_color;
+ Fl_Color _col_header_color;
+
+ int _auto_drag;
+ int _selecting;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ int _scrollbar_size;
+#endif
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ enum {+ TABCELLNAV = 1<<0, ///> tab cell navigation flag
+ };
+ unsigned int flags_;
+#endif
+
+ // An STL-ish vector without templates
+ class FL_EXPORT IntVector {+ int *arr;
+ unsigned int _size;
+ void init() {+ arr = NULL;
+ _size = 0;
+ }
+ void copy(int *newarr, unsigned int newsize) {+ size(newsize);
+ memcpy(arr, newarr, newsize * sizeof(int));
+ }
+ public:
+ IntVector() { init(); } // CTOR+ ~IntVector() { if ( arr ) free(arr); arr = NULL; } // DTOR+ IntVector(IntVector&o) { init(); copy(o.arr, o._size); } // COPY CTOR+ IntVector& operator=(IntVector&o) { // ASSIGN+ init();
+ copy(o.arr, o._size);
+ return(*this);
+ }
+ int operator[](int x) const { return(arr[x]); }+ int& operator[](int x) { return(arr[x]); }+ unsigned int size() { return(_size); }+ void size(unsigned int count) {+ if ( count != _size ) {+ arr = (int*)realloc(arr, count * sizeof(int));
+ _size = count;
+ }
+ }
+ int pop_back() { int tmp = arr[_size-1]; _size--; return(tmp); }+ void push_back(int val) { unsigned int x = _size; size(_size+1); arr[x] = val; }+ int back() { return(arr[_size-1]); }+ };
+
+ IntVector _colwidths; // column widths in pixels
+ IntVector _rowheights; // row heights in pixels
+
+ Fl_Cursor _last_cursor; // last mouse cursor before changed to 'resize' cursor
+
+ // EVENT CALLBACK DATA
+ TableContext _callback_context; // event context
+ int _callback_row, _callback_col; // event row/col
+
+ // handle() state variables.
+ // Put here instead of local statics in handle(), so more
+ // than one Fl_Table can exist without crosstalk between them.
+ //
+ int _resizing_col; // column being dragged
+ int _resizing_row; // row being dragged
+ int _dragging_x; // starting x position for horiz drag
+ int _dragging_y; // starting y position for vert drag
+ int _last_row; // last row we FL_PUSH'ed
+
+ // Redraw single cell
+ void _redraw_cell(TableContext context, int R, int C);
+
+ void _start_auto_drag();
+ void _stop_auto_drag();
+ void _auto_drag_cb();
+ static void _auto_drag_cb2(void *d);
+
+protected:
+ enum ResizeFlag {+ RESIZE_NONE = 0,
+ RESIZE_COL_LEFT = 1,
+ RESIZE_COL_RIGHT = 2,
+ RESIZE_ROW_ABOVE = 3,
+ RESIZE_ROW_BELOW = 4
+ };
+
+ int table_w, table_h; // table's virtual size (in pixels)
+ int toprow, botrow, leftcol, rightcol; // four corners of viewable table
+
+ // selection
+ int current_row, current_col;
+ int select_row, select_col;
+
+ // OPTIMIZATION: Precomputed scroll positions for the toprow/leftcol
+ int toprow_scrollpos;
+ int leftcol_scrollpos;
+
+ // Dimensions
+ int tix, tiy, tiw, tih; // data table inner dimension xywh
+ int tox, toy, tow, toh; // data table outer dimension xywh
+ int wix, wiy, wiw, wih; // widget inner dimension xywh
+
+ Fl_Scroll *table; // container for child fltk widgets (if any)
+ Fl_Scrollbar *vscrollbar; // vertical scrollbar
+ Fl_Scrollbar *hscrollbar; // horizontal scrollbar
+
+ // Fltk
+ int handle(int e); // fltk handle() override
+
+ // Class maintenance
+ void recalc_dimensions();
+ void table_resized(); // table resized; recalc
+ void table_scrolled(); // table scrolled; recalc
+ void get_bounds(TableContext context, // return x/y/w/h bounds for context
+ int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+ void change_cursor(Fl_Cursor newcursor); // change mouse cursor to some other shape
+ TableContext cursor2rowcol(int &R, int &C, ResizeFlag &resizeflag);
+ // find r/c given current x/y event
+ int find_cell(TableContext context, // find cell's x/y/w/h given r/c
+ int R, int C, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H);
+ int row_col_clamp(TableContext context, int &R, int &C);
+ // clamp r/c to known universe
+
+ /**
+ Subclass should override this method to handle drawing the cells.
+
+ This method will be called whenever the table is redrawn, once per cell.
+
+ Only cells that are completely (or partially) visible will be told to draw.
+
+ \p context will be one of the following:
+
+ <table border=1>
+ <tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_STARTPAGE</td>
+ <td>When table, or parts of the table, are about to be redrawn.<br>
+ Use to initialize static data, such as font selections.<p>
+ R/C will be zero,<br>
+ X/Y/W/H will be the dimensions of the table's entire data area.<br>
+ (Useful for locking a database before accessing; see
+ also visible_cells())</td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_ENDPAGE</td>
+ <td>When table has completed being redrawn.<br>
+ R/C will be zero, X/Y/W/H dimensions of table's data area.<br>
+ (Useful for unlocking a database after accessing)</td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_ROW_HEADER</td>
+ <td>Whenever a row header cell needs to be drawn.<br>
+ R will be the row number of the header being redrawn,<br>
+ C will be zero,<br>
+ X/Y/W/H will be the fltk drawing area of the row header in the window </td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_COL_HEADER</td>
+ <td>Whenever a column header cell needs to be drawn.<br>
+ R will be zero, <br>
+ C will be the column number of the header being redrawn,<br>
+ X/Y/W/H will be the fltk drawing area of the column header in the window </td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_CELL</td>
+ <td>Whenever a data cell in the table needs to be drawn.<br>
+ R/C will be the row/column of the cell to be drawn,<br>
+ X/Y/W/H will be the fltk drawing area of the cell in the window </td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p Fl_Table::CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE</td>
+ <td>Whenever table or row/column is resized or scrolled,
+ either interactively or via col_width() or row_height().<br>
+ R/C/X/Y/W/H will all be zero.
+ <p>
+ Useful for fltk containers that need to resize or move
+ the child fltk widgets.</td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+
+ \p row and \p col will be set to the row and column number
+ of the cell being drawn. In the case of row headers, \p col will be \a 0.
+ In the case of column headers, \p row will be \a 0.
+
+ <tt>x/y/w/h</tt> will be the position and dimensions of where the cell
+ should be drawn.
+
+ In the case of custom widgets, a minimal draw_cell() override might
+ look like the following. With custom widgets it is up to the caller to handle
+ drawing everything within the dimensions of the cell, including handling the
+ selection color. Note all clipping must be handled as well; this allows drawing
+ outside the dimensions of the cell if so desired for 'custom effects'.
+
+ \code
+ // This is called whenever Fl_Table wants you to draw a cell
+ void MyTable::draw_cell(TableContext context, int R=0, int C=0, int X=0, int Y=0, int W=0, int H=0) {+ static char s[40];
+ sprintf(s, "%d/%d", R, C); // text for each cell
+ switch ( context ) {+ case CONTEXT_STARTPAGE: // Fl_Table telling us it's starting to draw page
+ fl_font(FL_HELVETICA, 16);
+ return;
+
+ case CONTEXT_ROW_HEADER: // Fl_Table telling us to draw row/col headers
+ case CONTEXT_COL_HEADER:
+ fl_push_clip(X, Y, W, H);
+ {+ fl_draw_box(FL_THIN_UP_BOX, X, Y, W, H, color());
+ fl_color(FL_BLACK);
+ fl_draw(s, X, Y, W, H, FL_ALIGN_CENTER);
+ }
+ fl_pop_clip();
+ return;
+
+ case CONTEXT_CELL: // Fl_Table telling us to draw cells
+ fl_push_clip(X, Y, W, H);
+ {+ // BG COLOR
+ fl_color( row_selected(R) ? selection_color() : FL_WHITE);
+ fl_rectf(X, Y, W, H);
+
+ // TEXT
+ fl_color(FL_BLACK);
+ fl_draw(s, X, Y, W, H, FL_ALIGN_CENTER);
+
+ // BORDER
+ fl_color(FL_LIGHT2);
+ fl_rect(X, Y, W, H);
+ }
+ fl_pop_clip();
+ return;
+
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+ //NOTREACHED
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+ virtual void draw_cell(TableContext context, int R=0, int C=0,
+ int X=0, int Y=0, int W=0, int H=0)
+ { } // overridden by deriving class+
+ long row_scroll_position(int row); // find scroll position of row (in pixels)
+ long col_scroll_position(int col); // find scroll position of col (in pixels)
+
+ int is_fltk_container() { // does table contain fltk widgets?+ return( Fl_Group::children() > 3 ); // (ie. more than box and 2 scrollbars?)
+ }
+
+ static void scroll_cb(Fl_Widget*,void*); // h/v scrollbar callback
+
+ void damage_zone(int r1, int c1, int r2, int c2, int r3 = 0, int c3 = 0);
+
+ void redraw_range(int topRow, int botRow, int leftCol, int rightCol) {+ if ( _redraw_toprow == -1 ) {+ // Initialize redraw range
+ _redraw_toprow = topRow;
+ _redraw_botrow = botRow;
+ _redraw_leftcol = leftCol;
+ _redraw_rightcol = rightCol;
+ } else {+ // Extend redraw range
+ if ( topRow < _redraw_toprow ) _redraw_toprow = topRow;
+ if ( botRow > _redraw_botrow ) _redraw_botrow = botRow;
+ if ( leftCol < _redraw_leftcol ) _redraw_leftcol = leftCol;
+ if ( rightCol > _redraw_rightcol ) _redraw_rightcol = rightCol;
+ }
+
+ // Indicate partial redraw needed of some cells
+ damage(FL_DAMAGE_CHILD);
+ }
+
+public:
+ /**
+ The constructor for the Fl_Table.
+ This creates an empty table with no rows or columns,
+ with headers and row/column resize behavior disabled.
+ */
+ Fl_Table(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0);
+
+ /**
+ The destructor for the Fl_Table.
+ Destroys the table and its associated widgets.
+ */
+ ~Fl_Table();
+
+ /**
+ Clears the table to zero rows (rows(0)), zero columns (cols(0)), and clears
+ any widgets (table->clear()) that were added with begin()/end() or add()/insert()/etc.
+ \see rows(int), cols(int)
+ */
+ virtual void clear() { rows(0); cols(0); table->clear(); }+
+ // \todo: add topline(), middleline(), bottomline()
+
+ /**
+ Sets the kind of box drawn around the data table,
+ the default being FL_NO_BOX. Changing this value will cause the table
+ to redraw.
+ */
+ inline void table_box(Fl_Boxtype val) {+ table->box(val);
+ table_resized();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current box type used for the data table.
+ */
+ inline Fl_Boxtype table_box( void ) {+ return(table->box());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the number of rows in the table, and the table is redrawn.
+ */
+ virtual void rows(int val); // set/get number of rows
+
+ /**
+ Returns the number of rows in the table.
+ */
+ inline int rows() {+ return(_rows);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Set the number of columns in the table and redraw.
+ */
+ virtual void cols(int val); // set/get number of columns
+
+ /**
+ Get the number of columns in the table.
+ */
+ inline int cols() {+ return(_cols);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the range of row and column numbers for all visible
+ and partially visible cells in the table.
+
+ These values can be used e.g. by your draw_cell() routine during
+ CONTEXT_STARTPAGE to figure out what cells are about to be redrawn
+ for the purposes of locking the data from a database before it's drawn.
+
+ \code
+ leftcol rightcol
+ : :
+ toprow .. .-------------------.
+ | |
+ | V I S I B L E |
+ | |
+ | T A B L E |
+ | |
+ botrow .. '-------------------`
+ \endcode
+
+ e.g. in a table where the visible rows are 5-20, and the
+ visible columns are 100-120, then those variables would be:
+
+ - toprow = 5
+ - botrow = 20
+ - leftcol = 100
+ - rightcol = 120
+ */
+ inline void visible_cells(int& r1, int& r2, int& c1, int& c2) {+ r1 = toprow;
+ r2 = botrow;
+ c1 = leftcol;
+ c2 = rightcol;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns 1 if someone is interactively resizing a row or column.
+ You can currently call this only from within your callback().
+ */
+ int is_interactive_resize() {+ return(_resizing_row != -1 || _resizing_col != -1);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns if row resizing by the user is allowed.
+ */
+ inline int row_resize() {+ return(_row_resize);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Allows/disallows row resizing by the user.
+ 1=allow interactive resizing, 0=disallow interactive resizing.
+ Since interactive resizing is done via the row headers,
+ row_header() must also be enabled to allow resizing.
+ */
+ void row_resize(int flag) { // enable row resizing+ _row_resize = flag;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns if column resizing by the user is allowed.
+ */
+ inline int col_resize() {+ return(_col_resize);
+ }
+ /**
+ Allows/disallows column resizing by the user.
+ 1=allow interactive resizing, 0=disallow interactive resizing.
+ Since interactive resizing is done via the column headers,
+ \p col_header() must also be enabled to allow resizing.
+ */
+ void col_resize(int flag) { // enable col resizing+ _col_resize = flag;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current column minimum resize value.
+ */
+ inline int col_resize_min() { // column minimum resizing width+ return(_col_resize_min);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the current column minimum resize value.
+ This is used to prevent the user from interactively resizing
+ any column to be smaller than 'pixels'. Must be a value >=1.
+ */
+ void col_resize_min(int val) {+ _col_resize_min = ( val < 1 ) ? 1 : val;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current row minimum resize value.
+ */
+ inline int row_resize_min() { // column minimum resizing width+ return(_row_resize_min);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the current row minimum resize value.
+ This is used to prevent the user from interactively resizing
+ any row to be smaller than 'pixels'. Must be a value >=1.
+ */
+ void row_resize_min(int val) {+ _row_resize_min = ( val < 1 ) ? 1 : val;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns if row headers are enabled or not.
+ */
+ inline int row_header() { // set/get row header enable flag+ return(_row_header);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Enables/disables showing the row headers. 1=enabled, 0=disabled.
+ If changed, the table is redrawn.
+ */
+ void row_header(int flag) {+ _row_header = flag;
+ table_resized();
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns if column headers are enabled or not.
+ */
+ inline int col_header() { // set/get col header enable flag+ return(_col_header);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Enable or disable column headers.
+ If changed, the table is redrawn.
+ */
+ void col_header(int flag) {+ _col_header = flag;
+ table_resized();
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the height in pixels for column headers and redraws the table.
+ */
+ inline void col_header_height(int height) { // set/get col header height+ _col_header_h = height;
+ table_resized();
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Gets the column header height.
+ */
+ inline int col_header_height() {+ return(_col_header_h);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the row header width to n and causes the screen to redraw.
+ */
+ inline void row_header_width(int width) { // set/get row header width+ _row_header_w = width;
+ table_resized();
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current row header width (in pixels).
+ */
+ inline int row_header_width() {+ return(_row_header_w);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the row header color and causes the screen to redraw.
+ */
+ inline void row_header_color(Fl_Color val) { // set/get row header color+ _row_header_color = val;
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current row header color.
+ */
+ inline Fl_Color row_header_color() {+ return(_row_header_color);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the color for column headers and redraws the table.
+ */
+ inline void col_header_color(Fl_Color val) { // set/get col header color+ _col_header_color = val;
+ redraw();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Gets the color for column headers.
+ */
+ inline Fl_Color col_header_color() {+ return(_col_header_color);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the height of the specified row in pixels,
+ and the table is redrawn.
+ callback() will be invoked with CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE
+ if the row's height was actually changed, and when() is FL_WHEN_CHANGED.
+ */
+ void row_height(int row, int height); // set/get row height
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current height of the specified row as a value in pixels.
+ */
+ inline int row_height(int row) {+ return((row<0 || row>=(int)_rowheights.size()) ? 0 : _rowheights[row]);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the width of the specified column in pixels, and the table is redrawn.
+ callback() will be invoked with CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE
+ if the column's width was actually changed, and when() is FL_WHEN_CHANGED.
+ */
+ void col_width(int col, int width); // set/get a column's width
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current width of the specified column in pixels.
+ */
+ inline int col_width(int col) {+ return((col<0 || col>=(int)_colwidths.size()) ? 0 : _colwidths[col]);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Convenience method to set the height of all rows to the
+ same value, in pixels. The screen is redrawn.
+ */
+ void row_height_all(int height) { // set all row/col heights+ for ( int r=0; r<rows(); r++ ) {+ row_height(r, height);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Convenience method to set the width of all columns to the
+ same value, in pixels. The screen is redrawn.
+ */
+ void col_width_all(int width) {+ for ( int c=0; c<cols(); c++ ) {+ col_width(c, width);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the row scroll position to 'row', and causes the screen to redraw.
+ */
+ void row_position(int row); // set/get table's current scroll position
+
+ /**
+ Sets the column scroll position to column 'col', and causes the screen to redraw.
+ */
+ void col_position(int col);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current row scroll position as a row number.
+ */
+ int row_position() { // current row position+ return(_row_position);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current column scroll position as a column number.
+ */
+ int col_position() { // current col position+ return(_col_position);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets which row should be at the top of the table,
+ scrolling as necessary, and the table is redrawn. If the table
+ cannot be scrolled that far, it is scrolled as far as possible.
+ */
+ inline void top_row(int row) { // set/get top row (deprecated)+ row_position(row);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current top row shown in the table.
+ This row may be partially obscured.
+ */
+ inline int top_row() {+ return(row_position());
+ }
+ int is_selected(int r, int c); // selected cell
+ void get_selection(int &row_top, int &col_left, int &row_bot, int &col_right);
+ void set_selection(int row_top, int col_left, int row_bot, int col_right);
+ int move_cursor(int R, int C, int shiftselect);
+ int move_cursor(int R, int C);
+
+ /**
+ Changes the size of the Fl_Table, causing it to redraw.
+ */
+ void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H); // fltk resize() override
+ void draw(void); // fltk draw() override
+
+ // This crashes sortapp() during init.
+ // void box(Fl_Boxtype val) {+ // Fl_Group::box(val);
+ // if ( table ) {+ // resize(x(), y(), w(), h());
+ // }
+ // }
+ // Fl_Boxtype box(void) const {+ // return(Fl_Group::box());
+ // }
+
+ // Child group
+ void init_sizes() {+ table->init_sizes();
+ table->redraw();
+ }
+ void add(Fl_Widget& wgt) {+ table->add(wgt);
+ if ( table->children() > 2 ) {+ table->show();
+ } else {+ table->hide();
+ }
+ }
+ void add(Fl_Widget* wgt) {+ add(*wgt);
+ }
+ void insert(Fl_Widget& wgt, int n) {+ table->insert(wgt,n);
+ }
+ void insert(Fl_Widget& wgt, Fl_Widget* w2) {+ table->insert(wgt,w2);
+ }
+ void remove(Fl_Widget& wgt) {+ table->remove(wgt);
+ }
+ void begin() {+ table->begin();
+ }
+ void end() {+ table->end();
+ // HACK: Avoid showing Fl_Scroll; seems to erase screen
+ // causing unnecessary flicker, even if its box() is FL_NO_BOX.
+ //
+ if ( table->children() > 2 ) {+ table->show();
+ } else {+ table->hide();
+ }
+ Fl_Group::current(Fl_Group::parent());
+ }
+ Fl_Widget * const *array() {+ return(table->array());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the child widget by an index.
+
+ When using the Fl_Table as a container for FLTK widgets, this method returns
+ the widget pointer from the internal array of widgets in the container.
+
+ Typically used in loops, eg:
+ \code
+ for ( int i=0; i<children(); i++ ) {+ Fl_Widget *w = child(i);
+ [..]
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+ Fl_Widget *child(int n) const {+ return(table->child(n));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Returns the number of children in the table.
+
+ When using the Fl_Table as a container for FLTK widgets, this method returns
+ how many child widgets the table has.
+
+ \see child(int)
+ */
+ int children() const {+ return(table->children()-2); // -2: skip Fl_Scroll's h/v scrollbar widgets
+ }
+ int find(const Fl_Widget *wgt) const {+ return(table->find(wgt));
+ }
+ int find(const Fl_Widget &wgt) const {+ return(table->find(wgt));
+ }
+ // CALLBACKS
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current row the event occurred on.
+ *
+ * This function should only be used from within the user's callback function.
+ */
+ int callback_row() {+ return(_callback_row);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current column the event occurred on.
+ *
+ * This function should only be used from within the user's callback function.
+ */
+ int callback_col() {+ return(_callback_col);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current 'table context'.
+ *
+ * This function should only be used from within the user's callback function.
+ */
+ TableContext callback_context() {+ return(_callback_context);
+ }
+
+ void do_callback(TableContext context, int row, int col) {+ _callback_context = context;
+ _callback_row = row;
+ _callback_col = col;
+ Fl_Widget::do_callback();
+ }
+
+#ifdef FL_DOXYGEN
+ /**
+ The Fl_Widget::when() function is used to set a group of flags, determining
+ when the widget callback is called:
+
+ <table border=1>
+ <tr>
+ <td>\p FL_WHEN_CHANGED</td>
+ <td>
+ callback() will be called when rows or columns are resized (interactively or
+ via col_width() or row_height()), passing CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE via
+ callback_context().
+ </td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td>\p FL_WHEN_RELEASE</td>
+ <td>
+ callback() will be called during FL_RELEASE events, such as when someone
+ releases a mouse button somewhere on the table.
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+
+ The callback() routine is sent a TableContext that indicates the context the
+ event occurred in, such as in a cell, in a header, or elsewhere on the table.
+ When an event occurs in a cell or header, callback_row() and
+ callback_col() can be used to determine the row and column. The callback
+ can also look at the regular fltk event values (ie. Fl::event() and
+ Fl::event_button()) to determine what kind of event is occurring.
+ */
+ void when(Fl_When flags);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FL_DOXYGEN
+ /**
+ Callbacks will be called depending on the setting of Fl_Widget::when().
+
+ Callback functions should use the following functions to determine the
+ context/row/column:
+
+ - Fl_Table::callback_row() returns current row
+ - Fl_Table::callback_col() returns current column
+ - Fl_Table::callback_context() returns current table context
+
+ callback_row() and callback_col() will be set to the row and column number the
+ event occurred on. If someone clicked on a row header, \p col will be \a 0.
+ If someone clicked on a column header, \p row will be \a 0.
+
+ callback_context() will return one of the following:
+
+ <table border=1>
+ <tr><td><tt>Fl_Table::CONTEXT_ROW_HEADER</tt></td>
+ <td>Someone clicked on a row header. Excludes resizing.</td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td><tt>Fl_Table::CONTEXT_COL_HEADER</tt></td>
+ <td>Someone clicked on a column header. Excludes resizing.</td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td><tt>Fl_Table::CONTEXT_CELL</tt></td>
+ <td>
+ Someone clicked on a cell.
+
+ To receive callbacks for FL_RELEASE events, you must set
+ when(FL_WHEN_RELEASE).
+ </td>
+ </tr><tr>
+ <td><tt>Fl_Table::CONTEXT_RC_RESIZE</tt></td>
+ <td>
+ Someone is resizing rows/columns either interactively,
+ or via the col_width() or row_height() API.
+
+ Use is_interactive_resize()
+ to determine interactive resizing.
+
+ If resizing a column, R=0 and C=column being resized.
+
+ If resizing a row, C=0 and R=row being resized.
+
+ NOTE: To receive resize events, you must set when(FL_WHEN_CHANGED).
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ </table>
+
+ \code
+ class MyTable : public Fl_Table {+ [..]
+ private:
+ // Handle events that happen on the table
+ void event_callback2() {+ int R = callback_row(), // row where event occurred
+ C = callback_col(); // column where event occurred
+ TableContext context = callback_context(); // which part of table
+ fprintf(stderr, "callback: Row=%d Col=%d Context=%d Event=%d\n",
+ R, C, (int)context, (int)Fl::event());
+ }
+
+ // Actual static callback
+ static void event_callback(Fl_Widget*, void* data) {+ MyTable *o = (MyTable*)data;
+ o->event_callback2();
+ }
+
+ public:
+ // Constructor
+ MyTable() {+ [..]
+ table.callback(&event_callback, (void*)this); // setup callback
+ table.when(FL_WHEN_CHANGED|FL_WHEN_RELEASE); // when to call it
+ }
+ };
+ \endcode
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+#endif
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ // NEW
+ /**
+ Gets the current size of the scrollbars' troughs, in pixels.
+
+ If this value is zero (default), this widget will use the
+ Fl::scrollbar_size() value as the scrollbar's width.
+
+ \returns Scrollbar size in pixels, or 0 if the global Fl::scrollbar_size() is being used.
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size(int)
+ */
+ int scrollbar_size() const {+ return(_scrollbar_size);
+ }
+ /**
+ Sets the pixel size of the scrollbars' troughs to \p newSize, in pixels.
+
+ Normally you should not need this method, and should use
+ Fl::scrollbar_size(int) instead to manage the size of ALL your
+ widgets' scrollbars. This ensures your application has a consistent
+ UI, is the default behavior, and is normally what you want.
+
+ Only use THIS method if you really need to override the global
+ scrollbar size. The need for this should be rare.
+
+ Setting \p newSize to the special value of 0 causes the widget to
+ track the global Fl::scrollbar_size(), which is the default.
+
+ \param[in] newSize Sets the scrollbar size in pixels.\n
+ If 0 (default), scrollbar size tracks the global Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ \see Fl::scrollbar_size()
+ */
+ void scrollbar_size(int newSize) {+ if ( newSize != _scrollbar_size ) redraw();
+ _scrollbar_size = newSize;
+ }
+#endif
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ /**
+ Flag to control if Tab navigates table cells or not.
+
+ If on, Tab key navigates table cells.
+ If off, Tab key navigates fltk widget focus. (default)
+
+ As of fltk 1.3, the default behavior of the Tab key is to navigate focus off
+ of the current widget, and on to the next one. But in some applications,
+ it's useful for Tab to be used to navigate cells in the Fl_Table.
+
+ \param [in] val If \p val is 1, Tab key navigates cells in table, not fltk widgets.<BR>
+ If \p val is 0, Tab key will advance focus to the next fltk widget (default), and does not navigate cells in table.
+ */
+ void tab_cell_nav(int val) {+ if ( val ) flags_ |= TABCELLNAV;
+ else flags_ &= ~TABCELLNAV;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Get state of table's 'Tab' key cell navigation flag.
+
+ \returns 1 if Tab configured to navigate cells in table<br>0 to navigate widget focus (default)
+
+ \see tab_cell_nav(int)
+ */
+ int tab_cell_nav() const {+ return(flags_ & TABCELLNAV ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif /*_FL_TABLE_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Table_Row.H
@@ -1,0 +1,201 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+
+#ifndef _FL_TABLE_ROW_H
+#define _FL_TABLE_ROW_H
+
+//
+// Fl_Table_Row -- A row oriented table widget
+//
+// A class specializing in a table of rows.
+// Handles row-specific selection behavior.
+//
+// Copyright 2002 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems to "erco at seriss dot com".
+//
+
+#include "Fl_Table.H"
+
+/**
+ A table with row selection capabilities.
+
+ This class implements a simple table with the ability to select
+ rows. This widget is similar to an Fl_Browser with columns. Most
+ methods of importance will be found in the Fl_Table widget, such
+ as Fl_Table::rows() and Fl_Table::cols().
+
+ To be useful it must be subclassed and at minimum the draw_cell()
+ method must be overridden to provide the content of the cells. This widget
+ does \em not manage the cell's data content; it is up to the parent
+ class's draw_cell() method override to provide this.
+
+ Events on the cells and/or headings generate callbacks when they are
+ clicked by the user. You control when events are generated based on
+ the values you supply for Fl_Table::when().
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Table_Row : public Fl_Table {+public:
+ enum TableRowSelectMode {+ SELECT_NONE, // no selection allowed
+ SELECT_SINGLE, // single row selection
+ SELECT_MULTI // multiple row selection (default)
+ };
+private:
+ // An STL-ish vector without templates
+ class FL_EXPORT CharVector {+ char *arr;
+ int _size;
+ void init() {+ arr = NULL;
+ _size = 0;
+ }
+ void copy(char *newarr, int newsize) {+ size(newsize);
+ memcpy(arr, newarr, newsize * sizeof(char));
+ }
+ public:
+ CharVector() { // CTOR+ init();
+ }
+ ~CharVector() { // DTOR+ if ( arr ) free(arr);
+ arr = NULL;
+ }
+ CharVector(CharVector&o) { // COPY CTOR+ init();
+ copy(o.arr, o._size);
+ }
+ CharVector& operator=(CharVector&o) { // ASSIGN+ init();
+ copy(o.arr, o._size);
+ return(*this);
+ }
+ char operator[](int x) const {+ return(arr[x]);
+ }
+ char& operator[](int x) {+ return(arr[x]);
+ }
+ int size() {+ return(_size);
+ }
+ void size(int count) {+ if ( count != _size ) {+ arr = (char*)realloc(arr, count * sizeof(char));
+ _size = count;
+ }
+ }
+ char pop_back() {+ char tmp = arr[_size-1];
+ _size--;
+ return(tmp);
+ }
+ void push_back(char val) {+ int x = _size;
+ size(_size+1);
+ arr[x] = val;
+ }
+ char back() {+ return(arr[_size-1]);
+ }
+ };
+ CharVector _rowselect; // selection flag for each row
+
+ // handle() state variables.
+ // Put here instead of local statics in handle(), so more
+ // than one instance can exist without crosstalk between.
+ //
+ int _dragging_select; // dragging out a selection?
+ int _last_row;
+ int _last_y; // last event's Y position
+ int _last_push_x; // last PUSH event's X position
+ int _last_push_y; // last PUSH event's Y position
+
+ TableRowSelectMode _selectmode;
+
+protected:
+ int handle(int event);
+ int find_cell(TableContext context, // find cell's x/y/w/h given r/c
+ int R, int C, int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H) {+ return(Fl_Table::find_cell(context, R, C, X, Y, W, H));
+ }
+
+public:
+ /**
+ The constructor for the Fl_Table_Row.
+ This creates an empty table with no rows or columns,
+ with headers and row/column resize behavior disabled.
+ */
+ Fl_Table_Row(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l=0) : Fl_Table(X,Y,W,H,l) {+ _dragging_select = 0;
+ _last_row = -1;
+ _last_y = -1;
+ _last_push_x = -1;
+ _last_push_y = -1;
+ _selectmode = SELECT_MULTI;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ The destructor for the Fl_Table_Row.
+ Destroys the table and its associated widgets.
+ */
+ ~Fl_Table_Row() { }+
+ void rows(int val); // set number of rows
+ int rows() { // get number of rows+ return(Fl_Table::rows());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Sets the table selection mode.
+
+ - \p Fl_Table_Row::SELECT_NONE - No selection allowed
+ - \p Fl_Table_Row::SELECT_SINGLE - Only single rows can be selected
+ - \p Fl_Table_Row::SELECT_MULTI - Multiple rows can be selected
+ */
+ void type(TableRowSelectMode val); // set selection mode
+
+ TableRowSelectMode type() const { // get selection mode+ return(_selectmode);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ Checks to see if 'row' is selected. Returns 1 if selected, 0 if not. You can
+ change the selection of a row by clicking on it, or by using
+ select_row(row, flag)
+ */
+ int row_selected(int row); // is row selected? (0=no, 1=yes, -1=range err)
+
+ /**
+ Changes the selection state for 'row', depending on the value
+ of 'flag'. 0=deselected, 1=select, 2=toggle existing state.
+ */
+ int select_row(int row, int flag=1); // select state for row: flag:0=off, 1=on, 2=toggle
+ // returns: 0=no change, 1=changed, -1=range err
+
+ /**
+ This convenience function changes the selection state
+ for \em all rows based on 'flag'. 0=deselect, 1=select, 2=toggle existing state.
+ */
+ void select_all_rows(int flag=1); // all rows to a known state
+
+ void clear() {+ rows(0); // implies clearing selection
+ cols(0);
+ Fl_Table::clear(); // clear the table
+ }
+};
+
+#endif /*_FL_TABLE_ROW_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tabs.H
@@ -1,0 +1,246 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Tab header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Tabs widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Tabs_H
+#define Fl_Tabs_H
+
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Tabs widget is the "file card tabs"
+ interface that allows you to put lots and lots of buttons and
+ switches in a panel, as popularized by many toolkits.
+
+ \image html tabs.png
+ \image latex tabs.png "Fl_Tabs" width=8cm
+
+ Clicking the tab makes a child visible() by calling
+ show() on it, and all other children are made invisible
+ by calling hide() on them. Usually the children are Fl_Group widgets
+ containing several widgets themselves.
+
+ Each child makes a card, and its label() is printed
+ on the card tab, including the label font and style. The
+ selection color of that child is used to color the tab, while
+ the color of the child determines the background color of the pane.
+
+ The size of the tabs is controlled by the bounding box of the
+ children (there should be some space between the children and
+ the edge of the Fl_Tabs), and the tabs may be placed
+ "inverted" on the bottom - this is determined by which
+ gap is larger. It is easiest to lay this out in fluid, using the
+ fluid browser to select each child group and resize them until
+ the tabs look the way you want them to.
+
+ The background area behind and to the right of the tabs is
+ "transparent", exposing the background detail of the parent. The
+ value of Fl_Tabs::box() does not affect this area. So if Fl_Tabs is
+ resized by itself without the parent, force the appropriate parent
+ (visible behind the tabs) to redraw() to prevent artifacts.
+
+ See "Resizing Caveats" below on how to keep tab heights constant.
+ See "Callback's Use Of when()" on how to control the details
+ of how clicks invoke the callback().
+
+ A typical use of the Fl_Tabs widget:
+
+ \par
+ \code
+ // Typical use of Fl_Tabs
+ Fl_Tabs *tabs = new Fl_Tabs(10,10,300,200);
+ {+ Fl_Group *grp1 = new Fl_Group(20,30,280,170,"Tab1");
+ {+ ..widgets that go in tab#1..
+ }
+ grp1->end();
+ Fl_Group *grp2 = new Fl_Group(20,30,280,170,"Tab2");
+ {+ ..widgets that go in tab#2..
+ }
+ grp2->end();
+ }
+ tabs->end();
+ \endcode
+
+ \b Default \b Appearance
+
+ The appearance of each "tab" is taken from the label() and color() of the
+ child group corresponding to that "tab" and panel. Where the "tabs" appear
+ depends on the position and size of the child groups that make up the
+ panels within the Fl_Tab, i.e. whether there is more space above or
+ below them. The height of the "tabs" depends on how much free space
+ is available.
+
+ \image html tabs_default.png "Fl_Tabs Default Appearance"
+ \image latex tabs_default.png "Fl_Tabs Default Appearance" width=8cm
+
+ \b Highlighting \b The \b Selected \b Tab
+
+ The selected "tab" can be highlighted further by setting the
+ selection_color() of the Fl_Tab itself, e.g.
+
+ \par
+ \code
+ ..
+ tabs = new Fl_Tabs(..);
+ tabs->selection_color(FL_DARK3);
+ ..
+ \endcode
+
+ The result of the above looks like:
+ \image html tabs_selection.png "Highlighting the selected tab"
+ \image latex tabs_selection.png "Highlighting the selected tab" width=8cm
+
+ \b Uniform \b Tab \b and \b Panel \b Appearance
+
+ In order to have uniform tab and panel appearance, not only must the color()
+ and selection_color() for each child group be set, but also the
+ selection_color() of the Fl_Tab itself any time a new "tab" is selected.
+ This can be achieved within the Fl_Tab callback, e.g.
+
+ \par
+ \code
+ void MyTabCallback(Fl_Widget *w, void*) {+ Fl_Tabs *tabs = (Fl_Tabs*)w;
+ // When tab changed, make sure it has same color as its group
+ tabs->selection_color( (tab->value())->color() );
+ }
+ ..
+ int main(..) {+ // Define tabs widget
+ tabs = new Fl_Tabs(..);
+ tabs->callback(MyTabCallback);
+
+ // Create three tabs each colored differently
+ grp1 = new Fl_Group(.. "One");
+ grp1->color(9);
+ grp1->selection_color(9);
+ grp1->end();
+
+ grp2 = new Fl_Group(.. "Two");
+ grp2->color(10);
+ grp2->selection_color(10);
+ grp2->end();
+
+ grp3 = new Fl_Group(.. "Three");
+ grp3->color(14);
+ grp3->selection_color(14);
+ grp3->end();
+ ..
+ // Make sure default tab has same color as its group
+ tabs->selection_color( (tab->value())->color() );
+ ..
+ return Fl::run();
+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ The result of the above looks like:
+ \image html tabs_uniform.png "Fl_Tabs with uniform colors"
+ \image latex tabs_uniform.png "Fl_Tabs with uniform colors" width=8cm
+
+ \b Resizing \b Caveats
+
+ When Fl_Tabs is resized vertically, the default behavior scales the
+ tab's height as well as its children. To keep the tab height constant
+ during resizing, set the tab widget's resizable() to one of the tab's
+ child groups, i.e.
+
+ \par
+ \code
+ tabs = new Fl_Tabs(..);
+ grp1 = new Fl_Group(..);
+ ..
+ grp2 = new Fl_Group(..);
+ ..
+ tabs->end();
+ tabs->resizable(grp1); // keeps tab height constant
+ \endcode
+
+ \par Callback's Use Of when()
+
+ As of FLTK 1.3.3, Fl_Tabs() supports the following flags for when():
+
+ - \ref FL_WHEN_NEVER -- callback never invoked (all flags off)
+ - \ref FL_WHEN_CHANGED -- if flag set, invokes callback when a tab has been changed (on click or keyboard navigation)
+ - \ref FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED -- if flag set, invokes callback when the tabs remain unchanged (on click or keyboard navigation)
+ - \ref FL_WHEN_RELEASE -- if flag set, invokes callback on RELEASE of mouse button or keyboard navigation
+
+ Notes:
+
+ -# The above flags can be logically OR-ed (|) or added (+) to combine behaviors.
+ -# The default value for when() is \ref FL_WHEN_RELEASE (inherited from Fl_Widget).
+ -# If \ref FL_WHEN_RELEASE is the \em only flag specified,
+ the behavior will be as if (\ref FL_WHEN_RELEASE|\ref FL_WHEN_CHANGED) was specified.
+ -# The value of changed() will be valid during the callback.
+ -# If both \ref FL_WHEN_CHANGED and \ref FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED are specified,
+ the callback is invoked whether the tab has been changed or not.
+ The changed() method can be used to determine the cause.
+ -# \ref FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED can happen if someone clicks on an already selected tab,
+ or if a keyboard navigation attempt results in no change to the tabs,
+ such as using the arrow keys while at the left or right end of the tabs.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tabs : public Fl_Group {+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ // NEW (nothing)
+#else
+ // OLD (maintained for ABI compat)
+ Fl_Widget *value_; // NOTE: this member no longer used -- STR #3169
+#endif
+ Fl_Widget *push_;
+ int *tab_pos; // array of x-offsets of tabs per child + 1
+ int *tab_width; // array of widths of tabs per child + 1
+ int tab_count; // array size
+ int tab_positions(); // allocate and calculate tab positions
+ void clear_tab_positions();
+ int tab_height();
+ void draw_tab(int x1, int x2, int W, int H, Fl_Widget* o, int sel=0);
+protected:
+ void redraw_tabs();
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Widget *value();
+ int value(Fl_Widget *);
+ /**
+ Returns the tab group for the tab the user has currently down-clicked on
+ and remains over until FL_RELEASE. Otherwise, returns NULL.
+
+ While the user is down-clicked on a tab, the return value is the tab group
+ for that tab. But as soon as the user releases, or drags off the tab with
+ the button still down, the return value will be NULL.
+
+ \see push(Fl_Widget*).
+ */
+ Fl_Widget *push() const {return push_;}+ int push(Fl_Widget *);
+ Fl_Tabs(int,int,int,int,const char * = 0);
+ Fl_Widget *which(int event_x, int event_y);
+ ~Fl_Tabs();
+ void client_area(int &rx, int &ry, int &rw, int &rh, int tabh=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Text_Buffer.H
@@ -1,0 +1,805 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Header file for Fl_Text_Buffer class.
+//
+// Copyright 2001-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Original code Copyright Mark Edel. Permission to distribute under
+// the LGPL for the FLTK library granted by Mark Edel.
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Text_Buffer, Fl_Text_Selection widget . */
+
+#ifndef FL_TEXT_BUFFER_H
+#define FL_TEXT_BUFFER_H
+
+
+#undef ASSERT_UTF8
+
+#ifdef ASSERT_UTF8
+# include <assert.h>
+# define IS_UTF8_ALIGNED(a) if (a && *a) assert(fl_utf8len(*(a))>0);
+# define IS_UTF8_ALIGNED2(a, b) if (b>=0 && b<a->length()) assert(fl_utf8len(a->byte_at(b))>0);
+#else
+# define IS_UTF8_ALIGNED(a)
+# define IS_UTF8_ALIGNED2(a, b)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ "character size" is the size of a UTF-8 character in bytes
+ "character width" is the width of a Unicode character in pixels
+ "column" was orginally defined as a character offset from the left margin.
+ It was identical to the byte offset. In UTF-8, we have neither a byte offset
+ nor truly fixed width fonts (*). Column could be a pixel value multiplied with
+ an average character width (which is a bearable approximation).
+
+ * in Unicode, there are no fixed width fonts! Even if the ASCII characters may
+ happen to be all the same width in pixels, Chinese characters surely are not.
+ There are plenty of exceptions, like ligatures, that make special handling of
+ "fixed" character widths a nightmare. I decided to remove all references to
+ fixed fonts and see "columns" as a multiple of the average width of a
+ character in the main font.
+ - Matthias
+ */
+
+
+/* Maximum length in characters of a tab or control character expansion
+ of a single buffer character */
+#define FL_TEXT_MAX_EXP_CHAR_LEN 20
+
+#include "Fl_Export.H"
+
+
+/**
+ \class Fl_Text_Selection
+ \brief This is an internal class for Fl_Text_Buffer to manage text selections.
+ This class works correctly with UTF-8 strings assuming that the parameters
+ for all calls are on character boundaries.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Text_Selection {+ friend class Fl_Text_Buffer;
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ \brief Set the selection range.
+ \param start byte offset to first selected character
+ \param end byte offset pointing after last selected character
+ */
+ void set(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ \brief Updates a selection after text was modified.
+
+ Updates an individual selection for changes in the corresponding text
+ \param pos byte offset into text buffer at which the change occurred
+ \param nDeleted number of bytes deleted from the buffer
+ \param nInserted number of bytes inserted into the buffer
+ */
+ void update(int pos, int nDeleted, int nInserted);
+
+ /**
+ \brief Return the byte offset to the first selected character.
+ \return byte offset
+ */
+ int start() const { return mStart; }+
+ /**
+ \brief Return the byte offset to the character after the last selected character.
+ \return byte offset
+ */
+ int end() const { return mEnd; }+
+ /**
+ \brief Returns true if any text is selected.
+ \return a non-zero number if any text has been selected, or 0
+ if no text is selected.
+ */
+ bool selected() const { return mSelected; }+
+ /**
+ \brief Modify the 'selected' flag.
+ \param b new flag
+ */
+ void selected(bool b) { mSelected = b; }+
+ /**
+ Return true if position \p pos with indentation \p dispIndex is in
+ the Fl_Text_Selection.
+ */
+ int includes(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ \brief Return the positions of this selection.
+ \param start return byte offset to first selected character
+ \param end return byte offset pointing after last selected character
+ \return true if selected
+ */
+ int position(int* start, int* end) const;
+
+protected:
+
+ int mStart; ///< byte offset to the first selected character
+ int mEnd; ///< byte offset to the character after the last selected character
+ bool mSelected; ///< this flag is set if any text is selected
+};
+
+
+typedef void (*Fl_Text_Modify_Cb)(int pos, int nInserted, int nDeleted,
+ int nRestyled, const char* deletedText,
+ void* cbArg);
+
+
+typedef void (*Fl_Text_Predelete_Cb)(int pos, int nDeleted, void* cbArg);
+
+
+/**
+ \brief This class manages Unicode text displayed in one or more Fl_Text_Display widgets.
+
+ All text in Fl_Text_Buffer must be encoded in UTF-8. All indices used in the
+ function calls must be aligned to the start of a UTF-8 sequence. All indices
+ and pointers returned will be aligned. All functions that return a single
+ character will return that in an unsiged int in UCS-4 encoding.
+
+ The Fl_Text_Buffer class is used by the Fl_Text_Display
+ and Fl_Text_Editor to manage complex text data and is based upon the
+ excellent NEdit text editor engine - see http://www.nedit.org/.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Text_Buffer {+public:
+
+ /**
+ Create an empty text buffer of a pre-determined size.
+ \param requestedSize use this to avoid unnecessary re-allocation
+ if you know exactly how much the buffer will need to hold
+ \param preferredGapSize Initial size for the buffer gap (empty space
+ in the buffer where text might be inserted
+ if the user is typing sequential characters)
+ */
+ Fl_Text_Buffer(int requestedSize = 0, int preferredGapSize = 1024);
+
+ /**
+ Frees a text buffer
+ */
+ ~Fl_Text_Buffer();
+
+ /**
+ \brief Returns the number of bytes in the buffer.
+ \return size of text in bytes
+ */
+ int length() const { return mLength; }+
+ /**
+ \brief Get a copy of the entire contents of the text buffer.
+ Memory is allocated to contain the returned string, which the caller
+ must free.
+ \return newly allocated text buffer - must be free'd, text is UTF-8
+ */
+ char* text() const;
+
+ /**
+ Replaces the entire contents of the text buffer.
+ \param text Text must be valid UTF-8. If null, an empty string is substituted.
+ */
+ void text(const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ \brief Get a copy of a part of the text buffer.
+ Return a copy of the text between \p start and \p end character positions
+ from text buffer \p buf. Positions start at 0, and the range does not
+ include the character pointed to by \p end.
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ \param start byte offset to first character
+ \param end byte offset after last character in range
+ \return newly allocated text buffer - must be free'd, text is UTF-8
+ */
+ char* text_range(int start, int end) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the character at the specified position \p pos in the buffer.
+ Positions start at 0.
+ \param pos byte offset into buffer, \p pos must be at a UTF-8 character boundary
+ \return Unicode UCS-4 encoded character
+ */
+ unsigned int char_at(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the raw byte at the specified position pos in the buffer.
+ Positions start at 0.
+ \param pos byte offset into buffer
+ \return unencoded raw byte
+ */
+ char byte_at(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Convert a byte offset in buffer into a memory address.
+ \param pos byte offset into buffer
+ \return byte offset converted to a memory address
+ */
+ const char *address(int pos) const
+ { return (pos < mGapStart) ? mBuf+pos : mBuf+pos+mGapEnd-mGapStart; }+
+ /**
+ Convert a byte offset in buffer into a memory address.
+ \param pos byte offset into buffer
+ \return byte offset converted to a memory address
+ */
+ char *address(int pos)
+ { return (pos < mGapStart) ? mBuf+pos : mBuf+pos+mGapEnd-mGapStart; }+
+ /**
+ Inserts null-terminated string \p text at position \p pos.
+ \param pos insertion position as byte offset (must be UTF-8 character aligned)
+ \param text UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated text
+ */
+ void insert(int pos, const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ Appends the text string to the end of the buffer.
+ \param t UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated text
+ */
+ void append(const char* t) { insert(length(), t); }+
+ /**
+ Deletes a range of characters in the buffer.
+ \param start byte offset to first character to be removed
+ \param end byte offset to character after last character to be removed
+ */
+ void remove(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ Deletes the characters between \p start and \p end, and inserts the
+ null-terminated string \p text in their place in the buffer.
+ \param start byte offset to first character to be removed and new insert position
+ \param end byte offset to character after last character to be removed
+ \param text UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated text
+ */
+ void replace(int start, int end, const char *text);
+
+ /**
+ Copies text from another Fl_Text_Buffer to this one.
+ \param fromBuf source text buffer, may be the same as this
+ \param fromStart byte offset into buffer
+ \param fromEnd byte offset into buffer
+ \param toPos destination byte offset into buffer
+ */
+ void copy(Fl_Text_Buffer* fromBuf, int fromStart, int fromEnd, int toPos);
+
+ /**
+ Undo text modification according to the undo variables or insert text
+ from the undo buffer
+ */
+ int undo(int *cp=0);
+
+ /**
+ Lets the undo system know if we can undo changes
+ */
+ void canUndo(char flag=1);
+
+ /**
+ Inserts a file at the specified position.
+ Returns
+ - 0 on success
+ - non-zero on error (strerror() contains reason)
+ - 1 indicates open for read failed (no data loaded)
+ - 2 indicates error occurred while reading data (data was partially loaded)
+
+ File can be UTF-8 or CP1252 encoded.
+ If the input file is not UTF-8 encoded, the Fl_Text_Buffer widget will
+ contain data transcoded to UTF-8. By default, the message
+ Fl_Text_Buffer::file_encoding_warning_message
+ will warn the user about this.
+ \see input_file_was_transcoded and transcoding_warning_action.
+ */
+ int insertfile(const char *file, int pos, int buflen = 128*1024);
+
+ /**
+ Appends the named file to the end of the buffer. See also insertfile().
+ */
+ int appendfile(const char *file, int buflen = 128*1024)
+ { return insertfile(file, length(), buflen); }+
+ /**
+ Loads a text file into the buffer. See also insertfile().
+ */
+ int loadfile(const char *file, int buflen = 128*1024)
+ { select(0, length()); remove_selection(); return appendfile(file, buflen); }+
+ /**
+ Writes the specified portions of the text buffer to a file.
+ Returns
+ - 0 on success
+ - non-zero on error (strerror() contains reason)
+ - 1 indicates open for write failed (no data saved)
+ - 2 indicates error occurred while writing data (data was partially saved)
+
+ \see savefile(const char *file, int buflen)
+ */
+ int outputfile(const char *file, int start, int end, int buflen = 128*1024);
+
+ /**
+ Saves a text file from the current buffer.
+ Returns
+ - 0 on success
+ - non-zero on error (strerror() contains reason)
+ - 1 indicates open for write failed (no data saved)
+ - 2 indicates error occurred while writing data (data was partially saved)
+
+ \see outputfile(const char *file, int start, int end, int buflen)
+ */
+ int savefile(const char *file, int buflen = 128*1024)
+ { return outputfile(file, 0, length(), buflen); }+
+ /**
+ Gets the tab width.
+
+ The tab width is measured in characters. The pixel position is
+ calculated using an average character width.
+ */
+ int tab_distance() const { return mTabDist; }+
+ /**
+ Set the hardware tab distance (width) used by all displays for this buffer,
+ and used in computing offsets for rectangular selection operations.
+ */
+ void tab_distance(int tabDist);
+
+ /**
+ Selects a range of characters in the buffer.
+ */
+ void select(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns a non-zero value if text has been selected, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+ int selected() const { return mPrimary.selected(); }+
+ /**
+ Cancels any previous selection on the primary text selection object.
+ */
+ void unselect();
+
+ /**
+ Gets the selection position.
+ */
+ int selection_position(int* start, int* end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the currently selected text.
+
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ */
+ char* selection_text();
+
+ /**
+ Removes the text in the primary selection.
+ */
+ void remove_selection();
+
+ /**
+ Replaces the text in the primary selection.
+ */
+ void replace_selection(const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ Selects a range of characters in the secondary selection.
+ */
+ void secondary_select(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns a non-zero value if text has been selected in the secondary
+ text selection, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+ int secondary_selected() { return mSecondary.selected(); }+
+ /**
+ Clears any selection in the secondary text selection object.
+ */
+ void secondary_unselect();
+
+ /**
+ Returns the current selection in the secondary text selection object.
+ */
+ int secondary_selection_position(int* start, int* end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the text in the secondary selection.
+
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ */
+ char* secondary_selection_text();
+
+ /**
+ Removes the text from the buffer corresponding to the secondary text
+ selection object.
+ */
+ void remove_secondary_selection();
+
+ /**
+ Replaces the text from the buffer corresponding to the secondary
+ text selection object with the new string \p text.
+ */
+ void replace_secondary_selection(const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ Highlights the specified text within the buffer.
+ */
+ void highlight(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the highlighted text.
+
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ */
+ int highlight() { return mHighlight.selected(); }+
+ /**
+ Unhighlights text in the buffer.
+ */
+ void unhighlight();
+
+ /**
+ Highlights the specified text between \p start and \p end within the buffer.
+ */
+ int highlight_position(int* start, int* end);
+
+ /**
+ Returns the highlighted text.
+
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ */
+ char* highlight_text();
+
+ /**
+ Adds a callback function that is called whenever the text buffer is modified.
+
+ The callback function is declared as follows:
+
+ \code
+ typedef void (*Fl_Text_Modify_Cb)(int pos, int nInserted, int nDeleted,
+ int nRestyled, const char* deletedText,
+ void* cbArg);
+ \endcode
+ */
+ void add_modify_callback(Fl_Text_Modify_Cb bufModifiedCB, void* cbArg);
+
+ /**
+ Removes a modify callback.
+ */
+ void remove_modify_callback(Fl_Text_Modify_Cb bufModifiedCB, void* cbArg);
+
+ /**
+ Calls all modify callbacks that have been registered using
+ the add_modify_callback() method.
+ */
+ void call_modify_callbacks() { call_modify_callbacks(0, 0, 0, 0, 0); }+
+ /**
+ Adds a callback routine to be called before text is deleted from the buffer.
+ */
+ void add_predelete_callback(Fl_Text_Predelete_Cb bufPredelCB, void* cbArg);
+
+ /**
+ Removes a callback routine \p bufPreDeleteCB associated with argument \p cbArg
+ to be called before text is deleted from the buffer.
+ */
+ void remove_predelete_callback(Fl_Text_Predelete_Cb predelCB, void* cbArg);
+
+ /**
+ Calls the stored pre-delete callback procedure(s) for this buffer to update
+ the changed area(s) on the screen and any other listeners.
+ */
+ void call_predelete_callbacks() { call_predelete_callbacks(0, 0); }+
+ /**
+ Returns the text from the entire line containing the specified
+ character position.
+
+ When you are done with the text, free it using the free() function.
+ \param pos byte index into buffer
+ \return copy of UTF-8 text, must be free'd
+ */
+ char* line_text(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the position of the start of the line containing position \p pos.
+ \param pos byte index into buffer
+ \return byte offset to line start
+ */
+ int line_start(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Finds and returns the position of the end of the line containing position
+ \p pos (which is either a pointer to the newline character ending the line
+ or a pointer to one character beyond the end of the buffer).
+ \param pos byte index into buffer
+ \return byte offset to line end
+ */
+ int line_end(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the position corresponding to the start of the word.
+ \param pos byte index into buffer
+ \return byte offset to word start
+ */
+ int word_start(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the position corresponding to the end of the word.
+ \param pos byte index into buffer
+ \return byte offset to word end
+ */
+ int word_end(int pos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Count the number of displayed characters between buffer position
+ \p lineStartPos and \p targetPos.
+
+ Displayed characters are the characters shown on the screen to represent
+ characters in the buffer, where tabs and control characters are expanded.
+ */
+ int count_displayed_characters(int lineStartPos, int targetPos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Count forward from buffer position \p startPos in displayed characters.
+
+ Displayed characters are the characters shown on the screen to represent
+ characters in the buffer, where tabs and control characters are expanded.
+ \param lineStartPos byte offset into buffer
+ \param nChars number of bytes that are sent to the display
+ \return byte offset in input after all output bytes are sent
+ */
+ int skip_displayed_characters(int lineStartPos, int nChars);
+
+ /**
+ Counts the number of newlines between \p startPos and \p endPos in buffer.
+ The character at position \p endPos is not counted.
+ */
+ int count_lines(int startPos, int endPos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Finds the first character of the line \p nLines forward from \p startPos
+ in the buffer and returns its position.
+ */
+ int skip_lines(int startPos, int nLines);
+
+ /**
+ Finds and returns the position of the first character of the line \p nLines
+ backwards from \p startPos (not counting the character pointed to by
+ \p startpos if that is a newline) in the buffer.
+ \p nLines == 0 means find the beginning of the line.
+ */
+ int rewind_lines(int startPos, int nLines);
+
+ /**
+ Finds the next occurrence of the specified character.
+ Search forwards in buffer for character \p searchChar, starting
+ with the character \p startPos, and returning the result in \p foundPos.
+ Returns 1 if found, 0 if not.
+ The difference between this and search_forward() is that it's optimized
+ for single characters. The overall performance of the text widget is
+ dependent on its ability to count lines quickly, hence searching for a
+ single character: newline.
+ \param startPos byte offset to start position
+ \param searchChar UCS-4 character that we want to find
+ \param foundPos byte offset where the character was found
+ \return 1 if found, 0 if not
+ */
+ int findchar_forward(int startPos, unsigned searchChar, int* foundPos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Search backwards in buffer \p buf for character \p searchChar, starting
+ with the character \e before \p startPos, returning the result in \p foundPos.
+
+ Returns 1 if found, 0 if not. The difference between this and
+ search_backward() is that it's optimized for single characters. The
+ overall performance of the text widget is dependent on its ability to
+ count lines quickly, hence searching for a single character: newline.
+ \param startPos byte offset to start position
+ \param searchChar UCS-4 character that we want to find
+ \param foundPos byte offset where the character was found
+ \return 1 if found, 0 if not
+ */
+ int findchar_backward(int startPos, unsigned int searchChar, int* foundPos) const;
+
+ /**
+ Search forwards in buffer for string \p searchString, starting with the
+ character \p startPos, and returning the result in \p foundPos.
+
+ Returns 1 if found, 0 if not.
+ \param startPos byte offset to start position
+ \param searchString UTF-8 string that we want to find
+ \param foundPos byte offset where the string was found
+ \param matchCase if set, match character case
+ \return 1 if found, 0 if not
+ */
+ int search_forward(int startPos, const char* searchString, int* foundPos,
+ int matchCase = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ Search backwards in buffer for string \p searchString, starting with
+ the character \e at \p startPos, returning the result in \p foundPos.
+
+ Returns 1 if found, 0 if not.
+ \param startPos byte offset to start position
+ \param searchString UTF-8 string that we want to find
+ \param foundPos byte offset where the string was found
+ \param matchCase if set, match character case
+ \return 1 if found, 0 if not
+ */
+ int search_backward(int startPos, const char* searchString, int* foundPos,
+ int matchCase = 0) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the primary selection.
+ */
+ const Fl_Text_Selection* primary_selection() const { return &mPrimary; }+
+ /**
+ Returns the primary selection.
+ */
+ Fl_Text_Selection* primary_selection() { return &mPrimary; }+
+ /**
+ Returns the secondary selection.
+ */
+ const Fl_Text_Selection* secondary_selection() const { return &mSecondary; }+
+ /**
+ Returns the current highlight selection.
+ */
+ const Fl_Text_Selection* highlight_selection() const { return &mHighlight; }+
+ /**
+ Returns the index of the previous character.
+ \param ix index to the current character
+ */
+ int prev_char(int ix) const;
+ int prev_char_clipped(int ix) const;
+
+ /**
+ Returns the index of the next character.
+ \param ix index to the current character
+ */
+ int next_char(int ix) const;
+ int next_char_clipped(int ix) const;
+
+ /**
+ Align an index into the buffer to the current or previous UTF-8 boundary.
+ */
+ int utf8_align(int) const;
+
+ /**
+ \brief true if the loaded file has been transcoded to UTF-8.
+ */
+ int input_file_was_transcoded;
+
+ /** This message may be displayed using the fl_alert() function when a file
+ which was not UTF-8 encoded is input.
+ */
+ static const char* file_encoding_warning_message;
+
+ /**
+ \brief Pointer to a function called after reading a non UTF-8 encoded file.
+
+ This function is called after reading a file if the file content
+ was transcoded to UTF-8. Its default implementation calls fl_alert()
+ with the text of \ref file_encoding_warning_message. No warning message is
+ displayed if this pointer is set to NULL. Use \ref input_file_was_transcoded
+ to be informed if file input required transcoding to UTF-8.
+ */
+ void (*transcoding_warning_action)(Fl_Text_Buffer*);
+
+protected:
+
+ /**
+ Calls the stored modify callback procedure(s) for this buffer to update the
+ changed area(s) on the screen and any other listeners.
+ */
+ void call_modify_callbacks(int pos, int nDeleted, int nInserted,
+ int nRestyled, const char* deletedText) const;
+
+ /**
+ Calls the stored pre-delete callback procedure(s) for this buffer to update
+ the changed area(s) on the screen and any other listeners.
+ */
+ void call_predelete_callbacks(int pos, int nDeleted) const;
+
+ /**
+ Internal (non-redisplaying) version of insert().
+
+ Returns the length of text inserted (this is just strlen(\p text), however
+ this calculation can be expensive and the length will be required by any
+ caller who will continue on to call redisplay). \p pos must be contiguous
+ with the existing text in the buffer (i.e. not past the end).
+ \return the number of bytes inserted
+ */
+ int insert_(int pos, const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ Internal (non-redisplaying) version of remove().
+
+ Removes the contents of the buffer between \p start and \p end (and moves
+ the gap to the site of the delete).
+ */
+ void remove_(int start, int end);
+
+ /**
+ Calls the stored redisplay procedure(s) for this buffer to update the
+ screen for a change in a selection.
+ */
+ void redisplay_selection(Fl_Text_Selection* oldSelection,
+ Fl_Text_Selection* newSelection) const;
+
+ /**
+ Move the gap to start at a new position.
+ */
+ void move_gap(int pos);
+
+ /**
+ Reallocates the text storage in the buffer to have a gap starting at \p newGapStart
+ and a gap size of \p newGapLen, preserving the buffer's current contents.
+ */
+ void reallocate_with_gap(int newGapStart, int newGapLen);
+
+ char* selection_text_(Fl_Text_Selection* sel) const;
+
+ /**
+ Removes the text from the buffer corresponding to \p sel.
+ */
+ void remove_selection_(Fl_Text_Selection* sel);
+
+ /**
+ Replaces the \p text in selection \p sel.
+ */
+ void replace_selection_(Fl_Text_Selection* sel, const char* text);
+
+ /**
+ Updates all of the selections in the buffer for changes in the buffer's text
+ */
+ void update_selections(int pos, int nDeleted, int nInserted);
+
+ Fl_Text_Selection mPrimary; /**< highlighted areas */
+ Fl_Text_Selection mSecondary; /**< highlighted areas */
+ Fl_Text_Selection mHighlight; /**< highlighted areas */
+ int mLength; /**< length of the text in the buffer (the length
+ of the buffer itself must be calculated:
+ gapEnd - gapStart + length) */
+ char* mBuf; /**< allocated memory where the text is stored */
+ int mGapStart; /**< points to the first character of the gap */
+ int mGapEnd; /**< points to the first character after the gap */
+ // The hardware tab distance used by all displays for this buffer,
+ // and used in computing offsets for rectangular selection operations.
+ int mTabDist; /**< equiv. number of characters in a tab */
+ int mNModifyProcs; /**< number of modify-redisplay procs attached */
+ Fl_Text_Modify_Cb *mModifyProcs;/**< procedures to call when buffer is
+ modified to redisplay contents */
+ void** mCbArgs; /**< caller arguments for modifyProcs above */
+ int mNPredeleteProcs; /**< number of pre-delete procs attached */
+ Fl_Text_Predelete_Cb *mPredeleteProcs; /**< procedure to call before text is deleted
+ from the buffer; at most one is supported. */
+ void **mPredeleteCbArgs; /**< caller argument for pre-delete proc above */
+ int mCursorPosHint; /**< hint for reasonable cursor position after
+ a buffer modification operation */
+ char mCanUndo; /**< if this buffer is used for attributes, it must
+ not do any undo calls */
+ int mPreferredGapSize; /**< the default allocation for the text gap is 1024
+ bytes and should only be increased if frequent
+ and large changes in buffer size are expected */
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Text_Display.H
@@ -1,0 +1,543 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Header file for Fl_Text_Display class.
+//
+// Copyright 2001-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Original code Copyright Mark Edel. Permission to distribute under
+// the LGPL for the FLTK library granted by Mark Edel.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Text_Display widget . */
+
+#ifndef FL_TEXT_DISPLAY_H
+#define FL_TEXT_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include "fl_draw.H"
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#include "Fl_Scrollbar.H"
+#include "Fl_Text_Buffer.H"
+
+/**
+ \brief Rich text display widget.
+
+ This is the FLTK text display widget. It allows the user to view
+ multiple lines of text and supports highlighting, word wrap, mixes
+ of font faces and colors, line numbers and scrolling. The buffer
+ that is displayed in the widget is managed by the Fl_Text_Buffer
+ class. A single Text Buffer can be displayed by multiple Text
+ Displays.
+
+ \image html editor.png "Fl_Text_Display widget"
+ \image latex editor.png "Fl_Text_Display widget" width=6cm
+ <BR><BR>
+ \image html editor-linenumbers.png "Fl_Text_Display widget with line numbers enabled"
+ \image latex editor-linenumbers.png "Fl_Text_Display widget with line numbers enabled" width=6cm
+
+ \b Example \b Use
+ \code
+ #include <FL/FL_Text_Display.H>
+ ..
+ int main() {+ ..
+ Fl_Text_Buffer *buff = new Fl_Text_Buffer();
+ Fl_Text_Display *disp = new Fl_Text_Display(10, 10, 640, 480);
+ disp->buffer(buff); // attach text buffer to display widget
+ buff->text("line one\nline two"); // add some text to buffer+ ..
+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ \b Features
+
+ - Word wrap: wrap_mode(), wrapped_column(), wrapped_row()
+ - Font control: textfont(), textsize(), textcolor()
+ - Font styling: highlight_data()
+ - Cursor: cursor_style(), show_cursor(), hide_cursor(), cursor_color()
+ - Line numbers: linenumber_width(), linenumber_font(),
+ linenumber_size(), linenumber_fgcolor(), linenumber_bgcolor(),
+ linenumber_align(), linenumber_format()
+
+ Note that other features may be available via Fl_Text_Editor
+ and Fl_Text_Buffer classes.
+
+ \note Line numbers were added in 1.3.3. To avoid breaking ABI,
+ many of its options are read only. To adjust these features
+ in 1.3.x, you must build FLTK with FLTK_ABI_VERSION set to 10303
+ or higher.
+
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Text_Display: public Fl_Group {+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ text display cursor shapes enumeration
+ */
+ enum {+ NORMAL_CURSOR, /**< I-beam */
+ CARET_CURSOR, /**< caret under the text */
+ DIM_CURSOR, /**< dim I-beam */
+ BLOCK_CURSOR, /**< unfille box under the current character */
+ HEAVY_CURSOR, /**< thick I-beam */
+ SIMPLE_CURSOR /**< as cursor as Fl_Input cursor */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ the character position is the left edge of a character, whereas
+ the cursor is thought to be between the centers of two consecutive
+ characters.
+ */
+ enum {+ CURSOR_POS,
+ CHARACTER_POS
+ };
+
+ /**
+ drag types - they match Fl::event_clicks() so that single clicking to
+ start a collection selects by character, double clicking selects by
+ word and triple clicking selects by line.
+ */
+ enum {+ DRAG_NONE = -2,
+ DRAG_START_DND = -1,
+ DRAG_CHAR = 0,
+ DRAG_WORD = 1,
+ DRAG_LINE = 2
+ };
+
+ /**
+ wrap types - used in wrap_mode()
+ */
+ enum {+ WRAP_NONE, /**< don't wrap text at all */
+ WRAP_AT_COLUMN, /**< wrap text at the given text column */
+ WRAP_AT_PIXEL, /**< wrap text at a pixel position */
+ WRAP_AT_BOUNDS /**< wrap text so that it fits into the widget width */
+ };
+
+ friend void fl_text_drag_me(int pos, Fl_Text_Display* d);
+
+ typedef void (*Unfinished_Style_Cb)(int, void *);
+
+ /**
+ This structure associates the color, font, and font size of a string to draw
+ with an attribute mask matching attr.
+
+ There must be one entry for each style that can be used in an
+ Fl_Text_Display for displaying text. The style table is an array of
+ struct Style_Table_Entry.
+
+ The style table is associated with an Fl_Text_Display by using
+ Fl_Text_Display::highlight_data().
+
+ \see Fl_Text_Display::highlight_data()
+ */
+ struct Style_Table_Entry {+ Fl_Color color; ///< text color
+ Fl_Font font; ///< text font
+ Fl_Fontsize size; ///< text font size
+ unsigned attr; ///< currently unused (this may be change in the future)
+ };
+
+ Fl_Text_Display(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *l = 0);
+ ~Fl_Text_Display();
+
+ virtual int handle(int e);
+
+ void buffer(Fl_Text_Buffer* buf);
+
+ /**
+ Sets the current text buffer associated with the text widget.
+ Multiple text widgets can be associated with the same text buffer.
+ \param buf new text buffer
+ */
+ void buffer(Fl_Text_Buffer& buf) { buffer(&buf); }+
+ /**
+ Gets the current text buffer associated with the text widget.
+ Multiple text widgets can be associated with the same text buffer.
+ \return current text buffer
+ */
+ Fl_Text_Buffer* buffer() const { return mBuffer; }+
+ void redisplay_range(int start, int end);
+ void scroll(int topLineNum, int horizOffset);
+ void insert(const char* text);
+ void overstrike(const char* text);
+ void insert_position(int newPos);
+
+ /**
+ Gets the position of the text insertion cursor for text display.
+ \return insert position index into text buffer
+ */
+ int insert_position() const { return mCursorPos; }+ int position_to_xy(int pos, int* x, int* y) const;
+
+ int in_selection(int x, int y) const;
+ void show_insert_position();
+
+ int move_right();
+ int move_left();
+ int move_up();
+ int move_down();
+ int count_lines(int start, int end, bool start_pos_is_line_start) const;
+ int line_start(int pos) const;
+ int line_end(int startPos, bool startPosIsLineStart) const;
+ int skip_lines(int startPos, int nLines, bool startPosIsLineStart);
+ int rewind_lines(int startPos, int nLines);
+ void next_word(void);
+ void previous_word(void);
+
+ void show_cursor(int b = 1);
+
+ /**
+ Hides the text cursor.
+ */
+ void hide_cursor() { show_cursor(0); }+
+ void cursor_style(int style);
+
+ /**
+ Gets the text cursor color.
+ \return cursor color
+ */
+ Fl_Color cursor_color() const {return mCursor_color;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the text cursor color.
+ \param n new cursor color
+ */
+ void cursor_color(Fl_Color n) {mCursor_color = n;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the width/height of the scrollbars.
+ \return width of scrollbars
+ */
+ int scrollbar_width() const { return scrollbar_width_; }+
+ /**
+ Sets the width/height of the scrollbars.
+ \param W width of scrollbars
+ */
+ void scrollbar_width(int W) { scrollbar_width_ = W; }+
+ /**
+ Gets the scrollbar alignment type.
+ \return scrollbar alignment
+ */
+ Fl_Align scrollbar_align() const { return scrollbar_align_; }+
+ /**
+ Sets the scrollbar alignment type.
+ \param a new scrollbar alignment
+ */
+ void scrollbar_align(Fl_Align a) { scrollbar_align_ = a; }+
+ /**
+ Moves the insert position to the beginning of the current word.
+ \param pos start calculation at this index
+ \return beginning of the words
+ */
+ int word_start(int pos) const { return buffer()->word_start(pos); }+
+ /**
+ Moves the insert position to the end of the current word.
+ \param pos start calculation at this index
+ \return index of first character after the end of the word
+ */
+ int word_end(int pos) const { return buffer()->word_end(pos); }+
+
+ void highlight_data(Fl_Text_Buffer *styleBuffer,
+ const Style_Table_Entry *styleTable,
+ int nStyles, char unfinishedStyle,
+ Unfinished_Style_Cb unfinishedHighlightCB,
+ void *cbArg);
+
+ int position_style(int lineStartPos, int lineLen, int lineIndex) const;
+
+ /**
+ \todo FIXME : get set methods pointing on shortcut_
+ have no effects as shortcut_ is unused in this class and derived!
+ \return the current shortcut key
+ */
+ int shortcut() const {return shortcut_;}+
+ /**
+ \todo FIXME : get set methods pointing on shortcut_
+ have no effects as shortcut_ is unused in this class and derived!
+ \param s the new shortcut key
+ */
+ void shortcut(int s) {shortcut_ = s;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the default font used when drawing text in the widget.
+ \return current text font face unless overridden by a style
+ */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the default font used when drawing text in the widget.
+ \param s default text font face
+ */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s; mColumnScale = 0;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the default size of text in the widget.
+ \return current text height unless overridden by a style
+ */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the default size of text in the widget.
+ \param s new text size
+ */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s; mColumnScale = 0;}+
+ /**
+ Gets the default color of text in the widget.
+ \return text color unless overridden by a style
+ */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+
+ /**
+ Sets the default color of text in the widget.
+ \param n new text color
+ */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color n) {textcolor_ = n;}+
+ int wrapped_column(int row, int column) const;
+ int wrapped_row(int row) const;
+ void wrap_mode(int wrap, int wrap_margin);
+
+ virtual void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+
+ /**
+ Convert an x pixel position into a column number.
+ \param x number of pixels from the left margin
+ \return an approximate column number based on the main font
+ */
+ double x_to_col(double x) const;
+
+ /**
+ Convert a column number into an x pixel position.
+ \param col an approximate column number based on the main font
+ \return number of pixels from the left margin to the left of an
+ average sized character
+ */
+ double col_to_x(double col) const;
+
+ void linenumber_width(int width);
+ int linenumber_width() const;
+ void linenumber_font(Fl_Font val);
+ Fl_Font linenumber_font() const;
+ void linenumber_size(Fl_Fontsize val);
+ Fl_Fontsize linenumber_size() const;
+ void linenumber_fgcolor(Fl_Color val);
+ Fl_Color linenumber_fgcolor() const;
+ void linenumber_bgcolor(Fl_Color val);
+ Fl_Color linenumber_bgcolor() const;
+ void linenumber_align(Fl_Align val);
+ Fl_Align linenumber_align() const;
+ void linenumber_format(const char* val);
+ const char* linenumber_format() const;
+
+protected:
+ // Most (all?) of this stuff should only be called from resize() or
+ // draw().
+ // Anything with "vline" indicates thats it deals with currently
+ // visible lines.
+
+ virtual void draw();
+ void draw_text(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ void draw_range(int start, int end);
+ void draw_cursor(int, int);
+
+ void draw_string(int style, int x, int y, int toX, const char *string,
+ int nChars) const;
+
+ void draw_vline(int visLineNum, int leftClip, int rightClip,
+ int leftCharIndex, int rightCharIndex);
+
+ int find_x(const char *s, int len, int style, int x) const;
+
+ enum { + DRAW_LINE,
+ FIND_INDEX,
+ FIND_INDEX_FROM_ZERO,
+ GET_WIDTH
+ };
+
+ int handle_vline(int mode,
+ int lineStart, int lineLen, int leftChar, int rightChar,
+ int topClip, int bottomClip,
+ int leftClip, int rightClip) const;
+
+ void draw_line_numbers(bool clearAll);
+
+ void clear_rect(int style, int x, int y, int width, int height) const;
+ void display_insert();
+
+ void offset_line_starts(int newTopLineNum);
+
+ void calc_line_starts(int startLine, int endLine);
+
+ void update_line_starts(int pos, int charsInserted, int charsDeleted,
+ int linesInserted, int linesDeleted, int *scrolled);
+
+ void calc_last_char();
+
+ int position_to_line( int pos, int* lineNum ) const;
+ double string_width(const char* string, int length, int style) const;
+
+ static void scroll_timer_cb(void*);
+
+ static void buffer_predelete_cb(int pos, int nDeleted, void* cbArg);
+ static void buffer_modified_cb(int pos, int nInserted, int nDeleted,
+ int nRestyled, const char* deletedText,
+ void* cbArg);
+
+ static void h_scrollbar_cb(Fl_Scrollbar* w, Fl_Text_Display* d);
+ static void v_scrollbar_cb( Fl_Scrollbar* w, Fl_Text_Display* d);
+ void update_v_scrollbar();
+ void update_h_scrollbar();
+ int measure_vline(int visLineNum) const;
+ int longest_vline() const;
+ int empty_vlines() const;
+ int vline_length(int visLineNum) const;
+ int xy_to_position(int x, int y, int PosType = CHARACTER_POS) const;
+
+ void xy_to_rowcol(int x, int y, int* row, int* column,
+ int PosType = CHARACTER_POS) const;
+ void maintain_absolute_top_line_number(int state);
+ int get_absolute_top_line_number() const;
+ void absolute_top_line_number(int oldFirstChar);
+ int maintaining_absolute_top_line_number() const;
+ void reset_absolute_top_line_number();
+ int position_to_linecol(int pos, int* lineNum, int* column) const;
+ int scroll_(int topLineNum, int horizOffset);
+
+ void extend_range_for_styles(int* start, int* end);
+
+ void find_wrap_range(const char *deletedText, int pos, int nInserted,
+ int nDeleted, int *modRangeStart, int *modRangeEnd,
+ int *linesInserted, int *linesDeleted);
+ void measure_deleted_lines(int pos, int nDeleted);
+ void wrapped_line_counter(Fl_Text_Buffer *buf, int startPos, int maxPos,
+ int maxLines, bool startPosIsLineStart,
+ int styleBufOffset, int *retPos, int *retLines,
+ int *retLineStart, int *retLineEnd,
+ bool countLastLineMissingNewLine = true) const;
+ void find_line_end(int pos, bool start_pos_is_line_start, int *lineEnd,
+ int *nextLineStart) const;
+ double measure_proportional_character(const char *s, int colNum, int pos) const;
+ int wrap_uses_character(int lineEndPos) const;
+
+ int damage_range1_start, damage_range1_end;
+ int damage_range2_start, damage_range2_end;
+ int mCursorPos;
+ int mCursorOn;
+ int mCursorOldY; /* Y pos. of cursor for blanking */
+ int mCursorToHint; /* Tells the buffer modified callback
+ where to move the cursor, to reduce
+ the number of redraw calls */
+ int mCursorStyle; /* One of enum cursorStyles above */
+ int mCursorPreferredXPos; /* Pixel position for vert. cursor movement */
+ int mNVisibleLines; /* # of visible (displayed) lines */
+ int mNBufferLines; /* # of newlines in the buffer */
+ Fl_Text_Buffer* mBuffer; /* Contains text to be displayed */
+ Fl_Text_Buffer* mStyleBuffer; /* Optional parallel buffer containing
+ color and font information */
+ int mFirstChar, mLastChar; /* Buffer positions of first and last
+ displayed character (lastChar points
+ either to a newline or one character
+ beyond the end of the buffer) */
+ int mContinuousWrap; /* Wrap long lines when displaying */
+ int mWrapMarginPix; /* Margin in # of pixels for
+ wrapping in continuousWrap mode */
+ int* mLineStarts;
+ int mTopLineNum; /* Line number of top displayed line
+ of file (first line of file is 1) */
+ int mAbsTopLineNum; /* In continuous wrap mode, the line
+ number of the top line if the text
+ were not wrapped (note that this is
+ only maintained as needed). */
+ int mNeedAbsTopLineNum; /* Externally settable flag to continue
+ maintaining absTopLineNum even if
+ it isn't needed for line # display */
+ int mHorizOffset; /* Horizontal scroll pos. in pixels */
+ int mTopLineNumHint; /* Line number of top displayed line
+ of file (first line of file is 1) */
+ int mHorizOffsetHint; /* Horizontal scroll pos. in pixels */
+ int mNStyles; /* Number of entries in styleTable */
+ const Style_Table_Entry *mStyleTable; /* Table of fonts and colors for
+ coloring/syntax-highlighting */
+ char mUnfinishedStyle; /* Style buffer entry which triggers
+ on-the-fly reparsing of region */
+ Unfinished_Style_Cb mUnfinishedHighlightCB; /* Callback to parse "unfinished" */
+ /* regions */
+ void* mHighlightCBArg; /* Arg to unfinishedHighlightCB */
+
+ int mMaxsize;
+
+ int mSuppressResync; /* Suppress resynchronization of line
+ starts during buffer updates */
+ int mNLinesDeleted; /* Number of lines deleted during
+ buffer modification (only used
+ when resynchronization is suppressed) */
+ int mModifyingTabDistance; /* Whether tab distance is being
+ modified */
+
+ mutable double mColumnScale; /* Width in pixels of an average character. This
+ value is calculated as needed (lazy eval); it
+ needs to be mutable so that it can be calculated
+ within a method marked as "const" */
+
+ Fl_Color mCursor_color;
+
+ Fl_Scrollbar* mHScrollBar;
+ Fl_Scrollbar* mVScrollBar;
+ int scrollbar_width_;
+ Fl_Align scrollbar_align_;
+ int dragPos, dragType, dragging;
+ int display_insert_position_hint;
+ struct { int x, y, w, h; } text_area;+
+ int shortcut_;
+
+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+
+ // Line number margin and width
+ int mLineNumLeft, mLineNumWidth;
+
+ // Line number font/colors
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Font linenumber_font_;
+ Fl_Fontsize linenumber_size_;
+ Fl_Color linenumber_fgcolor_;
+ Fl_Color linenumber_bgcolor_;
+ Fl_Align linenumber_align_;
+ const char* linenumber_format_;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Text_Editor.H
@@ -1,0 +1,157 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Header file for Fl_Text_Editor class.
+//
+// Copyright 2001-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+// Original code Copyright Mark Edel. Permission to distribute under
+// the LGPL for the FLTK library granted by Mark Edel.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Text_Editor widget . */
+
+
+#ifndef FL_TEXT_EDITOR_H
+#define FL_TEXT_EDITOR_H
+
+#include "Fl_Text_Display.H"
+
+// key will match in any state
+#define FL_TEXT_EDITOR_ANY_STATE (-1L)
+
+/**
+ This is the FLTK text editor widget.
+
+ It allows the user to edit multiple lines of text and supports highlighting
+ and scrolling. The buffer that is displayed in the widget is managed
+ by the Fl_Text_Buffer class.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Text_Editor : public Fl_Text_Display {+ public:
+ /** Key function binding callback type. */
+ typedef int (*Key_Func)(int key, Fl_Text_Editor* editor);
+
+ /** Simple linked list item associating a key/state to a function. */
+ struct Key_Binding {+ int key; ///< the key pressed
+ int state; ///< the state of key modifiers
+ Key_Func function; ///< associated function
+ Key_Binding* next; ///< next key binding in the list
+ };
+
+ Fl_Text_Editor(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char* l = 0);
+ ~Fl_Text_Editor() { remove_all_key_bindings(); }+ virtual int handle(int e);
+ /**
+ Sets the current insert mode; if non-zero, new text
+ is inserted before the current cursor position. Otherwise, new
+ text replaces text at the current cursor position.
+ */
+ void insert_mode(int b) { insert_mode_ = b; }+ /**
+ Gets the current insert mode; if non-zero, new text
+ is inserted before the current cursor position. Otherwise, new
+ text replaces text at the current cursor position.
+ */
+ int insert_mode() { return insert_mode_; }+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ void tab_nav(int val);
+ int tab_nav() const;
+#endif
+
+ void add_key_binding(int key, int state, Key_Func f, Key_Binding** list);
+ /** Adds a \p key of state \p state with the function \p f. */
+ void add_key_binding(int key, int state, Key_Func f)
+ { add_key_binding(key, state, f, &key_bindings); }+ void remove_key_binding(int key, int state, Key_Binding** list);
+ /** Removes the key binding associated with the key "key" of state "state". */
+ void remove_key_binding(int key, int state)
+ { remove_key_binding(key, state, &key_bindings); }+ void remove_all_key_bindings(Key_Binding** list);
+ /** Removes all of the key bindings associated with the text editor or list. */
+ void remove_all_key_bindings() { remove_all_key_bindings(&key_bindings); }+ void add_default_key_bindings(Key_Binding** list);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10304
+ // OLD: non-const
+ Key_Func bound_key_function(int key, int state, Key_Binding* list);
+ /** Returns the function associated with a key binding. */
+ Key_Func bound_key_function(int key, int state)
+ { return bound_key_function(key, state, key_bindings); }+#else
+ // NEW: const (STR#3306)
+ Key_Func bound_key_function(int key, int state, Key_Binding* list) const;
+ /** Returns the function associated with a key binding. */
+ Key_Func bound_key_function(int key, int state) const
+ { return bound_key_function(key, state, key_bindings); }+#endif
+ /** Sets the default key function for unassigned keys. */
+ void default_key_function(Key_Func f) { default_key_function_ = f; }+
+ // functions for the built in default bindings
+ static int kf_default(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_ignore(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_backspace(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_enter(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_shift_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_ctrl_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_c_s_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_meta_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_m_s_move(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_home(int, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_end(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_left(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_up(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_right(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_down(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_page_up(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_page_down(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_insert(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_delete(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_copy(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_cut(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_paste(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_select_all(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+ static int kf_undo(int c, Fl_Text_Editor* e);
+
+ protected:
+ int handle_key();
+ void maybe_do_callback();
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ int insert_mode_;
+ Key_Binding* key_bindings;
+#endif
+
+ /** Global key binding list.
+
+ Derived classes can add key bindings for all Fl_Text_Editor widgets
+ by adding a Key_Binding to this list.
+
+ \see add_key_binding(int key, int state, Key_Func f, Key_Binding** list);
+ */
+ static Key_Binding* global_key_bindings;
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+ Key_Func default_key_function_;
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tile.H
@@ -1,0 +1,41 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Tile header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef Fl_Tile_H
+#define Fl_Tile_H
+
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+
+/*
+ The Fl_Tile class lets you resize its children by dragging
+ the border between them.
+*/
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tile : public Fl_Group {+public:
+ int handle(int event);
+ Fl_Tile(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L=0);
+ void resize(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ void position(int oldx, int oldy, int newx, int newy);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tiled_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,59 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Tiled image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Tiled_Image widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Tiled_Image_H
+# define Fl_Tiled_Image_H
+
+# include "Fl_Image.H"
+
+
+/**
+ This class supports tiling of images over a specified area.
+
+ The source (tile) image is \b not copied unless you call the
+ color_average(), desaturate(), or inactive() methods.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tiled_Image : public Fl_Image {+ protected:
+
+ Fl_Image *image_; // The image that is tiled
+ int alloc_image_; // Did we allocate this image?
+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_Tiled_Image(Fl_Image *i, int W = 0, int H = 0);
+ virtual ~Fl_Tiled_Image();
+
+ virtual Fl_Image *copy(int W, int H);
+ Fl_Image *copy() { return copy(w(), h()); }+ virtual void color_average(Fl_Color c, float i);
+ virtual void desaturate();
+ virtual void draw(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int cx, int cy);
+ void draw(int X, int Y) { draw(X, Y, w(), h(), 0, 0); }+ /** Gets The image that is tiled */
+ Fl_Image *image() { return image_; }+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_Tiled_Image_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$"
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Timer.H
@@ -1,0 +1,78 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Timer header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Timer widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Timer_H
+#define Fl_Timer_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+// values for type():
+#define FL_NORMAL_TIMER 0
+#define FL_VALUE_TIMER 1
+#define FL_HIDDEN_TIMER 2
+
+/**
+ This is provided only to emulate the Forms Timer widget. It works by
+ making a timeout callback every 1/5 second. This is wasteful and
+ inaccurate if you just want something to happen a fixed time in the
+ future. You should directly call
+ Fl::add_timeout() instead.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Timer : public Fl_Widget {+ static void stepcb(void *);
+ void step();
+ char on, direction_;
+ double delay, total;
+ long lastsec,lastusec;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Timer(uchar t,int x,int y,int w,int h, const char *l);
+ ~Fl_Timer();
+ void value(double);
+ /** See void Fl_Timer::value(double) */
+ double value() const {return delay>0.0?delay:0.0;}+ /**
+ Gets or sets the direction of the timer. If the direction is zero
+ then the timer will count up, otherwise it will count down from the
+ initial value().
+ */
+ char direction() const {return direction_;}+ /**
+ Gets or sets the direction of the timer. If the direction is zero
+ then the timer will count up, otherwise it will count down from the
+ initial value().
+ */
+ void direction(char d) {direction_ = d;}+ /** Gets or sets whether the timer is suspended. */
+ char suspended() const {return !on;}+ void suspended(char d);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Toggle_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,50 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Toggle button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Toggle_Button widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Toggle_Button_H
+#define Fl_Toggle_Button_H
+
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+/**
+ The toggle button is a push button that needs to be clicked once
+ to toggle on, and one more time to toggle off.
+ The Fl_Toggle_Button subclass displays the "on" state by
+ drawing a pushed-in button.</P>
+ <P>Buttons generate callbacks when they are clicked by the user. You
+ control exactly when and how by changing the values for type()
+ and when().
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Toggle_Button : public Fl_Button {+public:
+ /**
+ Creates a new Fl_Toggle_Button widget using the given
+ position, size, and label string.
+ <P>The inherited destructor deletes the toggle button.
+ */
+ Fl_Toggle_Button(int X,int Y,int W,int H,const char *l=0);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Toggle_Light_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,28 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Toggle light button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// provided for back-compatibility only
+
+#ifndef Fl_Toggle_Light_Button
+#include "Fl_Light_Button.H"
+#define Fl_Toggle_Light_Button Fl_Light_Button
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Toggle_Round_Button.H
@@ -1,0 +1,28 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Toggle round button header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// provided for back-compatibility only
+
+#ifndef Fl_Toggle_Round_Button
+#include "Fl_Round_Button.H"
+#define Fl_Toggle_Round_Button Fl_Round_Button
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tooltip.H
@@ -1,0 +1,133 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Tooltip header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Tooltip widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Tooltip_H
+#define Fl_Tooltip_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Widget.H>
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Tooltip class provides tooltip support for
+ all FLTK widgets. It contains only static methods.
+
+ \image html tooltip-options.png "Fl_Tooltip Options"
+ \image latex src/tooltip-options.png "Fl_Tooltip Options" width=6cm
+
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tooltip {+public:
+ /** Gets the tooltip delay. The default delay is 1.0 seconds. */
+ static float delay() { return delay_; }+ /** Sets the tooltip delay. The default delay is 1.0 seconds. */
+ static void delay(float f) { delay_ = f; }+ /**
+ Gets the tooltip hover delay, the delay between tooltips.
+ The default delay is 0.2 seconds.
+ */
+ static float hoverdelay() { return hoverdelay_; }+ /**
+ Sets the tooltip hover delay, the delay between tooltips.
+ The default delay is 0.2 seconds.
+ */
+ static void hoverdelay(float f) { hoverdelay_ = f; }+ /** Returns non-zero if tooltips are enabled. */
+ static int enabled() { return Fl::option(Fl::OPTION_SHOW_TOOLTIPS); }+ /** Enables tooltips on all widgets (or disables if <i>b</i> is false). */
+ static void enable(int b = 1) { Fl::option(Fl::OPTION_SHOW_TOOLTIPS, (b!=0));}+ /** Same as enable(0), disables tooltips on all widgets. */
+ static void disable() { enable(0); }+ static void (*enter)(Fl_Widget* w);
+ static void enter_area(Fl_Widget* w, int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char* tip);
+ static void (*exit)(Fl_Widget *w);
+ /** Gets the current widget target */
+ static Fl_Widget* current() {return widget_;}+ static void current(Fl_Widget*);
+
+ /** Gets the typeface for the tooltip text. */
+ static Fl_Font font() { return font_; }+ /** Sets the typeface for the tooltip text. */
+ static void font(Fl_Font i) { font_ = i; }+ /** Gets the size of the tooltip text. */
+ static Fl_Fontsize size() { return (size_ == -1 ? FL_NORMAL_SIZE : size_); }+ /** Sets the size of the tooltip text. */
+ static void size(Fl_Fontsize s) { size_ = s; }+ /** Gets the background color for tooltips. The default background color is a pale yellow. */
+ static Fl_Color color() { return color_; }+ /** Sets the background color for tooltips. The default background color is a pale yellow. */
+ static void color(Fl_Color c) { color_ = c; }+ /** Gets the color of the text in the tooltip. The default is black. */
+ static Fl_Color textcolor() { return textcolor_; }+ /** Sets the color of the text in the tooltip. The default is black. */
+ static void textcolor(Fl_Color c) { textcolor_ = c; }+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /** Gets the amount of extra space left/right of the tooltip's text. Default is 3. */
+ static int margin_width() { return margin_width_; }+ /** Sets the amount of extra space left/right of the tooltip's text. Default is 3. */
+ static void margin_width(int v) { margin_width_ = v; }+ /** Gets the amount of extra space above and below the tooltip's text. Default is 3. */
+ static int margin_height() { return margin_height_; }+ /** Sets the amount of extra space above and below the tooltip's text. Default is 3. */
+ static void margin_height(int v) { margin_height_ = v; }+ /** Gets the maximum width for tooltip's text before it word wraps. Default is 400. */
+ static int wrap_width() { return wrap_width_; }+ /** Sets the maximum width for tooltip's text before it word wraps. Default is 400. */
+ static void wrap_width(int v) { wrap_width_ = v; }+#else
+ static int margin_width() { return 3; }+ static int margin_height() { return 3; }+ static int wrap_width() { return 400; }+#endif
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ // the unique tooltip window
+ static Fl_Window* current_window(void);
+#endif
+
+ // These should not be public, but Fl_Widget::tooltip() needs them...
+ // fabien: made it private with only a friend function access
+private:
+ friend void Fl_Widget::tooltip(const char *);
+ friend void Fl_Widget::copy_tooltip(const char *);
+ static void enter_(Fl_Widget* w);
+ static void exit_(Fl_Widget *w);
+ static void set_enter_exit_once_();
+
+private:
+ static float delay_; //!< delay before a tooltip is shown
+ static float hoverdelay_; //!< delay between tooltips
+ static Fl_Color color_;
+ static Fl_Color textcolor_;
+ static Fl_Font font_;
+ static Fl_Fontsize size_;
+ static Fl_Widget* widget_; //!< Keeps track of the current target widget
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ static int margin_width_; //!< distance around tooltip text left+right
+ static int margin_height_; //!< distance around tooltip text top+bottom
+ static int wrap_width_; //!< maximum width of tooltip text before it word wraps
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tree.H
@@ -1,0 +1,578 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+
+#ifndef FL_TREE_H
+#define FL_TREE_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Scrollbar.H>
+#include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Tree_Item.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Tree_Prefs.H>
+
+//////////////////////
+// FL/Fl_Tree.H
+//////////////////////
+//
+// Fl_Tree -- This file is part of the Fl_Tree widget for FLTK
+// Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file contains the definitions of the Fl_Tree class
+///
+
+/// \class Fl_Tree
+///
+/// \brief Tree widget.
+///
+/// \image html tree-simple.png "Fl_Tree example program"
+/// \image latex tree-simple.png "Fl_Tree example program" width=4cm
+///
+/// \code
+/// Fl_Tree // Top level widget
+/// |--- Fl_Tree_Item // Items in the tree
+/// |--- Fl_Tree_Prefs // Preferences for the tree
+/// |--- Fl_Tree_Connector (enum) // Connection modes
+/// |--- Fl_Tree_Select (enum) // Selection modes
+/// |--- Fl_Tree_Sort (enum) // Sort behavior
+/// \endcode
+/// Similar to Fl_Browser, Fl_Tree is a browser of Fl_Tree_Item's arranged
+/// in a parented hierarchy, or 'tree'. Subtrees can be expanded or closed.
+/// Items can be added, deleted, inserted, sorted and re-ordered.
+///
+/// The tree items may also contain other FLTK widgets, like buttons, input fields,
+/// or even "custom" widgets.
+///
+/// The callback() is invoked depending on the value of when():
+///
+/// - FL_WHEN_RELEASE -- callback invoked when left mouse button is released on an item
+/// - FL_WHEN_CHANGED -- callback invoked when left mouse changes selection state
+///
+/// The simple way to define a tree:
+/// \code
+/// #include <FL/Fl_Tree.H>
+/// [..]
+/// Fl_Tree tree(X,Y,W,H);
+/// tree.begin();
+/// tree.add("Flintstones/Fred");+/// tree.add("Flintstones/Wilma");+/// tree.add("Flintstones/Pebbles");+/// tree.add("Simpsons/Homer");+/// tree.add("Simpsons/Marge");+/// tree.add("Simpsons/Bart");+/// tree.add("Simpsons/Lisa");+/// tree.end();
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \par FEATURES
+/// Items can be added with add(),<BR>
+/// removed with remove(),<BR>
+/// completely cleared with clear(),<BR>
+/// inserted with insert() and insert_above(),<BR>
+/// selected/deselected with select() and deselect(),<BR>
+/// open/closed with open() and close(),<BR>
+/// positioned on the screen with show_item_top(), show_item_middle() and
+/// show_item_bottom(),<BR>
+/// item children can be swapped around with Fl_Tree_Item::swap_children(),<BR>
+/// sorting can be controlled when items are add()ed via sortorder().<BR>
+/// You can walk the entire tree with first() and next().<BR>
+/// You can walk visible items with first_visible_item()
+/// and next_visible_item().<BR>
+/// You can walk selected items with first_selected_item() and
+/// next_selected_item().<BR>
+/// Items can be found by their pathname using find_item(const char*),
+/// and an item's pathname can be found with item_pathname().<BR>
+/// The selected items' colors are controlled by selection_color()
+/// (inherited from Fl_Widget).<BR>
+/// A hook is provided to allow you to redefine how item's labels are drawn
+/// via Fl_Tree::item_draw_callback().<BR>
+///
+/// \par SELECTION OF ITEMS
+/// The tree can have different selection behaviors controlled by selectmode().
+/// The background color used for selected items is the Fl_Tree::selection_color().
+/// The foreground color for selected items is controlled internally with fl_contrast().
+///
+/// \par CHILD WIDGETS
+/// FLTK widgets (including custom widgets) can be assigned to tree items via
+/// Fl_Tree_Item::widget().
+/// \par
+/// When an Fl_Tree_Item::widget() is defined, the default behavior is for the
+/// widget() to be shown in place of the item's label (if it has one).
+/// Only the widget()'s width will be used; the widget()'s x() and y() position
+/// will be managed by the tree, and the h() will track the item's height.
+/// This default behavior can be altered (ABI 1.3.1):
+/// Setting Fl_Tree::item_draw_mode()'s FL_TREE_ITEM_DRAW_LABEL_AND_WIDGET flag
+/// causes the label + widget to be displayed together in that order, and
+/// adding the FL_TREE_ITEM_HEIGHT_FROM_WIDGET flag causes widget's height
+/// to define the widget()'s height.
+///
+/// \par ICONS
+/// The tree's open/close icons can be redefined with
+/// Fl_Tree::openicon(), Fl_Tree::closeicon(). User icons
+/// can either be changed globally with Fl_Tree::usericon(),
+/// or on a per-item basis with Fl_Tree_Item::usericon().
+/// \par
+/// Various default preferences can be globally manipulated via Fl_Tree_Prefs,
+/// including colors, margins, icons, connection lines, etc.
+///
+/// \par FONTS AND COLORS
+/// When adding new items to the tree, the new items get the
+/// defaults for fonts and colors from:
+/// \par
+/// - Fl_Tree::item_labelfont() -- The default item label font (default: FL_HELVETICA)
+/// - Fl_Tree::item_labelsize() -- The default item label size (default: FL_NORMAL_SIZE)
+/// - Fl_Tree::item_labelfgcolor() -- The default item label foreground color (default: FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR)
+/// - Fl_Tree::item_labelbgcolor() -- The default item label background color (default: 0xffffffff, which tree uses as 'transparent')
+/// \par
+/// Each item (Fl_Tree_Item) inherits a copy of these font/color attributes when created,
+/// and each item has its own methods to let the app change these values on a per-item basis
+/// using methods of the same name:
+/// \par
+/// - Fl_Tree_Item::labelfont() -- The item's label font (default: FL_HELVETICA)
+/// - Fl_Tree_Item::labelsize() -- The item's label size (default: FL_NORMAL_SIZE)
+/// - Fl_Tree_Item::labelfgcolor() -- The item's label foreground color (default: FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR)
+/// - Fl_Tree_Item::labelbgcolor() -- The item's label background color (default: 0xffffffff, which uses the tree's own bg color)
+///
+/// \par CALLBACKS
+/// The tree's callback() will be invoked when items change state or are open/closed.
+/// when() controls when mouse/keyboard events invoke the callback.
+/// callback_item() and callback_reason() can be used to determine the cause of the callback. e.g.
+/// \par
+/// \code
+/// void MyTreeCallback(Fl_Widget *w, void *data) {+/// Fl_Tree *tree = (Fl_Tree*)w;
+/// Fl_Tree_Item *item = (Fl_Tree_Item*)tree->callback_item(); // get selected item
+/// switch ( tree->callback_reason() ) {+/// case FL_TREE_REASON_SELECTED: [..]
+/// case FL_TREE_REASON_DESELECTED: [..]
+/// case FL_TREE_REASON_RESELECTED: [..]
+/// case FL_TREE_REASON_OPENED: [..]
+/// case FL_TREE_REASON_CLOSED: [..]
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \par SIMPLE EXAMPLES
+/// To find all the selected items:
+/// \code
+/// for ( Fl_Tree_Item *i=first_selected_item(); i; i=next_selected_item(i) )
+/// printf("Item %s is selected\n", i->label());+/// \endcode
+/// To get an item's full menu pathname, use Fl_Tree::item_pathname(), e.g.
+/// \code
+/// char pathname[256] = "???";
+/// tree->item_pathname(pathname, sizeof(pathname), item); // eg. "Parent/Child/Item"
+/// \endcode
+/// \par
+/// To walk all the items of the tree from top to bottom:
+/// \code
+/// // Walk all the items in the tree, and print their labels
+/// for ( Fl_Tree_Item *item = tree->first(); item; item = tree->next(item) ) {+/// printf("Item: %s\n", item->label());+/// }
+/// \endcode
+/// \par
+/// To recursively walk all the children of a particular item,
+/// define a function that uses recursion:
+/// \code
+/// // Find all of the item's children and print an indented report of their labels
+/// void my_print_all_children(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int indent=0) {+/// for ( int t=0; t<item->children(); t++ ) {+/// printf("%*s Item: %s\n", indent, "", item->child(t)->label());+/// my_print_all_children(item->child(t), indent+4); // recurse
+/// }
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+/// \par
+/// To change the default label font and color when creating new items:
+/// \code
+/// tree = new Fl_Tree(..);
+/// tree->item_labelfont(FL_COURIER); // Use Courier font for all new items
+/// tree->item_labelfgcolor(FL_RED); // Use red color for labels of all new items
+/// [..]
+/// // Now create the items in the tree using the above defaults.
+/// tree->add("Aaa");+/// tree->add("Bbb");+/// [..]
+/// \endcode
+/// \par
+/// To change the font and color of all existing items in the tree:
+/// \code
+/// // Change the font and color of all items currently in the tree
+/// for ( Fl_Tree_Item *item = tree->first(); item; item = tree->next(item) ) {+/// item->labelfont(FL_COURIER);
+/// item->labelcolor(FL_RED);
+/// }
+/// \endcode
+///
+/// \par DISPLAY DESCRIPTION
+/// The following image shows the tree's various visual elements
+/// and the methods that control them:
+/// \par
+/// \image html tree-elements.png
+/// \image latex tree-elements.png "Fl_Tree elements" width=6cm
+/// \par
+/// The following shows the protected dimension variables 'tree inner' (tix..)
+/// and 'tree outer' (tox..):
+/// \image html tree-dimensions.png "Fl_Tree inner/outer dimensions" width=6cm
+/// \image latex tree-dimensions.png "Fl_Tree inner/outer dimensions" width=6cm
+///
+/// \par KEYBOARD BINDINGS
+/// The following table lists keyboard bindings for navigating the tree:
+///
+/// <TABLE BORDER="1" SUMMARY="Fl_Tree keyboard bindings.">
+/// <CAPTION ALIGN=TOP>Keyboard bindings.</CAPTION>
+/// <TR>
+/// <TD WIDTH=25% ALIGN=CENTER><B>Keyboard</B></TD>
+/// <TD WIDTH=25% ALIGN=CENTER><B>FL_TREE_SELECT_MULTI</B></TD>
+/// <TD WIDTH=25% ALIGN=CENTER><B>FL_TREE_SELECT_SINGLE</B></TD>
+/// <TD WIDTH=25% ALIGN=CENTER><B>FL_TREE_SELECT_NONE</B></TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Ctrl-A</B> (Linux/Windows)<BR><B>Command-A</B> (Mac)</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Select all items.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Space </B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Selects item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Selects item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Ctrl-Space </B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Toggle item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Toggle item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Shift-Space </B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Extends selection<BR>from last item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Selects item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Enter,<BR>Ctrl-Enter,<BR>Shift-Enter </B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Toggles open/close</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Toggles open/close</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Toggles open/close</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Right / Left</B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Open/Close item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Open/Close item.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Open/Close item.</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Up / Down</B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move focus box up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move focus box up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Shift-Up / Shift-Down</B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Extend selection up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move focus up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>N/A</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Home / End</B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move to top/bottom of tree.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move to top/bottom of tree.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Move to top/bottom of tree.</TD>
+///
+/// </TR><TR>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>PageUp / PageDown</B></TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Page up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Page up/down.</TD>
+/// <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Page up/down.</TD>
+///
+/// </TD></TR></TABLE>
+///
+
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Reason
+/// The reason the callback was invoked.
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Reason {+ FL_TREE_REASON_NONE=0, ///< unknown reason
+ FL_TREE_REASON_SELECTED, ///< an item was selected
+ FL_TREE_REASON_DESELECTED, ///< an item was de-selected
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ FL_TREE_REASON_RESELECTED, ///< an item was re-selected (e.g. double-clicked)
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ FL_TREE_REASON_OPENED, ///< an item was opened
+ FL_TREE_REASON_CLOSED, ///< an item was closed
+ FL_TREE_REASON_DRAGGED ///< an item was dragged into a new place
+};
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tree : public Fl_Group {+ friend class Fl_Tree_Item;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_root; // can be null!
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_item_focus; // item that has focus box
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_callback_item; // item invoked during callback (can be NULL)
+ Fl_Tree_Reason _callback_reason; // reason for the callback
+ Fl_Tree_Prefs _prefs; // all the tree's settings
+ int _scrollbar_size; // size of scrollbar trough
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ // NEW:
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_lastselect; // used to extend selections
+#else /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ // OLD: static data inside handle() method
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ void fix_scrollbar_order();
+
+protected:
+ Fl_Scrollbar *_vscroll; ///< Vertical scrollbar
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Scrollbar *_hscroll; ///< Horizontal scrollbar
+ int _tox,_toy,_tow,_toh; ///< Tree widget outer xywh dimension: outside scrollbars, inside widget border
+ int _tix,_tiy,_tiw,_tih; ///< Tree widget inner xywh dimension: inside borders + scrollbars
+
+ /// the calculated width of the entire tree hierarchy. See calc_tree()
+ int _tree_w;
+ /// the calculated height of the entire tree hierarchy. See calc_tree()
+ int _tree_h;
+#endif
+ void item_clicked(Fl_Tree_Item* val);
+ void do_callback_for_item(Fl_Tree_Item* item, Fl_Tree_Reason reason);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+// next_visible_item() and extend_selection() moved to 'public' in ABI 1.3.3
+// undocmented draw_tree() dropped -- draw() does all the work now
+#else
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_visible_item(Fl_Tree_Item *start, int dir);
+ void extend_selection(Fl_Tree_Item *from, Fl_Tree_Item *to);
+ int draw_tree();
+#endif
+
+public:
+ Fl_Tree(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char *L=0);
+ ~Fl_Tree();
+ int handle(int e);
+ void draw();
+ void show_self();
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+
+ ///////////////////////
+ // root methods
+ ///////////////////////
+ void root_label(const char *new_label);
+ Fl_Tree_Item* root();
+ void root(Fl_Tree_Item *newitem);
+ const Fl_Tree_Prefs& prefs() const { return _prefs; }+
+ ////////////////////////////////
+ // Item creation/removal methods
+ ////////////////////////////////
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const char *path, Fl_Tree_Item *newitem=0);
+#else
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const char *path);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const char *path, Fl_Tree_Item *newitem);
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item* add(Fl_Tree_Item *parent_item, const char *name);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *insert_above(Fl_Tree_Item *above, const char *name);
+ Fl_Tree_Item* insert(Fl_Tree_Item *item, const char *name, int pos);
+ int remove(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void clear();
+ void clear_children(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+
+ ////////////////////////
+ // Item lookup methods
+ ////////////////////////
+ Fl_Tree_Item *find_item(const char *path);
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *find_item(const char *path) const;
+ int item_pathname(char *pathname, int pathnamelen, const Fl_Tree_Item *item) const;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ const Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(int yonly=0) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(int yonly=0);
+#else
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *find_clicked() const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *find_clicked();
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item *item_clicked();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *first();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *first_visible(); // deprecated in ABI 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *first_visible_item();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *prev(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *last();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *last_visible(); // deprecated in ABI 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *last_visible_item();
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_visible_item(Fl_Tree_Item *start, int dir); // made public in 1.3.3 ABI
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item *first_selected_item();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *last_selected_item();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int dir=FL_Down, bool visible=false);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_selected_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0, int dir=FL_Down);
+ int get_selected_items(Fl_Tree_Item_Array &ret_items);
+#else
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_selected_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_selected_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int dir);
+#endif
+
+ //////////////////////////
+ // Item open/close methods
+ //////////////////////////
+ int open(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int open(const char *path, int docallback=1);
+ void open_toggle(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int close(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int close(const char *path, int docallback=1);
+ int is_open(Fl_Tree_Item *item) const;
+ int is_open(const char *path) const;
+ int is_close(Fl_Tree_Item *item) const;
+ int is_close(const char *path) const;
+
+ /////////////////////////
+ // Item selection methods
+ /////////////////////////
+ int select(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int select(const char *path, int docallback=1);
+ void select_toggle(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int deselect(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int docallback=1);
+ int deselect(const char *path, int docallback=1);
+ int deselect_all(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0, int docallback=1);
+ int select_only(Fl_Tree_Item *selitem, int docallback=1);
+ int select_all(Fl_Tree_Item *item=0, int docallback=1);
+ int extend_selection_dir(Fl_Tree_Item *from,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *to,
+ int dir,
+ int val,
+ bool visible);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ int extend_selection(Fl_Tree_Item *from,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *to,
+ int val=1,
+ bool visible=false);
+#else
+private:
+ // Adding overload if not at least one overload breaks ABI, so avoid
+ // by keeping private until we can break ABI. ref: http://www.ros.org/reps/rep-0009.html
+ int extend_selection__(Fl_Tree_Item *from,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *to,
+ int val,
+ bool visible);
+public:
+#endif
+ void set_item_focus(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *get_item_focus() const;
+ int is_selected(Fl_Tree_Item *item) const;
+ int is_selected(const char *path);
+
+ /////////////////////////////////
+ // Item attribute related methods
+ /////////////////////////////////
+ Fl_Font item_labelfont() const;
+ void item_labelfont(Fl_Font val);
+ Fl_Fontsize item_labelsize() const;
+ void item_labelsize(Fl_Fontsize val);
+ Fl_Color item_labelfgcolor(void) const;
+ void item_labelfgcolor(Fl_Color val);
+ Fl_Color item_labelbgcolor(void) const;
+ void item_labelbgcolor(Fl_Color val);
+ Fl_Color connectorcolor() const;
+ void connectorcolor(Fl_Color val);
+ int marginleft() const;
+ void marginleft(int val);
+ int margintop() const;
+ void margintop(int val);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ int marginbottom() const;
+ void marginbottom(int val);
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ int linespacing() const;
+ void linespacing(int val);
+ int openchild_marginbottom() const;
+ void openchild_marginbottom(int val);
+ int usericonmarginleft() const;
+ void usericonmarginleft(int val);
+ int labelmarginleft() const;
+ void labelmarginleft(int val);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ int widgetmarginleft() const;
+ void widgetmarginleft(int val);
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ int connectorwidth() const;
+ void connectorwidth(int val);
+ Fl_Image* usericon() const;
+ void usericon(Fl_Image *val);
+ Fl_Image* openicon() const;
+ void openicon(Fl_Image *val);
+ Fl_Image* closeicon() const;
+ void closeicon(Fl_Image *val);
+ int showcollapse() const;
+ void showcollapse(int val);
+ int showroot() const;
+ void showroot(int val);
+ Fl_Tree_Connector connectorstyle() const;
+ void connectorstyle(Fl_Tree_Connector val);
+ Fl_Tree_Sort sortorder() const;
+ void sortorder(Fl_Tree_Sort val);
+ Fl_Boxtype selectbox() const;
+ void selectbox(Fl_Boxtype val);
+ Fl_Tree_Select selectmode() const;
+ void selectmode(Fl_Tree_Select val);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode item_reselect_mode() const;
+ void item_reselect_mode(Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode mode);
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode item_draw_mode() const;
+ void item_draw_mode(Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode mode);
+ void item_draw_mode(int mode);
+#endif
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ void calc_dimensions();
+ void calc_tree();
+#endif
+ void recalc_tree();
+ int displayed(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void show_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int yoff);
+ void show_item(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void show_item_top(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void show_item_middle(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void show_item_bottom(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ void display(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ int vposition() const;
+ void vposition(int pos);
+ int hposition() const;
+ void hposition(int pos);
+
+ int is_scrollbar(Fl_Widget *w);
+ int scrollbar_size() const;
+ void scrollbar_size(int size);
+ int is_vscroll_visible() const;
+ int is_hscroll_visible() const;
+
+ ///////////////////////
+ // callback related
+ ///////////////////////
+ void callback_item(Fl_Tree_Item* item);
+ Fl_Tree_Item* callback_item();
+ void callback_reason(Fl_Tree_Reason reason);
+ Fl_Tree_Reason callback_reason() const;
+
+ /// Load FLTK preferences
+ void load(class Fl_Preferences&);
+};
+
+#endif /*FL_TREE_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tree_Item.H
@@ -1,0 +1,549 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+
+#ifndef FL_TREE_ITEM_H
+#define FL_TREE_ITEM_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Widget.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Image.H>
+#include <FL/fl_draw.H>
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Tree_Item_Array.H>
+#include <FL/Fl_Tree_Prefs.H>
+
+//////////////////////
+// FL/Fl_Tree_Item.H
+//////////////////////
+//
+// Fl_Tree -- This file is part of the Fl_Tree widget for FLTK
+// Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file contains the definitions for Fl_Tree_Item
+///
+
+/// \class Fl_Tree_Item
+/// \brief Tree widget item.
+///
+/// This class is a single tree item, and manages all of the item's attributes.
+/// Fl_Tree_Item is used by Fl_Tree, which is comprised of many instances of Fl_Tree_Item.
+///
+/// Fl_Tree_Item is hierarchical; it dynamically manages an Fl_Tree_Item_Array of children
+/// that are themselves instances of Fl_Tree_Item. Each item can have zero or more children.
+/// When an item has children, close() and open() can be used to hide or show them.
+///
+/// Items have their own attributes; font size, face, color.
+/// Items maintain their own hierarchy of children.
+///
+/// When you make changes to items, you'll need to tell the tree to redraw()
+/// for the changes to show up.
+///
+/// New 1.3.3 ABI feature:
+/// You can define custom items by either adding a custom widget to the item
+/// with Fl_Tree_Item::widget(), or override the draw_item_content() method
+/// if you want to just redefine how the label is drawn.
+///
+/// The following shows the Fl_Tree_Item's dimensions, useful when overriding
+/// the draw_item_content() method:
+///
+/// \image html Fl_Tree_Item-dimensions.png "Fl_Tree_Item's internal dimensions." width=6cm
+/// \image latex Fl_Tree_Item-dimensions.png "Fl_Tree_Item's internal dimensions." width=6cm
+///
+class Fl_Tree;
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tree_Item {+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree *_tree; // parent tree
+#endif
+ const char *_label; // label (memory managed)
+ Fl_Font _labelfont; // label's font face
+ Fl_Fontsize _labelsize; // label's font size
+ Fl_Color _labelfgcolor; // label's fg color
+ Fl_Color _labelbgcolor; // label's bg color (0xffffffff is 'transparent')
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ /// \enum Fl_Tree_Item_Flags
+ enum Fl_Tree_Item_Flags {+#else
+ /// \enum
+ enum {+#endif
+ OPEN = 1<<0, ///> item is open
+ VISIBLE = 1<<1, ///> item is visible
+ ACTIVE = 1<<2, ///> item is active
+ SELECTED = 1<<3 ///> item is selected
+ };
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ // NEW
+ unsigned short _flags; // misc flags
+#else /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ // OLD: this will go away after 1.3.x
+ char _open; // item is open?
+ char _visible; // item is visible?
+ char _active; // item activated?
+ char _selected; // item selected?
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ int _xywh[4]; // xywh of this widget (if visible)
+ int _collapse_xywh[4]; // xywh of collapse icon (if visible)
+ int _label_xywh[4]; // xywh of label
+ Fl_Widget *_widget; // item's label widget (optional)
+ Fl_Image *_usericon; // item's user-specific icon (optional)
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ Fl_Image *_userdeicon; // deactivated usericon
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Array _children; // array of child items
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_parent; // parent item (=0 if root)
+ void *_userdata; // user data that can be associated with an item
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_prev_sibling; // previous sibling (same level)
+ Fl_Tree_Item *_next_sibling; // next sibling (same level)
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ // Protected methods
+protected:
+ void _Init(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, Fl_Tree *tree);
+ void show_widgets();
+ void hide_widgets();
+ void draw_vertical_connector(int x, int y1, int y2, const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs);
+ void draw_horizontal_connector(int x1, int x2, int y, const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs);
+ void recalc_tree();
+ int calc_item_height(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs) const;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Color drawfgcolor() const;
+ Fl_Color drawbgcolor() const;
+#endif
+
+public:
+ Fl_Tree_Item(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs); // CTOR -- backwards compatible
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item(Fl_Tree *tree); // CTOR -- ABI 1.3.3+
+ virtual ~Fl_Tree_Item(); // DTOR -- ABI 1.3.3+
+#else
+ ~Fl_Tree_Item(); // DTOR -- backwards compatible
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item(const Fl_Tree_Item *o); // COPY CTOR
+ /// The item's x position relative to the window
+ int x() const { return(_xywh[0]); }+ /// The item's y position relative to the window
+ int y() const { return(_xywh[1]); }+ /// The entire item's width to right edge of Fl_Tree's inner width
+ /// within scrollbars.
+ int w() const { return(_xywh[2]); }+ /// The item's height
+ int h() const { return(_xywh[3]); }+ /// The item's label x position relative to the window
+ /// \version 1.3.3
+ int label_x() const { return(_label_xywh[0]); }+ /// The item's label y position relative to the window
+ /// \version 1.3.3
+ int label_y() const { return(_label_xywh[1]); }+ /// The item's maximum label width to right edge of Fl_Tree's inner width
+ /// within scrollbars.
+ /// \version 1.3.3
+ int label_w() const { return(_label_xywh[2]); }+ /// The item's label height
+ /// \version 1.3.3
+ int label_h() const { return(_label_xywh[3]); }+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ virtual int draw_item_content(int render);
+ void draw(int X, int &Y, int W, Fl_Tree_Item *itemfocus,
+ int &tree_item_xmax, int lastchild=1, int render=1);
+#else
+ void draw(int X, int &Y, int W, Fl_Widget *tree,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *itemfocus, const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, int lastchild=1);
+#endif
+ void show_self(const char *indent = "") const;
+ void label(const char *val);
+ const char *label() const;
+
+ /// Set a user-data value for the item.
+ inline void user_data( void* data ) { _userdata = data; }+
+ /// Retrieve the user-data value that has been assigned to the item.
+ inline void* user_data() const { return _userdata; }+
+ /// Set item's label font face.
+ void labelfont(Fl_Font val) {+ _labelfont = val;
+ recalc_tree(); // may change tree geometry
+ }
+ /// Get item's label font face.
+ Fl_Font labelfont() const {+ return(_labelfont);
+ }
+ /// Set item's label font size.
+ void labelsize(Fl_Fontsize val) {+ _labelsize = val;
+ recalc_tree(); // may change tree geometry
+ }
+ /// Get item's label font size.
+ Fl_Fontsize labelsize() const {+ return(_labelsize);
+ }
+ /// Set item's label foreground text color.
+ void labelfgcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ _labelfgcolor = val;
+ }
+ /// Return item's label foreground text color.
+ Fl_Color labelfgcolor() const {+ return(_labelfgcolor);
+ }
+ /// Set item's label text color. Alias for labelfgcolor(Fl_Color)).
+ void labelcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ labelfgcolor(val);
+ }
+ /// Return item's label text color. Alias for labelfgcolor() const).
+ Fl_Color labelcolor() const {+ return labelfgcolor();
+ }
+ /// Set item's label background color.
+ /// A special case is made for color 0xffffffff which uses the parent tree's bg color.
+ void labelbgcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ _labelbgcolor = val;
+ }
+ /// Return item's label background text color.
+ /// If the color is 0xffffffff, the default behavior is the parent tree's
+ /// bg color will be used. (An overloaded draw_item_content() can override
+ /// this behavior.)
+ Fl_Color labelbgcolor() const {+ return(_labelbgcolor);
+ }
+ /// Assign an FLTK widget to this item.
+ void widget(Fl_Widget *val) {+ _widget = val;
+ recalc_tree(); // may change tree geometry
+ }
+ /// Return FLTK widget assigned to this item.
+ Fl_Widget *widget() const {+ return(_widget);
+ }
+ /// Return the number of children this item has.
+ int children() const {+ return(_children.total());
+ }
+ /// Return the child item for the given 'index'.
+ Fl_Tree_Item *child(int index) {+ return(_children[index]);
+ }
+ /// Return the const child item for the given 'index'.
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *child(int t) const;
+ /// See if this item has children.
+ int has_children() const {+ return(children());
+ }
+ int find_child(const char *name);
+ int find_child(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ int remove_child(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ int remove_child(const char *new_label);
+ void clear_children();
+ void swap_children(int ax, int bx);
+ int swap_children(Fl_Tree_Item *a, Fl_Tree_Item *b);
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *find_child_item(const char *name) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *find_child_item(const char *name);
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *find_child_item(char **arr) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *find_child_item(char **arr);
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *find_item(char **arr) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *find_item(char **arr);
+ //////////////////
+ // Adding items
+ //////////////////
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs,
+ const char *new_label,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *newitem);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs,
+ const char *new_label);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs,
+ char **arr,
+ Fl_Tree_Item *newitem);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *add(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs,
+ char **arr);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item *replace(Fl_Tree_Item *new_item);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *replace_child(Fl_Tree_Item *olditem, Fl_Tree_Item *newitem);
+#endif
+ Fl_Tree_Item *insert(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, const char *new_label, int pos=0);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *insert_above(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, const char *new_label);
+ Fl_Tree_Item* deparent(int index);
+ int reparent(Fl_Tree_Item *newchild, int index);
+ int move(int to, int from);
+ int move(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int op=0, int pos=0);
+ int move_above(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ int move_below(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+ int move_into(Fl_Tree_Item *item, int pos=0);
+ int depth() const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item *prev();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_sibling();
+ Fl_Tree_Item *prev_sibling();
+ void update_prev_next(int index);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_displayed(Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs); // deprecated
+ Fl_Tree_Item *prev_displayed(Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs); // deprecated
+ Fl_Tree_Item *next_visible(Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs);
+ Fl_Tree_Item *prev_visible(Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs);
+
+ /// Return the parent for this item. Returns NULL if we are the root.
+ Fl_Tree_Item *parent() {+ return(_parent);
+ }
+ /// Return the const parent for this item. Returns NULL if we are the root.
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *parent() const {+ return(_parent);
+ }
+ /// Set the parent for this item.
+ /// Should only be used by Fl_Tree's internals.
+ ///
+ void parent(Fl_Tree_Item *val) {+ _parent = val;
+ }
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ const Fl_Tree_Prefs& prefs() const;
+ /// Return the tree for this item.
+ /// \version 1.3.3 (ABI feature)
+ const Fl_Tree *tree() const {+ return(_tree);
+ }
+#endif
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ /// Return the tree for this item.
+ /// \version 1.3.4 (ABI feature)
+ Fl_Tree *tree() {+ return(_tree);
+ }
+#endif
+ //////////////////
+ // State
+ //////////////////
+ void open();
+ void close();
+ /// See if the item is 'open'.
+ int is_open() const {+ return(is_flag(OPEN));
+ }
+ /// See if the item is 'closed'.
+ int is_close() const {+ return(is_flag(OPEN)?0:1);
+ }
+ /// Toggle the item's open/closed state.
+ void open_toggle() {+ is_open()?close():open(); // handles calling recalc_tree()
+ }
+ /// Change the item's selection state to the optionally specified 'val'.
+ /// If 'val' is not specified, the item will be selected.
+ ///
+ void select(int val=1) {+ set_flag(SELECTED, val);
+ }
+ /// Toggle the item's selection state.
+ void select_toggle() {+ if ( is_selected() ) {+ deselect(); // deselect if selected
+ } else {+ select(); // select if deselected
+ }
+ }
+ /// Select item and all its children.
+ /// Returns count of how many items were in the 'deselected' state,
+ /// ie. how many items were "changed".
+ ///
+ int select_all() {+ int count = 0;
+ if ( ! is_selected() ) {+ select();
+ ++count;
+ }
+ for ( int t=0; t<children(); t++ ) {+ count += child(t)->select_all();
+ }
+ return(count);
+ }
+ /// Disable the item's selection state.
+ void deselect() {+ set_flag(SELECTED, 0);
+ }
+ /// Deselect item and all its children.
+ /// Returns count of how many items were in the 'selected' state,
+ /// ie. how many items were "changed".
+ ///
+ int deselect_all() {+ int count = 0;
+ if ( is_selected() ) {+ deselect();
+ ++count;
+ }
+ for ( int t=0; t<children(); t++ ) {+ count += child(t)->deselect_all();
+ }
+ return(count);
+ }
+ /// See if the item is selected.
+ char is_selected() const {+ return(is_flag(SELECTED));
+ }
+ /// Change the item's activation state to the optionally specified 'val'.
+ ///
+ /// When deactivated, the item will be 'grayed out'; the callback()
+ /// won't be invoked if the user clicks on the label. If a widget()
+ /// is associated with the item, its activation state will be changed as well.
+ ///
+ /// If 'val' is not specified, the item will be activated.
+ ///
+ void activate(int val=1) {+ set_flag(ACTIVE,val);
+ if ( _widget && val != (int)_widget->active() ) {+ if ( val ) {+ _widget->activate();
+ } else {+ _widget->deactivate();
+ }
+ _widget->redraw();
+ }
+ }
+ /// Deactivate the item; the callback() won't be invoked when clicked.
+ /// Same as activate(0)
+ ///
+ void deactivate() {+ activate(0);
+ }
+ /// See if the item is activated.
+ char is_activated() const {+ return(is_flag(ACTIVE));
+ }
+ /// See if the item is activated. Alias for is_activated().
+ char is_active() const {+ return(is_activated());
+ }
+ /// See if the item is visible. Alias for is_visible().
+ int visible() const {+ return(is_visible());
+ }
+ /// See if the item is visible.
+ int is_visible() const {+ return(is_flag(VISIBLE));
+ }
+ int visible_r() const;
+
+ /// Set the item's user icon to an Fl_Image. Use '0' to disable.
+ /// No internal copy is made, caller must manage icon's memory.
+ ///
+ /// Note, if you expect your items to be deactivated(),
+ /// use userdeicon(Fl_Image*) to set up a 'grayed out' version of your icon
+ /// to be used for display.
+ ///
+ /// \see userdeicon(Fl_Image*)
+ ///
+ void usericon(Fl_Image *val) {+ _usericon = val;
+ recalc_tree(); // may change tree geometry
+ }
+ /// Get the item's user icon as an Fl_Image. Returns '0' if disabled.
+ Fl_Image *usericon() const {+ return(_usericon);
+ }
+ /// Set the usericon to draw when the item is deactivated. Use '0' to disable.
+ /// No internal copy is made; caller must manage icon's memory.
+ ///
+ /// To create a typical 'grayed out' version of your usericon image,
+ /// you can do the following:
+ ///
+ /// \code
+ /// // Create tree + usericon for items
+ /// Fl_Tree *tree = new Fl_Tree(..);
+ /// Fl_Image *usr_icon = new Fl_Pixmap(..); // your usericon
+ /// Fl_Image *de_icon = usr_icon->copy(); // make a copy, and..
+ /// de_icon->inactive(); // make it 'grayed out'
+ /// ...
+ /// for ( .. ) { // item loop..+ /// item = tree->add("..."); // create new item+ /// item->usericon(usr_icon); // assign usericon to items
+ /// item->userdeicon(de_icon); // assign userdeicon to items
+ /// ..
+ /// }
+ /// \endcode
+ ///
+ /// In the above example, the app should 'delete' the two icons
+ /// when they're no longer needed (e.g. after the tree is destroyed)
+ ///
+ /// \version 1.3.4
+ ///
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ void userdeicon(Fl_Image* val) {+ _userdeicon = val;
+ }
+ /// Return the deactivated version of the user icon, if any.
+ /// Returns 0 if none.
+ Fl_Image* userdeicon() const {+ return _userdeicon;
+ }
+#endif
+ //////////////////
+ // Events
+ //////////////////
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ const Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, int yonly=0) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs, int yonly=0);
+#else
+ const Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs) const;
+ Fl_Tree_Item* find_clicked(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs);
+#endif
+ int event_on_collapse_icon(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs) const;
+ int event_on_label(const Fl_Tree_Prefs &prefs) const;
+ /// Is this item the root of the tree?
+ int is_root() const {+ return(_parent==0?1:0);
+ }
+
+ // Protected methods
+ // TODO: move these to top 'protected:' section
+protected:
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /// Set a flag to an on or off value. val is 0 or 1.
+ inline void set_flag(unsigned short flag,int val) {+ if ( flag==OPEN || flag==VISIBLE ) {+ recalc_tree(); // may change tree geometry
+ }
+ if ( val ) _flags |= flag; else _flags &= ~flag;
+ }
+ /// See if flag set. Returns 0 or 1.
+ inline int is_flag(unsigned short val) const {+ return(_flags & val ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+#else /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ /// Set a flag to an on or off value. val is 0 or 1.
+ void set_flag(unsigned short flag,int val) {+ switch (flag) {+ case OPEN: _open = val; break;
+ case VISIBLE: _visible = val; break;
+ case ACTIVE: _active = val; break;
+ case SELECTED: _selected = val; break;
+ }
+ }
+ /// See if flag set. Returns 0 or 1.
+ int is_flag(unsigned short flag) const {+ switch (flag) {+ case OPEN: return(_open ? 1 : 0);
+ case VISIBLE: return(_visible ? 1 : 0);
+ case ACTIVE: return(_active ? 1 : 0);
+ case SELECTED: return(_selected ? 1 : 0);
+ default: return(0);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+
+};
+
+#endif /*FL_TREE_ITEM_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tree_Item_Array.H
@@ -1,0 +1,113 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+
+#ifndef _FL_TREE_ITEM_ARRAY_H
+#define _FL_TREE_ITEM_ARRAY_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H>
+#include "Fl_Export.H"
+
+class Fl_Tree_Item; // forward decl must *precede* first doxygen comment block
+ // or doxygen will not document our class..
+
+//////////////////////////
+// FL/Fl_Tree_Item_Array.H
+//////////////////////////
+//
+// Fl_Tree -- This file is part of the Fl_Tree widget for FLTK
+// Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file defines a class that manages an array of Fl_Tree_Item pointers.
+///
+
+/// \brief Manages an array of Fl_Tree_Item pointers.
+///
+/// Because FLTK 1.x.x. has mandated that templates and STL not be used,
+/// we use this class to dynamically manage the arrays.
+///
+/// None of the methods do range checking on index values; the caller
+/// must be sure that index values are within the range 0<index<total()
+/// (unless otherwise noted).
+///
+
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tree_Item_Array {+ Fl_Tree_Item **_items; // items array
+ int _total; // #items in array
+ int _size; // #items *allocated* for array
+ int _chunksize; // #items to enlarge mem allocation
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ enum { + MANAGE_ITEM = 1, ///> manage the Fl_Tree_Item's internals (internal use only)
+ };
+ char _flags; // flags to control behavior
+#endif
+ void enlarge(int count);
+public:
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Array(int new_chunksize = 10); // CTOR
+ ~Fl_Tree_Item_Array(); // DTOR
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Array(const Fl_Tree_Item_Array *o); // COPY CTOR
+ /// Return the item and index \p i.
+ Fl_Tree_Item *operator[](int i) {+ return(_items[i]);
+ }
+ /// Const version of operator[](int i)
+ const Fl_Tree_Item *operator[](int i) const {+ return(_items[i]);
+ }
+ /// Return the total items in the array, or 0 if empty.
+ int total() const {+ return(_total);
+ }
+ /// Swap the two items at index positions \p ax and \p bx.
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ // NEW -- code moved to .cxx
+ void swap(int ax, int bx);
+#else /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ // OLD
+ void swap(int ax, int bx) {+ Fl_Tree_Item *asave = _items[ax];
+ _items[ax] = _items[bx];
+ _items[bx] = asave;
+ }
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ int move(int to, int from);
+ int deparent(int pos);
+ int reparent(Fl_Tree_Item *item, Fl_Tree_Item *newparent, int pos);
+ void clear();
+ void add(Fl_Tree_Item *val);
+ void insert(int pos, Fl_Tree_Item *new_item);
+ void replace(int pos, Fl_Tree_Item *new_item);
+ void remove(int index);
+ int remove(Fl_Tree_Item *item);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ /// Option to control if Fl_Tree_Item_Array's destructor will also destroy the Fl_Tree_Item's.
+ /// If set: items and item array is destroyed.
+ /// If clear: only the item array is destroyed, not items themselves.
+ void manage_item_destroy(int val) {+ if ( val ) _flags |= MANAGE_ITEM; else _flags &= ~MANAGE_ITEM;
+ }
+ int manage_item_destroy() const {+ return _flags & MANAGE_ITEM ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif /*_FL_TREE_ITEM_ARRAY_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Tree_Prefs.H
@@ -1,0 +1,484 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+
+#ifndef FL_TREE_PREFS_H
+#define FL_TREE_PREFS_H
+
+#include <FL/Fl.H> // needed for ABI version features (via Enumerations.H)
+
+//////////////////////
+// FL/Fl_Tree_Prefs.H
+//////////////////////
+//
+// Fl_Tree_Prefs -- This file is part of the Fl_Tree widget for FLTK
+// Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Greg Ercolano.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+///
+/// \file
+/// \brief This file contains the definitions for Fl_Tree's preferences.
+///
+/// \code
+/// Fl_Tree_Prefs
+/// :
+/// .....:.......
+/// : :
+/// Fl_Tree :
+/// |_____ Fl_Tree_Item
+///
+/// \endcode
+///
+
+/// \class Fl_Tree_Prefs
+/// \brief Tree widget's preferences.
+
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Sort
+/// Sort order options for items added to the tree
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Sort {+ FL_TREE_SORT_NONE=0, ///< No sorting; items are added in the order defined (default).
+ FL_TREE_SORT_ASCENDING=1, ///< Add items in ascending sort order.
+ FL_TREE_SORT_DESCENDING=2 ///< Add items in descending sort order.
+};
+
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Connector
+/// Defines the style of connection lines between items.
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Connector {+ FL_TREE_CONNECTOR_NONE=0, ///< Use no lines connecting items
+ FL_TREE_CONNECTOR_DOTTED=1, ///< Use dotted lines connecting items (default)
+ FL_TREE_CONNECTOR_SOLID=2 ///< Use solid lines connecting items
+};
+
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Select
+/// Tree selection style.
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Select {+ FL_TREE_SELECT_NONE=0, ///< Nothing selected when items are clicked
+ FL_TREE_SELECT_SINGLE=1, ///< Single item selected when item is clicked (default)
+ FL_TREE_SELECT_MULTI=2, ///< Multiple items can be selected by clicking
+ ///< with SHIFT, CTRL or mouse drags.
+ FL_TREE_SELECT_SINGLE_DRAGGABLE=3 ///< Single items may be selected, and they may be
+ ///< reordered by mouse drag.
+};
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode
+/// Defines the ways an item can be (re) selected
+/// via item_reselect_mode().
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode {+ FL_TREE_SELECTABLE_ONCE=0, ///< Item can only be selected once (default)
+ FL_TREE_SELECTABLE_ALWAYS, ///< Enables FL_TREE_REASON_RESELECTED events for callbacks
+};
+
+/// \enum Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode
+/// Bit flags that control how item's labels and widget()s are drawn in the tree
+/// via item_draw_mode().
+///
+enum Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode {+ FL_TREE_ITEM_DRAW_DEFAULT=0, ///< If widget() defined, draw in place of label,
+ ///< and widget() tracks item height (default)
+ FL_TREE_ITEM_DRAW_LABEL_AND_WIDGET=1, ///< If widget() defined, include label to the left of the widget
+ FL_TREE_ITEM_HEIGHT_FROM_WIDGET=2 ///< If widget() defined, widget()'s height controls item's height
+};
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+class Fl_Tree_Item;
+typedef void (Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Callback)(Fl_Tree_Item*, void*);
+#endif
+
+/// \class Fl_Tree_Prefs
+///
+/// \brief Fl_Tree's Preferences class.
+///
+/// This class manages the Fl_Tree's defaults.
+/// You should probably be using the methods in Fl_Tree
+/// instead of trying to accessing tree's preferences settings directly.
+///
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Tree_Prefs {+ Fl_Font _labelfont; // label's font face
+ Fl_Fontsize _labelsize; // label's font size
+ int _margintop; // --
+ int _marginleft; // |- tree's controllable margins
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ int _marginbottom; // --
+#endif
+ int _openchild_marginbottom; // extra space below an open child tree
+ int _usericonmarginleft; // space to left of user icon (if any)
+ int _labelmarginleft; // space to left of label
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ int _widgetmarginleft; // space to left of widget
+#endif
+ int _connectorwidth; // connector width (right of open/close icon)
+ int _linespacing; // vertical space between lines
+ // Colors
+ Fl_Color _labelfgcolor; // label's foreground color
+ Fl_Color _labelbgcolor; // label's background color
+ Fl_Color _connectorcolor; // connector dotted line color
+ Fl_Tree_Connector _connectorstyle; // connector line style
+ Fl_Image *_openimage; // the 'open' icon [+]
+ Fl_Image *_closeimage; // the 'close' icon [-]
+ Fl_Image *_userimage; // user's own icon
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ Fl_Image *_opendeimage; // deactivated 'open' icon
+ Fl_Image *_closedeimage; // deactivated 'close' icon
+ Fl_Image *_userdeimage; // deactivated user icon
+#endif
+ char _showcollapse; // 1=show collapse icons, 0=don't
+ char _showroot; // show the root item as part of the tree
+ Fl_Tree_Sort _sortorder; // none, ascening, descending, etc.
+ Fl_Boxtype _selectbox; // selection box type
+ Fl_Tree_Select _selectmode; // selection mode
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode _itemreselectmode; // controls item selection callback() behavior
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode _itemdrawmode; // controls how items draw label + widget()
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Callback *_itemdrawcallback; // callback to handle drawing items (0=none)
+ void *_itemdrawuserdata; // data for drawing items (0=none)
+#endif
+public:
+ Fl_Tree_Prefs();
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ ~Fl_Tree_Prefs();
+#endif
+
+ ////////////////////////////
+ // Labels
+ ////////////////////////////
+ /// Return the label's font.
+ inline Fl_Font item_labelfont() const { return(_labelfont); }+ /// Set the label's font to \p val.
+ inline void item_labelfont(Fl_Font val) { _labelfont = val; }+ /// Return the label's size in pixels.
+ inline Fl_Fontsize item_labelsize() const { return(_labelsize); }+ /// Set the label's size in pixels to \p val.
+ inline void item_labelsize(Fl_Fontsize val) { _labelsize = val; }+ /// Get the default label foreground color
+ inline Fl_Color item_labelfgcolor() const { return(_labelfgcolor); }+ /// Set the default label foreground color
+ inline void item_labelfgcolor(Fl_Color val) { _labelfgcolor = val; }+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /// Get the default label background color.
+ /// This returns the Fl_Tree::color() unless item_labelbgcolor()
+ /// has been set explicitly.
+ ///
+ inline Fl_Color item_labelbgcolor() const {+ return _labelbgcolor;
+ }
+ /// Set the default label background color.
+ /// Once set, overrides the default behavior of using Fl_Tree::color().
+ ///
+ inline void item_labelbgcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ _labelbgcolor = val;
+ }
+#else /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ /// Get the default label background color
+ inline Fl_Color item_labelbgcolor() const {+ return(_labelbgcolor);
+ }
+ /// Set the default label background color
+ inline void item_labelbgcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ _labelbgcolor = val;
+ }
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+
+ /////////////////
+ // Obsolete names - for 1.3.0 backwards compat
+ /////////////////
+ /// Obsolete: Return the label's font. Please use item_labelfont() instead.
+ inline Fl_Font labelfont() const { return(_labelfont); }+ /// Obsolete: Set the label's font to \p val. Please use item_labelfont(Fl_Font) instead.
+ inline void labelfont(Fl_Font val) { _labelfont = val; }+ /// Obsolete: Return the label's size in pixels. Please use item_labelsize() instead.
+ inline Fl_Fontsize labelsize() const { return(_labelsize); }+ /// Obsolete: Set the label's size in pixels to \p val. Please use item_labelsize(Fl_Fontsize) instead.
+ inline void labelsize(Fl_Fontsize val) { _labelsize = val; }+ /// Obsolete: Get the default label foreground color. Please use item_labelfgcolor() instead.
+ inline Fl_Color labelfgcolor() const { return(_labelfgcolor); }+ /// Obsolete: Set the default label foreground color. Please use item_labelfgcolor(Fl_Color) instead.
+ inline void labelfgcolor(Fl_Color val) { _labelfgcolor = val; }+ /// Obsolete: Get the default label background color. Please use item_labelbgcolor() instead.
+ inline Fl_Color labelbgcolor() const { return(item_labelbgcolor()); }+ /// Obsolete: Set the default label background color. Please use item_labelbgcolor(Fl_Color) instead.
+ inline void labelbgcolor(Fl_Color val) { item_labelbgcolor(val); }+
+ ////////////////////////////
+ // Margins
+ ////////////////////////////
+ /// Get the left margin's value in pixels
+ inline int marginleft() const {+ return(_marginleft);
+ }
+ /// Set the left margin's value in pixels
+ inline void marginleft(int val) {+ _marginleft = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the top margin's value in pixels
+ inline int margintop() const {+ return(_margintop);
+ }
+ /// Set the top margin's value in pixels
+ inline void margintop(int val) {+ _margintop = val;
+ }
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /// Get the bottom margin's value in pixels.
+ /// This is the extra distance the vertical scroller lets you travel.
+ inline int marginbottom() const {+ return(_marginbottom);
+ }
+ /// Set the bottom margin's value in pixels
+ /// This is the extra distance the vertical scroller lets you travel.
+ inline void marginbottom(int val) {+ _marginbottom = val;
+ }
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ /// Get the margin below an open child in pixels
+ inline int openchild_marginbottom() const {+ return(_openchild_marginbottom);
+ }
+ /// Set the margin below an open child in pixels
+ inline void openchild_marginbottom(int val) {+ _openchild_marginbottom = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the user icon's left margin value in pixels
+ inline int usericonmarginleft() const {+ return(_usericonmarginleft);
+ }
+ /// Set the user icon's left margin value in pixels
+ inline void usericonmarginleft(int val) {+ _usericonmarginleft = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the label's left margin value in pixels
+ inline int labelmarginleft() const {+ return(_labelmarginleft);
+ }
+ /// Set the label's left margin value in pixels
+ inline void labelmarginleft(int val) {+ _labelmarginleft = val;
+ }
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /// Get the widget()'s left margin value in pixels
+ inline int widgetmarginleft() const {+ return(_widgetmarginleft);
+ }
+ /// Set the widget's left margin value in pixels
+ inline void widgetmarginleft(int val) {+ _widgetmarginleft = val;
+ }
+#endif /*FLTK_ABI_VERSION*/
+ /// Get the line spacing value in pixels
+ inline int linespacing() const {+ return(_linespacing);
+ }
+ /// Set the line spacing value in pixels
+ inline void linespacing(int val) {+ _linespacing = val;
+ }
+
+ ////////////////////////////
+ // Colors and Styles
+ ////////////////////////////
+ /// Get the connector color used for tree connection lines.
+ inline Fl_Color connectorcolor() const {+ return(_connectorcolor);
+ }
+ /// Set the connector color used for tree connection lines.
+ inline void connectorcolor(Fl_Color val) {+ _connectorcolor = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the connector style.
+ inline Fl_Tree_Connector connectorstyle() const {+ return(_connectorstyle);
+ }
+ /// Set the connector style.
+ inline void connectorstyle(Fl_Tree_Connector val) {+ _connectorstyle = val;
+ }
+ /// Set the connector style [integer].
+ inline void connectorstyle(int val) {+ _connectorstyle = Fl_Tree_Connector(val);
+ }
+ /// Get the tree connection line's width.
+ inline int connectorwidth() const {+ return(_connectorwidth);
+ }
+ /// Set the tree connection line's width.
+ inline void connectorwidth(int val) {+ _connectorwidth = val;
+ }
+
+ ////////////////////////////
+ // Icons
+ ////////////////////////////
+ /// Get the current default 'open' icon.
+ /// Returns the Fl_Image* of the icon, or 0 if none.
+ ///
+ inline Fl_Image *openicon() const {+ return(_openimage);
+ }
+ void openicon(Fl_Image *val);
+ /// Gets the default 'close' icon
+ /// Returns the Fl_Image* of the icon, or 0 if none.
+ ///
+ inline Fl_Image *closeicon() const {+ return(_closeimage);
+ }
+ void closeicon(Fl_Image *val);
+ /// Gets the default 'user icon' (default is 0)
+ inline Fl_Image *usericon() const {+ return(_userimage);
+ }
+ /// Sets the default 'user icon'
+ /// Returns the Fl_Image* of the icon, or 0 if none (default).
+ ///
+ inline void usericon(Fl_Image *val) {+ _userimage = val;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ // Update deactivated version of icon..
+ if ( _userdeimage ) delete _userdeimage;
+ if ( _userimage ) {+ _userdeimage = _userimage->copy();
+ _userdeimage->inactive();
+ } else {+ _userdeimage = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ /// Return the deactivated version of the open icon, if any.
+ /// Returns 0 if none.
+ inline Fl_Image *opendeicon() const {+ return _opendeimage;
+ }
+ /// Return the deactivated version of the close icon, if any.
+ /// Returns 0 if none.
+ inline Fl_Image *closedeicon() const {+ return _closedeimage;
+ }
+ /// Return the deactivated version of the user icon, if any.
+ /// Returns 0 if none.
+ inline Fl_Image *userdeicon() const {+ return _userdeimage;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ ////////////////////////////
+ // Options
+ ////////////////////////////
+ /// Returns 1 if the collapse icon is enabled, 0 if not.
+ inline char showcollapse() const {+ return(_showcollapse);
+ }
+ /// Set if we should show the collapse icon or not.
+ /// If collapse icons are disabled, the user will not be able
+ /// to interactively collapse items in the tree, unless the application
+ /// provides some other means via open() and close().
+ ///
+ /// \param[in] val 1: shows collapse icons (default),\n
+ /// 0: hides collapse icons.
+ ///
+ inline void showcollapse(int val) {+ _showcollapse = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the default sort order value
+ inline Fl_Tree_Sort sortorder() const {+ return(_sortorder);
+ }
+ /// Set the default sort order value.
+ /// Defines the order new items appear when add()ed to the tree.
+ /// See Fl_Tree_Sort for possible values.
+ ///
+ inline void sortorder(Fl_Tree_Sort val) {+ _sortorder = val;
+ }
+ /// Get the default selection box's box drawing style as an Fl_Boxtype.
+ inline Fl_Boxtype selectbox() const {+ return(_selectbox);
+ }
+ /// Set the default selection box's box drawing style to \p val.
+ inline void selectbox(Fl_Boxtype val) {+ _selectbox = val;
+ }
+ /// Returns 1 if the root item is to be shown, or 0 if not.
+ inline int showroot() const {+ return(int(_showroot));
+ }
+ /// Set if the root item should be shown or not.
+ /// \param[in] val 1 -- show the root item (default)\n
+ /// 0 -- hide the root item.
+ ///
+ inline void showroot(int val) {+ _showroot = char(val);
+ }
+ /// Get the selection mode used for the tree
+ inline Fl_Tree_Select selectmode() const {+ return(_selectmode);
+ }
+ /// Set the selection mode used for the tree to \p val.
+ /// This affects how items in the tree are selected
+ /// when clicked on and dragged over by the mouse.
+ /// See Fl_Tree_Select for possible values.
+ ///
+ inline void selectmode(Fl_Tree_Select val) {+ _selectmode = val;
+ }
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10301
+ /// Returns the current item re/selection mode
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode item_reselect_mode() const {+ return _itemreselectmode;
+ }
+ /// Sets the item re/selection mode
+ void item_reselect_mode(Fl_Tree_Item_Reselect_Mode mode) {+ _itemreselectmode = mode;
+ }
+ /// Get the 'item draw mode' used for the tree
+ inline Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode item_draw_mode() const {+ return(_itemdrawmode);
+ }
+ /// Set the 'item draw mode' used for the tree to \p val.
+ /// This affects how items in the tree are drawn,
+ /// such as when a widget() is defined.
+ /// See Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode for possible values.
+ ///
+ inline void item_draw_mode(Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Mode val) {+ _itemdrawmode = val;
+ }
+#endif
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10303
+ void item_draw_callback(Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Callback *cb, void *data=0) {+ _itemdrawcallback = cb;
+ _itemdrawuserdata = data;
+ }
+ Fl_Tree_Item_Draw_Callback* item_draw_callback() const {+ return(_itemdrawcallback);
+ }
+ void* item_draw_user_data() const {+ return(_itemdrawuserdata);
+ }
+ void do_item_draw_callback(Fl_Tree_Item *o) const {+ _itemdrawcallback(o, _itemdrawuserdata);
+ }
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif /*FL_TREE_PREFS_H*/
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Valuator.H
@@ -1,0 +1,138 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Valuator header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Valuator widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#define Fl_Valuator_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#include "Fl_Widget.H"
+#endif
+
+// shared type() values for classes that work in both directions:
+#define FL_VERTICAL 0 ///< The valuator can work vertically
+#define FL_HORIZONTAL 1 ///< The valuator can work horizontally
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Valuator class controls a single floating-point value
+ and provides a consistent interface to set the value, range, and step,
+ and insures that callbacks are done the same for every object.
+
+ There are probably more of these classes in FLTK than any others:
+
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html valuators.png</P>
+ \image latex valuators.png "Valuators derived from Fl_Valuators" width=10cm
+
+ In the above diagram each box surrounds an actual subclass. These
+ are further differentiated by setting the type() of the widget to
+ the symbolic value labeling the widget.
+ The ones labelled "0" are the default versions with a type(0).
+ For consistency the symbol FL_VERTICAL is defined as zero.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Valuator : public Fl_Widget {+
+ double value_;
+ double previous_value_;
+ double min, max; // truncates to this range *after* rounding
+ double A; int B; // rounds to multiples of A/B, or no rounding if A is zero
+
+protected:
+ /** Tells if the valuator is an FL_HORIZONTAL one */
+ int horizontal() const {return type()& FL_HORIZONTAL;}+ Fl_Valuator(int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char* L);
+
+ /** Gets the previous floating point value before an event changed it */
+ double previous_value() const {return previous_value_;}+ /** Stores the current value in the previous value */
+ void handle_push() {previous_value_ = value_;}+ double softclamp(double);
+ void handle_drag(double newvalue);
+ void handle_release(); // use drag() value
+ virtual void value_damage(); // cause damage() due to value() changing
+ /** Sets the current floating point value. */
+ void set_value(double v) {value_ = v;}+
+public:
+
+ /** Sets the minimum (a) and maximum (b) values for the valuator widget. */
+ void bounds(double a, double b) {min=a; max=b;}+ /** Gets the minimum value for the valuator. */
+ double minimum() const {return min;}+ /** Sets the minimum value for the valuator. */
+ void minimum(double a) {min = a;}+ /** Gets the maximum value for the valuator. */
+ double maximum() const {return max;}+ /** Sets the maximum value for the valuator. */
+ void maximum(double a) {max = a;}+ /**
+ Sets the minimum and maximum values for the valuator. When
+ the user manipulates the widget, the value is limited to this
+ range. This clamping is done <I>after</I> rounding to the step
+ value (this makes a difference if the range is not a multiple of
+ the step).
+
+ The minimum may be greater than the maximum. This has the
+ effect of "reversing" the object so the larger values
+ are in the opposite direction. This also switches which end of
+ the filled sliders is filled.
+
+ Some widgets consider this a "soft" range. This
+ means they will stop at the range, but if the user releases and
+ grabs the control again and tries to move it further, it is
+ allowed.
+
+ The range may affect the display. You must redraw()
+ the widget after changing the range.
+ */
+ void range(double a, double b) {min = a; max = b;}+ /** See double Fl_Valuator::step() const */
+ void step(int a) {A = a; B = 1;}+ /** See double Fl_Valuator::step() const */
+ void step(double a, int b) {A = a; B = b;}+ void step(double s);
+ /**
+ Gets or sets the step value. As the user moves the mouse the
+ value is rounded to the nearest multiple of the step value. This
+ is done \e before clamping it to the range. For most widgets
+ the default step is zero.
+
+ For precision the step is stored as the ratio of a double \p A and
+ an integer \p B = A/B. You can set these values directly. Currently
+ setting a floating point value sets the nearest A/1 or 1/B value
+ possible.
+ */
+ double step() const {return A/B;}+ void precision(int digits);
+
+ /** Gets the floating point(double) value. See int value(double) */
+ double value() const {return value_;}+ int value(double);
+
+ virtual int format(char*);
+ double round(double); // round to nearest multiple of step
+ double clamp(double); // keep in range
+ double increment(double, int); // add n*step to value
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Value_Input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,130 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Value input header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Value_Input widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Value_Input_H
+#define Fl_Value_Input_H
+
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Value_Input widget displays a numeric value.
+ The user can click in the text field and edit it - there is in
+ fact a hidden Fl_Input widget with
+ type(FL_FLOAT_INPUT) or type(FL_INT_INPUT) in
+ there - and when they hit return or tab the value updates to
+ what they typed and the callback is done.
+
+ <P>If step() is non-zero and integral, then the range of numbers
+ is limited to integers instead of floating point numbers. As
+ well as displaying the value as an integer, typed input is also
+ limited to integer values, even if the hidden Fl_Input widget
+ is of type(FL_FLOAT_INPUT).</P>
+
+ <P>If step() is non-zero, the user can also drag the
+ mouse across the object and thus slide the value. The left
+ button moves one step() per pixel, the middle by 10
+ * step(), and the right button by 100 * step(). It
+ is therefore impossible to select text by dragging across it,
+ although clicking can still move the insertion cursor.</P>
+
+ <P>If step() is non-zero and integral, then the range
+ of numbers are limited to integers instead of floating point
+ values.
+
+ <P ALIGN="CENTER">\image html Fl_Value_Input.png
+ \image latex Fl_Value_Input.png "Fl_Value_Input" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Value_Input : public Fl_Valuator {+public:
+ /* This is the encapsulated Fl_input attribute to which
+ this class delegates the value font, color and shortcut */
+ Fl_Input input;
+private:
+ char soft_;
+ static void input_cb(Fl_Widget*,void*);
+ virtual void value_damage(); // cause damage() due to value() changing
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ void resize(int,int,int,int);
+ Fl_Value_Input(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l=0);
+ ~Fl_Value_Input();
+
+ /** See void Fl_Value_Input::soft(char s) */
+ void soft(char s) {soft_ = s;}+ /**
+ If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag
+ the value outside the range. If they drag the value to one of
+ the ends, let go, then grab again and continue to drag, they can
+ get to any value. The default is true.
+ */
+ char soft() const {return soft_;}+ /**
+ Returns the current shortcut key for the Input.
+ \see Fl_Value_Input::shortcut(int)
+ */
+ int shortcut() const {return input.shortcut();}+ /**
+ Sets the shortcut key to \p s. Setting this
+ overrides the use of '&' in the label(). The value is a bitwise
+ OR of a key and a set of shift flags, for example FL_ALT | 'a'
+ , FL_ALT | (FL_F + 10), or just 'a'. A value
+ of 0 disables the shortcut.
+
+ The key can be any value returned by
+ Fl::event_key(), but will usually be an ASCII letter. Use
+ a lower-case letter unless you require the shift key to be held down.
+
+ The shift flags can be any set of values accepted by
+ Fl::event_state(). If the bit is on that shift key must
+ be pushed. Meta, Alt, Ctrl, and Shift must be off if they are not in
+ the shift flags (zero for the other bits indicates a "don't care"
+ setting).
+ */
+ void shortcut(int s) {input.shortcut(s);}+
+ /** Gets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return input.textfont();}+ /** Sets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {input.textfont(s);}+ /** Gets the size of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return input.textsize();}+ /** Sets the size of the text in the value box. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {input.textsize(s);}+ /** Gets the color of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return input.textcolor();}+ /** Sets the color of the text in the value box.*/
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color n) {input.textcolor(n);}+ /** Gets the color of the text cursor. The text cursor is black by default. */
+ Fl_Color cursor_color() const {return input.cursor_color();}+ /** Sets the color of the text cursor. The text cursor is black by default. */
+ void cursor_color(Fl_Color n) {input.cursor_color(n);}+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Value_Output.H
@@ -1,0 +1,86 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Value output header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Value_Output widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Value_Output_H
+#define Fl_Value_Output_H
+
+#ifndef Fl_Valuator_H
+#include "Fl_Valuator.H"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Value_Output widget displays a floating point value.
+ If step() is not zero, the user can adjust the value by
+ dragging the mouse left and right. The left button moves one step()
+ per pixel, the middle by 10 * step(), and the right button by
+ 100 * step().
+ <P>This is much lighter-weight than
+ Fl_Value_Input because it contains no text editing code or
+ character buffer. </P>
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html Fl_Value_Output.png
+ \image latex Fl_Value_Output.png "Fl_Value_Output" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Value_Output : public Fl_Valuator {+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ uchar soft_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+
+protected:
+ void draw();
+
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Value_Output(int x,int y,int w,int h,const char *l=0);
+
+ /**
+ If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag the value outside
+ the range. If they drag the value to one of the ends, let go, then
+ grab again and continue to drag, they can get to any value. Default is
+ one.
+ */
+ void soft(uchar s) {soft_ = s;}+ /**
+ If "soft" is turned on, the user is allowed to drag the value outside
+ the range. If they drag the value to one of the ends, let go, then
+ grab again and continue to drag, they can get to any value. Default is
+ one.
+ */
+ uchar soft() const {return soft_;}+
+ /** Gets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+ /** Sets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s;}+ /** Gets the size of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s;}+ /** Sets the color of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+ /** Gets the color of the text in the value box. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color s) {textcolor_ = s;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Value_Slider.H
@@ -1,0 +1,60 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Value slider header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Value_Slider widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Value_Slider_H
+#define Fl_Value_Slider_H
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_Value_Slider widget is a Fl_Slider widget
+ with a box displaying the current value.
+ <P ALIGN=CENTER>\image html value_slider.png
+ \image latex value_slider.png "Fl_Value_Slider" width=4cm
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Value_Slider : public Fl_Slider {+ Fl_Font textfont_;
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize_;
+ Fl_Color textcolor_;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ int handle(int);
+ Fl_Value_Slider(int x,int y,int w,int h, const char *l = 0);
+ /** Gets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Font textfont() const {return textfont_;}+ /** Sets the typeface of the text in the value box. */
+ void textfont(Fl_Font s) {textfont_ = s;}+ /** Gets the size of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Fontsize textsize() const {return textsize_;}+ /** Sets the size of the text in the value box. */
+ void textsize(Fl_Fontsize s) {textsize_ = s;}+ /** Gets the color of the text in the value box. */
+ Fl_Color textcolor() const {return textcolor_;}+ /** Sets the color of the text in the value box. */
+ void textcolor(Fl_Color s) {textcolor_ = s;}+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Widget.H
@@ -1,0 +1,1040 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Widget header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Widget, Fl_Label classes . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Widget_H
+#define Fl_Widget_H
+
+#include "Enumerations.H"
+
+/**
+ \todo typedef's fl_intptr_t and fl_uintptr_t should be documented.
+*/
+#ifdef _WIN64
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#else
+#include <stddef.h> // M$VC
+#endif
+typedef intptr_t fl_intptr_t;
+typedef uintptr_t fl_uintptr_t;
+#else
+typedef long fl_intptr_t;
+typedef unsigned long fl_uintptr_t;
+#endif
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+class Fl_Window;
+class Fl_Group;
+class Fl_Image;
+
+/** Default callback type definition for all fltk widgets (by far the most used) */
+typedef void (Fl_Callback )(Fl_Widget*, void*);
+/** Default callback type pointer definition for all fltk widgets */
+typedef Fl_Callback* Fl_Callback_p; // needed for BORLAND
+/** One parameter callback type definition passing only the widget */
+typedef void (Fl_Callback0)(Fl_Widget*);
+/** Callback type definition passing the widget and a long data value */
+typedef void (Fl_Callback1)(Fl_Widget*, long);
+
+/** This struct stores all information for a text or mixed graphics label.
+
+ \todo There is an aspiration that the Fl_Label type will become a widget by itself.
+ That way we will be avoiding a lot of code duplication by handling labels in
+ a similar fashion to widgets containing text. We also provide an easy
+ interface for very complex labels, containing html or vector graphics.
+ However, this re-factoring is not in place in this release.
+ */
+struct FL_EXPORT Fl_Label {+ /** label text */
+ const char* value;
+ /** optional image for an active label */
+ Fl_Image* image;
+ /** optional image for a deactivated label */
+ Fl_Image* deimage;
+ /** label font used in text */
+ Fl_Font font;
+ /** size of label font */
+ Fl_Fontsize size;
+ /** text color */
+ Fl_Color color;
+ /** alignment of label */
+ Fl_Align align_;
+ /** type of label. \see Fl_Labeltype */
+ uchar type;
+
+ /** Draws the label aligned to the given box */
+ void draw(int,int,int,int, Fl_Align) const ;
+ void measure(int &w, int &h) const ;
+};
+
+
+/** Fl_Widget is the base class for all widgets in FLTK.
+
+ You can't create one of these because the constructor is not public.
+ However you can subclass it.
+
+ All "property" accessing methods, such as color(), parent(), or argument()
+ are implemented as trivial inline functions and thus are as fast and small
+ as accessing fields in a structure. Unless otherwise noted, the property
+ setting methods such as color(n) or label(s) are also trivial inline
+ functions, even if they change the widget's appearance. It is up to the
+ user code to call redraw() after these.
+ */
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Widget {+ friend class Fl_Group;
+
+ Fl_Group* parent_;
+ Fl_Callback* callback_;
+ void* user_data_;
+ int x_,y_,w_,h_;
+ Fl_Label label_;
+ unsigned int flags_;
+ Fl_Color color_;
+ Fl_Color color2_;
+ uchar type_;
+ uchar damage_;
+ uchar box_;
+ uchar when_;
+
+ const char *tooltip_;
+
+ /** unimplemented copy ctor */
+ Fl_Widget(const Fl_Widget &);
+ /** unimplemented assignment operator */
+ Fl_Widget& operator=(const Fl_Widget &);
+
+protected:
+
+ /** Creates a widget at the given position and size.
+
+ The Fl_Widget is a protected constructor, but all derived widgets have a
+ matching public constructor. It takes a value for x(), y(), w(), h(), and
+ an optional value for label().
+
+ \param[in] x, y the position of the widget relative to the enclosing window
+ \param[in] w, h size of the widget in pixels
+ \param[in] label optional text for the widget label
+ */
+ Fl_Widget(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char *label=0L);
+
+ /** Internal use only. Use position(int,int), size(int,int) or resize(int,int,int,int) instead. */
+ void x(int v) {x_ = v;}+ /** Internal use only. Use position(int,int), size(int,int) or resize(int,int,int,int) instead. */
+ void y(int v) {y_ = v;}+ /** Internal use only. Use position(int,int), size(int,int) or resize(int,int,int,int) instead. */
+ void w(int v) {w_ = v;}+ /** Internal use only. Use position(int,int), size(int,int) or resize(int,int,int,int) instead. */
+ void h(int v) {h_ = v;}+ /** Gets the widget flags mask */
+ unsigned int flags() const {return flags_;}+ /** Sets a flag in the flags mask */
+ void set_flag(unsigned int c) {flags_ |= c;}+ /** Clears a flag in the flags mask */
+ void clear_flag(unsigned int c) {flags_ &= ~c;}+ /** flags possible values enumeration.
+ See activate(), output(), visible(), changed(), set_visible_focus()
+ */
+ enum {+ INACTIVE = 1<<0, ///< the widget can't receive focus, and is disabled but potentially visible
+ INVISIBLE = 1<<1, ///< the widget is not drawn, but can receive a few special events
+ OUTPUT = 1<<2, ///< for output only
+ NOBORDER = 1<<3, ///< don't draw a decoration (Fl_Window)
+ FORCE_POSITION = 1<<4, ///< don't let the window manager position the window (Fl_Window)
+ NON_MODAL = 1<<5, ///< this is a hovering toolbar window (Fl_Window)
+ SHORTCUT_LABEL = 1<<6, ///< the label contains a shortcut we need to draw
+ CHANGED = 1<<7, ///< the widget value changed
+ OVERRIDE = 1<<8, ///< position window on top (Fl_Window)
+ VISIBLE_FOCUS = 1<<9, ///< accepts keyboard focus navigation if the widget can have the focus
+ COPIED_LABEL = 1<<10, ///< the widget label is internally copied, its destruction is handled by the widget
+ CLIP_CHILDREN = 1<<11, ///< all drawing within this widget will be clipped (Fl_Group)
+ MENU_WINDOW = 1<<12, ///< a temporary popup window, dismissed by clicking outside (Fl_Window)
+ TOOLTIP_WINDOW = 1<<13, ///< a temporary popup, transparent to events, and dismissed easily (Fl_Window)
+ MODAL = 1<<14, ///< a window blocking input to all other winows (Fl_Window)
+ NO_OVERLAY = 1<<15, ///< window not using a hardware overlay plane (Fl_Menu_Window)
+ GROUP_RELATIVE = 1<<16, ///< Reserved, not implemented. DO NOT USE.
+ COPIED_TOOLTIP = 1<<17, ///< the widget tooltip is internally copied, its destruction is handled by the widget
+ FULLSCREEN = 1<<18, ///< a fullscreen window (Fl_Window)
+ MAC_USE_ACCENTS_MENU = 1<<19, ///< On the Mac OS platform, pressing and holding a key on the keyboard opens an accented-character menu window (Fl_Input_, Fl_Text_Editor)
+ // (space for more flags)
+ USERFLAG3 = 1<<29, ///< reserved for 3rd party extensions
+ USERFLAG2 = 1<<30, ///< reserved for 3rd party extensions
+ USERFLAG1 = 1<<31 ///< reserved for 3rd party extensions
+ };
+ void draw_box() const;
+ void draw_box(Fl_Boxtype t, Fl_Color c) const;
+ void draw_box(Fl_Boxtype t, int x,int y,int w,int h, Fl_Color c) const;
+ void draw_backdrop() const;
+ /** draws a focus rectangle around the widget */
+ void draw_focus() {draw_focus(box(),x(),y(),w(),h());}+ void draw_focus(Fl_Boxtype t, int x,int y,int w,int h) const;
+ void draw_label() const;
+ void draw_label(int, int, int, int) const;
+
+public:
+
+ /** Destroys the widget.
+ Destroying single widgets is not very common. You almost always want to
+ destroy the parent group instead, which will destroy all of the child widgets
+ and groups in that group.
+
+ \since FLTK 1.3, the widget's destructor removes the widget from its parent
+ group, if it is member of a group.
+ */
+ virtual ~Fl_Widget();
+
+ /** Draws the widget.
+ Never call this function directly. FLTK will schedule redrawing whenever
+ needed. If your widget must be redrawn as soon as possible, call redraw()
+ instead.
+
+ Override this function to draw your own widgets.
+
+ If you ever need to call another widget's draw method <I>from within your
+ own draw() method</I>, e.g. for an embedded scrollbar, you can do it
+ (because draw() is virtual) like this:
+
+ \code
+ Fl_Widget *s = &scroll; // scroll is an embedded Fl_Scrollbar
+ s->draw(); // calls Fl_Scrollbar::draw()
+ \endcode
+ */
+ virtual void draw() = 0;
+
+ /** Handles the specified event.
+ You normally don't call this method directly, but instead let FLTK do
+ it when the user interacts with the widget.
+
+ When implemented in a widget, this function must return 0 if the
+ widget does not use the event or 1 otherwise.
+
+ Most of the time, you want to call the inherited handle() method in
+ your overridden method so that you don't short-circuit events that you
+ don't handle. In this last case you should return the callee retval.
+
+ \param[in] event the kind of event received
+ \retval 0 if the event was not used or understood
+ \retval 1 if the event was used and can be deleted
+ \see Fl_Event
+ */
+ virtual int handle(int event);
+
+ /** Returns whether the current label was assigned with copy_label().
+
+ This can be useful for temporarily overwriting the widget's label
+ and restoring it later.
+
+ \retval 0 current label was assigned with label().
+ \retval 1 current label was assigned with copy_label().
+ */
+ int is_label_copied() const {return ((flags_ & COPIED_LABEL) ? 1 : 0);}+
+ /** Returns a pointer to the parent widget.
+ Usually this is a Fl_Group or Fl_Window.
+ \retval NULL if the widget has no parent
+ \see Fl_Group::add(Fl_Widget*)
+ */
+ Fl_Group* parent() const {return parent_;}+
+ /** Internal use only - "for hacks only".
+
+ It is \em \b STRONGLY recommended not to use this method, because it
+ short-circuits Fl_Group's normal widget adding and removing methods,
+ if the widget is already a child widget of another Fl_Group.
+
+ Use Fl_Group::add(Fl_Widget*) and/or Fl_Group::remove(Fl_Widget*) instead.
+ */
+ void parent(Fl_Group* p) {parent_ = p;} // for hacks only, use Fl_Group::add()+
+ /** Gets the widget type.
+ Returns the widget type value, which is used for Forms compatibility
+ and to simulate RTTI.
+
+ \todo Explain "simulate RTTI" (currently only used to decide if a widget
+ is a window, i.e. type()>=FL_WINDOW ?). Is type() really used in a way
+ that ensures "Forms compatibility" ?
+ */
+ uchar type() const {return type_;}+
+ /** Sets the widget type.
+ This is used for Forms compatibility.
+ */
+ void type(uchar t) {type_ = t;}+
+ /** Gets the widget position in its window.
+ \return the x position relative to the window
+ */
+ int x() const {return x_;}+
+ /** Gets the widget position in its window.
+ \return the y position relative to the window
+ */
+ int y() const {return y_;}+
+ /** Gets the widget width.
+ \return the width of the widget in pixels.
+ */
+ int w() const {return w_;}+
+ /** Gets the widget height.
+ \return the height of the widget in pixels.
+ */
+ int h() const {return h_;}+
+ /** Changes the size or position of the widget.
+
+ This is a virtual function so that the widget may implement its
+ own handling of resizing. The default version does \e not
+ call the redraw() method, but instead relies on the parent widget
+ to do so because the parent may know a faster way to update the
+ display, such as scrolling from the old position.
+
+ Some window managers under X11 call resize() a lot more often
+ than needed. Please verify that the position or size of a widget
+ did actually change before doing any extensive calculations.
+
+ position(X, Y) is a shortcut for resize(X, Y, w(), h()),
+ and size(W, H) is a shortcut for resize(x(), y(), W, H).
+
+ \param[in] x, y new position relative to the parent window
+ \param[in] w, h new size
+ \see position(int,int), size(int,int)
+ */
+ virtual void resize(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+ /** Internal use only. */
+ int damage_resize(int,int,int,int);
+
+ /** Repositions the window or widget.
+
+ position(X, Y) is a shortcut for resize(X, Y, w(), h()).
+
+ \param[in] X, Y new position relative to the parent window
+ \see resize(int,int,int,int), size(int,int)
+ */
+ void position(int X,int Y) {resize(X,Y,w_,h_);}+
+ /** Changes the size of the widget.
+
+ size(W, H) is a shortcut for resize(x(), y(), W, H).
+
+ \param[in] W, H new size
+ \see position(int,int), resize(int,int,int,int)
+ */
+ void size(int W,int H) {resize(x_,y_,W,H);}+
+ /** Gets the label alignment.
+
+ \return label alignment
+ \see label(), align(Fl_Align), Fl_Align
+ */
+ Fl_Align align() const {return label_.align_;}+
+ /** Sets the label alignment.
+ This controls how the label is displayed next to or inside the widget.
+ The default value is FL_ALIGN_CENTER, which centers the label inside
+ the widget.
+ \param[in] alignment new label alignment
+ \see align(), Fl_Align
+ */
+ void align(Fl_Align alignment) {label_.align_ = alignment;}+
+ /** Gets the box type of the widget.
+ \return the current box type
+ \see box(Fl_Boxtype), Fl_Boxtype
+ */
+ Fl_Boxtype box() const {return (Fl_Boxtype)box_;}+
+ /** Sets the box type for the widget.
+ This identifies a routine that draws the background of the widget.
+ See Fl_Boxtype for the available types. The default depends on the
+ widget, but is usually FL_NO_BOX or FL_UP_BOX.
+ \param[in] new_box the new box type
+ \see box(), Fl_Boxtype
+ */
+ void box(Fl_Boxtype new_box) {box_ = new_box;}+
+ /** Gets the background color of the widget.
+ \return current background color
+ \see color(Fl_Color), color(Fl_Color, Fl_Color)
+ */
+ Fl_Color color() const {return color_;}+
+ /** Sets the background color of the widget.
+ The color is passed to the box routine. The color is either an index into
+ an internal table of RGB colors or an RGB color value generated using
+ fl_rgb_color().
+
+ The default for most widgets is FL_BACKGROUND_COLOR. Use Fl::set_color()
+ to redefine colors in the color map.
+ \param[in] bg background color
+ \see color(), color(Fl_Color, Fl_Color), selection_color(Fl_Color)
+ */
+ void color(Fl_Color bg) {color_ = bg;}+
+ /** Gets the selection color.
+ \return the current selection color
+ \see selection_color(Fl_Color), color(Fl_Color, Fl_Color)
+ */
+ Fl_Color selection_color() const {return color2_;}+
+ /** Sets the selection color.
+ The selection color is defined for Forms compatibility and is usually
+ used to color the widget when it is selected, although some widgets
+ use this color for other purposes. You can set both colors at once
+ with color(Fl_Color bg, Fl_Color sel).
+ \param[in] a the new selection color
+ \see selection_color(), color(Fl_Color, Fl_Color)
+ */
+ void selection_color(Fl_Color a) {color2_ = a;}+
+ /** Sets the background and selection color of the widget.
+
+ The two color form sets both the background and selection colors.
+ \param[in] bg background color
+ \param[in] sel selection color
+ \see color(unsigned), selection_color(unsigned)
+ */
+ void color(Fl_Color bg, Fl_Color sel) {color_=bg; color2_=sel;}+
+ /** Gets the current label text.
+ \return a pointer to the current label text
+ \see label(const char *), copy_label(const char *)
+ */
+ const char* label() const {return label_.value;}+
+ /** Sets the current label pointer.
+
+ The label is shown somewhere on or next to the widget. The passed pointer
+ is stored unchanged in the widget (the string is \em not copied), so if
+ you need to set the label to a formatted value, make sure the buffer is
+ static, global, or allocated. The copy_label() method can be used
+ to make a copy of the label string automatically.
+ \param[in] text pointer to new label text
+ \see copy_label()
+ */
+ void label(const char* text);
+
+ /** Sets the current label.
+ Unlike label(), this method allocates a copy of the label
+ string instead of using the original string pointer.
+
+ The internal copy will automatically be freed whenever you assign
+ a new label or when the widget is destroyed.
+
+ \param[in] new_label the new label text
+ \see label()
+ */
+ void copy_label(const char *new_label);
+
+ /** Shortcut to set the label text and type in one call.
+ \see label(const char *), labeltype(Fl_Labeltype)
+ */
+ void label(Fl_Labeltype a, const char* b) {label_.type = a; label_.value = b;}+
+ /** Gets the label type.
+ \return the current label type.
+ \see Fl_Labeltype
+ */
+ Fl_Labeltype labeltype() const {return (Fl_Labeltype)label_.type;}+
+ /** Sets the label type.
+ The label type identifies the function that draws the label of the widget.
+ This is generally used for special effects such as embossing or for using
+ the label() pointer as another form of data such as an icon. The value
+ FL_NORMAL_LABEL prints the label as plain text.
+ \param[in] a new label type
+ \see Fl_Labeltype
+ */
+ void labeltype(Fl_Labeltype a) {label_.type = a;}+
+ /** Gets the label color.
+ The default color is FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR.
+ \return the current label color
+ */
+ Fl_Color labelcolor() const {return label_.color;}+
+ /** Sets the label color.
+ The default color is FL_FOREGROUND_COLOR.
+ \param[in] c the new label color
+ */
+ void labelcolor(Fl_Color c) {label_.color=c;}+
+ /** Gets the font to use.
+ Fonts are identified by indexes into a table. The default value
+ uses a Helvetica typeface (Arial for Microsoft® Windows®).
+ The function Fl::set_font() can define new typefaces.
+ \return current font used by the label
+ \see Fl_Font
+ */
+ Fl_Font labelfont() const {return label_.font;}+
+ /** Sets the font to use.
+ Fonts are identified by indexes into a table. The default value
+ uses a Helvetica typeface (Arial for Microsoft® Windows®).
+ The function Fl::set_font() can define new typefaces.
+ \param[in] f the new font for the label
+ \see Fl_Font
+ */
+ void labelfont(Fl_Font f) {label_.font=f;}+
+ /** Gets the font size in pixels.
+ The default size is 14 pixels.
+ \return the current font size
+ */
+ Fl_Fontsize labelsize() const {return label_.size;}+
+ /** Sets the font size in pixels.
+ \param[in] pix the new font size
+ \see Fl_Fontsize labelsize()
+ */
+ void labelsize(Fl_Fontsize pix) {label_.size=pix;}+
+ /** Gets the image that is used as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the active state.
+ \return the current image
+ */
+ Fl_Image* image() {return label_.image;}+ const Fl_Image* image() const {return label_.image;}+
+ /** Sets the image to use as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the active state.
+ \param[in] img the new image for the label
+ */
+ void image(Fl_Image* img) {label_.image=img;}+
+ /** Sets the image to use as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the active state.
+ \param[in] img the new image for the label
+ */
+ void image(Fl_Image& img) {label_.image=&img;}+
+ /** Gets the image that is used as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the inactive state.
+ \return the current image for the deactivated widget
+ */
+ Fl_Image* deimage() {return label_.deimage;}+ const Fl_Image* deimage() const {return label_.deimage;}+
+ /** Sets the image to use as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the inactive state.
+ \param[in] img the new image for the deactivated widget
+ */
+ void deimage(Fl_Image* img) {label_.deimage=img;}+
+ /** Sets the image to use as part of the widget label.
+ This image is used when drawing the widget in the inactive state.
+ \param[in] img the new image for the deactivated widget
+ */
+ void deimage(Fl_Image& img) {label_.deimage=&img;}+
+ /** Gets the current tooltip text.
+ \return a pointer to the tooltip text or NULL
+ \see tooltip(const char*), copy_tooltip(const char*)
+ */
+ const char *tooltip() const {return tooltip_;}+
+ void tooltip(const char *text); // see Fl_Tooltip
+ void copy_tooltip(const char *text); // see Fl_Tooltip
+
+ /** Gets the current callback function for the widget.
+ Each widget has a single callback.
+ \return current callback
+ */
+ Fl_Callback_p callback() const {return callback_;}+
+ /** Sets the current callback function for the widget.
+ Each widget has a single callback.
+ \param[in] cb new callback
+ \param[in] p user data
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback* cb, void* p) {callback_=cb; user_data_=p;}+
+ /** Sets the current callback function for the widget.
+ Each widget has a single callback.
+ \param[in] cb new callback
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback* cb) {callback_=cb;}+
+ /** Sets the current callback function for the widget.
+ Each widget has a single callback.
+ \param[in] cb new callback
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback0*cb) {callback_=(Fl_Callback*)cb;}+
+ /** Sets the current callback function for the widget.
+ Each widget has a single callback.
+ \param[in] cb new callback
+ \param[in] p user data
+ */
+ void callback(Fl_Callback1*cb, long p=0) {callback_=(Fl_Callback*)cb; user_data_=(void*)(fl_intptr_t)p;}+
+ /** Gets the user data for this widget.
+ Gets the current user data (void *) argument that is passed to the callback function.
+ \return user data as a pointer
+ */
+ void* user_data() const {return user_data_;}+
+ /** Sets the user data for this widget.
+ Sets the new user data (void *) argument that is passed to the callback function.
+ \param[in] v new user data
+ */
+ void user_data(void* v) {user_data_ = v;}+
+ /** Gets the current user data (long) argument that is passed to the callback function.
+ \todo The user data value must be implemented using \em intptr_t or similar
+ to avoid 64-bit machine incompatibilities.
+ */
+ long argument() const {return (long)(fl_intptr_t)user_data_;}+
+ /** Sets the current user data (long) argument that is passed to the callback function.
+ \todo The user data value must be implemented using \em intptr_t or similar
+ to avoid 64-bit machine incompatibilities.
+ */
+ void argument(long v) {user_data_ = (void*)(fl_intptr_t)v;}+
+ /** Returns the conditions under which the callback is called.
+
+ You can set the flags with when(uchar), the default value is
+ FL_WHEN_RELEASE.
+
+ \return set of flags
+ \see when(uchar)
+ */
+ Fl_When when() const {return (Fl_When)when_;}+
+ /** Sets the flags used to decide when a callback is called.
+
+ This controls when callbacks are done. The following values are useful,
+ the default value is FL_WHEN_RELEASE:
+
+ \li 0: The callback is not done, but changed() is turned on.
+ \li FL_WHEN_CHANGED: The callback is done each time the text is
+ changed by the user.
+ \li FL_WHEN_RELEASE: The callback will be done when this widget loses
+ the focus, including when the window is unmapped. This is a useful
+ value for text fields in a panel where doing the callback on every
+ change is wasteful. However the callback will also happen if the
+ mouse is moved out of the window, which means it should not do
+ anything visible (like pop up an error message).
+ You might do better setting this to zero, and scanning all the
+ items for changed() when the OK button on a panel is pressed.
+ \li FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY: If the user types the Enter key, the entire
+ text is selected, and the callback is done if the text has changed.
+ Normally the Enter key will navigate to the next field (or insert
+ a newline for a Fl_Multiline_Input) - this changes the behavior.
+ \li FL_WHEN_ENTER_KEY|FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED: The Enter key will do the
+ callback even if the text has not changed. Useful for command fields.
+ Fl_Widget::when() is a set of bitflags used by subclasses of
+ Fl_Widget to decide when to do the callback.
+
+ If the value is zero then the callback is never done. Other values
+ are described in the individual widgets. This field is in the base
+ class so that you can scan a panel and do_callback() on all the ones
+ that don't do their own callbacks in response to an "OK" button.
+ \param[in] i set of flags
+ */
+ void when(uchar i) {when_ = i;}+
+ /** Returns whether a widget is visible.
+ \retval 0 if the widget is not drawn and hence invisible.
+ \see show(), hide(), visible_r()
+ */
+ unsigned int visible() const {return !(flags_&INVISIBLE);}+
+ /** Returns whether a widget and all its parents are visible.
+ \retval 0 if the widget or any of its parents are invisible.
+ \see show(), hide(), visible()
+ */
+ int visible_r() const;
+
+ /** Makes a widget visible.
+
+ An invisible widget never gets redrawn and does not get keyboard
+ or mouse events, but can receive a few other events like FL_SHOW.
+
+ The visible() method returns true if the widget is set to be
+ visible. The visible_r() method returns true if the widget and
+ all of its parents are visible. A widget is only visible if
+ visible() is true on it <I>and all of its parents</I>.
+
+ Changing it will send FL_SHOW or FL_HIDE events to the widget.
+ <I>Do not change it if the parent is not visible, as this
+ will send false FL_SHOW or FL_HIDE events to the widget</I>.
+ redraw() is called if necessary on this or the parent.
+
+ \see hide(), visible(), visible_r()
+ */
+ virtual void show();
+
+ /** Makes a widget invisible.
+ \see show(), visible(), visible_r()
+ */
+ virtual void hide();
+
+ /** Makes the widget visible.
+ You must still redraw the parent widget to see a change in the
+ window. Normally you want to use the show() method instead.
+ */
+ void set_visible() {flags_ &= ~INVISIBLE;}+
+ /** Hides the widget.
+ You must still redraw the parent to see a change in the window.
+ Normally you want to use the hide() method instead.
+ */
+ void clear_visible() {flags_ |= INVISIBLE;}+
+ /** Returns whether the widget is active.
+ \retval 0 if the widget is inactive
+ \see active_r(), activate(), deactivate()
+ */
+ unsigned int active() const {return !(flags_&INACTIVE);}+
+ /** Returns whether the widget and all of its parents are active.
+ \retval 0 if this or any of the parent widgets are inactive
+ \see active(), activate(), deactivate()
+ */
+ int active_r() const;
+
+ /** Activates the widget.
+ Changing this value will send FL_ACTIVATE to the widget if
+ active_r() is true.
+ \see active(), active_r(), deactivate()
+ */
+ void activate();
+
+ /** Deactivates the widget.
+ Inactive widgets will be drawn "grayed out", e.g. with less contrast
+ than the active widget. Inactive widgets will not receive any keyboard
+ or mouse button events. Other events (including FL_ENTER, FL_MOVE,
+ FL_LEAVE, FL_SHORTCUT, and others) will still be sent. A widget is
+ only active if active() is true on it <I>and all of its parents</I>.
+
+ Changing this value will send FL_DEACTIVATE to the widget if
+ active_r() is true.
+
+ Currently you cannot deactivate Fl_Window widgets.
+
+ \see activate(), active(), active_r()
+ */
+ void deactivate();
+
+ /** Returns if a widget is used for output only.
+ output() means the same as !active() except it does not change how the
+ widget is drawn. The widget will not receive any events. This is useful
+ for making scrollbars or buttons that work as displays rather than input
+ devices.
+ \retval 0 if the widget is used for input and output
+ \see set_output(), clear_output()
+ */
+ unsigned int output() const {return (flags_&OUTPUT);}+
+ /** Sets a widget to output only.
+ \see output(), clear_output()
+ */
+ void set_output() {flags_ |= OUTPUT;}+
+ /** Sets a widget to accept input.
+ \see set_output(), output()
+ */
+ void clear_output() {flags_ &= ~OUTPUT;}+
+ /** Returns if the widget is able to take events.
+ This is the same as (active() && !output() && visible())
+ but is faster.
+ \retval 0 if the widget takes no events
+ */
+ unsigned int takesevents() const {return !(flags_&(INACTIVE|INVISIBLE|OUTPUT));}+
+ /**
+ Checks if the widget value changed since the last callback.
+
+ "Changed" is a flag that is turned on when the user changes the value
+ stored in the widget. This is only used by subclasses of Fl_Widget that
+ store values, but is in the base class so it is easier to scan all the
+ widgets in a panel and do_callback() on the changed ones in response
+ to an "OK" button.
+
+ Most widgets turn this flag off when they do the callback, and when
+ the program sets the stored value.
+
+ \retval 0 if the value did not change
+ \see set_changed(), clear_changed()
+ */
+ unsigned int changed() const {return flags_&CHANGED;}+
+ /** Marks the value of the widget as changed.
+ \see changed(), clear_changed()
+ */
+ void set_changed() {flags_ |= CHANGED;}+
+ /** Marks the value of the widget as unchanged.
+ \see changed(), set_changed()
+ */
+ void clear_changed() {flags_ &= ~CHANGED;}+
+ /** Marks the widget as inactive without sending events or changing focus.
+ This is mainly for specialized use, for normal cases you want deactivate().
+ \see deactivate()
+ */
+ void clear_active() {flags_ |= INACTIVE;}+
+ /** Marks the widget as active without sending events or changing focus.
+ This is mainly for specialized use, for normal cases you want activate().
+ \see activate()
+ */
+ void set_active() {flags_ &= ~INACTIVE;}+
+ /** Gives the widget the keyboard focus.
+ Tries to make this widget be the Fl::focus() widget, by first sending
+ it an FL_FOCUS event, and if it returns non-zero, setting
+ Fl::focus() to this widget. You should use this method to
+ assign the focus to a widget.
+ \return true if the widget accepted the focus.
+ */
+ int take_focus();
+
+ /** Enables keyboard focus navigation with this widget.
+ Note, however, that this will not necessarily mean that the widget
+ will accept focus, but for widgets that can accept focus, this method
+ enables it if it has been disabled.
+ \see visible_focus(), clear_visible_focus(), visible_focus(int)
+ */
+ void set_visible_focus() { flags_ |= VISIBLE_FOCUS; }+
+ /** Disables keyboard focus navigation with this widget.
+ Normally, all widgets participate in keyboard focus navigation.
+ \see set_visible_focus(), visible_focus(), visible_focus(int)
+ */
+ void clear_visible_focus() { flags_ &= ~VISIBLE_FOCUS; }+
+ /** Modifies keyboard focus navigation.
+ \param[in] v set or clear visible focus
+ \see set_visible_focus(), clear_visible_focus(), visible_focus()
+ */
+ void visible_focus(int v) { if (v) set_visible_focus(); else clear_visible_focus(); }+
+ /** Checks whether this widget has a visible focus.
+ \retval 0 if this widget has no visible focus.
+ \see visible_focus(int), set_visible_focus(), clear_visible_focus()
+ */
+ unsigned int visible_focus() { return flags_ & VISIBLE_FOCUS; }+
+ /** The default callback for all widgets that don't set a callback.
+
+ This callback function puts a pointer to the widget on the queue
+ returned by Fl::readqueue().
+
+ Relying on the default callback and reading the callback queue with
+ Fl::readqueue() is not recommended. If you need a callback, you should
+ set one with Fl_Widget::callback(Fl_Callback *cb, void *data)
+ or one of its variants.
+
+ \param[in] cb the widget given to the callback
+ \param[in] d user data associated with that callback
+
+ \see callback(), do_callback(), Fl::readqueue()
+ */
+ static void default_callback(Fl_Widget *cb, void *d);
+
+ /** Calls the widget callback.
+ Causes a widget to invoke its callback function with default arguments.
+ \see callback()
+ */
+ void do_callback() {do_callback(this,user_data_);}+
+ /** Calls the widget callback.
+ Causes a widget to invoke its callback function with arbitrary arguments.
+ \param[in] o call the callback with \p o as the widget argument
+ \param[in] arg call the callback with \p arg as the user data argument
+ \see callback()
+ */
+ void do_callback(Fl_Widget* o,long arg) {do_callback(o,(void*)(fl_intptr_t)arg);}+
+ // Causes a widget to invoke its callback function with arbitrary arguments.
+ // Documentation and implementation in Fl_Widget.cxx
+ void do_callback(Fl_Widget* o,void* arg=0);
+
+ /* Internal use only. */
+ int test_shortcut();
+ /* Internal use only. */
+ static unsigned int label_shortcut(const char *t);
+ /* Internal use only. */
+ static int test_shortcut(const char*, const bool require_alt = false);
+ /* Internal use only. */
+ void _set_fullscreen() {flags_ |= FULLSCREEN;}+ void _clear_fullscreen() {flags_ &= ~FULLSCREEN;}+
+ /** Checks if w is a child of this widget.
+ \param[in] w potential child widget
+ \return Returns 1 if \p w is a child of this widget, or is
+ equal to this widget. Returns 0 if \p w is NULL.
+ */
+ int contains(const Fl_Widget *w) const ;
+
+ /** Checks if this widget is a child of \p wgt.
+ Returns 1 if this widget is a child of \p wgt, or is
+ equal to \p wgt. Returns 0 if \p wgt is NULL.
+ \param[in] wgt the possible parent widget.
+ \see contains()
+ */
+ int inside(const Fl_Widget* wgt) const {return wgt ? wgt->contains(this) : 0;}+
+ /** Schedules the drawing of the widget.
+ Marks the widget as needing its draw() routine called.
+ */
+ void redraw();
+
+ /** Schedules the drawing of the label.
+ Marks the widget or the parent as needing a redraw for the label area
+ of a widget.
+ */
+ void redraw_label();
+
+ /** Returns non-zero if draw() needs to be called.
+ The damage value is actually a bit field that the widget
+ subclass can use to figure out what parts to draw.
+ \return a bitmap of flags describing the kind of damage to the widget
+ \see damage(uchar), clear_damage(uchar)
+ */
+ uchar damage() const {return damage_;}+
+ /** Clears or sets the damage flags.
+ Damage flags are cleared when parts of the widget drawing is repaired.
+
+ The optional argument \p c specifies the bits that <b>are set</b>
+ after the call (default: 0) and \b not the bits that are cleared!
+
+ \note Therefore it is possible to set damage bits with this method, but
+ this should be avoided. Use damage(uchar) instead.
+
+ \param[in] c new bitmask of damage flags (default: 0)
+ \see damage(uchar), damage()
+ */
+ void clear_damage(uchar c = 0) {damage_ = c;}+
+ /** Sets the damage bits for the widget.
+ Setting damage bits will schedule the widget for the next redraw.
+ \param[in] c bitmask of flags to set
+ \see damage(), clear_damage(uchar)
+ */
+ void damage(uchar c);
+
+ /** Sets the damage bits for an area inside the widget.
+ Setting damage bits will schedule the widget for the next redraw.
+ \param[in] c bitmask of flags to set
+ \param[in] x, y, w, h size of damaged area
+ \see damage(), clear_damage(uchar)
+ */
+ void damage(uchar c, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+ void draw_label(int, int, int, int, Fl_Align) const;
+
+ /** Sets width ww and height hh accordingly with the label size.
+ Labels with images will return w() and h() of the image.
+
+ This calls fl_measure() internally. For more information about
+ the arguments \p ww and \p hh and word wrapping
+ \see fl_measure(const char*, int&, int&, int)
+ */
+ void measure_label(int& ww, int& hh) const {label_.measure(ww, hh);}+
+ Fl_Window* window() const ;
+ Fl_Window* top_window() const;
+ Fl_Window* top_window_offset(int& xoff, int& yoff) const;
+
+ /** Returns an Fl_Group pointer if this widget is an Fl_Group.
+
+ Use this method if you have a widget (pointer) and need to
+ know whether this widget is derived from Fl_Group. If it returns
+ non-NULL, then the widget in question is derived from Fl_Group,
+ and you can use the returned pointer to access its children
+ or other Fl_Group-specific methods.
+
+ Example:
+ \code
+ void my_callback (Fl_Widget *w, void *) {+ Fl_Group *g = w->as_group();
+ if (g)
+ printf ("This group has %d children\n",g->children());+ else
+ printf ("This widget is not a group!\n");+ }
+ \endcode
+
+ \retval NULL if this widget is not derived from Fl_Group.
+ \note This method is provided to avoid dynamic_cast.
+ \see Fl_Widget::as_window(), Fl_Widget::as_gl_window()
+ */
+ virtual Fl_Group* as_group() {return 0;}+
+ /** Returns an Fl_Window pointer if this widget is an Fl_Window.
+
+ Use this method if you have a widget (pointer) and need to
+ know whether this widget is derived from Fl_Window. If it returns
+ non-NULL, then the widget in question is derived from Fl_Window,
+ and you can use the returned pointer to access its children
+ or other Fl_Window-specific methods.
+
+ \retval NULL if this widget is not derived from Fl_Window.
+ \note This method is provided to avoid dynamic_cast.
+ \see Fl_Widget::as_group(), Fl_Widget::as_gl_window()
+ */
+ virtual Fl_Window* as_window() {return 0;}+
+ /** Returns an Fl_Gl_Window pointer if this widget is an Fl_Gl_Window.
+
+ Use this method if you have a widget (pointer) and need to
+ know whether this widget is derived from Fl_Gl_Window. If it returns
+ non-NULL, then the widget in question is derived from Fl_Gl_Window.
+
+ \retval NULL if this widget is not derived from Fl_Gl_Window.
+ \note This method is provided to avoid dynamic_cast.
+ \see Fl_Widget::as_group(), Fl_Widget::as_window()
+ */
+ virtual class Fl_Gl_Window* as_gl_window() {return 0;}+
+ /** Returns non zero if MAC_USE_ACCENTS_MENU flag is set, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+ int use_accents_menu() { return flags() & MAC_USE_ACCENTS_MENU; }+
+ /** For back compatibility only.
+ \deprecated Use selection_color() instead.
+ */
+ Fl_Color color2() const {return (Fl_Color)color2_;}+
+ /** For back compatibility only.
+ \deprecated Use selection_color(unsigned) instead.
+ */
+ void color2(unsigned a) {color2_ = a;}+};
+
+/**
+ Reserved type numbers (necessary for my cheapo RTTI) start here.
+ Grep the header files for "RESERVED_TYPE" to find the next available
+ number.
+*/
+#define FL_RESERVED_TYPE 100
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Window.H
@@ -1,0 +1,652 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Window header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2012 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ Fl_Window widget . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_Window_H
+#define Fl_Window_H
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+#include "Fl_Bitmap.H"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define FL_WINDOW 0xF0 ///< window type id all subclasses have type() >= this
+#define FL_DOUBLE_WINDOW 0xF1 ///< double window type id
+
+class Fl_X;
+class Fl_RGB_Image;
+
+
+/**
+ This widget produces an actual window. This can either be a main
+ window, with a border and title and all the window management controls,
+ or a "subwindow" inside a window. This is controlled by whether or not
+ the window has a parent().
+
+ Once you create a window, you usually add children Fl_Widget
+ 's to it by using window->add(child) for each new widget.
+ See Fl_Group for more information on how to add and remove children.
+
+ There are several subclasses of Fl_Window that provide
+ double-buffering, overlay, menu, and OpenGL support.
+
+ The window's callback is done if the user tries to close a window
+ using the window manager and Fl::modal() is zero or equal to the
+ window. Fl_Window has a default callback that calls Fl_Window::hide().
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Window : public Fl_Group {+
+ static char *default_xclass_;
+ // Note: we must use separate statements for each of the following 8 variables,
+ // with the static attribute, otherwise MS VC++ 2008/2010 complains :-(
+ // AlbrechtS 04/2012
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10301
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int no_fullscreen_x;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10301
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int no_fullscreen_y;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10301
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int no_fullscreen_w;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10301
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int no_fullscreen_h;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int fullscreen_screen_top;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int fullscreen_screen_bottom;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int fullscreen_screen_left;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303
+ static // when these members are static, ABI compatibility with 1.3.0 is respected
+#endif
+ int fullscreen_screen_right;
+
+ friend class Fl_X;
+ Fl_X *i; // points at the system-specific stuff
+
+ struct icon_data {+ const void *legacy_icon;
+ Fl_RGB_Image **icons;
+ int count;
+#ifdef WIN32
+ HICON big_icon;
+ HICON small_icon;
+#endif
+ };
+
+ const char* iconlabel_;
+ char* xclass_;
+ struct icon_data *icon_;
+ // size_range stuff:
+ int minw, minh, maxw, maxh;
+ int dw, dh, aspect;
+ uchar size_range_set;
+ // cursor stuff
+ Fl_Cursor cursor_default;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303
+ // legacy, not used
+ Fl_Color cursor_fg, cursor_bg;
+#endif
+
+protected:
+ /** Data supporting a non-rectangular window shape */
+ struct shape_data_type {+ int lw_; ///< width of shape image
+ int lh_; ///< height of shape image
+ Fl_Image* shape_; ///< shape image
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+ typedef struct CGImage* CGImageRef;
+ CGImageRef mask;
+#endif
+ Fl_Bitmap *todelete_; ///< auxiliary bitmap image
+ };
+
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10303 && !defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+ static
+#endif
+ shape_data_type *shape_data_; ///< non-null means the window has a non-rectangular shape
+private:
+ void shape_bitmap_(Fl_Image* b);
+ void shape_alpha_(Fl_Image* img, int offset);
+ void shape_pixmap_(Fl_Image* pixmap);
+public:
+ void shape(const Fl_Image* img);
+ /** Set the window's shape with an Fl_Image.
+ \see void shape(const Fl_Image* img)
+ */
+ inline void shape(const Fl_Image& b) { shape(&b); }+#if ! (defined(WIN32) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(FL_DOXYGEN))
+ void combine_mask(void);
+#endif
+private:
+
+
+ void size_range_();
+ void _Fl_Window(); // constructor innards
+ void fullscreen_x(); // platform-specific part of sending a window to full screen
+ void fullscreen_off_x(int X, int Y, int W, int H);// platform-specific part of leaving full screen
+
+ // unimplemented copy ctor and assignment operator
+ Fl_Window(const Fl_Window&);
+ Fl_Window& operator=(const Fl_Window&);
+
+protected:
+
+ /** Stores the last window that was made current. See current() const */
+ static Fl_Window *current_;
+ virtual void draw();
+ /** Forces the window to be drawn, this window is also made current and calls draw(). */
+ virtual void flush();
+
+ /**
+ Sets an internal flag that tells FLTK and the window manager to
+ honor position requests.
+
+ This is used internally and should not be needed by user code.
+
+ \param[in] force 1 to set the FORCE_POSITION flag, 0 to clear it
+ */
+ void force_position(int force) {+ if (force) set_flag(FORCE_POSITION);
+ else clear_flag(FORCE_POSITION);
+ }
+ /**
+ Returns the internal state of the window's FORCE_POSITION flag.
+
+ \retval 1 if flag is set
+ \retval 0 otherwise
+
+ \see force_position(int)
+ */
+ int force_position() const { return ((flags() & FORCE_POSITION)?1:0); }+
+ void free_icons();
+
+public:
+
+ /**
+ Creates a window from the given size and title.
+ If Fl_Group::current() is not NULL, the window is created as a
+ subwindow of the parent window.
+
+ The (w,h) form of the constructor creates a top-level window
+ and asks the window manager to position the window. The (x,y,w,h)
+ form of the constructor either creates a subwindow or a
+ top-level window at the specified location (x,y) , subject to window
+ manager configuration. If you do not specify the position of the
+ window, the window manager will pick a place to show the window
+ or allow the user to pick a location. Use position(x,y)
+ or hotspot() before calling show() to request a
+ position on the screen. See Fl_Window::resize()
+ for some more details on positioning windows.
+
+ Top-level windows initially have visible() set to 0
+ and parent() set to NULL. Subwindows initially
+ have visible() set to 1 and parent() set to
+ the parent window pointer.
+
+ Fl_Widget::box() defaults to FL_FLAT_BOX. If you plan to
+ completely fill the window with children widgets you should
+ change this to FL_NO_BOX. If you turn the window border off
+ you may want to change this to FL_UP_BOX.
+
+ \see Fl_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* title)
+ */
+ Fl_Window(int w, int h, const char* title= 0);
+ /** Creates a window from the given position, size and title.
+
+ \see Fl_Window(int w, int h, const char *title)
+ */
+ Fl_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* title = 0);
+ /**
+ The destructor <I>also deletes all the children</I>. This allows a
+ whole tree to be deleted at once, without having to keep a pointer to
+ all the children in the user code. A kludge has been done so the
+ Fl_Window and all of its children can be automatic (local)
+ variables, but you must declare the Fl_Window <I>first</I> so
+ that it is destroyed last.
+ */
+ virtual ~Fl_Window();
+
+ virtual int handle(int);
+
+ /**
+ Changes the size and position of the window. If shown() is true,
+ these changes are communicated to the window server (which may
+ refuse that size and cause a further resize). If shown() is
+ false, the size and position are used when show() is called.
+ See Fl_Group for the effect of resizing on the child widgets.
+
+ You can also call the Fl_Widget methods size(x,y) and position(w,h),
+ which are inline wrappers for this virtual function.
+
+ A top-level window can not force, but merely suggest a position and
+ size to the operating system. The window manager may not be willing or
+ able to display a window at the desired position or with the given
+ dimensions. It is up to the application developer to verify window
+ parameters after the resize request.
+ */
+ virtual void resize(int X,int Y,int W,int H);
+ /**
+ Sets whether or not the window manager border is around the
+ window. The default value is true. void border(int) can be
+ used to turn the border on and off. <I>Under most X window
+ managers this does not work after show() has been called,
+ although SGI's 4DWM does work.</I>
+ */
+ void border(int b);
+ /**
+ Fast inline function to turn the window manager border
+ off. It only works before show() is called.
+ */
+ void clear_border() {set_flag(NOBORDER);}+ /** See void Fl_Window::border(int) */
+ unsigned int border() const {return !(flags() & NOBORDER);}+ /** Activates the flags NOBORDER|FL_OVERRIDE */
+ void set_override() {set_flag(NOBORDER|OVERRIDE);}+ /** Returns non zero if FL_OVERRIDE flag is set, 0 otherwise. */
+ unsigned int override() const { return flags()&OVERRIDE; }+ /**
+ A "modal" window, when shown(), will prevent any events from
+ being delivered to other windows in the same program, and will also
+ remain on top of the other windows (if the X window manager supports
+ the "transient for" property). Several modal windows may be shown at
+ once, in which case only the last one shown gets events. You can see
+ which window (if any) is modal by calling Fl::modal().
+ */
+ void set_modal() {set_flag(MODAL);}+ /** Returns true if this window is modal. */
+ unsigned int modal() const {return flags() & MODAL;}+ /**
+ A "non-modal" window (terminology borrowed from Microsoft Windows)
+ acts like a modal() one in that it remains on top, but it has
+ no effect on event delivery. There are <I>three</I> states for a
+ window: modal, non-modal, and normal.
+ */
+ void set_non_modal() {set_flag(NON_MODAL);}+ /** Returns true if this window is modal or non-modal. */
+ unsigned int non_modal() const {return flags() & (NON_MODAL|MODAL);}+
+ /**
+ Clears the "modal" flags and converts a "modal" or "non-modal"
+ window back into a "normal" window.
+
+ Note that there are <I>three</I> states for a window: modal,
+ non-modal, and normal.
+
+ You can not change the "modality" of a window whilst
+ it is shown, so it is necessary to first hide() the window,
+ change its "modality" as required, then re-show the window
+ for the new state to take effect.
+
+ This method can also be used to change a "modal" window into a
+ "non-modal" one. On several supported platforms, the "modal" state
+ over-rides the "non-modal" state, so the "modal" state must be
+ cleared before the window can be set into the "non-modal"
+ state.
+ In general, the following sequence should work:
+
+ \code
+ win->hide();
+ win->clear_modal_states();
+ //Set win to new state as desired, or leave "normal", e.g...
+ win->set_non_modal();
+ win->show();
+ \endcode
+
+ \note Under some window managers, the sequence of hiding the
+ window and changing its modality will often cause it to be
+ re-displayed at a different position when it is subsequently
+ shown. This is an irritating feature but appears to be
+ unavoidable at present.
+ As a result we would advise to use this method only when
+ absolutely necessary.
+
+ \see void set_modal(), void set_non_modal()
+ */
+ void clear_modal_states() {clear_flag(NON_MODAL | MODAL);}+
+ /**
+ Marks the window as a menu window.
+
+ This is intended for internal use, but it can also be used if you
+ write your own menu handling. However, this is not recommended.
+
+ This flag is used for correct "parenting" of windows in communication
+ with the windowing system. Modern X window managers can use different
+ flags to distinguish menu and tooltip windows from normal windows.
+
+ This must be called before the window is shown and cannot be changed
+ later.
+ */
+ void set_menu_window() {set_flag(MENU_WINDOW);}+
+ /** Returns true if this window is a menu window. */
+ unsigned int menu_window() const {return flags() & MENU_WINDOW;}+
+ /**
+ Marks the window as a tooltip window.
+
+ This is intended for internal use, but it can also be used if you
+ write your own tooltip handling. However, this is not recommended.
+
+ This flag is used for correct "parenting" of windows in communication
+ with the windowing system. Modern X window managers can use different
+ flags to distinguish menu and tooltip windows from normal windows.
+
+ This must be called before the window is shown and cannot be changed
+ later.
+
+ \note Since Fl_Tooltip_Window is derived from Fl_Menu_Window, this
+ also \b clears the menu_window() state.
+ */
+ void set_tooltip_window() { set_flag(TOOLTIP_WINDOW);+ clear_flag(MENU_WINDOW); }
+ /** Returns true if this window is a tooltip window. */
+ unsigned int tooltip_window() const {return flags() & TOOLTIP_WINDOW;}+
+ /**
+ Positions the window so that the mouse is pointing at the given
+ position, or at the center of the given widget, which may be the
+ window itself. If the optional offscreen parameter is
+ non-zero, then the window is allowed to extend off the screen (this
+ does not work with some X window managers). \see position()
+ */
+ void hotspot(int x, int y, int offscreen = 0);
+ /** See void Fl_Window::hotspot(int x, int y, int offscreen = 0) */
+ void hotspot(const Fl_Widget*, int offscreen = 0);
+ /** See void Fl_Window::hotspot(int x, int y, int offscreen = 0) */
+ void hotspot(const Fl_Widget& p, int offscreen = 0) {hotspot(&p,offscreen);}+
+ /**
+ Undoes the effect of a previous resize() or show() so that the next time
+ show() is called the window manager is free to position the window.
+
+ This is for Forms compatibility only.
+
+ \deprecated please use force_position(0) instead
+ */
+ void free_position() {clear_flag(FORCE_POSITION);}+ /**
+ Sets the allowable range the user can resize this window to.
+ This only works for top-level windows.
+ <UL>
+ <LI>\p minw and \p minh are the smallest the window can be.
+ Either value must be greater than 0.</LI>
+ <LI>\p maxw and \p maxh are the largest the window can be. If either is
+ <I>equal</I> to the minimum then you cannot resize in that direction.
+ If either is zero then FLTK picks a maximum size in that direction
+ such that the window will fill the screen.</LI>
+ <LI>\p dw and \p dh are size increments. The window will be constrained
+ to widths of minw + N * dw, where N is any non-negative integer.
+ If these are less or equal to 1 they are ignored (this is ignored
+ on WIN32).</LI>
+ <LI>\p aspect is a flag that indicates that the window should preserve its
+ aspect ratio. This only works if both the maximum and minimum have
+ the same aspect ratio (ignored on WIN32 and by many X window managers).
+ </LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ If this function is not called, FLTK tries to figure out the range
+ from the setting of resizable():
+ <UL>
+ <LI>If resizable() is NULL (this is the default) then the window cannot
+ be resized and the resize border and max-size control will not be
+ displayed for the window.</LI>
+ <LI>If either dimension of resizable() is less than 100, then that is
+ considered the minimum size. Otherwise the resizable() has a minimum
+ size of 100.</LI>
+ <LI>If either dimension of resizable() is zero, then that is also the
+ maximum size (so the window cannot resize in that direction).</LI>
+ </UL>
+
+ It is undefined what happens if the current size does not fit in the
+ constraints passed to size_range().
+ */
+ void size_range(int minw, int minh, int maxw=0, int maxh=0, int dw=0, int dh=0, int aspect=0) {+ this->minw = minw;
+ this->minh = minh;
+ this->maxw = maxw;
+ this->maxh = maxh;
+ this->dw = dw;
+ this->dh = dh;
+ this->aspect = aspect;
+ size_range_();
+ }
+
+ /** See void Fl_Window::label(const char*) */
+ const char* label() const {return Fl_Widget::label();}+ /** See void Fl_Window::iconlabel(const char*) */
+ const char* iconlabel() const {return iconlabel_;}+ /** Sets the window title bar label. */
+ void label(const char*);
+ /** Sets the icon label. */
+ void iconlabel(const char*);
+ /** Sets the icon label. */
+ void label(const char* label, const char* iconlabel); // platform dependent
+ void copy_label(const char* a);
+
+ static void default_xclass(const char*);
+ static const char *default_xclass();
+ const char* xclass() const;
+ void xclass(const char* c);
+
+ static void default_icon(const Fl_RGB_Image*);
+ static void default_icons(const Fl_RGB_Image*[], int);
+ void icon(const Fl_RGB_Image*);
+ void icons(const Fl_RGB_Image*[], int);
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ static void default_icons(HICON big_icon, HICON small_icon);
+ void icons(HICON big_icon, HICON small_icon);
+#endif
+
+ /* for legacy compatibility */
+ const void* icon() const;
+ void icon(const void * ic);
+
+ /**
+ Returns non-zero if show() has been called (but not hide()
+ ). You can tell if a window is iconified with (w->shown()
+ && !w->visible()).
+ */
+ int shown() {return i != 0;}+ /**
+ Puts the window on the screen. Usually (on X) this has the side
+ effect of opening the display.
+
+ If the window is already shown then it is restored and raised to the
+ top. This is really convenient because your program can call show()
+ at any time, even if the window is already up. It also means that
+ show() serves the purpose of raise() in other toolkits.
+
+ Fl_Window::show(int argc, char **argv) is used for top-level
+ windows and allows standard arguments to be parsed from the
+ command-line.
+
+ \note For some obscure reasons Fl_Window::show() resets the current
+ group by calling Fl_Group::current(0). The comments in the code
+ say "get rid of very common user bug: forgot end()". Although
+ this is true it may have unwanted side effects if you show() an
+ unrelated window (maybe for an error message or warning) while
+ building a window or any other group widget.
+
+ \todo Check if we can remove resetting the current group in a later
+ FLTK version (after 1.3.x). This may break "already broken" programs
+ though if they rely on this "feature".
+
+ \see Fl_Window::show(int argc, char **argv)
+ */
+ virtual void show();
+ /**
+ Removes the window from the screen. If the window is already hidden or
+ has not been shown then this does nothing and is harmless.
+ */
+ virtual void hide();
+ /**
+ Puts the window on the screen and parses command-line arguments.
+
+ Usually (on X) this has the side effect of opening the display.
+
+ This form should be used for top-level windows, at least for the
+ first (main) window. It allows standard arguments to be parsed
+ from the command-line. You can use \p argc and \p argv from
+ main(int argc, char **argv) for this call.
+
+ The first call also sets up some system-specific internal
+ variables like the system colors.
+
+ \todo explain which system parameters are set up.
+
+ \param argc command-line argument count, usually from main()
+ \param argv command-line argument vector, usually from main()
+
+ \see virtual void Fl_Window::show()
+ */
+ void show(int argc, char **argv);
+
+ // Enables synchronous show(), docs in Fl_Window.cxx
+ void wait_for_expose();
+
+ /**
+ Makes the window completely fill one or more screens, without any
+ window manager border visible. You must use fullscreen_off() to
+ undo this.
+
+ \note On some platforms, this can result in the keyboard being
+ grabbed. The window may also be recreated, meaning hide() and
+ show() will be called.
+
+ \see void Fl_Window::fullscreen_screens()
+ */
+ void fullscreen();
+ /**
+ Turns off any side effects of fullscreen()
+ */
+ void fullscreen_off();
+ /**
+ Turns off any side effects of fullscreen() and does
+ resize(x,y,w,h).
+ */
+ void fullscreen_off(int X,int Y,int W,int H);
+ /**
+ Returns non zero if FULLSCREEN flag is set, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+ unsigned int fullscreen_active() const { return flags() & FULLSCREEN; }+ /**
+ Sets which screens should be used when this window is in fullscreen
+ mode. The window will be resized to the top of the screen with index
+ \p top, the bottom of the screen with index \p bottom, etc.
+
+ If this method is never called, or if any argument is < 0, then the
+ window will be resized to fill the screen it is currently on.
+
+ \see void Fl_Window::fullscreen()
+ */
+ void fullscreen_screens(int top, int bottom, int left, int right);
+ /**
+ Iconifies the window. If you call this when shown() is false
+ it will show() it as an icon. If the window is already
+ iconified this does nothing.
+
+ Call show() to restore the window.
+
+ When a window is iconified/restored (either by these calls or by the
+ user) the handle() method is called with FL_HIDE and
+ FL_SHOW events and visible() is turned on and off.
+
+ There is no way to control what is drawn in the icon except with the
+ string passed to Fl_Window::xclass(). You should not rely on
+ window managers displaying the icons.
+ */
+ void iconize();
+
+ int x_root() const ;
+ int y_root() const ;
+
+ static Fl_Window *current();
+ /**
+ Sets things up so that the drawing functions in <FL/fl_draw.H> will go
+ into this window. This is useful for incremental update of windows, such
+ as in an idle callback, which will make your program behave much better
+ if it draws a slow graphic. <B>Danger: incremental update is very hard to
+ debug and maintain!</B>
+
+ This method only works for the Fl_Window and Fl_Gl_Window derived classes.
+ */
+ void make_current();
+
+ // Note: Doxygen docs in Fl_Widget.H to avoid redundancy.
+ virtual Fl_Window* as_window() { return this; }+
+ /**
+ Changes the cursor for this window. This always calls the system, if
+ you are changing the cursor a lot you may want to keep track of how
+ you set it in a static variable and call this only if the new cursor
+ is different.
+
+ The type Fl_Cursor is an enumeration defined in <FL/Enumerations.H>.
+
+ \see cursor(const Fl_RGB_Image*, int, int), default_cursor()
+ */
+ void cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+ void cursor(const Fl_RGB_Image*, int, int);
+ void default_cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+
+ /* for legacy compatibility */
+ void cursor(Fl_Cursor c, Fl_Color, Fl_Color=FL_WHITE);
+ void default_cursor(Fl_Cursor c, Fl_Color, Fl_Color=FL_WHITE);
+
+ static void default_callback(Fl_Window*, void* v);
+
+ /** Returns the window width including any frame added by the window manager.
+
+ Same as w() if applied to a subwindow.
+ */
+ int decorated_w();
+ /** Returns the window height including any window title bar and any frame
+ added by the window manager.
+
+ Same as h() if applied to a subwindow.
+ */
+ int decorated_h();
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_Wizard.H
@@ -1,0 +1,61 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Fl_Wizard widget definitions.
+//
+// Copyright 1999-2010 by Easy Software Products.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_Wizard widget . */
+
+//
+// Include necessary header files...
+//
+
+#ifndef _Fl_Wizard_H_
+# define _Fl_Wizard_H_
+
+# include <FL/Fl_Group.H>
+
+
+/**
+ This widget is based off the Fl_Tabs
+ widget, but instead of displaying tabs it only changes "tabs" under
+ program control. Its primary purpose is to support "wizards" that
+ step a user through configuration or troubleshooting tasks.
+
+ <P>As with Fl_Tabs, wizard panes are composed of child (usually
+ Fl_Group) widgets. Navigation buttons must be added separately.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Wizard : public Fl_Group {+
+ Fl_Widget *value_;
+
+ void draw();
+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_Wizard(int, int, int, int, const char * = 0);
+
+ void next();
+ void prev();
+ Fl_Widget *value();
+ void value(Fl_Widget *);
+};
+
+#endif // !_Fl_Wizard_H_
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_XBM_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,41 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// XBM image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+ Fl_XBM_Image class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_XBM_Image_H
+#define Fl_XBM_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Bitmap.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_XBM_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of X Bitmap (XBM) bitmap files.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_XBM_Image : public Fl_Bitmap {+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_XBM_Image(const char* filename);
+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_XBM_Image_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/Fl_XPM_Image.H
@@ -1,0 +1,42 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// XPM image header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/* \file
+
+ Fl_XPM_Image class . */
+
+#ifndef Fl_XPM_Image_H
+#define Fl_XPM_Image_H
+# include "Fl_Pixmap.H"
+
+/**
+ The Fl_XPM_Image class supports loading, caching,
+ and drawing of X Pixmap (XPM) images, including transparency.
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_XPM_Image : public Fl_Pixmap {+
+ public:
+
+ Fl_XPM_Image(const char* filename);
+};
+
+#endif // !Fl_XPM_Image
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/abi-version.h
@@ -1,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ ABI Configuration file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+
+ ============================================================================
+ Edit with care! This source file (abi-version.ide) is used to
+ generate FL/abi-version.h by your IDE (Visual C++) build system !
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ If you need to change the ABI configuration, edit abi-version.ide
+ in the FLTK source (root) directory and "Rebuild Solution".
+ This will copy abi-version.ide to FL/abi-version.h.
+ DO NOT edit FL/abi-version.h directly !
+ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ See below for instructions how to edit abi-version.ide.
+ The default ABI version (#undef FL_ABI_VERSION) is 1.x.0 (1xx00).
+ ============================================================================
+
+ Define FL_ABI_VERSION as 1xxyy for FLTK ABI version 1.x.y.
+
+ Use leading zeroes in xx and yy - don't use a leading zero for
+ the major version number (currently 1).
+ Replace the line below (#undef FL_ABI_VERSION) with your definition.
+
+ Example:
+
+ #define FL_ABI_VERSION 10302
+*/
+
+#undef FL_ABI_VERSION
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/dirent.h
@@ -1,0 +1,25 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Directory header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+
+// this file is for back-compatibility only
+#include "filename.H"
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/filename.H
@@ -1,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * "$Id$"
+ *
+ * Filename header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+ *
+ * Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+ *
+ * This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+ * the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+ * file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+ *
+ * Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+ */
+/** \file
+ File names and URI utility functions.
+ */
+
+/* Xcode on OS X includes files by recursing down into directories.
+ * This code catches the cycle and directly includes the required file.
+ */
+#ifdef fl_dirent_h_cyclic_include
+# include "/usr/include/dirent.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FL_FILENAME_H
+# define FL_FILENAME_H
+
+# include "Fl_Export.H"
+
+/** \addtogroup filenames File names and URI utility functions
+ File names and URI functions defined in <FL/filename.H>
+ @{ */+
+# define FL_PATH_MAX 2048 /**< all path buffers should use this length */
+/** Gets the file name from a path.
+ Similar to basename(3), exceptions shown below.
+ \code
+ #include <FL/filename.H>
+ [..]
+ const char *out;
+ out = fl_filename_name("/usr/lib"); // out="lib"+ out = fl_filename_name("/usr/"); // out="" (basename(3) returns "usr" instead)+ out = fl_filename_name("/usr"); // out="usr"+ out = fl_filename_name("/"); // out="" (basename(3) returns "/" instead)+ out = fl_filename_name("."); // out="."+ out = fl_filename_name(".."); // out=".."+ \endcode
+ \return a pointer to the char after the last slash, or to \p filename if there is none.
+ */
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_filename_name(const char * filename);
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_filename_ext(const char *buf);
+FL_EXPORT char *fl_filename_setext(char *to, int tolen, const char *ext);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_expand(char *to, int tolen, const char *from);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_absolute(char *to, int tolen, const char *from);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_relative(char *to, int tolen, const char *from);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_match(const char *name, const char *pattern);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_isdir(const char *name);
+
+# if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+/*
+ * Under WIN32, we include filename.H from numericsort.c; this should probably change...
+ */
+
+inline char *fl_filename_setext(char *to, const char *ext) { return fl_filename_setext(to, FL_PATH_MAX, ext); }+inline int fl_filename_expand(char *to, const char *from) { return fl_filename_expand(to, FL_PATH_MAX, from); }+inline int fl_filename_absolute(char *to, const char *from) { return fl_filename_absolute(to, FL_PATH_MAX, from); }+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_relative(char *to, int tolen, const char *from, const char *cwd);
+inline int fl_filename_relative(char *to, const char *from) { return fl_filename_relative(to, FL_PATH_MAX, from); }+# endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+# if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
+
+struct dirent {char d_name[1];};+
+# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <direct.h>
+
+# else
+/*
+ * WARNING: on some systems (very few nowadays?) <dirent.h> may not exist.
+ * The correct information is in one of these files:
+ *
+ * #include <sys/ndir.h>
+ * #include <sys/dir.h>
+ * #include <ndir.h>
+ *
+ * plus you must do the following #define:
+ *
+ * #define dirent direct
+ *
+ * It would be best to create a <dirent.h> file that does this...
+ */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# define fl_dirent_h_cyclic_include
+# include <dirent.h>
+# undef fl_dirent_h_cyclic_include
+# endif
+
+# if defined (__cplusplus)
+extern "C" {+# endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+# if !defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+FL_EXPORT int fl_alphasort(struct dirent **, struct dirent **);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_casealphasort(struct dirent **, struct dirent **);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_casenumericsort(struct dirent **, struct dirent **);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_numericsort(struct dirent **, struct dirent **);
+# endif
+
+ typedef int (Fl_File_Sort_F)(struct dirent **, struct dirent **); /**< File sorting function. \see fl_filename_list() */
+
+# if defined(__cplusplus)
+}
+
+/*
+ * Portable "scandir" function. Ugly but necessary...
+ */
+
+FL_EXPORT int fl_filename_list(const char *d, struct dirent ***l,
+ Fl_File_Sort_F *s = fl_numericsort);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_filename_free_list(struct dirent ***l, int n);
+
+/*
+ * Generic function to open a Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) using a
+ * system-defined program (added in FLTK 1.1.8)
+ */
+
+FL_EXPORT int fl_open_uri(const char *uri, char *msg = (char *)0,
+ int msglen = 0);
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_decode_uri(char *uri);
+
+# ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+/*
+ * _fl_filename_isdir_quick() is a private function that checks for a
+ * trailing slash and assumes that the passed name is a directory if
+ * it finds one. This function is used by Fl_File_Browser and
+ * Fl_File_Chooser to avoid extra stat() calls, but is not supported
+ * outside of FLTK...
+ */
+int _fl_filename_isdir_quick(const char *name);
+# endif
+
+# endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/*
+ * FLTK 1.0.x compatibility definitions...
+ */
+
+# ifdef FLTK_1_0_COMPAT
+# define filename_absolute fl_filename_absolute
+# define filename_expand fl_filename_expand
+# define filename_ext fl_filename_ext
+# define filename_isdir fl_filename_isdir
+# define filename_list fl_filename_list
+# define filename_match fl_filename_match
+# define filename_name fl_filename_name
+# define filename_relative fl_filename_relative
+# define filename_setext fl_filename_setext
+# define numericsort fl_numericsort
+# endif /* FLTK_1_0_COMPAT */
+
+
+#endif /* FL_FILENAME_H */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*
+ * End of "$Id$".
+ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_ask.H
@@ -1,0 +1,82 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Standard dialog header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file fl_ask.H
+ API for common dialogs.
+ */
+
+#ifndef fl_ask_H
+# define fl_ask_H
+
+# include "Enumerations.H"
+
+class Fl_Widget;
+
+/** Different system beeps available.
+ \sa fl_beep(int) */
+enum Fl_Beep {+ FL_BEEP_DEFAULT = 0, ///< Default beep.
+ FL_BEEP_MESSAGE, ///< Message beep.
+ FL_BEEP_ERROR, ///< Error beep.
+ FL_BEEP_QUESTION, ///< Question beep.
+ FL_BEEP_PASSWORD, ///< Password beep.
+ FL_BEEP_NOTIFICATION ///< Notification beep.
+};
+
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+/* the GNUC-specific attribute appearing below in prototypes with a variable list of arguments
+ helps detection of mismatches between format string and argument list at compilation time */
+# define __fl_attr(x) __attribute__ (x)
+# else
+# define __fl_attr(x)
+# endif // __GNUC__
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_beep(int type = FL_BEEP_DEFAULT);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_message(const char *,...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)));
+FL_EXPORT void fl_alert(const char *,...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2)));
+// fl_ask() is deprecated since it uses "Yes" and "No" for the buttons,
+// which does not conform to the current FLTK Human Interface Guidelines.
+// Use fl_choice() instead with the appropriate verbs instead.
+FL_EXPORT int fl_ask(const char *,...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 2), __deprecated__));
+FL_EXPORT int fl_choice(const char *q,const char *b0,const char *b1,const char *b2,...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 5)));
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_input(const char *label, const char *deflt = 0, ...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 3)));
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_password(const char *label, const char *deflt = 0, ...) __fl_attr((__format__ (__printf__, 1, 3)));
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Widget *fl_message_icon();
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Font fl_message_font_;
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Fontsize fl_message_size_;
+inline void fl_message_font(Fl_Font f, Fl_Fontsize s) {+ fl_message_font_ = f; fl_message_size_ = s;}
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_message_hotspot(int enable);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_message_hotspot(void);
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_message_title(const char *title);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_message_title_default(const char *title);
+
+// pointers you can use to change FLTK to a foreign language:
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_no;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_yes;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_ok;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_cancel;
+extern FL_EXPORT const char* fl_close;
+#endif // !fl_ask_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_draw.H
@@ -1,0 +1,805 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Portable drawing function header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/**
+ \file fl_draw.H
+ \brief utility header to pull drawing functions together
+*/
+
+#ifndef fl_draw_H
+#define fl_draw_H
+
+#include <FL/x.H> // for Fl_Region
+#include <FL/Enumerations.H> // for the color names
+#include <FL/Fl_Window.H> // for fl_set_spot()
+#include <FL/Fl_Device.H> // for fl_graphics_driver
+
+// Image class...
+class Fl_Image;
+
+// Label flags...
+FL_EXPORT extern char fl_draw_shortcut;
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_attributes
+ @{+*/
+
+// Colors:
+/**
+ Sets the color for all subsequent drawing operations.
+ For colormapped displays, a color cell will be allocated out of
+ \p fl_colormap the first time you use a color. If the colormap fills up
+ then a least-squares algorithm is used to find the closest color.
+ If no valid graphical context (fl_gc) is available,
+ the foreground is not set for the current window.
+ \param[in] c color
+ */
+inline void fl_color(Fl_Color c) {fl_graphics_driver->color(c); } // select indexed color+/** for back compatibility - use fl_color(Fl_Color c) instead */
+inline void fl_color(int c) {fl_color((Fl_Color)c);}+/**
+ Sets the color for all subsequent drawing operations.
+ The closest possible match to the RGB color is used.
+ The RGB color is used directly on TrueColor displays.
+ For colormap visuals the nearest index in the gray
+ ramp or color cube is used.
+ If no valid graphical context (fl_gc) is available,
+ the foreground is not set for the current window.
+ \param[in] r,g,b color components
+ */
+inline void fl_color(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b) {fl_graphics_driver->color(r,g,b); } // select actual color+/**
+ Returns the last fl_color() that was set.
+ This can be used for state save/restore.
+*/
+inline Fl_Color fl_color() {return fl_graphics_driver->color();}+/** @} */
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_drawings
+ @{+*/
+// clip:
+/**
+ Intersects the current clip region with a rectangle and pushes this
+ new region onto the stack.
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h position and size
+ */
+inline void fl_push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h) {fl_graphics_driver->push_clip(x,y,w,h); }+/**
+ Intersects the current clip region with a rectangle and pushes this
+ new region onto the stack (deprecated).
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h position and size
+ \deprecated
+ fl_clip(int, int, int, int) is deprecated and will be removed from future releases.
+ Please use fl_push_clip(int x, int y, int w, int h) instead.
+ */
+#define fl_clip fl_push_clip
+/**
+ Pushes an empty clip region onto the stack so nothing will be clipped.
+ */
+inline void fl_push_no_clip() {fl_graphics_driver->push_no_clip(); }+/**
+ Restores the previous clip region.
+
+ You must call fl_pop_clip() once for every time you call fl_push_clip().
+ Unpredictable results may occur if the clip stack is not empty when
+ you return to FLTK.
+ */
+inline void fl_pop_clip() {fl_graphics_driver->pop_clip(); }+/**
+ Does the rectangle intersect the current clip region?
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h position and size of rectangle
+ \returns non-zero if any of the rectangle intersects the current clip
+ region. If this returns 0 you don't have to draw the object.
+
+ \note
+ Under X this returns 2 if the rectangle is partially clipped,
+ and 1 if it is entirely inside the clip region.
+ */
+inline int fl_not_clipped(int x, int y, int w, int h) {return fl_graphics_driver->not_clipped(x,y,w,h); }+/**
+ Intersects the rectangle with the current clip region and returns the
+ bounding box of the result.
+
+ Returns non-zero if the resulting rectangle is different to the original.
+ This can be used to limit the necessary drawing to a rectangle.
+ \p W and \p H are set to zero if the rectangle is completely outside the region.
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h position and size of rectangle
+ \param[out] X,Y,W,H position and size of resulting bounding box.
+ \returns Non-zero if the resulting rectangle is different to the original.
+ */
+inline int fl_clip_box(int x , int y, int w, int h, int& X, int& Y, int& W, int& H)
+ {return fl_graphics_driver->clip_box(x,y,w,h,X,Y,W,H); }+/** Undoes any clobbering of clip done by your program */
+inline void fl_restore_clip() { fl_graphics_driver->restore_clip(); }+/**
+ Replaces the top of the clipping stack with a clipping region of any shape.
+
+ Fl_Region is an operating system specific type.
+ \param[in] r clipping region
+ */
+inline void fl_clip_region(Fl_Region r) { fl_graphics_driver->clip_region(r); }+/**
+ Returns the current clipping region.
+ */
+inline Fl_Region fl_clip_region() { return fl_graphics_driver->clip_region(); }+
+
+// points:
+/**
+ Draws a single pixel at the given coordinates
+ */
+inline void fl_point(int x, int y) { fl_graphics_driver->point(x,y); }+
+// line type:
+/**
+ Sets how to draw lines (the "pen").
+ If you change this it is your responsibility to set it back to the default
+ using \c fl_line_style(0).
+
+ \param[in] style A bitmask which is a bitwise-OR of a line style, a cap
+ style, and a join style. If you don't specify a dash type you
+ will get a solid line. If you don't specify a cap or join type
+ you will get a system-defined default of whatever value is
+ fastest.
+ \param[in] width The thickness of the lines in pixels. Zero results in the
+ system defined default, which on both X and Windows is somewhat
+ different and nicer than 1.
+ \param[in] dashes A pointer to an array of dash lengths, measured in pixels.
+ The first location is how long to draw a solid portion, the next
+ is how long to draw the gap, then the solid, etc. It is terminated
+ with a zero-length entry. A \c NULL pointer or a zero-length
+ array results in a solid line. Odd array sizes are not supported
+ and result in undefined behavior.
+
+ \note Because of how line styles are implemented on Win32 systems,
+ you \e must set the line style \e after setting the drawing
+ color. If you set the color after the line style you will lose
+ the line style settings.
+ \note The \p dashes array does not work under Windows 95, 98 or Me,
+ since those operating systems do not support complex line styles.
+ */
+inline void fl_line_style(int style, int width=0, char* dashes=0) {fl_graphics_driver->line_style(style,width,dashes); }+enum {+ FL_SOLID = 0, ///< line style: <tt>___________</tt>
+ FL_DASH = 1, ///< line style: <tt>_ _ _ _ _ _</tt>
+ FL_DOT = 2, ///< line style: <tt>. . . . . .</tt>
+ FL_DASHDOT = 3, ///< line style: <tt>_ . _ . _ .</tt>
+ FL_DASHDOTDOT = 4, ///< line style: <tt>_ . . _ . .</tt>
+
+ FL_CAP_FLAT = 0x100, ///< cap style: end is flat
+ FL_CAP_ROUND = 0x200, ///< cap style: end is round
+ FL_CAP_SQUARE = 0x300, ///< cap style: end wraps end point
+
+ FL_JOIN_MITER = 0x1000, ///< join style: line join extends to a point
+ FL_JOIN_ROUND = 0x2000, ///< join style: line join is rounded
+ FL_JOIN_BEVEL = 0x3000 ///< join style: line join is tidied
+};
+
+// rectangles tweaked to exactly fill the pixel rectangle:
+
+/**
+ Draws a 1-pixel border \e inside the given bounding box.
+ This function is meant for quick drawing of simple boxes. The behavior is
+ undefined for line widths that are not 1.
+ */
+inline void fl_rect(int x, int y, int w, int h) { fl_graphics_driver->rect(x,y,w,h); }+
+/** Draws with passed color a 1-pixel border \e inside the given bounding box */
+inline void fl_rect(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color c) {fl_color(c); fl_rect(x,y,w,h);}+/** Colors with current color a rectangle that exactly fills the given bounding box */
+inline void fl_rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h) { fl_graphics_driver->rectf(x,y,w,h); }+/** Colors with passed color a rectangle that exactly fills the given bounding box */
+inline void fl_rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color c) {fl_color(c); fl_rectf(x,y,w,h);}+
+/**
+ Colors a rectangle with "exactly" the passed <tt>r,g,b</tt> color.
+ On screens with less than 24 bits of color this is done by drawing a
+ solid-colored block using fl_draw_image() so that the correct color
+ shade is produced.
+ */
+/* note: doxygen comment here to avoid triplication in os-speciic files */
+FL_EXPORT void fl_rectf(int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+
+// line segments:
+/**
+ Draws a line from (x,y) to (x1,y1)
+ */
+inline void fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1) {fl_graphics_driver->line(x,y,x1,y1); }+/**
+ Draws a line from (x,y) to (x1,y1) and another from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2)
+ */
+inline void fl_line(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {fl_graphics_driver->line(x,y,x1,y1,x2,y2); }+
+// closed line segments:
+/**
+ Outlines a 3-sided polygon with lines
+ */
+inline void fl_loop(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {fl_graphics_driver->loop(x,y,x1,y1,x2,y2); }+/**
+ Outlines a 4-sided polygon with lines
+ */
+inline void fl_loop(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3)
+ {fl_graphics_driver->loop(x,y,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3); }+
+// filled polygons
+/**
+ Fills a 3-sided polygon. The polygon must be convex.
+ */
+inline void fl_polygon(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {fl_graphics_driver->polygon(x,y,x1,y1,x2,y2); }+/**
+ Fills a 4-sided polygon. The polygon must be convex.
+ */
+inline void fl_polygon(int x, int y, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->polygon(x,y,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3); }+
+// draw rectilinear lines, horizontal segment first:
+/**
+ Draws a horizontal line from (x,y) to (x1,y)
+ */
+inline void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1) {fl_graphics_driver->xyline(x,y,x1);}+/**
+ Draws a horizontal line from (x,y) to (x1,y), then vertical from (x1,y) to (x1,y2)
+ */
+inline void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2) {fl_graphics_driver->xyline(x,y,x1,y2);}+/**
+ Draws a horizontal line from (x,y) to (x1,y), then a vertical from (x1,y) to (x1,y2)
+ and then another horizontal from (x1,y2) to (x3,y2)
+ */
+inline void fl_xyline(int x, int y, int x1, int y2, int x3) {fl_graphics_driver->xyline(x,y,x1,y2,x3);}+
+// draw rectilinear lines, vertical segment first:
+/**
+ Draws a vertical line from (x,y) to (x,y1)
+ */
+inline void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1) {fl_graphics_driver->yxline(x,y,y1);}+/**
+ Draws a vertical line from (x,y) to (x,y1), then a horizontal from (x,y1) to (x2,y1)
+ */
+inline void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2) {fl_graphics_driver->yxline(x,y,y1,x2);}+/**
+ Draws a vertical line from (x,y) to (x,y1) then a horizontal from (x,y1)
+ to (x2,y1), then another vertical from (x2,y1) to (x2,y3)
+ */
+inline void fl_yxline(int x, int y, int y1, int x2, int y3) {fl_graphics_driver->yxline(x,y,y1,x2,y3);}+
+// circular lines and pie slices (code in fl_arci.C):
+/**
+ Draw ellipse sections using integer coordinates.
+
+ These functions match the rather limited circle drawing code provided by X
+ and WIN32. The advantage over using fl_arc with floating point coordinates
+ is that they are faster because they often use the hardware, and they draw
+ much nicer small circles, since the small sizes are often hard-coded bitmaps.
+
+ If a complete circle is drawn it will fit inside the passed bounding box.
+ The two angles are measured in degrees counter-clockwise from 3 o'clock and
+ are the starting and ending angle of the arc, \p a2 must be greater or equal
+ to \p a1.
+
+ fl_arc() draws a series of lines to approximate the arc. Notice that the
+ integer version of fl_arc() has a different number of arguments than the
+ double version fl_arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double end)
+
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h bounding box of complete circle
+ \param[in] a1,a2 start and end angles of arc measured in degrees
+ counter-clockwise from 3 o'clock. \p a2 must be greater
+ than or equal to \p a1.
+ */
+inline void fl_arc(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2) {fl_graphics_driver->arc(x,y,w,h,a1,a2); }+/**
+ Draw filled ellipse sections using integer coordinates.
+
+ Like fl_arc(), but fl_pie() draws a filled-in pie slice.
+ This slice may extend outside the line drawn by fl_arc();
+ to avoid this use w - 1 and h - 1.
+
+ \param[in] x,y,w,h bounding box of complete circle
+ \param[in] a1,a2 start and end angles of arc measured in degrees
+ counter-clockwise from 3 o'clock. \p a2 must be greater
+ than or equal to \p a1.
+ */
+inline void fl_pie(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2) {fl_graphics_driver->pie(x,y,w,h,a1,a2); }+/** fl_chord declaration is a place holder - the function does not yet exist */
+FL_EXPORT void fl_chord(int x, int y, int w, int h, double a1, double a2); // nyi
+
+// scalable drawing code (code in fl_vertex.C and fl_arc.C):
+/**
+ Saves the current transformation matrix on the stack.
+ The maximum depth of the stack is 32.
+ */
+inline void fl_push_matrix() { fl_graphics_driver->push_matrix(); }+/**
+ Restores the current transformation matrix from the stack.
+ */
+inline void fl_pop_matrix() { fl_graphics_driver->pop_matrix(); }+/**
+ Concatenates scaling transformation onto the current one.
+ \param[in] x,y scale factors in x-direction and y-direction
+ */
+inline void fl_scale(double x, double y) { fl_graphics_driver->scale(x, y); }+/**
+ Concatenates scaling transformation onto the current one.
+ \param[in] x scale factor in both x-direction and y-direction
+ */
+inline void fl_scale(double x) { fl_graphics_driver->scale(x, x); }+/**
+ Concatenates translation transformation onto the current one.
+ \param[in] x,y translation factor in x-direction and y-direction
+ */
+inline void fl_translate(double x, double y) { fl_graphics_driver->translate(x, y); }+/**
+ Concatenates rotation transformation onto the current one.
+ \param[in] d - rotation angle, counter-clockwise in degrees (not radians)
+ */
+inline void fl_rotate(double d) { fl_graphics_driver->rotate(d); }+/**
+ Concatenates another transformation onto the current one.
+
+ \param[in] a,b,c,d,x,y transformation matrix elements such that
+ <tt> X' = aX + cY + x </tt> and <tt> Y' = bX +dY + y </tt>
+ */
+inline void fl_mult_matrix(double a, double b, double c, double d, double x,double y)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->mult_matrix(a, b, c, d, x, y); }+/**
+ Starts drawing a list of points. Points are added to the list with fl_vertex()
+ */
+inline void fl_begin_points() {fl_graphics_driver->begin_points(); }+/**
+ Starts drawing a list of lines.
+ */
+inline void fl_begin_line() {fl_graphics_driver->begin_line(); }+/**
+ Starts drawing a closed sequence of lines.
+ */
+inline void fl_begin_loop() {fl_graphics_driver->begin_loop(); }+/**
+ Starts drawing a convex filled polygon.
+ */
+inline void fl_begin_polygon() {fl_graphics_driver->begin_polygon(); }+/**
+ Adds a single vertex to the current path.
+ \param[in] x,y coordinate
+ */
+inline void fl_vertex(double x, double y) {fl_graphics_driver->vertex(x,y); }+/**
+ Adds a series of points on a Bezier curve to the path.
+ The curve ends (and two of the points) are at X0,Y0 and X3,Y3.
+ \param[in] X0,Y0 curve start point
+ \param[in] X1,Y1 curve control point
+ \param[in] X2,Y2 curve control point
+ \param[in] X3,Y3 curve end point
+ */
+inline void fl_curve(double X0, double Y0, double X1, double Y1, double X2, double Y2, double X3, double Y3)
+ {fl_graphics_driver->curve(X0,Y0,X1,Y1,X2,Y2,X3,Y3); }+/**
+ Adds a series of points to the current path on the arc of a circle.
+ You can get elliptical paths by using scale and rotate before calling fl_arc().
+ \param[in] x,y,r center and radius of circular arc
+ \param[in] start,end angles of start and end of arc measured in degrees
+ counter-clockwise from 3 o'clock. If \p end is less than \p start
+ then it draws the arc in a clockwise direction.
+
+ Examples:
+ \code
+ // Draw an arc of points
+ fl_begin_points();
+ fl_arc(100.0, 100.0, 50.0, 0.0, 180.0);
+ fl_end_points();
+
+ // Draw arc with a line
+ fl_begin_line();
+ fl_arc(200.0, 100.0, 50.0, 0.0, 180.0);
+ fl_end_line();
+
+ // Draw filled arc
+ fl_begin_polygon();
+ fl_arc(300.0, 100.0, 50.0, 0.0, 180.0);
+ fl_end_polygon();
+ \endcode
+ */
+inline void fl_arc(double x, double y, double r, double start, double end) {fl_graphics_driver->arc(x,y,r,start,end); }+/**
+ fl_circle() is equivalent to fl_arc(x,y,r,0,360), but may be faster.
+
+ It must be the \e only thing in the path: if you want a circle as part of
+ a complex polygon you must use fl_arc()
+ \param[in] x,y,r center and radius of circle
+ */
+inline void fl_circle(double x, double y, double r) {fl_graphics_driver->circle(x,y,r); }+/**
+ Ends list of points, and draws.
+ */
+inline void fl_end_points() {fl_graphics_driver->end_points(); }+/**
+ Ends list of lines, and draws.
+ */
+inline void fl_end_line() {fl_graphics_driver->end_line(); }+/**
+ Ends closed sequence of lines, and draws.
+ */
+inline void fl_end_loop() {fl_graphics_driver->end_loop(); }+/**
+ Ends convex filled polygon, and draws.
+ */
+inline void fl_end_polygon() {fl_graphics_driver->end_polygon(); }+/**
+ Starts drawing a complex filled polygon.
+
+ The polygon may be concave, may have holes in it, or may be several
+ disconnected pieces. Call fl_gap() to separate loops of the path.
+
+ To outline the polygon, use fl_begin_loop() and replace each fl_gap()
+ with fl_end_loop();fl_begin_loop() pairs.
+
+ \note
+ For portability, you should only draw polygons that appear the same
+ whether "even/odd" or "non-zero" winding rules are used to fill them.
+ Holes should be drawn in the opposite direction to the outside loop.
+ */
+inline void fl_begin_complex_polygon() {fl_graphics_driver->begin_complex_polygon(); }+/**
+ Call fl_gap() to separate loops of the path.
+
+ It is unnecessary but harmless to call fl_gap() before the first vertex,
+ after the last vertex, or several times in a row.
+ */
+inline void fl_gap() {fl_graphics_driver->gap(); }+/**
+ Ends complex filled polygon, and draws.
+ */
+inline void fl_end_complex_polygon() {fl_graphics_driver->end_complex_polygon(); }+// get and use transformed positions:
+/**
+ Transforms coordinate using the current transformation matrix.
+ \param[in] x,y coordinate
+ */
+inline double fl_transform_x(double x, double y) {return fl_graphics_driver->transform_x(x, y); }+/**
+ Transforms coordinate using the current transformation matrix.
+ \param[in] x,y coordinate
+ */
+inline double fl_transform_y(double x, double y) {return fl_graphics_driver->transform_y(x, y); }+/**
+ Transforms distance using current transformation matrix.
+ \param[in] x,y coordinate
+ */
+inline double fl_transform_dx(double x, double y) {return fl_graphics_driver->transform_dx(x, y); }+/**
+ Transforms distance using current transformation matrix.
+ \param[in] x,y coordinate
+ */
+inline double fl_transform_dy(double x, double y) {return fl_graphics_driver->transform_dy(x, y); }+/**
+ Adds coordinate pair to the vertex list without further transformations.
+ \param[in] xf,yf transformed coordinate
+ */
+inline void fl_transformed_vertex(double xf, double yf) {fl_graphics_driver->transformed_vertex(xf,yf); }+/** @} */
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_attributes
+ @{ */+/* NOTE: doxygen comments here to avoid triplication in os-specific sources */
+
+// Fonts:
+/**
+ Sets the current font, which is then used in various drawing routines.
+ You may call this outside a draw context if necessary to call fl_width(),
+ but on X this will open the display.
+
+ The font is identified by a \p face and a \p size.
+ The size of the font is measured in pixels and not "points".
+ Lines should be spaced \p size pixels apart or more.
+*/
+inline void fl_font(Fl_Font face, Fl_Fontsize fsize) { fl_graphics_driver->font(face,fsize); }+
+/**
+ Returns the \p face set by the most recent call to fl_font().
+ This can be used to save/restore the font.
+*/
+inline Fl_Font fl_font() {return fl_graphics_driver->font();}+/**
+ Returns the \p size set by the most recent call to fl_font().
+ This can be used to save/restore the font.
+*/
+inline Fl_Fontsize fl_size() {return fl_graphics_driver->size();}+
+// information you can get about the current font:
+/**
+ Returns the recommended minimum line spacing for the current font.
+ You can also use the value of \p size passed to fl_font()
+*/
+inline int fl_height() {return fl_graphics_driver->height();}+FL_EXPORT int fl_height(int font, int size);
+/**
+ Returns the recommended distance above the bottom of a fl_height() tall box to
+ draw the text at so it looks centered vertically in that box.
+*/
+inline int fl_descent() {return fl_graphics_driver->descent();}+/** Returns the typographical width of a nul-terminated string
+ using the current font face and size. */
+FL_EXPORT double fl_width(const char* txt);
+/** Returns the typographical width of a sequence of \p n characters
+ using the current font face and size. */
+inline double fl_width(const char* txt, int n) {return fl_graphics_driver->width(txt, n);}+/** Returns the typographical width of a single character
+ using the current font face and size.
+ \note if a valid fl_gc is NOT found then it uses the first window gc,
+ or the screen gc if no fltk window is available when called. */
+inline double fl_width(unsigned int c) {return fl_graphics_driver->width(c);}+/** Determines the minimum pixel dimensions of a nul-terminated string.
+
+ Usage: given a string "txt" drawn using fl_draw(txt, x, y) you would determine
+ its pixel extents on the display using fl_text_extents(txt, dx, dy, wo, ho)
+ such that a bounding box that exactly fits around the text could be drawn with
+ fl_rect(x+dx, y+dy, wo, ho). Note the dx, dy values hold the offset of the first
+ "colored in" pixel of the string, from the draw origin.
+
+ No FLTK symbol expansion will be performed.
+*/
+FL_EXPORT void fl_text_extents(const char*, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h); // NO fltk symbol expansion will be performed
+/** Determines the minimum pixel dimensions of a sequence of \p n characters.
+\see fl_text_extents(const char*, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h)
+*/
+inline void fl_text_extents(const char *t, int n, int& dx, int& dy, int& w, int& h)
+ {fl_graphics_driver->text_extents(t, n, dx, dy, w, h);}+
+// font encoding:
+// Note: doxygen comments here to avoid duplication for os-sepecific cases
+/**
+ Converts text from Windows/X11 latin1 character set to local encoding.
+ \param[in] t character string (latin1 encoding)
+ \param[in] n optional number of characters to convert (default is all)
+ \returns pointer to internal buffer containing converted characters
+ */
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_latin1_to_local(const char *t, int n=-1);
+/**
+ Converts text from local encoding to Windowx/X11 latin1 character set.
+ \param[in] t character string (local encoding)
+ \param[in] n optional number of characters to convert (default is all)
+ \returns pointer to internal buffer containing converted characters
+ */
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_local_to_latin1(const char *t, int n=-1);
+/**
+ Converts text from Mac Roman character set to local encoding.
+ \param[in] t character string (Mac Roman encoding)
+ \param[in] n optional number of characters to convert (default is all)
+ \returns pointer to internal buffer containing converted characters
+ */
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_mac_roman_to_local(const char *t, int n=-1);
+/**
+ Converts text from local encoding to Mac Roman character set.
+ \param[in] t character string (local encoding)
+ \param[in] n optional number of characters to convert (default is all)
+ \returns pointer to internal buffer containing converted characters
+ */
+FL_EXPORT const char *fl_local_to_mac_roman(const char *t, int n=-1);
+/** @} */
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_drawings
+ @{ */+/**
+ Draws a nul-terminated UTF-8 string starting at the given \p x, \p y location.
+
+ Text is aligned to the left and to the baseline of the font.
+ To align to the bottom, subtract fl_descent() from \p y.
+ To align to the top, subtract fl_descent() and add fl_height().
+ This version of fl_draw provides direct access to the text drawing
+ function of the underlying OS. It does not apply any special handling
+ to control characters.
+*/
+FL_EXPORT void fl_draw(const char* str, int x, int y);
+/**
+ Draws a nul-terminated UTF-8 string starting at the given \p x, \p y
+ location and rotating \p angle degrees counter-clockwise.
+ This version of fl_draw provides direct access to the text drawing
+ function of the underlying OS and is supported by Xft, Win32 and MacOS
+ fltk subsets.
+*/
+FL_EXPORT void fl_draw(int angle, const char* str, int x, int y);
+/**
+ Draws starting at the given \p x, \p y location a UTF-8 string of length \p n bytes.
+*/
+inline void fl_draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y) {fl_graphics_driver->draw(str,n,x,y); }+/**
+ Draws at the given \p x, \p y location a UTF-8 string of length \p n bytes
+ rotating \p angle degrees counter-clockwise.
+
+ \note When using X11 (Unix, Linux, Cygwin et al.) this needs Xft to work.
+ Under plain X11 (w/o Xft) rotated text is not supported by FLTK.
+ A warning will be issued to stderr at runtime (only once) if you
+ use this method with an angle other than 0.
+*/
+inline void fl_draw(int angle, const char* str, int n, int x, int y) {fl_graphics_driver->draw(angle,str,n,x,y); }+/**
+ Draws a UTF-8 string of length \p n bytes right to left starting at the given \p x, \p y location.
+*/
+inline void fl_rtl_draw(const char* str, int n, int x, int y) {fl_graphics_driver->rtl_draw(str,n,x,y); }+FL_EXPORT void fl_measure(const char* str, int& x, int& y,
+ int draw_symbols = 1);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_draw(const char* str, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ Fl_Align align,
+ Fl_Image* img=0, int draw_symbols = 1);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_draw(const char* str, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ Fl_Align align,
+ void (*callthis)(const char *,int,int,int),
+ Fl_Image* img=0, int draw_symbols = 1);
+
+// boxtypes:
+FL_EXPORT void fl_frame(const char* s, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_frame2(const char* s, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_draw_box(Fl_Boxtype, int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Color);
+
+// images:
+
+/**
+ Draws an 8-bit per color RGB or luminance image.
+ \param[in] buf points at the "r" data of the top-left pixel.
+ Color data must be in <tt>r,g,b</tt> order.
+ Luminance data is only one <tt>gray</tt> byte.
+ \param[in] X,Y position where to put top-left corner of image
+ \param[in] W,H size of the image
+ \param[in] D delta to add to the pointer between pixels. It may be
+ any value greater than or equal to 1, or it can be
+ negative to flip the image horizontally
+ \param[in] L delta to add to the pointer between lines (if 0 is
+ passed it uses \p W * \p D), and may be larger than
+ \p W * \p D to crop data, or negative to flip the
+ image vertically
+
+ It is highly recommended that you put the following code before the
+ first <tt>show()</tt> of \e any window in your program to get rid of
+ the dithering if possible:
+ \code
+ Fl::visual(FL_RGB);
+ \endcode
+
+ Gray scale (1-channel) images may be drawn. This is done if
+ <tt>abs(D)</tt> is less than 3, or by calling fl_draw_image_mono().
+ Only one 8-bit sample is used for each pixel, and on screens with
+ different numbers of bits for red, green, and blue only gray colors
+ are used. Setting \p D greater than 1 will let you display one channel
+ of a color image.
+
+ \par Note:
+ The X version does not support all possible visuals. If FLTK cannot
+ draw the image in the current visual it will abort. FLTK supports
+ any visual of 8 bits or less, and all common TrueColor visuals up
+ to 32 bits.
+ */
+inline void fl_draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3, int L=0)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->draw_image(buf, X, Y, W, H, D, L); }+
+/**
+ Draws a gray-scale (1 channel) image.
+ \see fl_draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L)
+ */
+inline void fl_draw_image_mono(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1, int L=0)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->draw_image_mono(buf, X, Y, W, H, D, L); }+
+/**
+ Draws an image using a callback function to generate image data.
+
+ You can generate the image as it is being drawn, or do arbitrary
+ decompression of stored data, provided it can be decompressed to
+ individual scan lines easily.
+ \param[in] cb callback function to generate scan line data
+ \param[in] data user data passed to callback function
+ \param[in] X,Y screen position of top left pixel
+ \param[in] W,H image width and height
+ \param[in] D data size in bytes (must be greater than 0)
+ \see fl_draw_image(const uchar* buf, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D, int L)
+
+ The callback function \p cb is called with the <tt>void*</tt> \p data
+ user data pointer to allow access to a structure of information about
+ the image, and the \p x, \p y, and \p w of the scan line desired from
+ the image. 0,0 is the upper-left corner of the image, not \p x, \p y.
+ A pointer to a buffer to put the data into is passed. You must copy
+ \p w pixels from scanline \p y, starting at pixel \p x, to this buffer.
+
+ Due to cropping, less than the whole image may be requested. So \p x
+ may be greater than zero, the first \p y may be greater than zero,
+ and \p w may be less than \p W. The buffer is long enough to store
+ the entire \p W * \p D pixels, this is for convenience with some
+ decompression schemes where you must decompress the entire line at
+ once: decompress it into the buffer, and then if \p x is not zero,
+ copy the data over so the \p x'th pixel is at the start of the buffer.
+
+ You can assume the \p y's will be consecutive, except the first one
+ may be greater than zero.
+
+ If \p D is 4 or more, you must fill in the unused bytes with zero.
+ */
+inline void fl_draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=3)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->draw_image(cb, data, X, Y, W, H, D); }+
+/**
+ Draws a gray-scale image using a callback function to generate image data.
+ \see fl_draw_image(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D)
+ */
+inline void fl_draw_image_mono(Fl_Draw_Image_Cb cb, void* data, int X,int Y,int W,int H, int D=1)
+ { fl_graphics_driver->draw_image_mono(cb, data, X, Y, W, H, D); }+
+/**
+ Checks whether platform supports true alpha blending for RGBA images.
+ \returns 1 if true alpha blending supported by platform
+ \returns 0 not supported so FLTK will use screen door transparency
+ */
+/* note: doxygen comment here to avoid triplication in os-speciic files */
+FL_EXPORT char fl_can_do_alpha_blending();
+
+/**
+ Reads an RGB(A) image from the current window or off-screen buffer.
+ \param[in] p pixel buffer, or NULL to allocate one
+ \param[in] X,Y position of top-left of image to read
+ \param[in] W,H width and height of image to read
+ \param[in] alpha alpha value for image (0 for none)
+ \returns pointer to pixel buffer, or NULL if allocation failed.
+
+ The \p p argument points to a buffer that can hold the image and must
+ be at least \p W*H*3 bytes when reading RGB images, or \p W*H*4 bytes
+ when reading RGBA images. If NULL, fl_read_image() will create an
+ array of the proper size which can be freed using <tt>delete[]</tt>.
+
+ The \p alpha parameter controls whether an alpha channel is created
+ and the value that is placed in the alpha channel. If 0, no alpha
+ channel is generated.
+ */
+/* note: doxygen comment here to avoid triplication in os-speciic files */
+FL_EXPORT uchar *fl_read_image(uchar *p,int X,int Y,int W,int H,int alpha=0);
+
+// pixmaps:
+FL_EXPORT int fl_draw_pixmap(/*const*/ char* const* data, int x,int y,Fl_Color=FL_GRAY);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_draw_pixmap(const char* const* cdata, int x,int y,Fl_Color=FL_GRAY);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_measure_pixmap(/*const*/ char* const* data, int &w, int &h);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_measure_pixmap(const char* const* cdata, int &w, int &h);
+
+// other:
+FL_EXPORT void fl_scroll(int X, int Y, int W, int H, int dx, int dy,
+ void (*draw_area)(void*, int,int,int,int), void* data);
+FL_EXPORT const char* fl_shortcut_label(unsigned int shortcut);
+FL_EXPORT const char* fl_shortcut_label(unsigned int shortcut, const char **eom);
+FL_EXPORT unsigned int fl_old_shortcut(const char* s);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_overlay_rect(int x,int y,int w,int h);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_overlay_clear();
+FL_EXPORT void fl_cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_cursor(Fl_Cursor, Fl_Color fg, Fl_Color bg=FL_WHITE);
+FL_EXPORT const char* fl_expand_text(const char* from, char* buf, int maxbuf,
+ double maxw, int& n, double &width,
+ int wrap, int draw_symbols = 0);
+
+// XIM:
+/** \todo provide user documentation for fl_set_status function */
+FL_EXPORT void fl_set_status(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+/** \todo provide user documentation for fl_set_spot function */
+FL_EXPORT void fl_set_spot(int font, int size, int X, int Y, int W, int H, Fl_Window *win=0);
+/** \todo provide user documentation for fl_reset_spot function*/
+FL_EXPORT void fl_reset_spot(void);
+
+
+
+// XForms symbols:
+FL_EXPORT int fl_draw_symbol(const char* label,int x,int y,int w,int h, Fl_Color);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_add_symbol(const char* name, void (*drawit)(Fl_Color), int scalable);
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_message.H
@@ -1,0 +1,23 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Standard message header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#include "fl_ask.H"
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_show_colormap.H
@@ -1,0 +1,49 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Colormap picker header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file
+ The fl_show_colormap() function hides the implementation classes used
+ to provide the popup window and color selection mechanism.
+*/
+
+#ifndef fl_show_colormap_H
+#define fl_show_colormap_H
+
+/* doxygen comment here to avoid exposing ColorMenu in fl_show_colormap.cxx
+*/
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_attributes
+ @{ */+
+/**
+ \brief Pops up a window to let the user pick a colormap entry.
+ \image html fl_show_colormap.png
+ \image latex fl_show_colormap.png "fl_show_colormap" height=10cm
+ \param[in] oldcol color to be highlighted when grid is shown.
+ \retval Fl_Color value of the chosen colormap entry.
+ \see Fl_Color_Chooser
+*/
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Color fl_show_colormap(Fl_Color oldcol);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_show_input.H
@@ -1,0 +1,23 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Standard input dialog header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#include "fl_ask.H"
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_types.h
@@ -1,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * "$Id$"
+ *
+ * Simple "C"-style types for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+ *
+ * Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+ *
+ * This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+ * the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+ * file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+ *
+ * Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file contains simple "C"-style type definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FL_TYPES_H
+#define FL_TYPES_H
+
+/** \name Miscellaneous */
+/*@{*/ /* group: Miscellaneous */+
+/** unsigned char */
+typedef unsigned char uchar;
+/** unsigned long */
+typedef unsigned long ulong;
+
+/** Flexible length UTF-8 Unicode text.
+ *
+ * \todo FIXME: temporary (?) typedef to mark UTF-8 and Unicode conversions
+ */
+typedef char *Fl_String;
+
+/** Flexible length UTF-8 Unicode read-only string.
+ * \sa Fl_String
+ */
+typedef const char *Fl_CString;
+
+/** 24-bit Unicode character + 8-bit indicator for keyboard flags */
+typedef unsigned int Fl_Shortcut;
+
+/** 24-bit Unicode character - upper 8 bits are unused */
+typedef unsigned int Fl_Char;
+
+/*@}*/ /* group: Miscellaneous */
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * End of "$Id$".
+ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/fl_utf8.h
@@ -1,0 +1,248 @@
+/*
+ * "$Id$"
+ *
+ * Author: Jean-Marc Lienher ( http://oksid.ch )
+ * Copyright 2000-2010 by O'ksi'D.
+ *
+ * This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+ * the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+ * file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+ *
+ * Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+ *
+ * http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+ */
+
+/* Merged in some functionality from the fltk-2 version. IMM.
+ * The following code is an attempt to merge the functions incorporated in FLTK2
+ * with the functions provided in OksiD's fltk-1.1.6-utf8 port
+ */
+
+/**
+ \file fl_utf8.h
+ \brief header for Unicode and UTF-8 character handling
+*/
+
+#ifndef _HAVE_FL_UTF8_HDR_
+#define _HAVE_FL_UTF8_HDR_
+
+#include "Fl_Export.H"
+#include "fl_types.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+# include <ctype.h>
+# define xchar wchar_t
+# if !defined(FL_DLL) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# undef strdup
+# define strdup _strdup
+# undef putenv
+# define putenv _putenv
+# undef stricmp
+# define stricmp _stricmp
+# undef strnicmp
+# define strnicmp _strnicmp
+# undef chdir
+# define chdir _chdir
+# endif
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# define xchar wchar_t
+#else /* X11 */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# if defined(FL_LIBRARY) /* don't expose X11 headers in user space */
+# include <X11/Xlocale.h>
+# include <X11/Xlib.h>
+# endif /* defined(FL_LIBRARY) -- don't expose X11 headers in user space */
+# include <locale.h>
+# define xchar unsigned short
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {+#endif
+
+/** \addtogroup fl_unicode
+ @{+*/
+
+/* F2: comes from FLTK2 */
+/* OD: comes from OksiD */
+
+/**
+ Return the number of bytes needed to encode the given UCS4 character in UTF-8.
+ \param [in] ucs UCS4 encoded character
+ \return number of bytes required
+ */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8bytes(unsigned ucs);
+
+/* OD: returns the byte length of the first UTF-8 char sequence (returns -1 if not valid) */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8len(char c);
+
+/* OD: returns the byte length of the first UTF-8 char sequence (returns +1 if not valid) */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8len1(char c);
+
+/* OD: returns the number of Unicode chars in the UTF-8 string */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf_nb_char(const unsigned char *buf, int len);
+
+/* F2: Convert the next UTF-8 char-sequence into a Unicode value (and say how many bytes were used) */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8decode(const char* p, const char* end, int* len);
+
+/* F2: Encode a Unicode value into a UTF-8 sequence, return the number of bytes used */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8encode(unsigned ucs, char* buf);
+
+/* F2: Move forward to the next valid UTF-8 sequence start betwen start and end */
+FL_EXPORT const char* fl_utf8fwd(const char* p, const char* start, const char* end);
+
+/* F2: Move backward to the previous valid UTF-8 sequence start */
+FL_EXPORT const char* fl_utf8back(const char* p, const char* start, const char* end);
+
+/* XX: Convert a single 32-bit Unicode value into UTF16 */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_ucs_to_Utf16(const unsigned ucs, unsigned short *dst, const unsigned dstlen);
+
+/* F2: Convert a UTF-8 string into UTF16 */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8toUtf16(const char* src, unsigned srclen, unsigned short* dst, unsigned dstlen);
+
+/* F2: Convert a UTF-8 string into a wide character string - makes UTF16 on win32, "UCS4" elsewhere */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8towc(const char *src, unsigned srclen, wchar_t *dst, unsigned dstlen);
+
+/* F2: Convert a wide character string to UTF-8 - takes in UTF16 on win32, "UCS4" elsewhere */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8fromwc(char *dst, unsigned dstlen, const wchar_t *src, unsigned srclen);
+
+/* F2: Convert a UTF-8 string into ASCII, eliding untranslatable glyphs */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8toa (const char *src, unsigned srclen, char *dst, unsigned dstlen);
+
+/* F2: Convert 8859-1 string to UTF-8 */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8froma (char *dst, unsigned dstlen, const char *src, unsigned srclen);
+
+/* F2: Returns true if the current O/S locale is UTF-8 */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8locale(void);
+
+/* F2: Examine the first len characters of src, to determine if the input text is UTF-8 or not
+ * NOTE: The value returned is not simply boolean - it contains information about the probable
+ * type of the src text. */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf8test(const char *src, unsigned len);
+
+/* XX: return width of "raw" ucs character in columns.
+ * for internal use only */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_wcwidth_(unsigned int ucs);
+
+/* XX: return width of utf-8 character string in columns.
+ * NOTE: this may also do C1 control character (0x80 to 0x9f) to CP1252 mapping,
+ * depending on original build options */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_wcwidth(const char *src);
+
+/* OD: Return true if the character is non-spacing */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned int fl_nonspacing(unsigned int ucs);
+
+/* F2: Convert UTF-8 to a local multi-byte encoding - mainly for win32? */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8to_mb(const char *src, unsigned srclen, char *dst, unsigned dstlen);
+/* OD: Convert UTF-8 to a local multi-byte encoding */
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_utf2mbcs(const char *src);
+
+/* F2: Convert a local multi-byte encoding to UTF-8 - mainly for win32? */
+FL_EXPORT unsigned fl_utf8from_mb(char *dst, unsigned dstlen, const char *src, unsigned srclen);
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+#ifdef WIN32
+/* OD: Attempt to convert the UTF-8 string to the current locale */
+FL_EXPORT char *fl_utf8_to_locale(const char *s, int len, unsigned int codepage);
+
+/* OD: Attempt to convert a string in the current locale to UTF-8 */
+FL_EXPORT char *fl_locale_to_utf8(const char *s, int len, unsigned int codepage);
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * The following functions are intended to provide portable, UTF-8 aware
+ * versions of standard functions
+ */
+
+/* OD: UTF-8 aware strncasecmp - converts to lower case Unicode and tests */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf_strncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, int n);
+
+/* OD: UTF-8 aware strcasecmp - converts to Unicode and tests */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf_strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/* OD: return the Unicode lower case value of ucs */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_tolower(unsigned int ucs);
+
+/* OD: return the Unicode upper case value of ucs */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_toupper(unsigned int ucs);
+
+/* OD: converts the UTF-8 string to the lower case equivalent */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf_tolower(const unsigned char *str, int len, char *buf);
+
+/* OD: converts the UTF-8 string to the upper case equivalent */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_utf_toupper(const unsigned char *str, int len, char *buf);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware chmod wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_chmod(const char* f, int mode);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware access wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_access(const char* f, int mode);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware stat wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_stat( const char *path, struct stat *buffer );
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware getcwd wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_getcwd( char *buf, int maxlen);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware fopen wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT FILE *fl_fopen(const char *f, const char *mode);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware system wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_system(const char* f);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware execvp wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_execvp(const char *file, char *const *argv);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware open wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_open(const char* f, int o, ...);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware unlink wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_unlink(const char *f);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware rmdir wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_rmdir(const char *f);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware getenv wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_getenv(const char *name);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware execvp wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_mkdir(const char* f, int mode);
+
+/* OD: Portable UTF-8 aware rename wrapper */
+FL_EXPORT int fl_rename(const char* f, const char *t);
+
+
+/* OD: Given a full pathname, this will create the directory path needed to hold the file named */
+FL_EXPORT void fl_make_path_for_file( const char *path );
+
+/* OD: recursively create a path in the file system */
+FL_EXPORT char fl_make_path( const char *path );
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+#endif /* _HAVE_FL_UTF8_HDR_ */
+
+/*
+ * End of "$Id$".
+ */
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/forms.H
@@ -1,0 +1,836 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Forms emulation header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef __FORMS_H__
+#define __FORMS_H__
+
+#include "Fl.H"
+#include "Fl_Group.H"
+#include "Fl_Window.H"
+#include "fl_draw.H"
+
+typedef Fl_Widget FL_OBJECT;
+typedef Fl_Window FL_FORM;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Random constants & symbols defined by forms.h file:
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+
+#define FL_ON 1
+#define FL_OK 1
+#define FL_VALID 1
+#define FL_PREEMPT 1
+#define FL_AUTO 2
+#define FL_WHEN_NEEDED FL_AUTO
+#define FL_OFF 0
+#define FL_NONE 0
+#define FL_CANCEL 0
+#define FL_INVALID 0
+#define FL_IGNORE -1
+//#define FL_CLOSE -2 // this variable is never used in FLTK Forms. It is removed becaus it conflicts with the window FL_CLOSE event
+
+#define FL_LCOL FL_BLACK
+#define FL_COL1 FL_GRAY
+#define FL_MCOL FL_LIGHT1
+#define FL_LEFT_BCOL FL_LIGHT3 // 53 is better match
+#define FL_TOP_BCOL FL_LIGHT2 // 51
+#define FL_BOTTOM_BCOL FL_DARK2 // 40
+#define FL_RIGHT_BCOL FL_DARK3 // 36
+#define FL_INACTIVE FL_INACTIVE_COLOR
+#define FL_INACTIVE_COL FL_INACTIVE_COLOR
+#define FL_FREE_COL1 FL_FREE_COLOR
+#define FL_FREE_COL2 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+1))
+#define FL_FREE_COL3 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+2))
+#define FL_FREE_COL4 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+3))
+#define FL_FREE_COL5 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+4))
+#define FL_FREE_COL6 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+5))
+#define FL_FREE_COL7 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+6))
+#define FL_FREE_COL8 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+7))
+#define FL_FREE_COL9 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+8))
+#define FL_FREE_COL10 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+9))
+#define FL_FREE_COL11 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+10))
+#define FL_FREE_COL12 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+11))
+#define FL_FREE_COL13 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+12))
+#define FL_FREE_COL14 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+13))
+#define FL_FREE_COL15 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+14))
+#define FL_FREE_COL16 ((Fl_Color)(FL_FREE_COLOR+15))
+#define FL_TOMATO ((Fl_Color)(131))
+#define FL_INDIANRED ((Fl_Color)(164))
+#define FL_SLATEBLUE ((Fl_Color)(195))
+#define FL_DARKGOLD ((Fl_Color)(84))
+#define FL_PALEGREEN ((Fl_Color)(157))
+#define FL_ORCHID ((Fl_Color)(203))
+#define FL_DARKCYAN ((Fl_Color)(189))
+#define FL_DARKTOMATO ((Fl_Color)(113))
+#define FL_WHEAT ((Fl_Color)(174))
+
+#define FL_ALIGN_BESIDE FL_ALIGN_INSIDE
+
+#define FL_PUP_TOGGLE 2 // FL_MENU_TOGGLE
+#define FL_PUP_INACTIVE 1 // FL_MENU_INACTIVE
+#define FL_NO_FRAME FL_NO_BOX
+#define FL_ROUNDED3D_UPBOX FL_ROUND_UP_BOX
+#define FL_ROUNDED3D_DOWNBOX FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+#define FL_OVAL3D_UPBOX FL_ROUND_UP_BOX
+#define FL_OVAL3D_DOWNBOX FL_ROUND_DOWN_BOX
+
+#define FL_MBUTTON1 1
+#define FL_LEFTMOUSE 1
+#define FL_MBUTTON2 2
+#define FL_MIDDLEMOUSE 2
+#define FL_MBUTTON3 3
+#define FL_RIGHTMOUSE 3
+#define FL_MBUTTON4 4
+#define FL_MBUTTON5 5
+
+#define FL_INVALID_STYLE 255
+#define FL_NORMAL_STYLE FL_HELVETICA
+#define FL_BOLD_STYLE FL_HELVETICA_BOLD
+#define FL_ITALIC_STYLE FL_HELVETICA_ITALIC
+#define FL_BOLDITALIC_STYLE FL_HELVETICA_BOLD_ITALIC
+#define FL_FIXED_STYLE FL_COURIER
+#define FL_FIXEDBOLD_STYLE FL_COURIER_BOLD
+#define FL_FIXEDITALIC_STYLE FL_COURIER_ITALIC
+#define FL_FIXEDBOLDITALIC_STYLE FL_COURIER_BOLD_ITALIC
+#define FL_TIMES_STYLE FL_TIMES
+#define FL_TIMESBOLD_STYLE FL_TIMES_BOLD
+#define FL_TIMESITALIC_STYLE FL_TIMES_ITALIC
+#define FL_TIMESBOLDITALIC_STYLE FL_TIMES_BOLD_ITALIC
+
+// hacks to change the labeltype() when passed to fl_set_object_lstyle():
+#define FL_SHADOW_STYLE (FL_SHADOW_LABEL<<8)
+#define FL_ENGRAVED_STYLE (FL_ENGRAVED_LABEL<<8)
+#define FL_EMBOSSED_STYLE (FL_EMBOSSED_LABEL<<0)
+
+// size values are different from XForms, match older Forms:
+#define FL_TINY_SIZE 8
+#define FL_SMALL_SIZE 11 // 10
+//#define FL_NORMAL_SIZE 14 // 12
+#define FL_MEDIUM_SIZE 18 // 14
+#define FL_LARGE_SIZE 24 // 18
+#define FL_HUGE_SIZE 32 // 24
+#define FL_DEFAULT_SIZE FL_SMALL_SIZE
+#define FL_TINY_FONT FL_TINY_SIZE
+#define FL_SMALL_FONT FL_SMALL_SIZE
+#define FL_NORMAL_FONT FL_NORMAL_SIZE
+#define FL_MEDIUM_FONT FL_MEDIUM_SIZE
+#define FL_LARGE_FONT FL_LARGE_SIZE
+#define FL_HUGE_FONT FL_HUGE_SIZE
+#define FL_NORMAL_FONT1 FL_SMALL_FONT
+#define FL_NORMAL_FONT2 FL_NORMAL_FONT
+#define FL_DEFAULT_FONT FL_SMALL_FONT
+
+#define FL_RETURN_END_CHANGED FL_WHEN_RELEASE
+#define FL_RETURN_CHANGED FL_WHEN_CHANGED
+#define FL_RETURN_END FL_WHEN_RELEASE_ALWAYS
+#define FL_RETURN_ALWAYS (FL_WHEN_CHANGED|FL_WHEN_NOT_CHANGED)
+
+#define FL_BOUND_WIDTH 3
+
+typedef int FL_Coord;
+typedef int FL_COLOR;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// fltk interaction:
+
+#define FL_CMD_OPT void
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_initialize(int*, char*[], const char*, FL_CMD_OPT*, int);
+inline void fl_finish() {}+
+typedef void (*FL_IO_CALLBACK) (FL_SOCKET, void*);
+inline void fl_add_io_callback(int fd, short w, FL_IO_CALLBACK cb, void* v) {+ Fl::add_fd(fd, w, cb, v);}
+inline void fl_remove_io_callback(int fd, short, FL_IO_CALLBACK) {+ Fl::remove_fd(fd);} // removes all the callbacks!
+
+// type of callback is different and no "id" number is returned:
+inline void fl_add_timeout(long msec, void (*cb)(void*), void* v) {+ Fl::add_timeout(msec*.001, cb, v);}
+inline void fl_remove_timeout(int) {}+
+// type of callback is different!
+inline void fl_set_idle_callback(void (*cb)()) {Fl::set_idle(cb);}+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Widget* fl_do_forms(void);
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Widget* fl_check_forms();
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_do_only_forms(void) {return fl_do_forms();}+inline Fl_Widget* fl_check_only_forms(void) {return fl_check_forms();}+
+// because of new redraw behavior, these are no-ops:
+inline void fl_freeze_object(Fl_Widget*) {}+inline void fl_unfreeze_object(Fl_Widget*) {}+inline void fl_freeze_form(Fl_Window*) {}+inline void fl_unfreeze_form(Fl_Window*) {}+inline void fl_freeze_all_forms() {}+inline void fl_unfreeze_all_forms() {}+
+inline void fl_set_focus_object(Fl_Window*, Fl_Widget* o) {Fl::focus(o);}+inline void fl_reset_focus_object(Fl_Widget* o) {Fl::focus(o);}+#define fl_set_object_focus fl_set_focus_object
+
+// void fl_set_form_atclose(Fl_Window*w,int (*cb)(Fl_Window*,void*),void* v)
+// void fl_set_atclose(int (*cb)(Fl_Window*,void*),void*)
+// fl_set_form_atactivate/atdeactivate not implemented!
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Fl_Widget:
+
+inline void fl_set_object_boxtype(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Boxtype a) {o->box(a);}+inline void fl_set_object_lsize(Fl_Widget* o,int s) {o->labelsize(s);}+
+/* forms lib font indexes must be byte sized - extract correct byte from style word */
+inline void fl_set_object_lstyle(Fl_Widget* o,int a) {+ o->labelfont((Fl_Font)(a&0xff)); o->labeltype((Fl_Labeltype)(a>>8));}
+inline void fl_set_object_lcol(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Color a) {o->labelcolor(a);}+#define fl_set_object_lcolor fl_set_object_lcol
+inline void fl_set_object_lalign(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Align a) {o->align(a);}+#define fl_set_object_align fl_set_object_lalign
+inline void fl_set_object_color(Fl_Widget* o,Fl_Color a,Fl_Color b) {o->color(a,b);}+inline void fl_set_object_label(Fl_Widget* o, const char* a) {o->label(a); o->redraw();}+inline void fl_set_object_position(Fl_Widget*o,int x,int y) {o->position(x,y);}+inline void fl_set_object_size(Fl_Widget* o, int w, int h) {o->size(w,h);}+inline void fl_set_object_geometry(Fl_Widget* o,int x,int y,int w,int h) {o->resize(x,y,w,h);}+
+inline void fl_get_object_geometry(Fl_Widget* o,int*x,int*y,int*w,int*h) {+ *x = o->x(); *y = o->y(); *w = o->w(); *h = o->h();}
+inline void fl_get_object_position(Fl_Widget* o,int*x,int*y) {+ *x = o->x(); *y = o->y();}
+
+typedef void (*Forms_CB)(Fl_Widget*, long);
+inline void fl_set_object_callback(Fl_Widget*o,Forms_CB c,long a) {o->callback(c,a);}+#define fl_set_call_back fl_set_object_callback
+inline void fl_call_object_callback(Fl_Widget* o) {o->do_callback();}+inline void fl_trigger_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->do_callback();}+inline void fl_set_object_return(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ o->when((Fl_When)(v|FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+
+inline void fl_redraw_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->redraw();}+inline void fl_show_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->show();}+inline void fl_hide_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->hide();}+inline void fl_free_object(Fl_Widget* x) {delete x;}+inline void fl_delete_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->parent()->remove(*o);}+inline void fl_activate_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->activate();}+inline void fl_deactivate_object(Fl_Widget* o) {o->deactivate();}+
+inline void fl_add_object(Fl_Window* f, Fl_Widget* x) {f->add(x);}+inline void fl_insert_object(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Widget* b) {b->parent()->insert(*o,b);}+
+inline Fl_Window* FL_ObjWin(Fl_Widget* o) {return o->window();}+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// things that appered in the demos a lot that I don't emulate, but
+// I did not want to edit out of all the demos...
+
+inline int fl_get_border_width() {return 3;}+inline void fl_set_border_width(int) {}+inline void fl_set_object_dblbuffer(Fl_Widget*, int) {}+inline void fl_set_form_dblbuffer(Fl_Window*, int) {}+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Fl_Window:
+
+inline void fl_free_form(Fl_Window* x) {delete x;}+inline void fl_redraw_form(Fl_Window* f) {f->redraw();}+
+inline Fl_Window* fl_bgn_form(Fl_Boxtype b,int w,int h) {+ Fl_Window* g = new Fl_Window(w,h,0);
+ g->box(b);
+ return g;
+}
+FL_EXPORT void fl_end_form();
+inline void fl_addto_form(Fl_Window* f) {f->begin();}+inline Fl_Group* fl_bgn_group() {return new Fl_Group(0,0,0,0,0);}+inline void fl_end_group() {Fl_Group::current()->forms_end();}+inline void fl_addto_group(Fl_Widget* o) {((Fl_Group* )o)->begin();}+#define resizebox _ddfdesign_kludge()
+
+inline void fl_scale_form(Fl_Window* f, double x, double y) {+ f->resizable(f); f->size(int(f->w()*x),int(f->h()*y));}
+inline void fl_set_form_position(Fl_Window* f,int x,int y) {f->position(x,y);}+inline void fl_set_form_size(Fl_Window* f, int w, int h) {f->size(w,h);}+inline void fl_set_form_geometry(Fl_Window* f,int x,int y,int w,int h) {+ f->resize(x,y,w,h);}
+#define fl_set_initial_placement fl_set_form_geometry
+inline void fl_adjust_form_size(Fl_Window*) {}+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_show_form(Fl_Window* f,int p,int b,const char* n);
+enum { // "p" argument values:+ FL_PLACE_FREE = 0, // make resizable
+ FL_PLACE_MOUSE = 1, // mouse centered on form
+ FL_PLACE_CENTER = 2, // center of the screen
+ FL_PLACE_POSITION = 4,// fixed position, resizable
+ FL_PLACE_SIZE = 8, // fixed size, normal fltk behavior
+ FL_PLACE_GEOMETRY =16,// fixed size and position
+ FL_PLACE_ASPECT = 32, // keep aspect ratio (ignored)
+ FL_PLACE_FULLSCREEN=64,// fill screen
+ FL_PLACE_HOTSPOT = 128,// enables hotspot
+ FL_PLACE_ICONIC = 256,// iconic (ignored)
+ FL_FREE_SIZE=(1<<14), // force resizable
+ FL_FIX_SIZE =(1<<15) // force off resizable
+};
+#define FL_PLACE_FREE_CENTER (FL_PLACE_CENTER|FL_FREE_SIZE)
+#define FL_PLACE_CENTERFREE (FL_PLACE_CENTER|FL_FREE_SIZE)
+enum { // "b" arguement values:+ FL_NOBORDER = 0,
+ FL_FULLBORDER,
+ FL_TRANSIENT
+//FL_MODAL = (1<<8) // not implemented yet in Forms
+};
+inline void fl_set_form_hotspot(Fl_Window* w,int x,int y) {w->hotspot(x,y);}+inline void fl_set_form_hotobject(Fl_Window* w, Fl_Widget* o) {w->hotspot(o);}+extern FL_EXPORT char fl_flip; // in forms.C
+inline void fl_flip_yorigin() {fl_flip = 1;}+
+#define fl_prepare_form_window fl_show_form
+inline void fl_show_form_window(Fl_Window*) {}+
+inline void fl_raise_form(Fl_Window* f) {f->show();}+
+inline void fl_hide_form(Fl_Window* f) {f->hide();}+inline void fl_pop_form(Fl_Window* f) {f->show();}+
+extern FL_EXPORT char fl_modal_next; // in forms.C
+inline void fl_activate_all_forms() {}+inline void fl_deactivate_all_forms() {fl_modal_next = 1;}+inline void fl_deactivate_form(Fl_Window*w) {w->deactivate();}+inline void fl_activate_form(Fl_Window*w) {w->activate();}+
+inline void fl_set_form_title(Fl_Window* f, const char* s) {f->label(s);}+inline void fl_title_form(Fl_Window* f, const char* s) {f->label(s);}+
+typedef void (*Forms_FormCB)(Fl_Widget*);
+inline void fl_set_form_callback(Fl_Window* f,Forms_FormCB c) {f->callback(c);}+#define fl_set_form_call_back fl_set_form_callback
+
+inline void fl_init() {}+FL_EXPORT void fl_set_graphics_mode(int,int);
+
+inline int fl_form_is_visible(Fl_Window* f) {return f->visible();}+
+inline int fl_mouse_button() {return Fl::event_button();}+#define fl_mousebutton fl_mouse_button
+
+#define fl_free free
+#define fl_malloc malloc
+#define fl_calloc calloc
+#define fl_realloc realloc
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Drawing functions. Only usable inside an Fl_Free object?
+
+inline void fl_drw_box(Fl_Boxtype b,int x,int y,int w,int h,Fl_Color bgc,int=3) {+ fl_draw_box(b,x,y,w,h,bgc);}
+inline void fl_drw_frame(Fl_Boxtype b,int x,int y,int w,int h,Fl_Color bgc,int=3) {+ fl_draw_box(b,x,y,w,h,bgc);}
+
+inline void fl_drw_text(Fl_Align align, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ Fl_Color fgcolor, int size, Fl_Font style,
+ const char* s) {+ fl_font(style,size);
+ fl_color(fgcolor);
+ fl_draw(s,x,y,w,h,align);
+}
+
+// this does not work except for CENTER...
+inline void fl_drw_text_beside(Fl_Align align, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ Fl_Color fgcolor, int size, Fl_Font style,
+ const char* s) {+ fl_font(style,size);
+ fl_color(fgcolor);
+ fl_draw(s,x,y,w,h,align);
+}
+
+inline void fl_set_font_name(Fl_Font n,const char* s) {Fl::set_font(n,s);}+
+inline void fl_mapcolor(Fl_Color c, uchar r, uchar g, uchar b) {Fl::set_color(c,r,g,b);}+
+#define fl_set_clipping(x,y,w,h) fl_push_clip(x,y,w,h)
+#define fl_unset_clipping() fl_pop_clip()
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Forms classes:
+
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_new(Fl_Widget* p) {return p;}+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_new(uchar t,Fl_Widget* p) {p->type(t); return p;}+
+#define forms_constructor(type,name) \
+inline type* name(uchar t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) { \+ return (type*)(fl_add_new(t, new type(x,y,w,h,l)));}
+#define forms_constructort(type,name) \
+inline type* name(uchar t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) { \+ return (type*)(fl_add_new(new type(t,x,y,w,h,l)));}
+#define forms_constructorb(type,name) \
+inline type* name(Fl_Boxtype t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) { \+ return (type*)(fl_add_new(new type(t,x,y,w,h,l)));}
+
+#include "Fl_FormsBitmap.H"
+#define FL_NORMAL_BITMAP FL_NO_BOX
+forms_constructorb(Fl_FormsBitmap, fl_add_bitmap)
+inline void fl_set_bitmap_data(Fl_Widget* o, int w, int h, const uchar* b) {+ ((Fl_FormsBitmap*)o)->set(w,h,b);
+}
+
+#include "Fl_FormsPixmap.H"
+#define FL_NORMAL_PIXMAP FL_NO_BOX
+forms_constructorb(Fl_FormsPixmap, fl_add_pixmap)
+inline void fl_set_pixmap_data(Fl_Widget* o, char*const* b) {+ ((Fl_FormsPixmap*)o)->set(b);
+}
+//inline void fl_set_pixmap_file(Fl_Widget*, const char*);
+inline void fl_set_pixmap_align(Fl_Widget* o,Fl_Align a,int,int) {o->align(a);}+//inline void fl_set_pixmap_colorcloseness(int, int, int);
+
+#include "Fl_Box.H"
+forms_constructorb(Fl_Box, fl_add_box)
+
+#include "Fl_Browser.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Browser, fl_add_browser)
+
+inline void fl_clear_browser(Fl_Widget* o) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->clear();}
+inline void fl_add_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->add(s);}
+inline void fl_addto_browser(Fl_Widget* o, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->add(s);} /* should also scroll to bottom */
+//inline void fl_addto_browser_chars(Fl_Widget*, const char*)
+//#define fl_append_browser fl_addto_browser_chars
+inline void fl_insert_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->insert(n,s);}
+inline void fl_delete_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->remove(n);}
+inline void fl_replace_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->replace(n,s);}
+inline char* fl_get_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ return (char*)(((Fl_Browser*)o)->text(n));}
+inline int fl_load_browser(Fl_Widget* o, const char* f) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->load(f);}
+inline void fl_select_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->select(n,1);}
+inline void fl_deselect_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->select(n,0);}
+inline void fl_deselect_browser(Fl_Widget* o) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->deselect();}
+inline int fl_isselected_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->selected(n);}
+inline int fl_get_browser_topline(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->topline();}
+inline int fl_get_browser(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->value();}
+inline int fl_get_browser_maxline(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->size();}
+//linline int fl_get_browser_screenlines(Fl_Widget*);
+inline void fl_set_browser_topline(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->topline(n);}
+inline void fl_set_browser_fontsize(Fl_Widget* o, int s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->textsize(s);}
+inline void fl_set_browser_fontstyle(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Font s) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->textfont(s);}
+inline void fl_set_browser_specialkey(Fl_Widget* o, char c) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->format_char(c);}
+//inline void fl_set_browser_vscrollbar(Fl_Widget*, int);
+//inline void fl_set_browser_hscrollbar(Fl_Widget*, int);
+//inline void fl_set_browser_leftslider(Fl_Widget*, int);
+//#define fl_set_browser_leftscrollbar fl_set_browser_leftslider
+//inline void fl_set_browser_line_selectable(Fl_Widget*, int, int);
+//inline void fl_get_browser_dimension(Fl_Widget*,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+//inline void fl_set_browser_dblclick_callback(Fl_Widget*,FL_CALLBACKPTR,long);
+//inline void fl_set_browser_xoffset(Fl_Widget*, FL_Coord);
+//inline void fl_set_browser_scrollbarsize(Fl_Widget*, int, int);
+inline void fl_setdisplayed_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n, int i) {+ ((Fl_Browser*)o)->display(n,i);}
+inline int fl_isdisplayed_browser_line(Fl_Widget* o, int n) {+ return ((Fl_Browser*)o)->displayed(n);}
+
+#include "Fl_Button.H"
+
+#define FL_NORMAL_BUTTON 0
+#define FL_TOUCH_BUTTON 4
+#define FL_INOUT_BUTTON 5
+#define FL_RETURN_BUTTON 6
+#define FL_HIDDEN_RET_BUTTON 7
+#define FL_PUSH_BUTTON FL_TOGGLE_BUTTON
+#define FL_MENU_BUTTON 9
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Button* fl_add_button(uchar t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l);
+inline int fl_get_button(Fl_Widget* b) {return ((Fl_Button*)b)->value();}+inline void fl_set_button(Fl_Widget* b, int v) {((Fl_Button*)b)->value(v);}+inline int fl_get_button_numb(Fl_Widget*) {return Fl::event_button();}+inline void fl_set_button_shortcut(Fl_Widget* b, const char* s,int=0) {+ ((Fl_Button*)b)->shortcut(s);}
+//#define fl_set_object_shortcut(b,s) fl_set_button_shortcut(b,s)
+
+#include "Fl_Light_Button.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Light_Button, fl_add_lightbutton)
+
+#include "Fl_Round_Button.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Round_Button, fl_add_roundbutton)
+forms_constructor(Fl_Round_Button, fl_add_round3dbutton)
+
+#include "Fl_Check_Button.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Check_Button, fl_add_checkbutton)
+
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_bitmapbutton(int t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) {Fl_Widget* o = fl_add_button(t,x,y,w,h,l); return o;}+inline void fl_set_bitmapbutton_data(Fl_Widget* o,int a,int b,uchar* c) {+ (new Fl_Bitmap(c,a,b))->label(o);} // does not delete old Fl_Bitmap!
+
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_pixmapbutton(int t,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) {Fl_Widget* o = fl_add_button(t,x,y,w,h,l); return o;}+inline void fl_set_pixmapbutton_data(Fl_Widget* o, const char*const* c) {+ (new Fl_Pixmap(c))->label(o);} // does not delete old Fl_Pixmap!
+
+// Fl_Canvas object not yet implemented!
+
+#include "Fl_Chart.H"
+
+forms_constructor(Fl_Chart, fl_add_chart)
+inline void fl_clear_chart(Fl_Widget* o) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->clear();}
+inline void fl_add_chart_value(Fl_Widget* o,double v,const char* s,uchar c){+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->add(v,s,c);}
+inline void fl_insert_chart_value(Fl_Widget* o, int i, double v, const char* s, uchar c) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->insert(i,v,s,c);}
+inline void fl_replace_chart_value(Fl_Widget* o, int i, double v, const char* s, uchar c) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->replace(i,v,s,c);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->bounds(a,b);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_maxnumb(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->maxsize(v);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_autosize(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->autosize(v);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_lstyle(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Font v) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->textfont(v);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_lsize(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->textsize(v);}
+inline void fl_set_chart_lcolor(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Color v) {+ ((Fl_Chart*)o)->textcolor(v);}
+#define fl_set_chart_lcol fl_set_chart_lcolor
+
+#include "Fl_Choice.H"
+
+#define FL_NORMAL_CHOICE 0
+#define FL_NORMAL_CHOICE2 0
+#define FL_DROPLIST_CHOICE 0
+
+forms_constructor(Fl_Choice, fl_add_choice)
+inline void fl_clear_choice(Fl_Widget* o) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->clear();}
+inline void fl_addto_choice(Fl_Widget* o, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->add(s);}
+inline void fl_replace_choice(Fl_Widget* o, int i, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->replace(i-1,s);}
+inline void fl_delete_choice(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->remove(i-1);}
+inline void fl_set_choice(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->value(i-1);}
+// inline void fl_set_choice_text(Fl_Widget*, const char*);
+inline int fl_get_choice(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Choice*)o)->value()+1;}
+// inline const char* fl_get_choice_item_text(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline int fl_get_choice_maxitems(Fl_Widget*);
+inline const char* fl_get_choice_text(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Choice*)o)->text();}
+inline void fl_set_choice_fontsize(Fl_Widget* o, int x) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->textsize(x);}
+inline void fl_set_choice_fontstyle(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Font x) {+ ((Fl_Choice*)o)->textfont(x);}
+// inline void fl_set_choice_item_mode(Fl_Widget*, int, unsigned);
+// inline void fl_set_choice_item_shortcut(Fl_Widget*, int, const char*);
+
+#include "Fl_Clock.H"
+forms_constructort(Fl_Clock, fl_add_clock)
+inline void fl_get_clock(Fl_Widget* o, int* h, int* m, int* s) {+ *h = ((Fl_Clock*)o)->hour();
+ *m = ((Fl_Clock*)o)->minute();
+ *s = ((Fl_Clock*)o)->second();
+}
+
+#include "Fl_Counter.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Counter, fl_add_counter)
+inline void fl_set_counter_value(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Counter*)o)->value(v);}
+inline void fl_set_counter_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Counter*)o)->bounds(a,b);}
+inline void fl_set_counter_step(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Counter*)o)->step(a,b);}
+inline void fl_set_counter_precision(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Counter*)o)->precision(v);}
+inline void fl_set_counter_return(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Counter*)o)->when((Fl_When)(v|FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+inline double fl_get_counter_value(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Counter*)o)->value();}
+inline void fl_get_counter_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, float* a, float* b) {+ *a = float(((Fl_Counter*)o)->minimum());
+ *b = float(((Fl_Counter*)o)->maximum());
+}
+//inline void fl_set_counter_filter(Fl_Widget*,const char* (*)(Fl_Widget*,double,int));
+
+// Cursor stuff cannot be emulated because it uses X stuff
+inline void fl_set_cursor(Fl_Window* w, Fl_Cursor c) {w->cursor(c);}+#define FL_INVISIBLE_CURSOR FL_CURSOR_NONE
+#define FL_DEFAULT_CURSOR FL_CURSOR_DEFAULT
+
+#include "Fl_Dial.H"
+
+#define FL_DIAL_COL1 FL_GRAY
+#define FL_DIAL_COL2 37
+
+forms_constructor(Fl_Dial, fl_add_dial)
+inline void fl_set_dial_value(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Dial*)o)->value(v);}
+inline double fl_get_dial_value(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Dial*)o)->value();}
+inline void fl_set_dial_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Dial*)o)->bounds(a, b);}
+inline void fl_get_dial_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, float* a, float* b) {+ *a = float(((Fl_Dial*)o)->minimum());
+ *b = float(((Fl_Dial*)o)->maximum());
+}
+inline void fl_set_dial_return(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Dial*)o)->when((Fl_When)(i|FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+inline void fl_set_dial_angles(Fl_Widget* o, int a, int b) {+ ((Fl_Dial*)o)->angles((short)a, (short)b);}
+//inline void fl_set_dial_cross(Fl_Widget* o, int);
+// inline void fl_set_dial_direction(Fl_Widget* o, uchar d) {+// ((Fl_Dial*)o)->direction(d);}
+inline void fl_set_dial_step(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Dial*)o)->step(v);}
+
+// Frames:
+
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_frame(Fl_Boxtype i,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) {+ return fl_add_box(i,x-3,y-3,w+6,h+6,l);}
+
+// labelframe nyi
+inline Fl_Widget* fl_add_labelframe(Fl_Boxtype i,int x,int y,int w,int h,const char* l) {+ Fl_Widget* o = fl_add_box(i,x-3,y-3,w+6,h+6,l);
+ o->align(FL_ALIGN_TOP_LEFT);
+ return o;
+}
+
+#include "Fl_Free.H"
+inline Fl_Free*
+fl_add_free(int t,double x,double y,double w,double h,const char* l,
+ FL_HANDLEPTR hdl) {+ return (Fl_Free*)(fl_add_new(
+ new Fl_Free(t,int(x),int(y),int(w),int(h),l,hdl)));
+}
+
+#include "fl_ask.H"
+#include "fl_show_colormap.H"
+
+inline int fl_show_question(const char* c, int = 0) {return fl_choice("%s",fl_no,fl_yes,0L,c);}+FL_EXPORT void fl_show_message(const char *,const char *,const char *);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_show_alert(const char *,const char *,const char *,int=0);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_show_question(const char *,const char *,const char *);
+inline const char *fl_show_input(const char *l,const char*d=0) {return fl_input("%s",d,l);}+FL_EXPORT /*const*/ char *fl_show_simple_input(const char *label, const char *deflt = 0);
+FL_EXPORT int fl_show_choice(
+ const char *m1,
+ const char *m2,
+ const char *m3,
+ int numb,
+ const char *b0,
+ const char *b1,
+ const char *b2);
+
+inline void fl_set_goodies_font(Fl_Font a, Fl_Fontsize b) {fl_message_font(a,b);}+#define fl_show_messages fl_message
+inline int fl_show_choices(const char* c,int n,const char* b1,const char* b2,
+ const char* b3, int) {+ return fl_show_choice(0,c,0,n,b1,b2,b3);
+}
+
+#include "filename.H"
+#include "Fl_File_Chooser.H"
+inline int do_matching(char* a, const char* b) {return fl_filename_match(a,b);}+
+// Forms-compatible file chooser (implementation in fselect.C):
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_show_file_selector(const char* message,const char* dir,
+ const char* pat,const char* fname);
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_get_directory();
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_get_pattern();
+FL_EXPORT char* fl_get_filename();
+
+#include "Fl_Input.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Input, fl_add_input)
+inline void fl_set_input(Fl_Widget* o, const char* v) {+ ((Fl_Input*)o)->value(v);}
+inline void fl_set_input_return(Fl_Widget* o, int x) {+ ((Fl_Input*)o)->when((Fl_When)(x | FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+inline void fl_set_input_color(Fl_Widget* o, Fl_Color a, Fl_Color b) {+ ((Fl_Input*)o)->textcolor(a);
+ ((Fl_Input*)o)->cursor_color(b);
+}
+// inline void fl_set_input_scroll(Fl_Widget*, int);
+inline void fl_set_input_cursorpos(Fl_Widget* o, int x, int /*y*/) {+ ((Fl_Input*)o)->position(x);}
+// inline void fl_set_input_selected(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_selected_range(Fl_Widget*, int, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_maxchars(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_format(Fl_Widget*, int, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_hscrollbar(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_vscrollbar(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_xoffset(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_topline(Fl_Widget*, int);
+// inline void fl_set_input_scrollbarsize(Fl_Widget*, int, int);
+// inline int fl_get_input_topline(Fl_Widget*);
+// inline int fl_get_input_screenlines(Fl_Widget*);
+inline int fl_get_input_cursorpos(Fl_Widget* o, int*x, int*y) {+ *x = ((Fl_Input*)o)->position(); *y = 0; return *x;}
+// inline int fl_get_input_numberoflines(Fl_Widget*);
+// inline void fl_get_input_format(Fl_Widget*, int*, int*);
+inline const char* fl_get_input(Fl_Widget* o) {return ((Fl_Input*)o)->value();}+
+#include "Fl_Menu_Button.H"
+
+// types are not implemented, they all act like FL_PUSH_MENU:
+#define FL_TOUCH_MENU 0
+#define FL_PUSH_MENU 1
+#define FL_PULLDOWN_MENU 2
+forms_constructor(Fl_Menu_Button, fl_add_menu)
+
+inline void fl_clear_menu(Fl_Widget* o) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->clear();}
+inline void fl_set_menu(Fl_Widget* o, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->clear(); ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->add(s);}
+inline void fl_addto_menu(Fl_Widget* o, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->add(s);}
+inline void fl_replace_menu_item(Fl_Widget* o, int i, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->replace(i-1,s);}
+inline void fl_delete_menu_item(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->remove(i-1);}
+inline void fl_set_menu_item_shortcut(Fl_Widget* o, int i, const char* s) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->shortcut(i-1,fl_old_shortcut(s));}
+inline void fl_set_menu_item_mode(Fl_Widget* o, int i, long x) {+ ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->mode(i-1,x);}
+inline void fl_show_menu_symbol(Fl_Widget*, int ) {+/* ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->show_menu_symbol(i); */}
+// inline void fl_set_menu_popup(Fl_Widget*, int);
+inline int fl_get_menu(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->value()+1;}
+inline const char* fl_get_menu_item_text(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ return ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->text(i);}
+inline int fl_get_menu_maxitems(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->size();}
+inline int fl_get_menu_item_mode(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ return ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->mode(i);}
+inline const char* fl_get_menu_text(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Menu_Button*)o)->text();}
+
+#include "Fl_Positioner.H"
+#define FL_NORMAL_POSITIONER 0
+forms_constructor(Fl_Positioner, fl_add_positioner)
+inline void fl_set_positioner_xvalue(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xvalue(v);}
+inline double fl_get_positioner_xvalue(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xvalue();}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_xbounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xbounds(a,b);}
+inline void fl_get_positioner_xbounds(Fl_Widget* o, float* a, float* b) {+ *a = float(((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xminimum());
+ *b = float(((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xmaximum());
+}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_yvalue(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->yvalue(v);}
+inline double fl_get_positioner_yvalue(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->yvalue();}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_ybounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->ybounds(a,b);}
+inline void fl_get_positioner_ybounds(Fl_Widget* o, float* a, float* b) {+ *a = float(((Fl_Positioner*)o)->yminimum());
+ *b = float(((Fl_Positioner*)o)->ymaximum());
+}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_xstep(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->xstep(v);}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_ystep(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->ystep(v);}
+inline void fl_set_positioner_return(Fl_Widget* o, int v) {+ ((Fl_Positioner*)o)->when((Fl_When)(v|FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+
+#include "Fl_Slider.H"
+
+#define FL_HOR_BROWSER_SLIDER FL_HOR_SLIDER
+#define FL_VERT_BROWSER_SLIDER FL_VERT_SLIDER
+
+forms_constructort(Fl_Slider, fl_add_slider)
+#define FL_SLIDER_COL1 FL_GRAY
+inline void fl_set_slider_value(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Slider*)o)->value(v);}
+inline double fl_get_slider_value(Fl_Widget* o) {+ return ((Fl_Slider*)o)->value();}
+inline void fl_set_slider_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, double a, double b) {+ ((Fl_Slider*)o)->bounds(a, b);}
+inline void fl_get_slider_bounds(Fl_Widget* o, float* a, float* b) {+ *a = float(((Fl_Slider*)o)->minimum());
+ *b = float(((Fl_Slider*)o)->maximum());
+}
+inline void fl_set_slider_return(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Slider*)o)->when((Fl_When)(i|FL_WHEN_RELEASE));}
+inline void fl_set_slider_step(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Slider*)o)->step(v);}
+// inline void fl_set_slider_increment(Fl_Widget* o, double v, double);
+inline void fl_set_slider_size(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {+ ((Fl_Slider*)o)->slider_size(v);}
+
+#include "Fl_Value_Slider.H"
+forms_constructor(Fl_Value_Slider, fl_add_valslider)
+
+inline void fl_set_slider_precision(Fl_Widget* o, int i) {+ ((Fl_Value_Slider*)o)->precision(i);}
+// filter function!
+
+// The forms text object was the same as an Fl_Box except it inverted the
+// meaning of FL_ALIGN_INSIDE. Implementation in forms.cxx
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_FormsText : public Fl_Widget {+protected:
+ void draw();
+public:
+ Fl_FormsText(Fl_Boxtype b, int X, int Y, int W, int H, const char* l=0)
+ : Fl_Widget(X,Y,W,H,l) {box(b); align(FL_ALIGN_LEFT);}+};
+#define FL_NORMAL_TEXT FL_NO_BOX
+forms_constructorb(Fl_FormsText, fl_add_text)
+
+#include "Fl_Timer.H"
+forms_constructort(Fl_Timer, fl_add_timer)
+inline void fl_set_timer(Fl_Widget* o, double v) {((Fl_Timer*)o)->value(v);}+inline double fl_get_timer(Fl_Widget* o) {return ((Fl_Timer*)o)->value();}+inline void fl_suspend_timer(Fl_Widget* o) {((Fl_Timer*)o)->suspended(1);}+inline void fl_resume_timer(Fl_Widget* o) {((Fl_Timer*)o)->suspended(0);}+inline void fl_set_timer_countup(Fl_Widget* o,char d) {((Fl_Timer*)o)->direction(d);}+void FL_EXPORT fl_gettime(long* sec, long* usec);
+
+// Fl_XYPlot nyi
+
+
+// stuff from DDForms:
+
+inline int fl_double_click() {return Fl::event_clicks();}+inline void fl_draw() {Fl::flush();}+
+#endif /* define __FORMS_H__ */
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/gl.h
@@ -1,0 +1,103 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// OpenGL header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2011 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// You must include this instead of GL/gl.h to get the Microsoft
+// APIENTRY stuff included (from <windows.h>) prior to the OpenGL
+// header files.
+//
+// This file also provides "missing" OpenGL functions, and
+// gl_start() and gl_finish() to allow OpenGL to be used in any window
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+/** \file gl.h
+ * This file defines wrapper functions for OpenGL in FLTK
+ *
+ * To use OpenGL from within an FLTK application you MUST use gl_visual()
+ * to select the default visual before doing show() on any windows. Mesa
+ * will crash if yoy try to use a visual not returned by glxChooseVidual.
+ *
+ * This does not work with Fl_Double_Window's! It will try to draw
+ * into the front buffer. Depending on the system this will either
+ * crash or do nothing (when pixmaps are being used as back buffer
+ * and GL is being done by hardware), work correctly (when GL is done
+ * with software, such as Mesa), or draw into the front buffer and
+ * be erased when the buffers are swapped (when double buffer hardware
+ * is being used)
+ */
+
+#ifndef FL_gl_H
+# define FL_gl_H
+
+# include "Enumerations.H" // for color names
+# ifdef WIN32
+# include <windows.h>
+# endif
+# ifndef APIENTRY
+# if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# define APIENTRY __attribute__ ((__stdcall__))
+# else
+# define APIENTRY
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+# include <OpenGL/gl.h>
+# else
+# include <GL/gl.h>
+# endif // __APPLE__
+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_start();
+FL_EXPORT void gl_finish();
+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_color(Fl_Color i);
+/** back compatibility */
+inline void gl_color(int c) {gl_color((Fl_Color)c);}+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_rect(int x,int y,int w,int h);
+/**
+ Fills the given rectangle with the current color.
+ \see gl_rect(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+ */
+inline void gl_rectf(int x,int y,int w,int h) {glRecti(x,y,x+w,y+h);}+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_font(int fontid, int size);
+FL_EXPORT int gl_height();
+FL_EXPORT int gl_descent();
+FL_EXPORT double gl_width(const char *);
+FL_EXPORT double gl_width(const char *, int n);
+FL_EXPORT double gl_width(uchar);
+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, int n);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, int x, int y);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, float x, float y);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, int n, int x, int y);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, int n, float x, float y);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw(const char*, int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Align);
+FL_EXPORT void gl_measure(const char*, int& x, int& y);
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+extern FL_EXPORT void gl_texture_pile_height(int max);
+extern FL_EXPORT int gl_texture_pile_height();
+#endif
+
+FL_EXPORT void gl_draw_image(const uchar *, int x,int y,int w,int h, int d=3, int ld=0);
+
+#endif // !FL_gl_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/gl2opengl.h
@@ -1,0 +1,35 @@
+/* gl.h
+
+ GL to OpenGL translator.
+ If you include this, you might be able to port old GL programs.
+ There are also much better emulators available on the net.
+
+*/
+
+#include <FL/gl.h>
+#include "gl_draw.H"
+
+inline void clear() {glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT|GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT);}+#define RGBcolor(r,g,b) glColor3ub(r,g,b)
+#define bgnline() glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP)
+#define bgnpolygon() glBegin(GL_POLYGON)
+#define bgnclosedline() glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP)
+#define endline() glEnd()
+#define endpolygon() glEnd()
+#define endclosedline() glEnd()
+#define v2f(v) glVertex2fv(v)
+#define v2s(v) glVertex2sv(v)
+#define cmov(x,y,z) glRasterPos3f(x,y,z)
+#define charstr(s) gl_draw(s)
+#define fmprstr(s) gl_draw(s)
+typedef float Matrix[4][4];
+inline void pushmatrix() {glPushMatrix();}+inline void popmatrix() {glPopMatrix();}+inline void multmatrix(Matrix m) {glMultMatrixf((float *)m);}+inline void color(int n) {glIndexi(n);}+inline void rect(int x,int y,int r,int t) {gl_rect(x,y,r-x,t-y);}+inline void rectf(int x,int y,int r,int t) {glRectf(x,y,r+1,t+1);}+inline void recti(int x,int y,int r,int t) {gl_rect(x,y,r-x,t-y);}+inline void rectfi(int x,int y,int r,int t) {glRecti(x,y,r+1,t+1);}+inline void rects(int x,int y,int r,int t) {gl_rect(x,y,r-x,t-y);}+inline void rectfs(int x,int y,int r,int t) {glRects(x,y,r+1,t+1);}--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/gl_draw.H
@@ -1,0 +1,26 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// OpenGL header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#include "gl.h"
+
+extern FL_EXPORT void gl_remove_displaylist_fonts();
+
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/glu.h
@@ -1,0 +1,51 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// GLu header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// You must include this instead of GL/gl.h to get the Microsoft
+// APIENTRY stuff included (from <windows.h>) prior to the OpenGL
+// header files.
+//
+// This file also provides "missing" OpenGL functions, and
+// gl_start() and gl_finish() to allow OpenGL to be used in any window
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+#ifndef FL_glu_H
+# define FL_glu_H
+
+# include "Enumerations.H" // for color names
+# ifdef WIN32
+# include <windows.h>
+# endif
+# ifndef APIENTRY
+# if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# define APIENTRY __attribute__ ((__stdcall__))
+# else
+# define APIENTRY
+# endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __APPLE__
+# include <OpenGL/glu.h>
+# else
+# include <GL/glu.h>
+# endif
+
+#endif // !FL_glu_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/glut.H
@@ -1,0 +1,481 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// GLUT emulation header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2015 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// Emulation of GLUT using fltk.
+
+// GLUT is Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1995, 1996:
+// "This program is freely distributable without licensing fees and is
+// provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or implied. This
+// program is -not- in the public domain."
+
+// Although I have copied the GLUT API, none of my code is based on
+// any GLUT implementation details and is therefore covered by the LGPL.
+
+// Commented out lines indicate parts of GLUT that are not emulated.
+
+#ifndef Fl_glut_H
+# define Fl_glut_H
+
+# include "gl.h"
+
+
+# include "Fl.H"
+# include "Fl_Gl_Window.H"
+
+/**
+ GLUT is emulated using this window class and these static variables
+ (plus several more static variables hidden in glut_compatability.cxx):
+*/
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_Glut_Window : public Fl_Gl_Window {+ void _init();
+ int mouse_down;
+protected:
+ void draw();
+ void draw_overlay();
+ int handle(int);
+public: // so the inline functions work
+ int number;
+ int menu[3];
+ void make_current();
+ void (*display)();
+ void (*overlaydisplay)();
+ void (*reshape)(int w, int h);
+ void (*keyboard)(uchar, int x, int y);
+ void (*mouse)(int b, int state, int x, int y);
+ void (*motion)(int x, int y);
+ void (*passivemotion)(int x, int y);
+ void (*entry)(int);
+ void (*visibility)(int);
+ void (*special)(int, int x, int y);
+ Fl_Glut_Window(int w, int h, const char *);
+ Fl_Glut_Window(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char *);
+ ~Fl_Glut_Window();
+};
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Glut_Window *glut_window; // the current window
+extern FL_EXPORT int glut_menu; // the current menu
+
+// function pointers that are not per-window:
+extern FL_EXPORT void (*glut_idle_function)();
+extern FL_EXPORT void (*glut_menustate_function)(int);
+extern FL_EXPORT void (*glut_menustatus_function)(int,int,int);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//# define GLUT_API_VERSION This does not match any version of GLUT exactly...
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutInit(int *argcp, char **argv); // creates first window
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutInitDisplayMode(unsigned int mode);
+// the FL_ symbols have the same value as the GLUT ones:
+# define GLUT_RGB FL_RGB
+# define GLUT_RGBA FL_RGB
+# define GLUT_INDEX FL_INDEX
+# define GLUT_SINGLE FL_SINGLE
+# define GLUT_DOUBLE FL_DOUBLE
+# define GLUT_ACCUM FL_ACCUM
+# define GLUT_ALPHA FL_ALPHA
+# define GLUT_DEPTH FL_DEPTH
+# define GLUT_STENCIL FL_STENCIL
+# define GLUT_MULTISAMPLE FL_MULTISAMPLE
+# define GLUT_STEREO FL_STEREO
+// # define GLUT_LUMINANCE 512
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutInitWindowPosition(int x, int y);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutInitWindowSize(int w, int h);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutMainLoop();
+
+FL_EXPORT int glutCreateWindow(char *title);
+FL_EXPORT int glutCreateWindow(const char *title);
+
+FL_EXPORT int glutCreateSubWindow(int win, int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutDestroyWindow(int win);
+
+inline void glutPostRedisplay() {glut_window->redraw();}+
+FL_EXPORT void glutPostWindowRedisplay(int win);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutSwapBuffers();
+
+inline int glutGetWindow() {return glut_window->number;}+
+FL_EXPORT void glutSetWindow(int win);
+
+inline void glutSetWindowTitle(char *t) {glut_window->label(t);}+
+inline void glutSetIconTitle(char *t) {glut_window->iconlabel(t);}+
+inline void glutPositionWindow(int x, int y) {glut_window->position(x,y);}+
+inline void glutReshapeWindow(int w, int h) {glut_window->size(w,h);}+
+inline void glutPopWindow() {glut_window->show();}+
+inline void glutPushWindow() { /* do nothing */ }+
+inline void glutIconifyWindow() {glut_window->iconize();}+
+inline void glutShowWindow() {glut_window->show();}+
+inline void glutHideWindow() {glut_window->hide();}+
+inline void glutFullScreen() {glut_window->fullscreen();}+
+inline void glutSetCursor(Fl_Cursor cursor) {glut_window->cursor(cursor);}+// notice that the numeric values are different than glut:
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW ((Fl_Cursor)2)
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_ARROW ((Fl_Cursor)67)
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_INFO FL_CURSOR_HAND
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_DESTROY ((Fl_Cursor)45)
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_HELP FL_CURSOR_HELP
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_CYCLE ((Fl_Cursor)26)
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_SPRAY ((Fl_Cursor)63)
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_WAIT FL_CURSOR_WAIT
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_TEXT FL_CURSOR_INSERT
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR FL_CURSOR_CROSS
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_UP_DOWN FL_CURSOR_NS
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_RIGHT FL_CURSOR_WE
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_SIDE FL_CURSOR_N
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_SIDE FL_CURSOR_S
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_LEFT_SIDE FL_CURSOR_W
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_RIGHT_SIDE FL_CURSOR_E
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_LEFT_CORNER FL_CURSOR_NW
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER FL_CURSOR_NE
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER FL_CURSOR_SE
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER FL_CURSOR_SW
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_INHERIT FL_CURSOR_DEFAULT
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_NONE FL_CURSOR_NONE
+# define GLUT_CURSOR_FULL_CROSSHAIR FL_CURSOR_CROSS
+
+inline void glutWarpPointer(int, int) { /* do nothing */ }+
+inline void glutEstablishOverlay() {glut_window->make_overlay_current();}+
+inline void glutRemoveOverlay() {glut_window->hide_overlay();}+
+inline void glutUseLayer(GLenum layer) {+ layer ? glut_window->make_overlay_current() : glut_window->make_current();}
+enum {GLUT_NORMAL, GLUT_OVERLAY};+
+inline void glutPostOverlayRedisplay() {glut_window->redraw_overlay();}+
+inline void glutShowOverlay() {glut_window->redraw_overlay();}+
+inline void glutHideOverlay() {glut_window->hide_overlay();}+
+FL_EXPORT int glutCreateMenu(void (*)(int));
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutDestroyMenu(int menu);
+
+inline int glutGetMenu() {return glut_menu;}+
+inline void glutSetMenu(int m) {glut_menu = m;}+
+FL_EXPORT void glutAddMenuEntry(char *label, int value);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutAddSubMenu(char *label, int submenu);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutChangeToMenuEntry(int item, char *labela, int value);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutChangeToSubMenu(int item, char *label, int submenu);
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutRemoveMenuItem(int item);
+
+inline void glutAttachMenu(int b) {glut_window->menu[b] = glut_menu;}+
+inline void glutDetachMenu(int b) {glut_window->menu[b] = 0;}+
+inline void glutDisplayFunc(void (*f)()) {glut_window->display = f;}+
+inline void glutReshapeFunc(void (*f)(int w, int h)) {glut_window->reshape=f;}+
+inline void glutKeyboardFunc(void (*f)(uchar key, int x, int y)) {+ glut_window->keyboard = f;}
+
+inline void glutMouseFunc(void (*f)(int b, int state, int x, int y)) {+ glut_window->mouse = f;}
+# define GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON 0
+# define GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON 1
+# define GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON 2
+# define GLUT_DOWN 0
+# define GLUT_UP 1
+
+inline void glutMotionFunc(void (*f)(int x, int y)) {glut_window->motion= f;}+
+inline void glutPassiveMotionFunc(void (*f)(int x, int y)) {+ glut_window->passivemotion= f;}
+
+inline void glutEntryFunc(void (*f)(int s)) {glut_window->entry = f;}+enum {GLUT_LEFT, GLUT_ENTERED};+
+inline void glutVisibilityFunc(void (*f)(int s)) {glut_window->visibility=f;}+enum {GLUT_NOT_VISIBLE, GLUT_VISIBLE};+
+FL_EXPORT void glutIdleFunc(void (*f)());
+
+inline void glutTimerFunc(unsigned int msec, void (*f)(int), int value) {+ Fl::add_timeout(msec*.001, (void (*)(void *))f, (void *)(fl_intptr_t)value);
+}
+
+inline void glutMenuStateFunc(void (*f)(int state)) {+ glut_menustate_function = f;}
+
+inline void glutMenuStatusFunc(void (*f)(int status, int x, int y)) {+ glut_menustatus_function = f;}
+enum {GLUT_MENU_NOT_IN_USE, GLUT_MENU_IN_USE};+
+inline void glutSpecialFunc(void (*f)(int key, int x, int y)) {+ glut_window->special = f;}
+# define GLUT_KEY_F1 1
+# define GLUT_KEY_F2 2
+# define GLUT_KEY_F3 3
+# define GLUT_KEY_F4 4
+# define GLUT_KEY_F5 5
+# define GLUT_KEY_F6 6
+# define GLUT_KEY_F7 7
+# define GLUT_KEY_F8 8
+# define GLUT_KEY_F9 9
+# define GLUT_KEY_F10 10
+# define GLUT_KEY_F11 11
+# define GLUT_KEY_F12 12
+// WARNING: Different values than GLUT uses:
+# define GLUT_KEY_LEFT FL_Left
+# define GLUT_KEY_UP FL_Up
+# define GLUT_KEY_RIGHT FL_Right
+# define GLUT_KEY_DOWN FL_Down
+# define GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP FL_Page_Up
+# define GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN FL_Page_Down
+# define GLUT_KEY_HOME FL_Home
+# define GLUT_KEY_END FL_End
+# define GLUT_KEY_INSERT FL_Insert
+
+//inline void glutSpaceballMotionFunc(void (*)(int x, int y, int z));
+
+//inline void glutSpaceballRotateFunc(void (*)(int x, int y, int z));
+
+//inline void glutSpaceballButtonFunc(void (*)(int button, int state));
+
+//inline void glutButtonBoxFunc(void (*)(int button, int state));
+
+//inline void glutDialsFunc(void (*)(int dial, int value));
+
+//inline void glutTabletMotionFunc(void (*)(int x, int y));
+
+//inline void glutTabletButtonFunc(void (*)(int button, int state, int x, int y));
+
+inline void glutOverlayDisplayFunc(void (*f)()) {+ glut_window->overlaydisplay = f;}
+
+//inline void glutWindowStatusFunc(void (*)(int state));
+//enum {GLUT_HIDDEN, GLUT_FULLY_RETAINED, GLUT_PARTIALLY_RETAINED,+// GLUT_FULLY_COVERED};
+
+//inline void glutSetColor(int, GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+
+//inline GLfloat glutGetColor(int ndx, int component);
+//#define GLUT_RED 0
+//#define GLUT_GREEN 1
+//#define GLUT_BLUE 2
+
+//inline void glutCopyColormap(int win);
+
+// Warning: values are changed from GLUT!
+// Also relies on the GL_ symbols having values greater than 100
+FL_EXPORT int glutGet(GLenum type);
+enum {+ GLUT_RETURN_ZERO = 0,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_X,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_Y,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_WIDTH,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_HEIGHT,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_PARENT,
+ GLUT_SCREEN_WIDTH,
+ GLUT_SCREEN_HEIGHT,
+ GLUT_MENU_NUM_ITEMS,
+ GLUT_DISPLAY_MODE_POSSIBLE,
+ GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_X,
+ GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_Y,
+ GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_WIDTH,
+ GLUT_INIT_WINDOW_HEIGHT,
+ GLUT_INIT_DISPLAY_MODE,
+ GLUT_WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE,
+ GLUT_VERSION
+//GLUT_WINDOW_NUM_CHILDREN,
+//GLUT_WINDOW_CURSOR,
+//GLUT_SCREEN_WIDTH_MM,
+//GLUT_SCREEN_HEIGHT_MM,
+//GLUT_ELAPSED_TIME,
+};
+
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_STENCIL_SIZE GL_STENCIL_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_DEPTH_SIZE GL_DEPTH_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_RED_SIZE GL_RED_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_GREEN_SIZE GL_GREEN_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_BLUE_SIZE GL_BLUE_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_ALPHA_SIZE GL_ALPHA_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_RED_SIZE GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_DOUBLEBUFFER GL_DOUBLEBUFFER
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_RGBA GL_RGBA
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_COLORMAP_SIZE GL_INDEX_BITS
+# ifdef GL_SAMPLES_SGIS
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_NUM_SAMPLES GL_SAMPLES_SGIS
+# else
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_NUM_SAMPLES GLUT_RETURN_ZERO
+# endif
+# define GLUT_WINDOW_STEREO GL_STEREO
+
+# define GLUT_HAS_KEYBOARD 600
+# define GLUT_HAS_MOUSE 601
+# define GLUT_HAS_SPACEBALL 602
+# define GLUT_HAS_DIAL_AND_BUTTON_BOX 603
+# define GLUT_HAS_TABLET 604
+# define GLUT_NUM_MOUSE_BUTTONS 605
+# define GLUT_NUM_SPACEBALL_BUTTONS 606
+# define GLUT_NUM_BUTTON_BOX_BUTTONS 607
+# define GLUT_NUM_DIALS 608
+# define GLUT_NUM_TABLET_BUTTONS 609
+FL_EXPORT int glutDeviceGet(GLenum type);
+
+// WARNING: these values are different than GLUT uses:
+# define GLUT_ACTIVE_SHIFT FL_SHIFT
+# define GLUT_ACTIVE_CTRL FL_CTRL
+# define GLUT_ACTIVE_ALT FL_ALT
+inline int glutGetModifiers() {return Fl::event_state() & (GLUT_ACTIVE_SHIFT | GLUT_ACTIVE_CTRL | GLUT_ACTIVE_ALT);}+
+FL_EXPORT int glutLayerGet(GLenum);
+# define GLUT_OVERLAY_POSSIBLE 800
+//#define GLUT_LAYER_IN_USE 801
+//#define GLUT_HAS_OVERLAY 802
+# define GLUT_TRANSPARENT_INDEX 803
+# define GLUT_NORMAL_DAMAGED 804
+# define GLUT_OVERLAY_DAMAGED 805
+
+extern "C" {+typedef void (*GLUTproc)();
+}
+
+FL_EXPORT GLUTproc glutGetProcAddress(const char *procName);
+
+//inline int glutVideoResizeGet(GLenum param);
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_POSSIBLE 900
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_IN_USE 901
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_X_DELTA 902
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_Y_DELTA 903
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_WIDTH_DELTA 904
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_HEIGHT_DELTA 905
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_X 906
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_Y 907
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_WIDTH 908
+//#define GLUT_VIDEO_RESIZE_HEIGHT 909
+
+//inline void glutSetupVideoResizing();
+
+//inline void glutStopVideoResizing();
+
+//inline void glutVideoResize(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+//inline void glutVideoPan(int x, int y, int width, int height);
+
+// Font argument must be a void* for compatibility, so...
+/** fltk glut font/size attributes used in the glutXXX functions */
+struct Fl_Glut_Bitmap_Font {Fl_Font font; Fl_Fontsize size;};+
+extern FL_EXPORT struct Fl_Glut_Bitmap_Font
+ glutBitmap9By15, glutBitmap8By13, glutBitmapTimesRoman10,
+ glutBitmapTimesRoman24, glutBitmapHelvetica10, glutBitmapHelvetica12,
+ glutBitmapHelvetica18;
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_9_BY_15 (&glutBitmap9By15)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_8_BY_13 (&glutBitmap8By13)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_10 (&glutBitmapTimesRoman10)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_24 (&glutBitmapTimesRoman24)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_10 (&glutBitmapHelvetica10)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_12 (&glutBitmapHelvetica12)
+# define GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_18 (&glutBitmapHelvetica18)
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutBitmapCharacter(void *font, int character);
+FL_EXPORT int glutBitmapHeight(void *font);
+FL_EXPORT int glutBitmapLength(void *font, const unsigned char *string);
+FL_EXPORT void glutBitmapString(void *font, const unsigned char *string);
+FL_EXPORT int glutBitmapWidth(void *font, int character);
+
+FL_EXPORT int glutExtensionSupported(char *name);
+
+/* GLUT stroked font sub-API */
+struct Fl_Glut_StrokeVertex {+ GLfloat X, Y;
+};
+
+struct Fl_Glut_StrokeStrip {+ int Number;
+ const Fl_Glut_StrokeVertex* Vertices;
+};
+
+struct Fl_Glut_StrokeChar {+ GLfloat Right;
+ int Number;
+ const Fl_Glut_StrokeStrip* Strips;
+};
+
+struct Fl_Glut_StrokeFont {+ char* Name; // The source font name
+ int Quantity; // Number of chars in font
+ GLfloat Height; // Height of the characters
+ const Fl_Glut_StrokeChar** Characters;// The characters mapping
+};
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Glut_StrokeFont glutStrokeRoman;
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Glut_StrokeFont glutStrokeMonoRoman;
+# define GLUT_STROKE_ROMAN (&glutStrokeRoman)
+# define GLUT_STROKE_MONO_ROMAN (&glutStrokeMonoRoman)
+
+FL_EXPORT void glutStrokeCharacter(void *font, int character);
+FL_EXPORT GLfloat glutStrokeHeight(void *font);
+FL_EXPORT int glutStrokeLength(void *font, const unsigned char *string);
+FL_EXPORT void glutStrokeString(void *font, const unsigned char *string);
+FL_EXPORT int glutStrokeWidth(void *font, int character);
+
+/* GLUT pre-built models sub-API */
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireSphere(GLdouble radius, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidSphere(GLdouble radius, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireCone(GLdouble base, GLdouble height, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidCone(GLdouble base, GLdouble height, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireCube(GLdouble size);
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidCube(GLdouble size);
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireTorus(GLdouble innerRadius, GLdouble outerRadius, GLint sides, GLint rings);
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidTorus(GLdouble innerRadius, GLdouble outerRadius, GLint sides, GLint rings);
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireDodecahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidDodecahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireTeapot(GLdouble size);
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidTeapot(GLdouble size);
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireOctahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidOctahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireTetrahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidTetrahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutWireIcosahedron();
+FL_EXPORT void glutSolidIcosahedron();
+
+#endif // !Fl_glut_H
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/mac.H
@@ -1,0 +1,332 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Mac header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2016 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// Do not directly include this file, instead use <FL/x.H>. It will
+// include this file if "__APPLE__" is defined. This is to encourage
+// portability of even the system-specific code...
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+
+#if !defined(Fl_X_H)
+# error "Never use <FL/mac.H> directly; include <FL/x.H> instead."
+#endif // !Fl_X_H
+
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+@class FLWindow; // a subclass of the NSWindow Cocoa class
+typedef FLWindow *Window;
+#else
+typedef class FLWindow *Window; // pointer to the FLWindow objective-c class
+#endif // __OBJC__
+
+#if !(defined(FL_LIBRARY) || defined(FL_INTERNALS)) // this part is used when compiling an application program
+# include <FL/Fl_Widget.H>
+
+typedef struct flCocoaRegion* Fl_Region;
+typedef struct CGContext* CGContextRef;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPrintSettings* PMPrintSettings;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPageFormat* PMPageFormat;
+typedef struct OpaquePMPrintSession* PMPrintSession;
+typedef struct CGImage* CGImageRef;
+typedef struct __CFData* CFMutableDataRef; // used in Fl_Copy_Surface.H
+typedef CGContextRef Fl_Offscreen;
+
+#else // this part must be compiled when building the FLTK libraries
+
+// Standard MacOS C/C++ includes...
+#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
+#undef check // because of Fl::check()
+
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 1040
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 1050
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 1060
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7 1070
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8 1080
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_9
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_9 1090
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_10
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_10 101000
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11 101100
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_12 101200
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_13
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_13 101300
+#endif
+#ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_14
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_14 101400
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NSINTEGER_DEFINED // appears with 10.5 in NSObjCRuntime.h
+#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__
+typedef long NSInteger;
+typedef unsigned long NSUInteger;
+#else
+typedef int NSInteger;
+typedef unsigned int NSUInteger;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+@class NSCursor;
+@class NSOpenGLPixelFormat;
+@class NSOpenGLContext;
+#else
+class NSCursor;
+class NSOpenGLPixelFormat;
+class NSOpenGLContext;
+#endif // __OBJC__
+
+typedef CGContextRef Fl_Offscreen;
+#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4
+typedef CGImageAlphaInfo CGBitmapInfo;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct flCocoaRegion {+ int count;
+ CGRect *rects;
+} *Fl_Region; // a region is the union of a series of rectangles
+
+# include "Fl_Window.H"
+# include "../src/Fl_Font.H"
+
+// Some random X equivalents
+struct XPoint { int x, y; };+struct XRectangle {int x, y, width, height;};+#ifndef CGFLOAT_DEFINED //appears with 10.5 in CGBase.h
+#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__
+typedef double CGFloat;
+#else
+typedef float CGFloat;
+#endif
+#endif // CGFLOAT_DEFINED
+
+extern CGRect fl_cgrectmake_cocoa(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+inline Fl_Region XRectangleRegion(int x, int y, int w, int h) {+ Fl_Region R = (Fl_Region)malloc(sizeof(*R));
+ R->count = 1;
+ R->rects = (CGRect *)malloc(sizeof(CGRect));
+ *(R->rects) = fl_cgrectmake_cocoa(x, y, w, h);
+ return R;
+}
+inline void XDestroyRegion(Fl_Region r) {+ if(r) {+ free(r->rects);
+ free(r);
+ }
+}
+extern NSCursor *fl_default_cursor;
+
+// This object contains all mac-specific stuff about a window:
+// WARNING: this object is highly subject to change!
+class Fl_X {+
+public:
+ Window xid; // pointer to the Cocoa window object (FLWindow*)
+ Fl_Offscreen other_xid; // pointer for offscreen bitmaps (overlay window)
+ Fl_Window *w; // FLTK window for
+ Fl_Region region;
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10304
+ Fl_Region subRegion; // for ABI compatibility, recycled to replace subRect_
+#endif
+ Fl_X *next; // chain of mapped windows
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION < 10304
+ Fl_X *xidChildren; // useless with true subwindows, recycled to replace mapped_to_retina_
+ Fl_X *xidNext; // useless with true subwindows
+#endif
+ int wait_for_expose;
+ NSCursor *cursor;
+ static Fl_X* first;
+ static Fl_X* i(const Fl_Window* w) {return w->i;}+ static int fake_X_wm(const Fl_Window*,int&,int&,int&,int&,int&);
+ static void make(Fl_Window*);
+ void flush();
+ static void set_high_resolution(bool);
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ CGRect* subRect() { return subRect_; } // getter+ void subRect(CGRect *r) { subRect_ = r; } // setter+#else
+ CGRect* subRect() { return (CGRect*)subRegion; } // getter+ void subRect(CGRect *r) { subRegion = (Fl_Region)r; } // setter+#endif
+ bool mapped_to_retina(); // is window mapped to retina display?
+ void mapped_to_retina(bool); // sets whether window is mapped to retina display
+ bool changed_resolution(); // did window just moved to display with another resolution?
+ void changed_resolution(bool);// sets whether window just moved to display with another resolution
+ bool in_windowDidResize(); // is window performing windowDidResize?
+ void in_windowDidResize(bool); // sets whether window is performing windowDidResize
+ // Quartz additions:
+ CGContextRef gc; // graphics context (NULL when using QD)
+ static void q_fill_context(); // fill a Quartz context with current FLTK state
+ static void q_clear_clipping(); // remove all clipping from a Quartz context
+ static void q_release_context(Fl_X *x=0); // free all resources associated with fl_gc
+ static void q_begin_image(CGRect&, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ static void q_end_image();
+ // Cocoa additions
+ static NSOpenGLPixelFormat *mode_to_NSOpenGLPixelFormat(int mode, const int*); // computes NSOpenGLPixelFormat from Gl window's mode
+ static NSOpenGLContext* create_GLcontext_for_window(NSOpenGLPixelFormat *pixelformat, NSOpenGLContext *shared_ctx, Fl_Window *window);
+ static void GLcontext_update(NSOpenGLContext*);
+ static void GLcontext_flushbuffer(NSOpenGLContext*);
+ static void GLcontext_release(NSOpenGLContext*);
+ static void GLcontext_makecurrent(NSOpenGLContext*);
+ static void GL_cleardrawable(void);
+ static void gl_start(NSOpenGLContext*);
+ void destroy(void);
+ void map(void);
+ void unmap(void);
+ void collapse(void);
+ WindowRef window_ref(void); // useless with cocoa GL windows
+ void set_key_window(void);
+ // OS X doesn't have per window icons
+ static void set_default_icons(const Fl_RGB_Image*[], int) {};+ void set_icons() {};+ int set_cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+ int set_cursor(const Fl_RGB_Image*, int, int);
+ static CGImageRef CGImage_from_window_rect(Fl_Window *win, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+ static unsigned char *bitmap_from_window_rect(Fl_Window *win, int x, int y, int w, int h, int *bytesPerPixel);
+ static Fl_Region intersect_region_and_rect(Fl_Region current, int x,int y,int w, int h);
+ static void *get_carbon_function(const char *name);
+ static void screen_work_area(int &X, int &Y, int &W, int &H, int n); // compute work area of a given screen
+ static int next_marked_length; // next length of marked text after current marked text will have been replaced
+ static int insertion_point_location(int *px, int *py, int *pheight); // computes window coordinates & height of insertion point
+ static const int CoreText_threshold; // Mac OS version from which the Core Text API is used to display text
+ static Fl_Fontdesc* calc_fl_fonts(void); // computes the fl_fonts global variable
+ static int dnd(int use_selection); // call Fl_X::dnd(1) to support text dragging
+ static int calc_mac_os_version(void); // computes the fl_mac_os_version global variable
+ static void clip_to_rounded_corners(CGContextRef gc, int w, int h);
+ static void *get_titlebar_layer(Fl_Window *win);
+ static void draw_layer_to_context(void *layer, CGContextRef ctxt, int w, int h);
+private:
+#if FLTK_ABI_VERSION >= 10304
+ CGRect* subRect_; // makes sure subwindow remains inside its parent window
+ // stores 3 binary flags: whether window is mapped to retina display; whether resolution just changed;
+ // whether window is OpenGL and is currently being resized.
+ unsigned mapped_to_retina_;
+#else
+ bool subwindow; // for ABI compatibility, useless with true subwindows
+#endif
+};
+
+extern Window fl_window;
+
+#endif // FL_LIBRARY || FL_INTERNALS
+
+typedef CGImageRef Fl_Bitmask;
+
+extern CGContextRef fl_gc;
+
+extern Window fl_xid(const Fl_Window*);
+extern Fl_Window* fl_find(Window xid);
+void fl_clip_region(Fl_Region);
+
+extern Fl_Bitmask fl_create_bitmask(int w, int h, const uchar *data);
+extern Fl_Bitmask fl_create_alphamask(int w, int h, int d, int ld, const uchar *data);
+extern void fl_delete_bitmask(Fl_Bitmask bm);
+extern Fl_Offscreen fl_create_offscreen(int w, int h);
+extern void fl_copy_offscreen(int x,int y,int w,int h, Fl_Offscreen gWorld, int srcx,int srcy);
+extern void fl_delete_offscreen(Fl_Offscreen gWorld);
+extern void fl_begin_offscreen(Fl_Offscreen gWorld);
+extern void fl_end_offscreen();
+
+extern int fl_parse_color(const char* p, uchar& r, uchar& g, uchar& b);
+extern void fl_open_display();
+
+#endif // FL_DOXYGEN
+/** \file
+ Mac OS X-specific symbols.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup group_macosx Mac OS X-specific symbols
+ Mac OS X-specific symbols declared in <FL/x.H> or <FL/gl.h>
+ \sa \ref osissues_macos
+ @{ */+
+/** @brief Register a function called for each file dropped onto an application icon.
+ \e cb will be called with a single Unix-style file name and path.
+ If multiple files were dropped, \e cb will be called multiple times.
+ */
+extern void fl_open_callback(void (*cb)(const char *));
+
+/**
+ * \brief Attaches a callback to the "About myprog" item of the system application menu.
+ *
+ * \param cb a callback that will be called by "About myprog" menu item
+ * with NULL 1st argument.
+ * \param user_data a pointer transmitted as 2nd argument to the callback.
+ * \param shortcut optional shortcut to attach to the "About myprog" menu item (e.g., FL_META+'a')
+ */
+extern void fl_mac_set_about( Fl_Callback *cb, void *user_data, int shortcut = 0);
+
+/** \brief The version number of the running Mac OS X (e.g., 100604 for 10.6.4)
+ */
+extern int fl_mac_os_version;
+
+/** Determines whether cmd-Q or the "Quit xxx" item of application menu terminates the app or only the event loop.
+ By default, fl_mac_quit_early = 1, and cmd-Q or "Quit xxx" terminate the app when all windows are closed
+ without Fl::run() returning. If fl_mac_quit_early is set to 0, cmd-Q or "Quit xxx" terminate only the event loop
+ when all windows are closed, and Fl::run() returns.
+ \note This OS-specific variable will not be part of the API of FLTK 1.4.
+ */
+extern int fl_mac_quit_early;
+
+/** The system menu bar.
+ */
+extern class Fl_Sys_Menu_Bar *fl_sys_menu_bar;
+
+struct Fl_Menu_Item;
+
+class Fl_Mac_App_Menu {+public:
+ /** Localizable text for the "About xxx" application menu item */
+ static const char *about;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Print Front Window" application menu item.
+ This menu item won't be displayed if Fl_Mac_App_Menu::print
+ is set to an empty string.
+ */
+ static const char *print;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Services" application menu item */
+ static const char *services;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Hide xxx" application menu item */
+ static const char *hide;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Hide Others" application menu item */
+ static const char *hide_others;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Show All" application menu item */
+ static const char *show;
+ /** Localizable text for the "Quit xxx" application menu item */
+ static const char *quit;
+ static void custom_application_menu_items(const Fl_Menu_Item *m);
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
+
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/math.h
@@ -1,0 +1,62 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Math header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// Xcode on OS X includes files by recursing down into directories.
+// This code catches the cycle and directly includes the required file.
+#ifdef fl_math_h_cyclic_include
+# include "/usr/include/math.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef fl_math_h
+# define fl_math_h
+
+# define fl_math_h_cyclic_include
+# include <math.h>
+# undef fl_math_h_cyclic_include
+
+# ifdef __EMX__
+# include <float.h>
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef M_PI
+# define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846
+# define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923
+# define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962
+# define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154
+# define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308
+# endif // !M_PI
+
+# ifndef M_SQRT2
+# define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
+# define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440
+# endif // !M_SQRT2
+
+# if (defined(WIN32) || defined(CRAY)) && !defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__MWERKS__)
+
+inline double rint(double v) {return floor(v+.5);}+inline double copysign(double a, double b) {return b<0 ? -a : a;}+
+# endif // (WIN32 || CRAY) && !__MINGW32__ && !__MWERKS__
+
+#endif // !fl_math_h
+
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/names.h
@@ -1,0 +1,121 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Event names header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2010 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// Thanks to Greg Ercolano for this addition.
+
+#ifndef FL_NAMES_H
+#define FL_NAMES_H
+
+/** \defgroup fl_events Events handling functions
+ @{+ */
+
+/**
+ This is an array of event names you can use to convert event numbers into names.
+
+ The array gets defined inline wherever your '\#include <FL/names.h>' appears.
+
+ \b Example:
+ \code
+ #include <FL/names.h> // array will be defined here
+ int MyClass::handle(int e) {+ printf("Event was %s (%d)\n", fl_eventnames[e], e);+ // ..resulting output might be e.g. "Event was FL_PUSH (1)"..
+ [..]
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+const char * const fl_eventnames[] =
+{+ "FL_NO_EVENT",
+ "FL_PUSH",
+ "FL_RELEASE",
+ "FL_ENTER",
+ "FL_LEAVE",
+ "FL_DRAG",
+ "FL_FOCUS",
+ "FL_UNFOCUS",
+ "FL_KEYDOWN",
+ "FL_KEYUP",
+ "FL_CLOSE",
+ "FL_MOVE",
+ "FL_SHORTCUT",
+ "FL_DEACTIVATE",
+ "FL_ACTIVATE",
+ "FL_HIDE",
+ "FL_SHOW",
+ "FL_PASTE",
+ "FL_SELECTIONCLEAR",
+ "FL_MOUSEWHEEL",
+ "FL_DND_ENTER",
+ "FL_DND_DRAG",
+ "FL_DND_LEAVE",
+ "FL_DND_RELEASE",
+ "FL_SCREEN_CONFIGURATION_CHANGED",
+ "FL_FULLSCREEN",
+ "FL_ZOOM_GESTURE",
+ "FL_EVENT_27", // not yet defined, just in case they /will/ be defined ...
+ "FL_EVENT_28",
+ "FL_EVENT_29",
+ "FL_EVENT_30"
+};
+
+/**
+ This is an array of font names you can use to convert font numbers into names.
+
+ The array gets defined inline wherever your '\#include <FL/names.h>' appears.
+
+ \b Example:
+ \code
+ #include <FL/names.h> // array will be defined here
+ int MyClass::my_callback(Fl_Widget *w, void*) {+ int fnum = w->labelfont();
+ // Resulting output might be e.g. "Label's font is FL_HELVETICA (0)"
+ printf("Label's font is %s (%d)\n", fl_fontnames[fnum], fnum);+ // ..resulting output might be e.g. "Label's font is FL_HELVETICA (0)"..
+ [..]
+ }
+ \endcode
+ */
+const char * const fl_fontnames[] =
+{+ "FL_HELVETICA",
+ "FL_HELVETICA_BOLD",
+ "FL_HELVETICA_ITALIC",
+ "FL_HELVETICA_BOLD_ITALIC",
+ "FL_COURIER",
+ "FL_COURIER_BOLD",
+ "FL_COURIER_ITALIC",
+ "FL_COURIER_BOLD_ITALIC",
+ "FL_TIMES",
+ "FL_TIMES_BOLD",
+ "FL_TIMES_ITALIC",
+ "FL_TIMES_BOLD_ITALIC",
+ "FL_SYMBOL",
+ "FL_SCREEN",
+ "FL_SCREEN_BOLD",
+ "FL_ZAPF_DINGBATS",
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* FL_NAMES_H */
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/platform.H
@@ -1,0 +1,31 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// Platform abstraction header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2018 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// This file is present for compatibility with FLTK 1.4 and later.
+
+// In FLTK 1.4 FL/platform.H replaces FL/x.H. FLTK 1.4 code that
+// includes FL/platform.H instead of FL/x.H can now be compiled with
+// FLTK 1.3.5 and later versions.
+
+#if !defined(Fl_X_H)
+#include <FL/x.H>
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/win32.H
@@ -1,0 +1,163 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// WIN32 header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2012 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// Do not directly include this file, instead use <FL/x.H>. It will
+// include this file if WIN32 is defined. This is to encourage
+// portability of even the system-specific code...
+
+#ifndef FL_DOXYGEN
+#ifndef Fl_X_H
+# error "Never use <FL/win32.H> directly; include <FL/x.H> instead."
+#endif // !Fl_X_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+typedef HRGN Fl_Region;
+typedef HWND Window;
+typedef POINT XPoint;
+
+#include <FL/Fl_Window.H>
+
+// this part is included only when compiling the FLTK library or if requested explicitly
+#if defined(FL_LIBRARY) || defined(FL_INTERNALS)
+
+// In some of the distributions, the gcc header files are missing some stuff:
+#ifndef LPMINMAXINFO
+#define LPMINMAXINFO MINMAXINFO*
+#endif
+#ifndef VK_LWIN
+#define VK_LWIN 0x5B
+#define VK_RWIN 0x5C
+#define VK_APPS 0x5D
+#endif
+
+// some random X equivalents
+struct XRectangle {int x, y, width, height;};+extern Fl_Region XRectangleRegion(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+inline void XDestroyRegion(Fl_Region r) {DeleteObject(r);}+inline void XClipBox(Fl_Region r,XRectangle* rect) {+ RECT win_rect; GetRgnBox(r,&win_rect);
+ rect->x=win_rect.left;
+ rect->y=win_rect.top;
+ rect->width=win_rect.right-win_rect.left;
+ rect->height=win_rect.bottom-win_rect.top;
+}
+#define XDestroyWindow(a,b) DestroyWindow(b)
+#define XMapWindow(a,b) ShowWindow(b, SW_RESTORE)
+#define XUnmapWindow(a,b) ShowWindow(b, SW_HIDE)
+
+// this object contains all win32-specific stuff about a window:
+// Warning: this object is highly subject to change!
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_X {+public:
+ // member variables - add new variables only at the end of this block
+ Window xid;
+ HBITMAP other_xid; // for double-buffered windows
+ Fl_Window* w;
+ Fl_Region region;
+ Fl_X *next;
+ int wait_for_expose;
+ HDC private_dc; // used for OpenGL
+ HCURSOR cursor;
+ int custom_cursor;
+ HDC saved_hdc; // saves the handle of the DC currently loaded
+ // static variables, static functions and member functions
+ static Fl_X* first;
+ static Fl_X* i(const Fl_Window* w) {return w->i;}+ static int fake_X_wm(const Fl_Window* w,int &X, int &Y,
+ int &bt,int &bx,int &by);
+ void make_fullscreen(int X, int Y, int W, int H);
+ void setwindow(Fl_Window* wi) {w=wi; wi->i=this;}+ void flush() {w->flush();}+ void set_minmax(LPMINMAXINFO minmax);
+ void mapraise();
+ static void set_default_icons(const Fl_RGB_Image*[], int);
+ static void set_default_icons(HICON, HICON);
+ void set_icons();
+ int set_cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+ int set_cursor(const Fl_RGB_Image*, int, int);
+ static Fl_X* make(Fl_Window*);
+};
+extern FL_EXPORT UINT fl_wake_msg;
+extern FL_EXPORT char fl_override_redirect; // hack into Fl_Window::make_xid()
+extern FL_EXPORT int fl_background_pixel; // hack into Fl_Window::make_xid()
+extern FL_EXPORT HPALETTE fl_palette; // non-zero only on 8-bit displays!
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_release_dc(HWND w, HDC dc);
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_save_dc( HWND w, HDC dc);
+
+inline Window fl_xid(const Fl_Window* w) { Fl_X *temp = Fl_X::i(w); return temp ? temp->xid : 0; }+
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_open_display();
+
+#else
+FL_EXPORT Window fl_xid_(const Fl_Window* w);
+#define fl_xid(w) fl_xid_(w)
+#endif // FL_LIBRARY || FL_INTERNALS
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Window* fl_find(Window xid);
+void fl_clip_region(Fl_Region);
+
+// most recent fl_color() or fl_rgbcolor() points at one of these:
+extern FL_EXPORT struct Fl_XMap {+ COLORREF rgb; // this should be the type the RGB() macro returns
+ HPEN pen; // pen, 0 if none created yet
+ int brush; // ref to solid brush, 0 if none created yet
+} *fl_current_xmap;
+inline COLORREF fl_RGB() {return fl_current_xmap->rgb;}+inline HPEN fl_pen() {return fl_current_xmap->pen;}+FL_EXPORT HBRUSH fl_brush(); // allocates a brush if necessary
+FL_EXPORT HBRUSH fl_brush_action(int); // now does the real work
+
+extern FL_EXPORT HINSTANCE fl_display;
+extern FL_EXPORT Window fl_window;
+extern FL_EXPORT HDC fl_gc;
+extern FL_EXPORT MSG fl_msg;
+extern FL_EXPORT HDC fl_GetDC(Window);
+extern FL_EXPORT HDC fl_makeDC(HBITMAP);
+
+// off-screen pixmaps: create, destroy, draw into, copy to window
+typedef HBITMAP Fl_Offscreen;
+#define fl_create_offscreen(w, h) \
+ CreateCompatibleBitmap( (fl_gc ? fl_gc : fl_GetDC(0) ) , w, h)
+
+# define fl_begin_offscreen(b) \
+ HDC _sgc=fl_gc; Window _sw=fl_window; \
+ Fl_Surface_Device *_ss = Fl_Surface_Device::surface(); Fl_Display_Device::display_device()->set_current(); \
+ fl_gc=fl_makeDC(b); int _savedc = SaveDC(fl_gc); fl_window=(HWND)b; fl_push_no_clip()
+
+# define fl_end_offscreen() \
+ fl_pop_clip(); RestoreDC(fl_gc, _savedc); DeleteDC(fl_gc); _ss->set_current(); fl_window=_sw; fl_gc = _sgc
+
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_copy_offscreen(int x,int y,int w,int h,HBITMAP pixmap,int srcx,int srcy);
+#define fl_delete_offscreen(bitmap) DeleteObject(bitmap)
+
+// Bitmap masks
+typedef HBITMAP Fl_Bitmask;
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Bitmask fl_create_bitmask(int w, int h, const uchar *data);
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Bitmask fl_create_alphamask(int w, int h, int d, int ld, const uchar *data);
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_delete_bitmask(Fl_Bitmask bm);
+
+// Dummy function to register a function for opening files via the window manager...
+inline void fl_open_callback(void (*)(const char *)) {}+
+extern FL_EXPORT int fl_parse_color(const char* p, uchar& r, uchar& g, uchar& b);
+#endif // FL_DOXYGEN
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
--- /dev/null
+++ b/msvc/fltk/include/FL/x.H
@@ -1,0 +1,183 @@
+//
+// "$Id$"
+//
+// X11 header file for the Fast Light Tool Kit (FLTK).
+//
+// Copyright 1998-2012 by Bill Spitzak and others.
+//
+// This library is free software. Distribution and use rights are outlined in
+// the file "COPYING" which should have been included with this file. If this
+// file is missing or damaged, see the license at:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/COPYING.php
+//
+// Please report all bugs and problems on the following page:
+//
+// http://www.fltk.org/str.php
+//
+
+// These are internal fltk symbols that are necessary or useful for
+// calling Xlib. You should include this file if (and ONLY if) you
+// need to call Xlib directly. These symbols may not exist on non-X
+// systems.
+
+#if !defined(Fl_X_H) && !defined(FL_DOXYGEN)
+# define Fl_X_H
+
+# include "Enumerations.H"
+
+# ifdef WIN32
+# include "win32.H"
+# elif defined(__APPLE__)
+# include "mac.H"
+# else
+# if defined(_ABIN32) || defined(_ABI64) // fix for broken SGI Irix X .h files
+# pragma set woff 3322
+# endif
+# include <X11/Xlib.h>
+# include <X11/Xutil.h>
+# if defined(_ABIN32) || defined(_ABI64)
+# pragma reset woff 3322
+# endif
+# include <X11/Xatom.h>
+# include "Fl_Window.H"
+// Mirror X definition of Region to Fl_Region, for portability...
+typedef Region Fl_Region;
+
+FL_EXPORT void fl_open_display();
+FL_EXPORT void fl_open_display(Display*);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_close_display();
+
+// constant info about the X server connection:
+extern FL_EXPORT Display *fl_display;
+extern FL_EXPORT int fl_screen;
+extern FL_EXPORT XVisualInfo *fl_visual;
+extern FL_EXPORT Colormap fl_colormap;
+
+
+// drawing functions:
+extern FL_EXPORT GC fl_gc;
+extern FL_EXPORT Window fl_window;
+FL_EXPORT ulong fl_xpixel(Fl_Color i);
+FL_EXPORT ulong fl_xpixel(uchar r, uchar g, uchar b);
+FL_EXPORT void fl_clip_region(Fl_Region);
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Region fl_clip_region();
+
+// feed events into fltk:
+FL_EXPORT int fl_handle(const XEvent&);
+
+// you can use these in Fl::add_handler() to look at events:
+extern FL_EXPORT const XEvent* fl_xevent;
+extern FL_EXPORT ulong fl_event_time;
+
+// off-screen pixmaps: create, destroy, draw into, copy to window:
+typedef ulong Fl_Offscreen;
+# define fl_create_offscreen(w,h) XCreatePixmap(fl_display, RootWindow(fl_display, fl_screen), w, h, fl_visual->depth)
+# define fl_create_offscreen_with_alpha(w,h) XCreatePixmap(fl_display, RootWindow(fl_display, fl_screen), w, h, 32)
+// begin/end are macros that save the old state in local variables:
+# define fl_begin_offscreen(pixmap) \
+ Window _sw=fl_window; fl_window=pixmap; \
+ Fl_Surface_Device *_ss = Fl_Surface_Device::surface(); Fl_Display_Device::display_device()->set_current(); \
+ fl_push_no_clip()
+# define fl_end_offscreen() \
+ fl_pop_clip(); fl_window = _sw; _ss->set_current()
+
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_copy_offscreen(int x, int y, int w, int h, Fl_Offscreen pixmap, int srcx, int srcy);
+# define fl_delete_offscreen(pixmap) XFreePixmap(fl_display, pixmap)
+
+// Bitmap masks
+typedef ulong Fl_Bitmask;
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Bitmask fl_create_bitmask(int w, int h, const uchar *data);
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_Bitmask fl_create_alphamask(int w, int h, int d, int ld, const uchar *data);
+extern FL_EXPORT void fl_delete_bitmask(Fl_Bitmask bm);
+
+#if defined(FL_LIBRARY) || defined(FL_INTERNALS)
+extern FL_EXPORT Window fl_message_window;
+extern FL_EXPORT void *fl_xftfont;
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Region XRectangleRegion(int x, int y, int w, int h); // in fl_rect.cxx
+
+// access to core fonts:
+// This class provides a "smart pointer" that returns a pointer to an XFontStruct.
+// The global variable fl_xfont can be called wherever a bitmap "core" font is
+// needed, e.g. when rendering to a GL context under X11.
+// With Xlib / X11 fonts, fl_xfont will return the current selected font.
+// With XFT / X11 fonts, fl_xfont will attempt to return the bitmap "core" font most
+// similar to (usually the same as) the current XFT font.
+class Fl_XFont_On_Demand
+{+public:
+ Fl_XFont_On_Demand(XFontStruct* p = NULL) : ptr(p) { }+ Fl_XFont_On_Demand& operator=(const Fl_XFont_On_Demand& x)
+ { ptr = x.ptr; return *this; }+ Fl_XFont_On_Demand& operator=(XFontStruct* p)
+ { ptr = p; return *this; }+ XFontStruct* value();
+ operator XFontStruct*() { return value(); }+ XFontStruct& operator*() { return *value(); }+ XFontStruct* operator->() { return value(); }+ bool operator==(const Fl_XFont_On_Demand& x) { return ptr == x.ptr; }+ bool operator!=(const Fl_XFont_On_Demand& x) { return ptr != x.ptr; }+private:
+ XFontStruct *ptr;
+};
+extern FL_EXPORT Fl_XFont_On_Demand fl_xfont;
+extern FL_EXPORT XFontStruct* fl_X_core_font();
+
+// this object contains all X-specific stuff about a window:
+// Warning: this object is highly subject to change!
+// FL_LIBRARY or FL_INTERNALS must be defined to access this class.
+class FL_EXPORT Fl_X {+public:
+ Window xid;
+ Window other_xid;
+ Fl_Window *w;
+ Fl_Region region;
+ Fl_X *next;
+ char wait_for_expose;
+ char backbuffer_bad; // used for XDBE
+ static Fl_X* first;
+ static Fl_X* i(const Fl_Window* wi) {return wi->i;}+ void setwindow(Fl_Window* wi) {w=wi; wi->i=this;}+ void sendxjunk();
+ static void set_default_icons(const Fl_RGB_Image*[], int);
+ void set_icons();
+ int set_cursor(Fl_Cursor);
+ int set_cursor(const Fl_RGB_Image*, int, int);
+ static void make_xid(Fl_Window*,XVisualInfo* =fl_visual, Colormap=fl_colormap);
+ static Fl_X* set_xid(Fl_Window*, Window);
+ // kludges to get around protection:
+ void flush() {w->flush();}+ static void x(Fl_Window* wi, int X) {wi->x(X);}+ static void y(Fl_Window* wi, int Y) {wi->y(Y);}+ static int ewmh_supported();
+ static int xrender_supported();
+ static void activate_window(Window w);
+};
+
+extern FL_EXPORT char fl_override_redirect; // hack into Fl_X::make_xid()
+extern FL_EXPORT int fl_background_pixel; // hack into Fl_X::make_xid()
+
+inline Window fl_xid(const Fl_Window* w) { Fl_X *xTemp = Fl_X::i(w); return xTemp ? xTemp->xid : 0; }+
+#else
+
+extern FL_EXPORT Window fl_xid_(const Fl_Window* w);
+#define fl_xid(w) fl_xid_(w)
+
+#endif // FL_LIBRARY || FL_INTERNALS
+
+FL_EXPORT Fl_Window* fl_find(Window xid);
+
+
+// Dummy function to register a function for opening files via the window manager...
+inline void fl_open_callback(void (*)(const char *)) {}+
+extern FL_EXPORT int fl_parse_color(const char* p, uchar& r, uchar& g, uchar& b);
+
+# endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// End of "$Id$".
+//
binary files /dev/null b/msvc/fltk/lib/x64/fltk.lib differ
binary files /dev/null b/msvc/fltk/lib/x86/fltk.lib differ